256
www.gfsignet.com Flow pH/ORP Conductivity/ Resistivity Temperature, Pressure, Level Multi- Parameter Instrument Other Products Accessories & Replacement Parts Technical Reference Glossary of Terms Part No. Cross Reference Index Installation & Wiring Installation Fittings Flow Flow System Selection Guide ............................................. 4 Features and Benefits ............................................................ 5 Flow Compatibility Matrix ................................................... 7 Specification Matrix .............................................................. 8 Paddlewheel Flow Sensors 515 Rotor-X .................................................................... 12 2536 Rotor-X .................................................................. 16 3519 Wet-Tap Valve ................................................... 20 525 Metalex .................................................................. 22 2517 Brass ...................................................................... 24 2540 Stainless Steel .................................................... 26 Turbine Flow Sensors 2100 PVDF ...................................................................... 28 In-line Rotor Flow Sensors 2000 Micro-Flow .......................................................... 30 2507 Mini-Flow ............................................................. 32 Insertion Magmeters 2550 Electromagnetic ................................................. 34 2560 Blind ...................................................................... 36 Vortex Flow Sensors 7000/7001 Transmitter ............................................... 38 7002 Transmitter ........................................................... 44 Ultrasonic Flow Sensor 3300/3500 Flow Monitor System ........................... 48 Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments 5075 Totalizing Monitor ............................................. 52 5090 Sensor-Powered Monitor ................................ 54 5091 Loop Current Monitor ...................................... 56 5500 Flow Monitor ...................................................... 58 5600 Batch Controller ................................................ 60 Digital Display Instruments 8150 Battery Powered Flow Totalizer .................... 62 8550 ProcessPro ® Transmitter ................................... 64 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller ............................ 66 Integral Mounted ProcessPro ® : Flow ............................. 68 pH/ORP pH/ORP System Selection Guide ................................... 70 Features and Benefits ......................................................... 71 pH/ORP Compatibility Matrix ......................................... 72 Specification Matrix ............................................................ 73 Standard Electrodes 2714-2717 Twist-Lock .................................................. 76 2754-2757 DryLoc ........................................................ 80 2774-2777 Threaded DryLoc ................................... 84 Differential Electrodes 2764-2767 DryLoc ....................................................... 88 Wet-Tap System 3719 Wet-Tap Valve ................................................... 92 2756-WT and 2757-WT DryLoc Electrodes ......... 80 Preamplifiers 2720 Twist-Lock .............................................................. 76 2760 DryLoc Preamplifier ........................................... 94 Sensor Electronics 2750 DryLoc Sensor Electronics ............................... 94 Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments 5700 pH/ORP Monitor .............................................. 98 Digital Display Instruments 8750 ProcessPro ® Transmitter ................................. 100 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 102 Conductivity/Resistivity Conductivity System Selection Guide ................................ 70 Features and Benefits .............................................................. 71 Conductivity Compatibility Matrix ....................................... 72 Specification Matrix ................................................................. 73 Standard Electrodes 2819-2823 Stainless and Titanium ....................... 104 Short Length Electrodes 2839-1 to 2842-1 Dual Threaded ........................ 108 2839-2 to 2842-2 DryLoc ........................................ 108 Sensor Electronics 2850 Conductivity Sensor ....................................... 112 Sanitary Electrodes 2819-S1 to 2821-T2 .................................................. 104 Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments 5800CR Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor ........... 116 5900 Salinity Monitor ............................................... 118 Digital Display Instruments 8850 ProcessPro Transmitter ................................... 120 8860 Two-Channel Controller ............................... 122 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 124 Integral Mounted ProcessPro ® : Conductivity ................ 126 Temperature, Pressure, Level System Selection Guide .......................................................... 70 Features and Benefits .............................................................. 71 Compatibility Matrix ................................................................ 72 Sensors 2350 Temperature ...................................................... 128 2450 Pressure .............................................................. 130 Digital Display Instruments 8250 Level Transmitter .............................................. 132 8350 Temperature Transmitter ................................ 134 8450 Pressure Transmitter ........................................ 136 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 138 Integral Mounted ProcessPro ® : Temp., Pressure, Level ........... 140 Multi-Parameter Instrument 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller ...................................... 142 Other Products 8058 Signal Converter ......................................................... 148 8059 External Relay Module .............................................. 150 7300 Switching Power Supplies ........................................ 152 Installation & Wiring ............................................................... 156 Installation Fittings .................................................................. 180 Accessories and Replacement Parts ................................ 195 Technical Reference ................................................................. 202 Glossary of Terms .................................................................... 234 Part Number Cross Reference ............................................. 242 Index ......................................................................................... 252 Contents Applications You Can Trust All information and specifications contained in this catalog are subject to change without notice. Corporate trademarks and logos stated herein are the property of their respective companies. All rights reserved. Copyright© 2004, GEORGE FISCHER SIGNET, INC. NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW

+GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

www.gfsignet.com

Flow

pH

/OR

PC

on

du

ctivity

/R

esistivity

Temp

eratu

re,Pressu

re,Level

Mu

lti-Pa

ram

ete

rIn

strum

en

t

Oth

er

Pro

du

ctsA

ccessories &Rep

lacem

entPa

rts

Tech

nica

lRefe

rence

Glo

ssary

of Te

rms

Part N

o. C

rossReference

Ind

ex

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

gIn

stalla

tion

Fitting

s

FlowFlow System Selection Guide ............................................. 4

Features and Benefits ............................................................ 5

Flow Compatibility Matrix ................................................... 7

Specification Matrix .............................................................. 8

Paddlewheel Flow Sensors

515 Rotor-X .................................................................... 12

2536 Rotor-X .................................................................. 16

3519 Wet-Tap Valve ................................................... 20

525 Metalex .................................................................. 22

2517 Brass ...................................................................... 24

2540 Stainless Steel .................................................... 26

Turbine Flow Sensors

2100 PVDF ...................................................................... 28

In-line Rotor Flow Sensors

2000 Micro-Flow .......................................................... 30

2507 Mini-Flow ............................................................. 32

Insertion Magmeters

2550 Electromagnetic ................................................. 34

2560 Blind ...................................................................... 36

Vortex Flow Sensors

7000/7001 Transmitter ............................................... 38

7002 Transmitter ........................................................... 44

Ultrasonic Flow Sensor

3300/3500 Flow Monitor System ........................... 48

Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments

5075 Totalizing Monitor ............................................. 52

5090 Sensor-Powered Monitor ................................ 54

5091 Loop Current Monitor ...................................... 56

5500 Flow Monitor ...................................................... 58

5600 Batch Controller ................................................ 60

Digital Display Instruments

8150 Battery Powered Flow Totalizer .................... 62

8550 ProcessPro® Transmitter ................................... 64

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller ............................ 66

Integral Mounted ProcessPro®: Flow ............................. 68

pH/ORPpH/ORP System Selection Guide ................................... 70

Features and Benefits ......................................................... 71

pH/ORP Compatibility Matrix ......................................... 72

Specification Matrix ............................................................ 73

Standard Electrodes

2714-2717 Twist-Lock .................................................. 76

2754-2757 DryLoc ........................................................ 80

2774-2777 Threaded DryLoc ................................... 84

Differential Electrodes

2764-2767 DryLoc ....................................................... 88

Wet-Tap System

3719 Wet-Tap Valve ................................................... 92

2756-WT and 2757-WT DryLoc Electrodes ......... 80

Preamplifiers

2720 Twist-Lock .............................................................. 76

2760 DryLoc Preamplifier ........................................... 94

Sensor Electronics

2750 DryLoc Sensor Electronics ............................... 94

Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments

5700 pH/ORP Monitor .............................................. 98

Digital Display Instruments8750 ProcessPro® Transmitter ................................. 100

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 102

Conductivity/ResistivityConductivity System Selection Guide ................................ 70

Features and Benefits .............................................................. 71

Conductivity Compatibility Matrix ....................................... 72

Specification Matrix ................................................................. 73

Standard Electrodes

2819-2823 Stainless and Titanium ....................... 104

Short Length Electrodes

2839-1 to 2842-1 Dual Threaded ........................ 108

2839-2 to 2842-2 DryLoc ........................................ 108

Sensor Electronics

2850 Conductivity Sensor ....................................... 112

Sanitary Electrodes

2819-S1 to 2821-T2 .................................................. 104

Needle Dial/LCD Display Instruments

5800CR Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor ........... 116

5900 Salinity Monitor ............................................... 118

Digital Display Instruments

8850 ProcessPro Transmitter ................................... 120

8860 Two-Channel Controller ............................... 122

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 124

Integral Mounted ProcessPro®: Conductivity ................ 126

Temperature, Pressure, LevelSystem Selection Guide .......................................................... 70

Features and Benefits .............................................................. 71

Compatibility Matrix ................................................................ 72

Sensors

2350 Temperature ...................................................... 128

2450 Pressure .............................................................. 130

Digital Display Instruments

8250 Level Transmitter .............................................. 132

8350 Temperature Transmitter ................................ 134

8450 Pressure Transmitter ........................................ 136

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller .......................... 138

Integral Mounted ProcessPro®: Temp., Pressure, Level ........... 140

Multi-Parameter Instrument8900 Multi-Parameter Controller ...................................... 142

Other Products8058 Signal Converter ......................................................... 148

8059 External Relay Module .............................................. 150

7300 Switching Power Supplies ........................................ 152

Installation & Wiring ............................................................... 156

Installation Fittings .................................................................. 180

Accessories and Replacement Parts ................................ 195

Technical Reference ................................................................. 202

Glossary of Terms .................................................................... 234

Part Number Cross Reference ............................................. 242

Index ......................................................................................... 252

Contents Applications You Can Trust

All information and specifications contained in this catalog are subject to change without notice. Corporate trademarks and logos stated herein are the property of their respectivecompanies. All rights reserved. Copyright© 2004, GEORGE FISCHER SIGNET, INC.

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

Page 2: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

4 www.gfsignet.com

Flow System Selection GuideThis section provides tips and suggestions on how to choose just the right flow systemfor your specific liquid application needs (in full pipes). For specific product informa-tion, refer to the individual catalog sheets.

Step 1: Determine Application RequirementsDefining the following variables before building your system will ensure peakperformance from your +GF+ SIGNET sensors and instruments.

Based on the application requirements determined in Step 1, choose a flow sensor.See Tables 2 and 3 for flow sensor specification overview. (See next page for abrief description of the different flow technologies). Then, determine your signaloutput requirement to allow you to match just the right instrument (see Step 3).

• System specifications (such as tem-perature and pressure)

• Performance requirements of sensor• Fluid particulates• Viscosity of fluids• Hazardous location requirements

Step 2: Select Sensor Technology

Choose a flow instrument (see Table 4 for flow instrument specification overview).All units are available in 1/4 DIN panel or field configuration and are availablewith either digital, analog, or analog/digital display. Various retrofit adapters andmounting accessories are also available (see Accessories on page 195.

Step 3: Choose Instrument

Insertion flow sensors require installation fittings, and +GF+ SIGNET offers thewidest selection of paddlewheel installation fittings in the industry. These fittings arespecifically designed to ensure the proper placement of the sensor in the system toachieve specification. (See Table 1 for flow sensor and fitting compatibility.)

Step 4: Determine Installation Requirements

• Flow rate (minimum and maximum)• Installation requirements• Pipe size and material• Chemical compatibility of all

wetted parts to process chemicals

Note: Please contact your localGeorge Fischer sales andsupport office if you needassistance in choosing any oneof these products.

Page 3: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

5www.gfsignet.com

Flow+GF+ SIGNET Flow Technologies:Features and Benefits

• Four-bladed paddle design ensuresoptimal performance and lower flowrates than five or six-bladed rotorsthat have a higher weight/bearinginertia.

• The open-cell design and the con-trolled insertion depth work togetherto deliver a linear and repeatableoutput over a wide dynamic rangewith virtually no pressure drop in theprocess pipe.

• Choice of corrosive resistant plasticsand rugged metals enable use inmany aggressive fluids.

• The widest choice of installationfitting materials, sizes and connec-tions on the market that meet endlessapplication needs.

2536PaddlewheelFlow Sensor

Flow-Through Rotor Sensors:

• Operating flow ranges from 110mL/min to 12110 mL/min (0.03 US gpm to3.2 US gpm) in clean opaque or clearliquids ideal for precise low flowapplications such as dosing.

• Hall-effect devices provide excellentnoise immunity output signals.

2507Mini FlowSensor

2100Turbine FlowSensor

• Insertion design lowers installationand maintenance costs.

• Self-powered sensors are well suitedfor remote locations and are FMapproved which enable installation inhazardous locations.

• Paddlewheel design has no pressuredrop, making it ideal for gravity flows.

• NIST traceable test certification withall plastic sensors provides superiorprice-to-performance ratio.

• Hot-Tap designs are available toallow service and maintenancewithout shutting-down the process;saves costly downtime.

• Sensor body design allows easyaccess for cleaning, inspection androtor replacement without the needfor powering down.

• Flexibility with end connections allowflexible tubing or rigid pipe installa-tions.

• Four fully encapsulated magnetsprovide high resolution signal output.

In-line Turbine Sensors

• Small compact design for tightlyspaced installations.

• Superior ceramic bearing provideslong life without the need for mainte-nance.

• Radio Frequency (RF) pick-up pro-vides added advantage without rotordrag or contamination from ferrousparticles.

• Detachable electronics means sensormaintenance is possible without theneed to cut power to unit.

• Low priced package with highlychemical resistant materials.

• Mounting at any angle offers totalinstallation flexibility.

• Wide choice of end connections inhose barb, flare or union ends.

• Two flow ranges available for opti-mum measurement resolution.

525MetalexFlow Sensor

Insertion Paddlewheel Sensors:

Page 4: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

6 www.gfsignet.com

7000Vortex FlowSensor

2550Magmeter

In-Line Vortex Sensors

• Absence of moving parts ensure longservice life and zero maintenance.

• Injection molded body means non-machined surfaces, therefore noparticle shedding or crevices that allowbacterial contamination and ideal forhigh purity applications.

• PVDF models provide for absolutesystem integrity for high purity pro-cesses. These models are made fromvirgin polymer in Class 10,000 environ-ment and then cleaned with DI waterand tested and bagged in Class 1000.

• The most accurate +GF+ SIGNETflow sensor provides superiorperformance and surpasses anyplastic vortex sensor available, idealfor chemical transfer applications.

• Analog 4 to 20 mA or frequencysignal outputs available with a widechoice of fitting materials, endconnectors and options, such asintegral display, provide the userwith superior added value.

• Vibration-resistant design minimizesthe risk of false readings.

Insertion Magnetic Sensors

• No moving parts means no fouling orreduced wear.

• Insertion design provides easierinstallation and removal than full linemagmeters. One size fits all pipe sizesfrom DN 50 to DN 300 (2 in. to 12 in.)

• Rugged design with good chemicalresistance suitable for tough applica-tions.

• Analog 4 to 20 mA and frequencyoutputs provide signals to remote flowmeters and data acquisition.

• Temperature compensation providesaccurate readings despite widetemperature variance.

• High input impedance provides lowsensitivity to coating which makes itideal for dirty liquids.

• Isolated outputs provide barrier to“ground loops”

• Fluid diagnostics provide the userwith valuable setup and mainte-nance data.

Ultrasonic Flow Sensors

• Doppler technology utilizes soundwaves reflecting off liquid particles,providing accurate and repeatablereadings of wastewater flow rates.

• Absence of moving parts ensures nopressure drop, long life, and lowmaintenance.

• Proprietary “Advanced Spectrum”signal processing means entire flowstream is measured, rather than asingle ultrasonic beam, and thisprovides exceptional accuracy.

3500Ultrasonic FlowSensors

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Technologies:Features and Benefits (Cont.)

• Strap-in or insertion design formaximum installation flexibility.

• Choice of insertion style sensor ordepth/velocity style sensor providesopportunities for accurate measure-ment in open channel or closedpipes.

Page 5: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

7www.gfsignet.com

Flow+GF+ SIGNET Flow System Compatibility - Table 1

The chart below outlines the compatibility between +GF+ SIGNET flow sensors, instrumentsand sensor fittings. Refer to individual product pages and fittings section of the catalog formore information.

Flow Sensors

Instruments

8550 Flow Transmitter

5075 Totalizing Flow Monitor

5090 Sensor Powered Flow Monitor

5091 Current Monitor

5500 Flow Monitor

5600 Batch Controller

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

515

525

2000

2100

2507

2517

2536

2540

25

50

2560

7000

7002

Fittings

FPSXXX Fiberglass Glue-On Saddle

1PPMT0XX Metric PP Union Tee

PPMT0XX Metric PP Wafer

SFMT005 - 20 Metric PVDF Union Tee

SFMT025 - 80 Metric PVDF Wafer Tee

PV8T0XXF PVC SCH 80 Tee

PV8T0XX PVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

CPV8T0XXF CPVC SCH 80 Tee

CPV8T0XX CPVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

PV8S0XX PVC Clamp-on Saddle

FPT0XX Fiberglass Glue-On Tee

IR4T0XX Iron Threaded Tee (NPT)

IR8SXXX Iron Strap-On Saddle

CUKT0XX Copper Sweat-On Tee

BR4BXXX Brass Brazolet

CS4T0XX Carbon Steel Tee (NPT)

CS4WXXX Carbon Steel Weldolet

CR4T0XX 316SS Threaded Tee (NPT)

CR4WXXX 316SS Weldolet

P526-1XXX Metalex Strap-On Saddle

P526-20XX Metalex Socket Weld

P526-2XXX Metalex Weld-On Mini-Tap

PPS1XX PP Clamp-On SLarge Saddle

PV8S1XX PVC Glue-On Large Saddle

BR4T0XX Brass Threaded Tee (NPT)

70

01

Use

s st

an

da

rd 1

.5 in

ch N

PT

or

ISO

7/1

-R 1

.5 t

hre

ad

ed

fit

tin

g (cu

sto

mer

sup

plied

)

Use

s st

an

da

rd 2

in

ch N

PT

or

ISO

7/1

-R 2

th

rea

ded

fit

tin

g (cu

sto

mer

sup

plied

)

Wid

e c

ho

ice o

f en

d c

on

nect

ors

- s

ee in

div

idu

al d

ata

sh

eet

Use

s st

an

da

rd 3

in

. a

nd

4 in

. fl

an

ges

or

wa

fers

(cu

sto

mer

sup

plied

)

Use

s 1/

4 in

ch f

lex

ible

tu

bin

g o

r ri

gid

pip

e (cu

sto

mer

sup

plied

)

Wid

e c

ho

ice o

f en

d c

on

nect

ors

- s

ee in

div

idu

al d

ata

sh

eet

Plastic Weld-On Fittings (PVC)

Plastic Weld-On Fittings (PP)

Plastic Weld-On Fittings (PE)

Steel Weld-On Fittings (SS 1.4435)

PVMT0XX /PVAT0XX Metric/BSP PVC Union Tee

PVMS0XX /PVAS0XX Metric/BSP PVC Saddle

Page 6: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

8 www.gfsignet.com

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Flow

Sen

sor

Sp

eci

fica

tio

n M

atr

ix -

Ta

ble

2Th

is s

ect

ion p

rovi

des

the r

ea

der

with

an e

asy

to

rea

d o

verv

iew

of th

e v

ario

us p

rod

ucts

tha

t m

ake

up

our

flo

w m

ea

sure

ment fa

mily

. Fo

r fu

rther

deta

ils, s

ee the

ind

ivid

ual c

ata

log

pa

ges

for

ea

ch p

rod

uct.

51

52

53

65

25

25

17

25

40

25

50

25

60

Senso

r Sty

le

Inse

rtio

n P

ad

dle

wheel,

AC

fre

que

nc y

Inse

rtio

n P

ad

dle

wheel,

Op

en c

olle

cto

rIn

sert

ion P

ad

dle

wheel,

AC

fre

que

ncy

Inse

rtio

n P

ad

dle

wheel,

AC

fre

que

ncy

Inse

rtio

n P

ad

dle

wheel,

RF S

enso

rFl

ow

ra

te r

an

ge m

/s(ft/

s )0.3

to

6(1

to

20)

0.1

to

6(0

.3 to

20)

0.1

to

5(0

.3 to

15)

Inst

alla

tio

n M

ou

nti

ng

Sty

les

Cus

tom

inst

alla

tion

fittin

gs

for

meta

l pip

e

Cus

tom

pla

stic

fitt

ing

s o

ffere

d in

siz

es

1/2

in. t

o

4 in

.Pip

e S

ize R

an

ge D

IN

(in

ches )

15 to

300

(0.5

to

12)

50 to

300

(2 to

12)

15 to

100

(0.5

to

4)

Sen

sor

bo

dy

316 S

SBra

ss

Ro

tor

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

N/A

N/A

Ro

tor

Pin

O-r

ing

N/A

Oth

er

316 S

SFl

uoro

loy

B,

Klin

ger

sil C

-4401

PFA

(Insu

lato

r)Po

lyp

rop

ylene (C

ap

)+

PV

DF

(Insu

lato

r)

*Fl

uid

Tem

pera

ture

(°C

)Fl

uid

Tem

pera

ture

(°F

)-1

8°C

to

100°C

(0°F

to

212°F

)-1

8°C

to

85°C

(0°F

to

185°F

)66°C

(150°F

)0°C

to

100°C

(32°F

to

212°F

)85°C

(185°F

)

*M

ax

. O

pera

tin

g P

ress

ure

103 b

ar

(1500 p

si)

1.7

ba

r (2

5 p

si)

Ap

pro

va

lsFM

, CE

CE

FM, C

SA

, CE

No

ne

CE

No

ne

CE

Po

wer

Req

uir

em

en

tsN

one

3.5

to

24 V

DC

5 to

24 V

DC

24 V

DC

20 to

30 V

DC

4 t

o 2

0 m

A O

ut p

uts

Co

mp

ati

ble

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Flo

w

Inst

rum

en

tsA

ll A

ll exc

ep

t5090, 5

091 &

5100

All

exc

ep

t5090, 5

091 &

5100

All

exc

ep

t 5090

5091 o

nly

Co

mm

en

tsFo

r hig

h p

ress

ure, h

igh

tem

pera

ture

ap

plic

atio

ns

Eco

no

mic

al b

rass

senso

r p

op

ula

r in

tur

f irrig

atio

n

ap

plic

atio

ns

Ste

el s

enso

r, lo

w flo

w

cap

ab

ility

req

uire

s no

cu

sto

m fitt

ing

s

Stu

rdy

ma

gm

ete

r w

ith

freq

uency

and

4-2

0 m

A o

utp

uts

Blin

d m

ag

mete

r w

ith 4

-20

mA

out

put

only

Mo

vin

g P

art

sSu

ita

ble

fo

r H

igh

Pu

rity

A

pp

lica

tio

ns

*

Yes

Flu

id tem

pera

ture

and

op

era

ting

pre

ssur

e a

re in

terd

ep

end

ent.

Co

nsu

lt th

e p

rod

uct m

anua

l fo

r m

ore

deta

iled

sp

eci

fica

tions.

No

Inse

rtio

n E

lect

ro-m

ag

netic

Bi-p

ola

r p

ulse

d D

C

FPM

or

EPD

MFP

M

100°C

(212°F

)

0.5

to

6(1

.6 to

20)

0.1

to

7(0

.3 to

20)

316 S

S

Cus

tom

er

sup

plie

d thre

ad

ed

typ

e fitt

ing

s

Tita

niu

m, T

anta

lum

, Sta

inle

ss S

teel,

Cera

mic

, Ha

stello

y-C

, or

PVD

F

Yes

No

All

exc

ep

t 5090, 5

091

Genera

l Pur

po

se S

enso

r w

ith in

sta

llatio

n fitt

ing

s fo

r m

any

ma

teria

ls

Cus

tom

fitt

ing

s o

ffere

d in

va

rio

us p

last

ic a

nd

meta

l fo

r si

zes

1/2

- 1

2 in

ches.

A

bo

ve 1

2 in

ches

cust

om

er

sup

plie

d

17 b

ar

(250 p

si)

14 b

ar

(200 p

si)

No

ne

Yes

FPM

EPD

M, o

r K

alrez®

No

ne

Wetted Materials

15 to

900

(0.5

to

36)

40 to

900

(1.5

to

36)

Tung

sten C

arb

ide G

RP 1

CD

4M

Cu

SS

316 S

S a

nd

Flu

oro

loy

B

PP o

r PV

DF

PVD

F o

r Te

fzel®

No

ne

Page 7: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

9www.gfsignet.com

Flow

20

00

25

07

21

00

70

00

/70

01

70

02

35

00

Senso

r Sty

leIn

-lin

e T

urb

ine

Op

en c

olle

cto

r o

utp

utD

op

ple

r U

ltra

sonic

Flo

w r

ate

ra

ng

e lp

m(U

S g

pm

)0.1

1 to

12.1

1(0

.03 to

3.2

)0.4

00 to

12.0

00

(0.1

05 to

3.1

70)

0.3

8 to

38

(0.1

0 to

10 )

4.2

9 to

570.2

(1.1

3 to

150.6

)0 to

1736

(0 to

459)

Velo

city

ra

ng

e

0.0

3 to

4 m

(0

.1 to

13 ft/

sec)

Inst

alla

tio

n R

eq

uir

em

ents

So

cket,

flare

end

, or

ho

se b

arb

fitt

ing

sV

ario

us S

ock

et end

co

nnect

ors

Wa

fer

or

Fla

ng

e v

ers

ions

Inse

rtio

n o

rst

rap

insi

de p

ipe

Pip

e S

ize R

ang

e D

N(inch

)D

N 8

, DN

10, D

N 1

51/4

in.,

3/8

in.,

1/2

in.

15 to

50

(0.5

to

2 in

.)D

N 8

0, D

N 1

00

(3 in

., 4 in

.)D

N100 -

DN

1800

(4 to

72 in

.)

Senso

r b

od

yPP

SPV

C, P

P, P

VD

F,H

P PV

DF

PVD

FPV

C/E

po

xy,

nic

kle p

late

d b

rass

,316SS

Ro

tor

PEEK

N/A

Ro

tor

Pin

N/A

O-r

ing

N/A

N/A

Oth

er

N/A

PTFE

Cera

mic

No

ne

N/A

N/A

*Fl

uid

Tem

pera

ture

(°C

)Fl

uid

Tem

pera

ture

(°F

)0 to

80

(32 to

176)

-30 to

120

(-22 to

248)

-20 to

70

(-4 to

158)

0 to

65

(32 to

149)

0 to

70

(32 to

158)

-5 to

50

(23 to

122)

*M

ax. O

pera

ting

Pre

ssure

9.3

ba

r (1

30 p

si)

16 b

ar

(232 p

si)

varies

per

ma

teria

l10 b

ar

(145 p

si)

TBA

Ap

pro

va

lsC

E

Po

wer

Req

uir

em

ents

Ba

tter y

Po

were

d

4 t

o 2

0 m

A O

utp

ut

7001 o

nl y

Yes

Yes

Co

mp

atib

le +

GF+

SIG

NET

Flo

w Inst

rum

ents

Self

conta

ined

dis

pla

y

Co

mm

ents

low

est

flo

w r

ang

e:

110 m

L/m

in.

PPS b

od

y fo

r to

ugh

serv

ice, g

oo

d c

hem

ica

l re

sist

ance

Exce

llent ch

em

ica

l re

sist

ance

,no

te s

ignifi

cant p

ress

ure

dro

p.

Exce

llent ch

em

ica

l re

sist

ance

, rep

lace

ab

le

ele

ctro

nic

s, a

ffo

rda

ble

p

ack

ag

e

Op

en c

ha

nnel o

rcl

ose

d p

ipe/c

ha

nnel

RS232 o

utp

uts

So

lar

pa

nel a

vaila

ble

Mo

vin

g P

art

sN

o

Use

d in H

igh P

uri

ty

Ap

plica

tio

ns

No

No

* F

luid

tem

pera

ture

and

op

era

ting

pre

ssur

e a

re in

terd

ep

end

ent.

Co

nsu

lt th

e p

rod

uct m

anua

l fo

r m

ore

deta

iled

sp

eci

fica

tions.

Yes

Yes

5 to

24 V

DC

1/4

in. t

hre

ad

s

1/4

in. t

ubin

g

N/A

PVD

F

N/A

Ind

ustria

l PV

DF,

PV

C m

od

els

or

HP

PVD

F m

od

els

in P

A6/P

E p

ack

ag

ing

fo

r ul

tra

pur

e

ap

plic

atio

ns.

No

CE

All

exc

ep

t 5090, 5

091, 5

100

All

exc

ep

t 5090, 5

100

5.5

ba

r (8

0 p

si)

No

WWWWeeeetttttttteeeedddd MMMMaaaatttteeeerrrriiiiaaaallllssss

In-lin

e R

oto

r, O

pen c

olle

cto

r o

utp

utIn

-lin

e V

ortex

Op

en c

olle

cto

r o

r C

urre

nt o

utp

ut

FPM

FPM

or

EPD

M

PVD

F

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Flo

w S

en

sor

Sp

eci

fica

tio

n M

atr

ix -

Ta

ble

3Th

is s

ect

ion p

rovi

des

the r

ea

der

with

an e

asy

to

rea

d o

verv

iew

of th

e v

ario

us p

rod

ucts

tha

t m

ake

up

our

flo

w m

ea

sure

ment fa

mily

. Fo

r fu

rther

deta

ils, s

ee the

ind

ivid

ual c

ata

log

pa

ges

for

ea

ch p

rod

uct.

Page 8: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

10 www.gfsignet.com

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Inst

rum

ent

Sp

eci

fica

tio

n M

atr

ix -

Ta

ble

4Th

is s

ect

ion p

rovi

des

the r

ea

der

with

an e

asy

to

rea

d o

verv

iew

of th

e v

ario

us p

rod

ucts

tha

t m

ake

up

our

flo

w m

ea

sure

ment fa

mily

. Fo

r fu

rther

deta

ils, s

ee the

ind

ivid

ual c

ata

log

pa

ges

for

ea

ch p

rod

uct.

Mo

del N

um

ber<

50

75

<5

09

0<

50

91

<5

50

0<

56

00

<8

15

0<

85

50

<8

90

0<

Desc

rip

tio

n<

Flo

w M

on

ito

<r<Sen

sor

Po

were

d F

low

<M

onito

<r<C

urr

ent

Mo

nito

<r<Fl

ow

Mo

nit

or

wit

h <

Ou

tpu

ts a

nd

Rela

ys<

Ba

tch

Co

ntr

oller

wit

h <

Ou

tpu

ts a

nd

Rela

ys<

Ba

ttery

Po

were

d F

low

< <To

talize

r<Sin

gle

or

Du

al In

pu

t <

Flo

w T

ran

smit

ter<

Mu

lti-

Ch

an

nel, M

ult

i-<

Pa

ram

ete

r C

on

tro

ller<

Mo

du

lar

Co

mp

on

en

ts<

YesL

Nu

mb

er

of

Tota

lize

rs<

1 P

erm

anentL

1 R

ese

tta

ble

L

1 P

erm

anentL

2 R

ese

tta

ble

L

1 P

erm

anentL

2 R

ese

tta

ble

L

6 P

erm

anentL

6 R

ese

tta

ble

L

Tota

l Sen

sor

Inp

uts

<2 (8550-3

)Lup

to

2 fre

que

ncy

;L

6 to

tal s

enso

r in

put

sL

Mo

un

tin

g O

pti

on

s<Pa

nelL

Dis

pla

<y<

Ana

log

dia

l L

and

LC

LDL

LCD

or

Va

cuum

L L

Fluo

resc

entL

Ou

tpu

ts a

nd

Ty

pe<s<

OC

pul

se a

t in

put

fre

q.L

OC

pul

se a

t To

tal f

req

.L

Act

ive 4

to

20 m

A,L

2 S

PDT

Rela

ysL

OC

pul

se a

t in

put

fre

qL.L

OC

L pLul

se a

t to

tal f

reLq

L.L

Act

ive 4

to

20 m

A,L

2 S

PDT

Rela

ysL

OC

pul

se a

t EO

LBL

No

neL

Pass

ive 4

to

20 m

A,L

2 S

PDT

Rela

ys (8550-2

)L

Pro

gra

mm

ab

le O

C p

ulse

L

Act

ive 4

to

20 m

A,L

2 S

PDT

rela

ysL

OC

pul

se a

t in

put

fre

qL.L

OC

L pLul

se a

t to

tal f

reLq

L.L

Rela

ys<

No

neL

4up

to

12L

Deri

ved

Mea

sure

men

ts<

% R

eje

ctio

n, D

iffere

nce

, L

Ratio

, delta

flo

wL

% R

eje

ctio

n, D

iffere

nce

, L

Ratio

, To

tal F

low

, sum

, % L

Pass

ag

e (flo

w),

%Re

cove

ryL

Lang

ua

ge<s<

Eng

lish, F

rench

, Germ

an, L

Sp

anis

h, I

talia

n, a

nd

L

Port

uL gL ue

se L

Op

era

tin

g T

em

pera

ture

(°C

<)<O

pera

tin

g T

em

pera

ture

(°F

)<-1

0°C

to

55°C

L

(14°F

to

131°F

)L

-10°C

to

65°C

L

(14°F

to

149°F

)L

-10°C

to

65°C

L

(14°F

to

149°F

)L

-10°C

to

55°C

L

(14°F

to

131°F

)L

-10°C

to

55°C

L

(14°F

to

131°F

)L

-10°C

to

65°C

L

(14°F

to

149°F

)L

-10°C

to

55°C

L

(14°F

to

131°F

)L

-10°C

to

70°C

L

(14°F

to

158°F

)L

Po

wer

Su

pp

ly O

pti

on

s<12-2

4 V

DC

orL

12-2

4 V

ALC

L3.6

V L

ithiu

m B

attery

L12-2

4 V

DC

or

100/2

40 L

VA

LCL

12-2

4 V

DC

orL

110/2

20 V

ALC

L

Sta

nd

ard

s a

nd

Ap

pro

va

l<s<

CE,

CSA

, UL,

NEM

A L

4X/1

P65L

CE,

FM

, CSA

, UL,

NEM

A L

4X/1

P65L

CE,

NEM

A 4

X/1

P65L

CE,

UL,

CU

LL,L

NEM

A 4

X/1

P65L

CE,

CSA

, ULL,

L

NEM

A 4

X/1

P65L

CE,

CSA

, ULL,

L

NEM

A 4

X/1

P65L

1L

No

L

No

neL

1 P

erm

anentL

1 R

ese

tta

ble

L

PanelL

Panel,

Wa

ll, P

ipe, T

ank,

Inte

gra

LlL

Ana

log

dia

LlA

Lna

log

dia

l and

LC

LDL

LC

DL

No

neL

No

nLe

2L

No

neL

Eng

lishL

No

neL

12-2

4 V

DC

orL

12-2

4 V

AC

L

CE,

CSA

, UL,

NEM

A 4

X/1

P65L

Page 9: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

11www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Notes:

Page 10: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

12 www.gfsignet.com

Features• Flow rate range 0.3 to

6 m/s (1 to 20 ft/s)

• Wide Turndown Ratioof 20:1

• Highly repeatableoutput

• Simple, economicaldesign

• Installs into pipe sizesDN 15 to DN 900(0.5 to 36 in.)

• Self-powered

• 7.6m (25 ft.) cable forStandard and Wet-TapSensors

• Chemically resistantmaterials

• Easy to replace rotor

• FM and CE Approved

Applications• Pure Water Production

• Filtration Systems

• Chemical Production

• Liquid Delivery

Systems

• Pump Protection

• Scrubber Systems

• Water Monitoring

• Not suitable for gases

515 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors

Description

System Overview (For overview of Wet-Tap System, see page 20)

Simple to install with time-honoredreliable performance, Model 515 Rotor-Xpaddlewheel flow sensors are highlyrepeatable, rugged sensors that offerexceptional value with little or no mainte-nance. The output signal of the Model515 is a sinusoidal frequency capable ofdriving a self-powered flowmeter (Model3-5090). The wide dynamic flow rangeof 0.3 to 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft/s) allows thesensor to measure liquid flow rates in fullpipes and can be used in low pressuresystems.

The Model 515 sensors are offered in a

StandardSensor

IntegralSensor

* For information on pipe fittings specially designed for use with the Model 515 Flow Sensors, see pages 180through 194.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Model 515Integral MountFlow Sensor

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8051) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Integral MountPipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Model 515 Standard or Wet-Tap (not shown)Flow Sensor

+GF+ SIGNET Model 515 Standard or Wet-Tap (not shown)Flow Sensor

variety of materials for a wide range ofpipe sizes and insertion configurations.The many material choices include PP,PVDF, and Tefzel® makes this modelhighly versatile and chemically compat-ibility to many liquid process solutions.Sensors can be installed in up to DN900(36 in.) pipes using +GF+ SIGNET’scomprehensive line of custom fittings.These custom fittings, which include tee’s,saddle’s, and weldolets, seat the sensorto the proper insertion depth into theprocess flow. The sensors are alsooffered in configurations for wet-tap andintrinsically safe installation requirements.

Compatible Instruments

The 515 Rotor-X PaddlewheelFlow Sensors are compatiblewith the following +GF+SIGNET instruments:

8550 5075 50908900 5500 81505100 5600

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

Wet-TapSensor

No External Power Required

FM

APPROVED

Page 11: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Flow

13www.gfsignet.com

Dimensions

26.7 mm/1.05 in.

-X0 thru-X2

-X0 = 104 mm/4.1 in.-X1 = 137 mm/5.4 in.-X2 = 213 mm/8.4 in.

53.3 mm/2.1 in.

Pipe Range 0.5 to 4 in.:5 to 8 in.:10 in. and up:

515 Standard MountSensor

515 Integral MountSensor shown withTransmitter (sold separately)

SpecificationsGeneralFlow Rate Range:

0.3 to 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft./s)Pipe Size Range:

DN 15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.)Linearity: ±1% of full rangeRepeatability: ±0.5% of full rangeMin. Reynolds Number Required: 4500

Wetted MaterialsSensor Body:

Glass-filled PP (black) or PVDF (natural)O-rings:

FPM-Viton® (std) or optional EPDM orFPM-Kalrez®

Rotor Pin:Titanium or Hastelloy-C or PVDF;optional ceramic, Tantalum, or stainlesssteel

Rotor:Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; optionalTefzel® with or w/o Fluoraloy B® sleeve

ElectricalFrequency: 19.7 Hz per m/s nominal

(6 Hz per ft/s); sinusoidalAmplitude: 3.3 V p/p per m/s nomi-

nal (1 V p/p per ft/s)Source Impedance: 8KΩCable Type:

2-conductor twisted pair with shield(22 AWG)

Cable Length:7.6m (25 ft.) standard/60m (200 ft.)maximum

515 Wet-Tap MountSensor with 3519 Wet-Tap ValveSee more information on the3519 Wet-Tap Valve on page20 of the catalog.

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.• To compare this Sensor with other +GF+

SIGNET Flow Sensors, See Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For flow sensor mounting positioninformation see page 156.

• For rotor pin and rotor replacement

information see page 197.-P3 = 297 mm/11.7 in.-P4 = 333 mm/13.1 in.-P5 = 409 mm/16.1 in.

26.7 mm/1.05 in.

-P3 thru-P5

Pipe Range0.5 to 4 in.5 to 8 in.10 in. and up

Application Tips:• Use PVDF Rotor Pin for use in Deionized

Water.• Use the Conduit Adapter Kit to protect the

cable-to-sensor connection when used in wetenvironmental areas. See page 198 for moreinformation.

• Use a sleeved rotor in liquids with particlesto reduce wear.

• Sensor plug is used to plug installation fittingafter extraction of sensor from pipe.

102 mm/

4.0 in.

-Y0 or -Y1

-Y0 = 152mm/6.0 in.

-Y1 = 185mm/7.3 in.

26.7 mm/

1 .05 in.

96 mm/

3.8 in.

Pipe Range0.5 to 4 in.5 to 8 in.

Shipping WeightP51530-X0 0.454 kg 1 lb.P51530-X1 0.476 kg 1 .04 lbs.P51530-X2 0.680 kg 1 .50 lbs.P51530-X3 0.794 kg 1 .75 lbsP51530-X4 0.850 kg 1 .87 lbs.P51530-X5 1 kg 2.20 lbs.3-8510-X0 0.23 kg .50 lbs.3-8510-X1 0.23 kg .50 lbs.

Max. Pressure /Temperature RatingsStandard and Integral Sensor:• PP: 12.5 bar @ 20°C, 1 .7 bar @ 90°C

(180 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @194°F)• PVDF: 14 bar @ 20° C, 1 .4 bar @ 100°C

(200 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @ 212°F)Operating Temperature:• PP: -18°C to 90°C (0°F to 194°F)• PVDF: -18°C to 100°C (0°F to 212°F)

Wet-Tap sensor• PP: 7 bar @ 20°C, 1 .4 bar @ 66°C

(100 psi @ 68°F, 20 psi @ 150°F)Operating temperature:

-18°C to 66°C (0°F to 150°F)Max. wet-tap sensor removal rating:

1 .7 bar @ 22°C (25 psi @ 72°F)

See page 226 for Temperature & Pressure Graphs

Standards and Approvals• CE• FM Class I, II, II/Div./groups A-G• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

• For liquids containing ferrous particles useonly metal paddlewheel sensors (Models525, 2517, or 2540)

• For systems with components of more thanone material, the maximum temperature/pressure specification must always bereferenced to the component with the lowestrating.

Page 12: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

14 www.gfsignet.com

Ordering Information

When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe or wall orin a remote location up to 60 m (200 ft) (standard cable length is 7.6 m(25 ft.)) by connectingthe sensor through a standard junction box. Use listed fittings (see page 180) for properseating of the sensor into the process flow.

Model 515 Integral Mount Paddlewheel

Once an integral mount sensor is chosen, itcan be mounted directly to an instrument byfollowing these guidelines:a) Order the integral adapter kit 3-

8051(sold separately) to connect thesensor to an instrument. See page 15.

b) Order an instrument (sold separately).The following instrument part numbers arecompatible: 3-8550-1, 3-8550-2, 3-8550-3, 3-8150-1 . See pages 62-65.

Model 515 StandardPaddlewheel Flow Sensor

Model 515 Integral MountPaddlewheel Flow Sensor

Model 515 Standard Mount Paddlewheel

Mfr. Part No.* CodeMfr. Part No.* Code

P51530-H0 198 801 659P51530-P0 198 801 620P51530-P1 198 801 621P51530-P2 198 801 622P51530-S0 198 801 661

P51530-T0 198 801 663P51530-T1 198 801 664P51530-V0 198 801 623P51530-V1 198 801 624P51530-V2 198 801 625

When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument is mounted directly onto the sensor for alocal display. See Guideline below for instructions.

*Model 515Ordering Notes:1) Most common part

number combinationsshown. For all combina-tions, refer to the PartNumber index on page242.

2) Other rotor and pinmaterials are availablefor purchase and can beeasily replaced in thefield. See accessories forparts listing.

Guideline: Combining a 515 Integral mount flow sensor with an integrally mountedinstrument

c) Assembling the sensor with the integraladapter and instrument is quick andsimple. These parts can also be orderedas an assembled part. See “IntegralMount” data sheet for more information(page 68)

3-8510-P0 198 864 5043-8510-P1 198 864 505

Mfr. Part No.* Code

3-8510-T0 159 000 6223-8510-V0 198 864 506

Mfr. Part No.* Code

P51530

H

P

S

T

V

0

1

2

P51530 - P 0

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Natural PVDF

Flow Sensor for use with remote mount instrument

Sensor Part Number

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Hastelloy-C

Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*

Pipe size - Choose one

0.5 to 4 in.

5 to 8 in.

10 to 36 in.

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C

Example Part Number

3-8510

P

T

V

0

1

Pipe size - Choose one

0.5 to 4 in.

Flow Sensor for integral mounting on the 8150 or 8550 instrument using the 3-8051 adapter (instrument and adapter sold separately)

Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C

5 to 8 in.

Sensor Part Number

3-8510 - P 0 Example Part Number

Page 13: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Flow

15www.gfsignet.com

Ordering Information (continued)

Model 515 Wet-Tap Mount Paddlewheel Flow Sensor

Mfr. Part No.* Code

P51530-P3 198 840 310P51530-P4 198 840 311P51530-P5 198 840 312

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

RotorsM1538-2 198 801 181 Rotor, PVDF BlackP51547-3 159 000 474 Rotor, PVDF NaturalM1538-4 198 820 018 Rotor, Tefzel®

P51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural3-0515.322-1 198 820 059 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black3-0515.322-2 198 820 060 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural3-0515.322-3 198 820 017 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel®

Rotor PinsM1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, TitaniumM1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-CM1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, TantalumM1546-4 198 820 016 Pin, CeramicP51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural

O-Rings1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM-Viton®

1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FPM-Kalrez®

MiscellaneousP31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, PolyproP31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF MetricP31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDFP31542 198 801 630 Sensor Cap, RedP31934 159 000 466 Conduit CapP51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. w/shield, 22 AWG3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter Integral Adapter (see system over

view for graphics)

+GF+ SIGNET 515 Wet-TapSensor with the 3519 Wet-TapValve (see page 20)

Rotor

Rotor Pin

When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipe or wall orin a remote location up to 60m (200 ft.) (standard cable length is 7.6 m (25 ft.) by connectingthe sensor through a standard junction box. This style of sensor uses the 3519 Wet-Tap valveonly. See page 20 for more information regarding Model 3519.

*Model 515Ordering Notes:1) Most common part

number combinationsshown. For all combina-tions, refer to the PartNumber index page242.

2) Other rotor and pinmaterials are availablefor purchase and can beeasily replaced in thefield. See accessories forparts listing.

Sleeved Rotor (pin not included)

Sensor Cap

Sensor Plug

ConduitAdapter Kit

Guideline: Combining a 515 Wet-TapSensor with a 3519 Wet-Tap Valvea) Once a sensor is chosen, it can be mounted in

a 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (sold separately)b) Assembling a sensor with a 3519 Wet-Tap valve

is quick and simple. These parts can also beordered as one part. See Model 3519 FlowWet-Tap Valve data sheet for more information.

P51530

P

3

4

5

P51530 - P 3 Example Part Number

10 to 36 in.

5 to 8 in.

0.5 to 4 in.

Pipe size - Choose one

Body/Rotor/Pin material*

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium

Sensor Part Number - Choose one

Flow Sensor for wet-tap mounting with the 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (sold separately)

Page 14: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

16 www.gfsignet.com

Features• Flow rate range 0.1 to

6 m/s (0.3 to 20ft/s)

• Wide Turndown Ratioof 66:1

• Open-collector output

• Simple , economicaldesign

• Highly repeatableoutput

• Installs into pipe sizesDN 15 to DN 900(0.5 to 36 in.)

• High resolution andnoise immunity

• 7.6m (25 ft.) of cable forstandard and Wet-tapsensors

• Chemically resistantmaterials

• Easy to replace rotor

• CE Approved

Applications• Pure Water Production

• Filtration Systems

• Chemical Production

• Liquid Delivery Systems

• Pump Protection

• Scrubbers/Gas stacks

• Gravity Feed Lines

• Not suitable for gases

2536 Rotor-X Paddlewheel Flow Sensors

Description

System Overview (For overview of Wet-Tap System, see page 20.)

Simple to install with time-honoredreliable performance, Model 2536 Rotor-X paddlewheel flow sensors are highlyrepeatable, rugged sensors that offerexceptional value with little or no mainte-nance. The Model 2536 has a process-ready open collector signal and has awide dynamic flow range of 0.1 to 6 m/s(0.3 to 20 ft/s). The sensor measuresliquid flow rates in full pipes and can beused in low pressure systems.

The Model 2536 sensors are offered in avariety of materials for a wide range of

StandardSensor

IntegralSensor

* For information on pipe fittings specially designed for use with the Model 2536 Flow Sensor, see pages 180thru 194 in the catalog.

pipe sizes and insertion configurations.The many material choices including PP,PVDF, and Tefzel® makes this modelhighly versatile and chemically compat-ibility to many liquid process solutions.Sensors can be installed in DN 15 to DN900 (0.5 to 36 in.) pipes using +GF+SIGNET’s comprehensive line of customfittings. These custom fittings, whichinclude tees, saddles, and weldolets,seat the sensor to the proper insertiondepth into the process flow. The sensorsare also offered in configurations forwet-tap installation requirements.

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2536 Rotor-X PaddlewheelFlow Sensor is compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETinstruments:

8550 8900 55005075 5600

See individual catalog pages formore information.

Wet-TapSensor

Page 15: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

17www.gfsignet.com

FlowSpecifications

GeneralFlow Rate Range:

0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft./s)Pipe Size Range:

DN 15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.)Linearity: ±1% of full rangeRepeatability: ±0.5% of full rangeMin. Reynolds Number Required: 4500

Wetted MaterialsSensor Body:

Glass-filled Polypropylene (black) orPVDF (natural)

O-rings:FPM-Viton® (std) or optional EPDM orFPM-Kalrez®

Rotor Pin:Titanium or Hastelloy-C or PVDF; optionalceramic Tantalum or stainless steel

Rotor:Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; optionalTefzel with or w/o Fluoraloy B® sleeve

ElectricalFrequency: 49Hz per m/s nominal

(15 Hz per ft/s nominal)

Supply voltage: 3.3 to 24 VDC regulated

Supply current: <1 .5 mA @ 3.3 to 6 VDC

<20 mA @ 6 to 24 VDC

Output Type: Open collector transistor,

sinking

Output Current: 10 mA max.

Cable Type:

2-conductor twisted pair with shield

(22 AWG)

Cable Length:

7.6 m (25 ft.) standard/305 m (1,000 ft.)

maximum

Dimensions2536 Standard MountSensor

2536 Integral MountSensor shown withTransmitter (sold separately)

2536 Wet-Tap MountSensor with 3519 Wet-Tap ValveSee more information on the3519 Wet-Tap Valve on page20 of the catalog.

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.• To compare this Sensor with other +GF+

SIGNET Flow Sensors, see Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For flow sensor mounting positioninformation see page 156.

• For rotor pin and rotor replacement

information see page 197.

Application Tips:• Use PVDF Rotor Pin for use in Deionized

Water.• Use the Conduit Adapter Kit to protect the

cable-to-sensor connection when used in wetenvironmental areas. See page 198 for moreinformation.

• Use a sleeved rotor in liquids with particlesto reduce wear.

• Sensor plug is used to plug installation fittingafter extraction of sensor from pipe.

Max. Pressure/Temperature RatingStandard and Integral Sensor• PP: 12.5 bar @ 20°C, 1 .7 bar @ 85°C

(180 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @185°F)• PVDF: 14 bar @ 20°C, 1 .7 bar @ 85°C

(200 psi @ 68°F, 25 psi @ 185°F)Operating Temperature:• PP: -18°C to 85°C (0°F to 185°F)• PVDF: -18°C to 85°C (0°F to 185°F)

Wet-Tap sensorPP: 7 bar @ 20°C, 1 .4 bar @ 66°C

(100 psi @ 68°F, 20 psi @ 150°F)Operating temperature:

-18°C to 66°C (0°F to 150°F)Max. wet-tap sensor removal rating:

1 .7 bar @ 22°C (25psi @ 72°F)

See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

Shipping Weight:3-2536-X0 0.454 kg 1 lb.3-2536-X1 0.476 kg 1 .04 lbs.3-2536-X2 0.680 kg 1 .50 lbs.3-2536-X3 0.794 kg 1 .75 lbs.3-2536-X4 0.850 kg 1 .87 lbs.3-2536-X5 1 kg 2.20 lbs.3-8512-X0 0.35 kg 0.77 lb.3-8512-X1 0.37 kg 0.81 lbs.

• For liquids containing ferrous particles useonly metal paddlewheel sensors (Models525, 2517 or 2540).

• For systems with components of more thanone material, the maximum temperature/pressure specification must always bereferenced to the component with thelowest rating.

Page 16: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

18 www.gfsignet.com

3-2536

P

T

V

0

1

2

3-2536 - P 0

p

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium

Flow Sensor for use with remote mount instrument

Example Part Number

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C

Sensor Part Number

Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*

Pipe size - Choose one

0.5 to 4 in.

5 to 8 in.

10 to 36 in.

3-8512

P

T

V

0

1

3-8512 - V 0

g

Pipe size - Choose one

0.5 to 4 in.

Body/Rotor/Pin material-Choose one*

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium

Example Part Number

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Hastelloy C

5 to 8 in.

Sensor Part Number

Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF/Natural PVDF

Flow Sensor for integral mounting on the 8150 or 8550 instrument using the 3-8051 adapter (instrument and adapter sold separately)

Ordering Information

When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipeor wall or in a remote location up to 305 m (1000 ft) (standard cable length is 7.6m(25 ft.) by connecting the sensor through a standard junction box. Use listed fittings(see page 180) for proper seating of the sensor into the process flow.

Model 2536 Standard Mount Paddlewheel

Model 2536 Integral Mount Paddlewheel

Once an integral mount sensor is chosen, itcan be mounted directly to an instrument byfollowing these guidelines:a) Order the integral adapter kit 3-

8051(sold separately) to connect thesensor to an instrument.

b) Order an instrument (sold separately).The following instrument part numbers arecompatible: 3-8550-1, 3-8550-2, 3-8550-3, 3-8150-1, see pages 62-65.

Model 2536 StandardPaddlewheel Flow Sensor

Model 2536 Integral MountPaddlewheel Flow Sensor

When choosing this style of sensor, the instrument is mounted directly onto the sensorfor a local display. See Guidelines below for instructions.

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8512-P0 198 864 5133-8512-P1 198 864 514

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8512-T0 198 864 5183-8512-V0 198 864 516

Mfr. Part No.* Code

3-2536-P0 198 840 1433-2536-P1 198 840 1443-2536-P2 198 840 145

Mfr. Part No.* Code

3-2536-T0 198 840 1493-2536-V0 198 840 1463-2536-V1 198 840 147

*Model 2536Ordering Notes:1) Most common part

number combinationsshown. For all combina-tions, refer to the PartNumber index on page242.

2) Other rotor and pinmaterials are availableand can be easilyreplaced in the field. Seeaccessories for partslisting.

Guidelines: Combining a 2536 integral mount flow sensor with an integrallymounted instrument

c) Assembling the sensor with the integraladapter and instrument is quick andsimple. These parts can also be orderedas an assembled part. See “IntegralMount” data sheet for more information(page 68).

Page 17: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

19www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Ordering Information (continued)

Model 2536 Wet-Tap Mount Paddlewheel Flow SensorWhen choosing this style of sensor, the instrument can be mounted nearby on a pipeor wall or in a remote location up to 1000 ft (305 m) (standard cable length is 7.6m(25 ft.) by connecting the sensor through a standard junction box. This style of sensoruses the 3519 Wet-Tap valve only. See page 20 for more information regardingModel 3519.

Guideline: Combining a 2536 Wet-TapSensor with a 3519 Wet-Tap Valvea) Once a sensor is chosen, it can be

mounted in a 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (soldseparately)

b) Assembling a sensor with a 3519 Wet-Tapvalve is quick and simple. These parts canalso be ordered as one part number. SeeModel 3519 Flow Wet-Tap Valve datasheet for more information.

Mfr. Part No.* Code

3-2536-P3 159 000 7583-2536-P4 159 000 7593-2536-P5 159 000 760

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Rotors3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, Tefzel®

3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel®

Rotor PinsM1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, TitaniumM1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-CM1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, TantalumM1546-4 198 820 015 Pin, Stainless SteelP51545 198 820 016 Pin, CeramicO-Rings1220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM-Viton®

1224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM1228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FPM-Kalrez®

MiscellaneousP31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, PolyproP31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF MetricP31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDFP31542-3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, BlueP31934 159 000 466 Conduit CapP51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. w/shield,

22 AWG3-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter Integral Adapter (see System

Overview for graphics)

Model 2536 Wet-Tap sensorwith the 3519 Wet-tap valve(see page 20)

Rotor

Rotor Pin

*Model 2536Ordering Notes:1) Most common part

number combinationsshown. For all combina-tions, refer to the PartNumber index on page242.

2) Other rotor and pinmaterials are availableand can be easily re-placed in the field. Seeaccessories for parts listing.

Sleeved Rotor

Sensor Cap

Sensor Plug

ConduitAdapter Kit

3-2536

P

3

4

5

3-2536 - P 3 Example Part Number

10 to 36 in.

5 to 8 in.

0.5 to 4 in.

Pipe size - Choose one

Body/Rotor/Pin material*

Polypropylene/Black PVDF/Titanium

Flow Sensor for wet-tap mounting with the 3519 Wet-Tap Valve (sold separately)

Sensor Part Number - Choose one

Page 18: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

20 www.gfsignet.com

3519 Flow Wet-Tap Valve

Features• Allows for sensor

removal withoutprocess shutdown

• Includes pressurerelease valve for safesensor removal

• Dual safety lanyards

• Rugged corrosion-resistant PVC con-struction and stainlesssteel hardware

• Utilizes either +GF+SIGNET 515 or 2536Rotor-X Wet-Tap FlowSensors

• Eliminates ProcessDowntime

Applications• Filtration Systems

• Chemical Production

• Pump Protection

• Scrubbers

• Water Distribution

• Effluent Totalization

• Process Cooling Loops

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 3519 Flow Wet-TapValve serves as a unique interfacebetween the installation fitting and thewet-tap style +GF+ SIGNET 515 or2536 Rotor-X flow sensor. It provides afast method of removing the sensor fromthe pipe under specified operatingpressures. The PVC & stainless steeldesign of the Wet-Tap makes it resistantto corrosion and chemical attack byacids, alkalies, salt, and a number ofother harsh chemicals.

The +GF+ SIGNET 3519 Wet-Tap Valvemounts directly onto standard +GF+SIGNET installation fittings found onpages 180. The 3519 Wet-Tap consistsof a flange and support plate thatthreads onto the pipe fitting insert, and aPVC ball valve through which an ex-tended length sensor is inserted into thepipe. Refer to the Installation section ofthis +GF+ SIGNET catalog for moreinformation (page 156).

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Wet-Tap MountFlow Sensor

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument (sold separately)Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Wet-Tap MountFlow Sensor+GF+ SIGNET 3519 FlowWet-Tap Valve

+GF+ SIGNET 3519 FlowWet-Tap Valve

Compatible SensorsThe 3519 Flow Wet-TapValve is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETsensors; wet-tap mount only:

515 2536

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

System Overview

*For information on pipe fittings for use with this product, see pages 180 through 194 of this catalog.

Assembly shown with

extended length flow

sensor installed.

Page 19: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

21www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Specifications

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-3519 159 000 7573519/515-P3 159 000 8193519/515-P4 159 000 8203519/515-P5 159 000 821

Ordering Information

137 mm:

(5.39 in.)

121 mm/:

4.75 in.

185 mm/:

7.28 in.

GeneralBody: PVC

Ball Seat: PTFE

Seals: Viton® (STD) or EPDM also

available, contact Factory

Hardware: 303SS (brackets),

18/8SS (nuts & bolts)

Shipping weight: 1 .3kg (2.86 lbs.)

Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings • 7 bar max. @ 20°C

(100 psi max. @ 68°F)

• 1 .4 bar max. @ 66°C(20 psi max. @ 150°F)

Wet-tap maximum installation/removal

rating:

1 .7 bar @ 22°C (25 psi @ 72°F)

+GF+ SIGNETPipe Fitting

+GF+ SIGNETModel 515/2536Extended Flow Sensor

+GF+ SIGNET3519 Wet-TapAssembly

Dimensions

3519/2536-P3 159 000 8223519/2536-P4 159 000 8233519/2536-P5 159 000 824

Mfr. Part No. Code

Model 515 or 2536 Wet-TapSensor

Standards & Approvals• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for

Environmental Management

Model 3519Ordering Notes:1) N/C = no code needed.2) *See model 515 Data Sheet

for sensor specifications.3) **See model 2536 Data

Sheet for sensor specifica-tions.

4) Models 515 and 2536Wet-Tap sensors can beordered seperately.

Application Tips:• Removal and insertion of sensor can be

performed while in service; observeinstallation/removal pressure specifica-tions.

• Use the Conduit Adaptor Kit to protectthe cable-to-sensor connection whenused in wet environmental areas - seepage 198 for more details.

For More Information:• For installation tips and information see

page 156.• For flow sensor mounting position

information see page 156.

See page 226 for Temperature and Pressuregraphs.

• Do not use this assembly in liquidscontaining ferrous particles. Use the2517 or 2540 Hot-Tap sensor.

• Use sensors with sleeved rotors inliquids with particles to reduce wear.

• For systems with components of morethan one material, maximum tempera-ture and pressure specifications mustalways be referenced to the compo-nent with the lowest rating.

• For sensor insertion/removal proce-dure, see page 158.

3-3519

N/C

515-P3*

515-P4*

515-P5*

2536-P3**

2536-P4**

2536-P5**

3-3519

3-3519 /515-P3

Valve with Model 2536 sensor for 0.5 to 4 inch pipes

Valve with Model 2536 sensor for 5 to 8 inch pipes

Valve with Model 2536 sensor for 10 to 36 inch pipes

Example Part Number - Valve with sensor

Example Part Number - Valve only

Part Number

Wet-Tap Valve for 515 and 2536 Wet-Tap flow sensors

Flow range

Valve only

Valve with Model 515 sensor for 0.5 to 4 inch pipes

Valve with Model 515 sensor for 5 to 8 inch pipes

Valve with Model 515 sensor for 10 to 36 inch pipes

Page 20: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

22 www.gfsignet.com

525 Metalex Paddlewheel Flow Sensor

Features• Flow rate range 0.5 to

6m/s (1.6 to 20 ft/s)

• For up to 103 bar(1500 psi) pressure

• For up to 149°C(300°F) temperatures

• DN15 to DN300 (0.5to 12 in.) pipe range

• Simple Installation

• 316SS body (1.4401)

• Tungsten Carbideshaft

• 7.6m (25 ft.) cableincluded

• FM & CSA, CEapproved

Application• Boiler Feedwater

Monitoring

• HVAC Systems

• Chemical Transport

• Heat Exchangers

• Reverse Osmosis

• Cooling systems

• Not Suitable for Gases

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 525 MetalexPaddlewheel Flow Sensor combinesstainless steel construction with insertionpaddlewheel technology. The result is ahighly reliable sensor suitable for opera-tion at extreme pressures and tempera-tures. The Tungsten Carbide shaft andFluoroloy B®/PTFE bearing providesexcellent wear resistance for extendedservice.

A comprehensive fitting program allowsinstallation in steel lines with the mini-block for small diameters, and either themini-tap or saddle for pipes up toDN300 (12 in.). The self-generatingoutput signal allows use with any batteryoperated flow totalizer, including thenew 8150.

System Overview

* For information on pipe fittings specially designed for use with the Model 525 Metalex Flow Sensor, see page188 in the catalog.

Compatible Instruments

The 525 Metalex Flow Sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8150 5100 89008550 55005075 5600

See individual catalog pages formore information

+GF+ SIGNETMetalex Fitting(sold separately)

*

+GF+ SIGNETModel 525 MetalexFlow Sensor

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET

Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNETModel 525 MetalexFlow Sensor

No External Power Required!

C US

®FM

APPROVED

LR092369

Page 21: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

23www.gfsignet.com

Flow

P525

-1

-2

-3

-

S

P525 -1 Example Part Number*see page 188 for compatible fittings

used with 2 to 12 inch strap-on saddle fittings*

Rotor Pin Material

Tungsten Carbide

316 Stainless Steel (1.4401)

used with 1.25 to 12 inch weld-on mini-tap fittings*

Sensor Part Number Metalex Flow sensor for high pressures and temperatures

Sensor style

used with 0.5 to 1 inch socket-weld mini-tap fittings*

Specifications

Mfr. Part No. Code

P525-1 198 801 494P525-2 198 801 495P525-3 198 801 496P525-1S 159 000 963P525-2S 159 000 964P525-3S 159 000 965

Ordering Information

Dimensions

-1 = 38.4 mm/: 1.5 in.

-2 = 63.5 mm/: 2.5 in.

-3 = 114.3 mm/: 4.5 in.

7.6 m/25 ft.:cable included

SIGNET

GeneralFlow Rate Range: 0.5 to 6 m/s

(1 .6 to 20 ft/s)Pipe size range: DN15 to DN300

(0.5 to 12 in.)Linearity: ±1% of full rangeRepeatability: ±0.5% of full rangeMinimum Reynolds number required: 4500

Wetted MaterialsSensor body:

316SS 1 .4401 (ACI type CF-8M 1 .4408per ASTM A351), DIN 17440

Rotor material:SS (CD4MCu 1 .4517 cast steel Alloy)

Rotor pin: Tungsten Carbide GRP 1orstainless steel

Retainers (2): 316 stainless steel (1 .4401)Rotor bearings (2): Fluoroloy B®/PTFEGasket: KLINGER®sil C-4401

ElectricalFrequency: 12 Hz per ft/s nominal,

5 to 8 mV p-p per HzSource Impedance: 11 .6 KWCable length:

7.6 m (25 ft), can be extended to 60m(200 ft) with no significant degradation ofsignal strength

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Accessories and Replacements Parts

Model 525 Ordering Notes:1) Each sensor option is used with a

different fitting.2) Fittings must be ordered seperately.3) See flow sensor accessories on

page 197 for fitting information.

Application Tips:• Use the Conduit

Adapter Kit to protectthe cable-to-sensorconnection when used inwet environmentalareas. See page 198 formore information.

• Use the Socket Weld orWeld-on Mini-Tapfittings for sensorinstallation in pressuresup to 1500 psi (103 bar).

• The 525 can be used inintrinsically safe areasusing an approvedbarrier between thesensor and instrument.

For More Information:• For flow wiring

information see page173.

• For flow installation tipsand information seepage 156.

• To compare this Sensorwith other +GF+SIGNET Flow Sensors,See Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For flow sensor mountingposition information seepage 156.

• For rotor pin and rotorreplacement informationsee page 197.

P52509 159 000 479 Rotor kit (rotors, stainless steel pin, bearings, retainers)P52509-2 159 000 480 Rotor kit (rotors, tungsten carbide pin, bearings, retainers)P52504-1 198 801 500 Rotor Pin, Stainless steel (1 .4401)P52504-2 198 820 023 Rotor Pin, Tungsten CarbideP52618 159 000 493 GasketP52503 198 820 013 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFEP52527 159 000 481 Retainers, Stainless steelP52628 159 000 504 Fitting cap kit (cap and gasket)P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit5523-3222 159 000 393 Cable (per foot) 2 cond. w/shield, 22 AWG

Cable type:22 AWG, 2-conductor w/shield, 150°Cmaximum

Shipping Weight:P525-1 0.723 kg 1 .6 lbs.P525-2 0.774 kg 1 .7 lbs.P525-3 0.923 kg 2.0 lbs.

Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating• Socket Weld or Weld-On Mini-Tap

fittings:103 bar (1500 psi) @ 149°C (300°F)

• Strap-on Saddle fitting:21 bar (300 psi) @ 66°C (150°F)

See page 226 for Temperature and Pressuregraphs

Standards and Approvals• Manufactured under ISO

9001:2000 for Quality and ISO14001:1996 for EnvironmentalManagement

• CE, CSA• FM Class I, II, III, Division 1

(Groups A-G)

retainer retainerrotor pin

bearing bearing

rotor

Rotor Kit

Electrical (continued)

Page 22: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

24 www.gfsignet.com

2517 Brass Paddlewheel Flow Sensor

Features• Flow rate range

0.5 to 6 m/s(1.6 to 20 ft/s)

• Standard NPT or ISOprocess connections

• Usable in pipe sizesup to DN 900 (36 in.)

• Hot-tap versions forinstallation/servicewithout systemshutdown

• 7.6m (25ft.) cable

• FM Approved

Application• HVAC

• Turf Irrigation

• Cooling Systems

• Filtration Systems

• Water Distribution

• Leak Detection

• Pump Protection

• Clarified Effluent

Totalization

• Ground Water

Remediation

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2517 paddlewheel flow

sensors offer added strength and durability

of brass construction for a variety of applica-

tions. The wide flow range of 0.5 to 6 m/s

(1 .6 to 20 ft/s) allows the sensor to measure

liquid flow rates in full pipes and can be

used in low pressure systems. Fluoroloy B®/

PTFE bearings and a Tungsten Carbide pin

provide exceptional wear resistance. The

2517 brass sensor signal allows for remote

totalization when coupled with the 8150

battery operated Flow Totalizer. Sensors can

be installed in DN 40 to DN 600 (1 .5 to 24 in.)

pipes using the 1 .5 inch (or ISO 7/1-R 1 .5)

threaded process connection. The sensors are

also offered in a hot-tap configuration with a

bleed valve for installation in pipes up to

DN 900 (36 in.) and allows for servicing

without process shutdown.

StandardSensor

System Overview

Compatible Instruments

The 2517 Brass Flow Sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8150 5100 50758550 5500 56008900

See individual catalog pages formore information

+GF+ SIGNETModel 2517Standard orHot-Tap (not shown)Flow Sensor

Customer SuppliedFittings

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET

Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNETModel 2517Standard orHot-Tap (not shown)Flow Sensor

No external power needed

FM

APPROVED

Hot-Tap Sensor

Page 23: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

25www.gfsignet.com

Flow

SpecificationsDimensions

457 mm (18 in.)

Sensor fitting:1.5 in. NPT orISO 7/1-R 1.5thread

24 mm (0.94 in.)

64 mm (2.5 in.)

Bleed valve

7.6 m (25 ft.)cable

O-ring seals (2)

2517Hot-TapSensor

1.5 to 36 in.pipes

2517Standard Sensor1.5 to 24 in.pipes

GeneralFlow Rate Range:

0.5 to 6 m/s (1 .6 to 20 ft/s)Linearity: ±1% of full rangeRepeatability: ±0.5% of full rangeMin. Reynolds Number Required: 4500Pipe size range:• Standard version: DN40 to DN600

(1 .5 to 24 in.)• Hot-Tap version: DN40 to DN900

(1 .5 to 36 in.)Sensor fitting options:• 1 .5in NPT threads• ISO 7/1-R 1 .5 threads

Wetted materialsSensor body: CuZn38Pb1 Free cutting brassSensor fitting: CuZn38Pb1 Free cutting brassSensor fitting O-rings:

Standard Viton®, optional EPRRotor: CD4MCu stainless steel

(1 .4517)Rotor pin: Tungsten Carbide GRP 1Retainers (2): 316 stainless steel (1 .4401)Rotor bearings (2): Fluoroloy B®/PTFE

ElectricalFrequency: 20 Hz per ft/s nominal,

5 to 8 mV p-p per HzSource Impedance: 11 .6 KΩCable length: 7.6 m (25 ft.), can be

extended up to 60m(200 ft.)

Cable type: 2-conductor twisted-pairwith shield, 22AWG

Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating• Sensor with standard FPM sensor

fitting O-rings:17 bar @ 82°C (250 psi @ 180°F)

• Sensor with optional EPDM sensorfitting O-rings:

17 bar @ 100°C (250 psi @ 212°F)

See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs.

Shipping Weight:• 3-2517.100, .101: 2.04 kg (4.5 lbs.)

• 3-2517.102, .103: 2.63 kg (5.8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

• FM approved, CE

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2517.100 198 840 0033-2517.101 198 840 007

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-1500.663 198 820 008 Hot-Tap Installation Tool (See page 158 for moreinformation)

1220-0121 159 000 852 O-ring, FPM1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDMP52509-1 159 000 479 Rotor Kit, 316SS Pin (1 .4401)P52509-3 159 001 068 Rotor Kit, Tungsten Carbide PinP52504-1 198 801 500 Pin, 316SS (1 .4401)P52502-2 198 820 023 Pin, Tungsten CarbideP52503 198 820 013 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFE3-2517.567 159 000 269 Cable, per ft.P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter KitP31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap

For More Information:• For flow wiring informa-

tion see page 173.• For flow installation tips

and information seepage 156.

• To compare this Sensorwith other +GF+SIGNET Flow Sensors,see Flow Selection Guideon page 4.

• For flow sensor mountingposition information seepage 156.

• For rotor pin and rotorreplacement information

see page 195.

Application Tips:• For systems with

components of morethan one material, themaximum temperature/pressure specificationmust always bereferenced to thecomponent with thelowest rating.

• Use the Conduit AdapterKit when used in wetenvironments.

• The 2517 can be used inintrinsically safe areasusing an approvedbarrier between thesensor and instrument.

Model 2517Ordering Notes:Installation fitting and Wet-Tap valves and accessoriesare customer supplied

3-2517.102 159 000 2673-2517.103 159 000 268

Mfr. Part No. Code

194.31 mm(6.0 in.)

1-1/2 in. NPTor ISO 7/1-Rc 1.5 Thread

26.95 mm (1.06 in.) dia.

7.6 m (25 ft.) integral cable

63.5 mm (2.5 in.)

3-2517.10

0

1

2

3

3-2517.10 1

Sensor Part Number

Brass High Performance flow sensor

Mounting option - choose one

1.5 inch NPT thread

1.5 inch NPT thread, hot tap design*

1.5 inch ISO thread

1.5 inch ISO thread, hot tap design*

*Must use 3-1500.663 Hot-Tap installation tool (ordered separately)

Example Part Number

Page 24: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

26 www.gfsignet.com

2540 Stainless Steel High PerformancePaddlewheel Flow Sensor

Features• Flow rate range 0.1 to

6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s)

• Replaceable electronics

• Non-magnetic RFdetection

• Standard NPT or ISOprocess connections

• Hot-tap versions forinstallation/servicewithout systemshutdown

• For pipe sizes up toDN 900 (36 in.)

• 7.6 m (25 ft.) cable

Application• HVAC• Turf Irrigation• Cooling Systems• Filtration Systems• Water Distribution• Leak Detection• Pump Protection• Clarified Effluent

Totalization• Ground Water

Remediation• Gravity Feed Line• Not suitable for

gases

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2540 Paddlewheelflow sensor offers the strength andcorrosion resistance of stainless steel forliquid applications with low velocitymeasurements. Unique internal circuitryeliminates the need for magnets in theprocess fluid, enabling flow measure-ment of 0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s) whilemaintaining the advantages of insertionsensor design. Fluoroloy B®/PTFE bear-ings and Tungsten Carbide pin provideexceptional wear resistance. The model2540 offers field replaceable electronicsand transient voltage suppression (TVS)

to provide greater immunity to largevoltage disturbances (ie. lightening)sometimes encountered in field wiring.Sensors can be installed in DN40 toDN600 (1 .5 to 24 inch) pipes using the1 .5 inch or ISO 7/1-R 1 .5 threadedprocess connection. The sensors arealso offered in a hot-tap configurationwith a bleed valve for installation inpipes up to DN900 (36 inches) andservice without process shutdown. Bothstyles of sensors must be used in fullpipes and can be used in low pressuresystems.

Standard Sensor

System Overview

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2540 Stainless Steel HighPerformance Flow Sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 8900 56005075 5500

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

+GF+ SIGNET Model 2540Standard or Hot-tapFlow Sensor(not shown)

+GF+ SIGNETModel 2540Standard or Hot-tapFlow Sensor(not shown)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET

Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

Customer SuppliedFittings

Hot-TapSensor

Now With Field Replaceable Electronics

Page 25: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

27www.gfsignet.com

FlowSpecificationsDimensions

=

7.6 m (25 ft.)=integral cable

24 mm =(0.94 in.) dia.

64 mm (2.5 in.) dia.

=

127 mm/ =5.0 in.

Sensor fitting:=1.5 in. NPT or=ISO 7/1-R 1.5=thread

O-ring =seal (1)

2540 Hot-Tap for1.5 to 36 in. pipes

2540 High PerformanceFlow Sensor for 1.5 to 24 in. pipes

GeneralFlow Rate Range:

0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s)Linearity: ±1% of full rangeRepeatability: ±0.5% of full rangeMin. Reynolds Number Required: 4500Pipe size range:• Standard version:

DN40 to DN600 (1 .5 to 24 in.)• Hot-Tap version:

DN40 to DN900 (1 .5 to 36 in.)Sensor fitting options:• 1 .5in NPT threads• ISO 7/1-R 1 .5 threads

Wetted MaterialsSensor body: 316 Stainless Steel (1 .4401)

Sensor fitting: 316 Stainless Steel (1 .4401)Sensor fitting O-rings:Standard FPM, optional EPDM

Rotor: CD4MCu stainless steel(1 .4517)

Rotor pin: Tungsten Carbide GRP 1Retainers (2): 316 stainless steel (1 .4401)Rotor bearings (2): Fluoroloy B®/PTFE

Electrical:Frequency: 15 Hz per ft/s nominalSupply voltage: 5 to 24 VDCSupply current: 1 .5 mA max.Output type: Open collector, sinkingOutput current: 10.0 mA max.Cable length: 7.6 m (25 ft.), can splice

up to 300 m (1,000 ft.)Cable type: 2-conductor twisted-pair

with shield, 22AWG

Shipping Weight:3-2540-1, -2: 1 .79 kg 3.9 lbs.3-2540-3, -4: 2.15 kg 4.7 lbs.

Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings:• Sensor with standard FPM sensor

fitting O-rings:17 bar @ 82°C (250 psi @ 180°F)

• Sensor with optional EPDM sensorfitting O-rings:17 bar @ 100°C (250 psi @ 212°F)

See pages 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2540-1 198 840 0353-2540-2 198 840 036

Ordering Information

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-1500.663 198 820 039 Hot-Tap Installation Tool (see page 158 for more information)1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez®

3-2540.320 198 820 040 Rotor Kit, 2540 Peek Bearing (old version)3-2540.321 159 000 623 Rotor Kit, 2540 Tungsten Carbide Pin (new

version since 1 .1 .2000)3-2540.520 159 000 648 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFEP52527 159 000 481 Retainers, SS (1 .4401)3-2541 .260-1 159 000 849 Standard replacement electronics module3-2541 .260-2 159 000 850 Hot-Tap replacement electronics module5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, per ft.P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter KitP31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Model 2540Ordering Notes:Installation fittingsand Hot-Tap valvesare customersupplied.

For More Information:• For flow wiring informa-

tion see page 173.• For flow installation tips

and information seepage 156.

• To compare this Sensorwith other +GF+SIGNET Flow Sensors,See Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For flow sensor mountingposition information seepage 156.

• For rotor pin and rotorreplacement information

see page 197.

Application Tips:• For systems with

components of morethan one material, themaximum temperature/pressure specificationmust always bereferenced to thecomponent with thelowest rating.

• Sensor electronics canbe easily replaced byPN 3-2541.260-1. 3-2540-3 198 840 037

3-2540-4 198 840 038

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2540

-1

-2

-3

-4

3-2540 -1

Stainless Steel High Performance flow sensor with removable electronics

*Must use 3-1500.663 Hot-Tap installation tool (ordered separately)

Example Part Number

Sensor Part Number

Mounting option - choose one

1.5 inch NPT thread

1.5 inch NPT thread, hot tap design*

1.5 inch ISO thread

1.5 inch ISO thread, hot tap design*

Page 26: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

28 www.gfsignet.com

2100 Turbine Flow Sensor

Features• Flow rate range of

0.38 to 38 lpm (0.10to 10 U.S. gpm)

• Unaffected by mount-ing angles

• Non-magnetic turbine

• Union ends for vari-ous connector types

• End connector kits forrigid or flexible tubingor DN15 (0.5 in.) pipe

• PVDF & ceramicwetted parts providesuperior chemicalcompatibility

• For use with bothclear and opaquefluids

• Small and compactdesign

• 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

• CE approved

Application• Chemical Addition• Textile dyeing• High-purity Chemical

Dispensing• Water Addition• Fertigation• Dosing• Pump Protection• Not suitable for gases

piping and tubing connections alongwith removable NEMA 4X electronicsallow for easy assembly and fieldreplaceability. The 2100 can be usedwith DN8 (1/4 in.), DN10 (3/8 in.),DN15 (0.5 in.) tubing, or DN15 (0.5 in.)piping for simple installation. Endconnections are available in PVDF forhose barbs, flare ends, fusion socket orIR/butt fusion, and in PVC for socket orNPT thread.

DescriptionEngineered specifically for small diameterapplications, the +GF+ SIGNET 2100Turbine Flow Sensor provides accuratereadings in two flow ranges: 0.3 to 3.8lpm and 3 to 38 lpm (0.1 to 1 gpm and0.8 to 10 gpm).

The injection-molded PVDF body andceramic bearings provide excellentchemical compatibility and long service indosing and batching applications. Union

System Overview

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2100 Turbine Flow Sensoris compatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 5075 55005600 8900

See individual catalog pages formore information

Features removable electronics (installs from either side of the sensor).Sensor mounts at any angle.

Page 27: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

29www.gfsignet.com

Flow

SpecificationsDimensionsGeneralFlow range:• -L = 0.38 to 3.8 lpm (0.10 to 1 U.S. gpm)• -H = 3 to 38 lpm (0.8 to 10 U.S. gpm)• -H (w/flare) = 3 to 27 lpm (0.8 to 7 U.S. gpm)Linearity: ±3% of readingRepeatability: ±0.5% of readingPipe size range: DN15 (1/2 in.)Hose size: DN8 (1/4 in.), DN10 (3/8 in.),

DN15 (1/2 in.)

Wetted MaterialsSensor body/rotor: PVDFShaft/bearings: CeramicO-rings: -1 = FPM, -2 = EPDMElectronics box: PBT (polybutylene terephthlate)

EVA (ethylene vinyl acetate)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for Quality

and ISO 14001:1996 for EnvironmentalManagement

ElectricalPower:

5 to 24 VDC @ 1 .5 mA max.Reverse polarity protected

Output:Open collector, sinking, max 30 mA

Cable type:PVC jacketed, 2 conductor twisted pairwith shield (22 AWG)

Cable length: 4.6 m (15 ft.)

Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating16 bar @ 20°C, 9.3 bar @ 70 °C(232 psi @ 68°F, 130 psi @ 158°F)

Operating temperature:-20° to 70°C (-4° to 158°F)

Storage temperature:-15° to 80°C (5° to 176°F)

Relative humidity:0 to 95%, non-condensing

See page 226 for pressure and temperature graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.15 kg (0.33 lbs)

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2100-1L 159 000 0013-2100-2L 159 000 0033-2100-1H 159 000 0023-2100-2H 159 000 0043-2100-31 159 000 0053-2100-32 159 000 0063-2100-33 159 000 0073-2100-34 159 000 008

Ordering Information

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2100-35 159 000 0093-2100-36 159 000 0103-2100-37 159 000 0113-2100-38 159 000 0123-2100-40 159 000 6333-2100-41 159 000 6343-2100-42 159 000 635

Accessories and Replacement Parts

1220-0018 159 000 019 O-rings FPM (2 required per sensor)1224-0018 159 000 020 O-rings EPDM (2 required per sensor)3-2100.390-1L 159 000 015 Turbine Lo Flow with FPM O-rings (replacement body)3-2100.390-1H 159 000 016 Turbine Hi Flow with FPM O-rings (replacement body)3-2100.390-2L 159 000 017 Turbine Lo Flow with EPDM O-rings (replacement body)3-2100.390-2H 159 000 018 Turbine Hi Flow with EPDM O-rings (replacement body)3-2100.390 159 000 014 Electronics Module with cable

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

l = 64 mm (2.5 in.)

L = overall lengthAll sockets: 102 mm (4 in.)

Butt fusion/IR: 170 mm (6.7 in.)

All flare ends: 47 mm (1 .85 in.)11111/44444 in. Barb: 124 mm (4.9 in.)33333/88888 in. Barb: 127 mm (5 in.)11111/22222

in. Barb: 132 mm (5.2 in.)

Application Notes:• All socket and hose barb

connector kits are soldindividually. Two kits arerequired for each sensor.

• Flare end connector kitsare sold in package oftwo.

• Mount at any angle.• Terminal block recom-

mended if standard cableis extended to maximum300 m (1000 ft.)

For more information:• For flow wiring informa-

tion see page 173.• For flow installation tips

and information see page156.

• To compare this Sensorwith other +GF+ SIGNETFlow Sensors, see FlowSelection Guide on page4.

D

Socket

Flare Ends

Hose barb

electronicsmodule

o-ring

3-2100

31

32

33

34

35

36

37 SCH 80 socket connector kit, PVC, 1/2 inch (1-solvent socket and 1 ring nut)

38 NPT thread socket connector kit, PVC, 1/2 inch (1-threaded socket and 1 ring nut)

40 Flare end, 1/2 inch (2 flare ends, 2 flare nuts, and 2 ring nuts)

41 Flare end, 3/8 inch (2 flare ends, 2 flare nuts, and 2 ring nuts)

42 Flare end, 1/4 inch (2 flare ends, 2 flare nuts, and 2 ring nuts)

3-2100- 33 Example Part Number

End fitting for Model 2100 sensor

Type of end fitting

Hose barb connector kit, PVDF, 1/2 inch (1-hose barb and 1-ring nut)

Hose barb connector kit, PVDF, 3/8 inch (1-hose barb and 1-ring nut)

Hose barb connector kit, PVDF, 1/4 inch (1-hose barb and 1-ring nut)

Fusion socket connector, PVDF, DN 15 1/2 inch (1-fusion socket and 1 ring nut)

Butt Fusion/IR connector kit, PVDF, DN 15 1/2inch (1-IR socket and 1 ring nut)

Metric socket connector kit, PVC, 1/2 inch (1-solvent socket and 1 ring nut)

Fitting Part Number

3-2100

1

2

L

H

H high, 3 to 27 lpm (0.8 to 7 gpm) when used with flare fitting

3-2100 1 L

high, 3 to 38 lpm (0.8 to 10 gpm) except if used with flare fitting

Example Part Number

*Note: To install this flow sensor, end fittings must be installed on both ends of the sensor. See selection below

EPDM

Flow range

low, 0.38 to 3.8 lpm (0.10 to 1 gpm)

Sensor Part Number Turbine flow sensor, PVDF body and rotor, for use with various end-connectors

O-ring material - Choose one

FPM

Page 28: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

30 www.gfsignet.com

2000 MicroFlow Rotor Sensor

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2000 MicroFlow RotorSensor is constructed of PolyphenyleneSulfide (PPS) which provides high materialstrength. The 2000 offers two flow rangesstarting at 0.11 or 1 .13 lpm (0.03 or 0.3gpm), for clean process liquids, regard-less of fluid color or opacity.

This sensor can be connected to flexibletubing or rigid pipe, and uses standardhardware for mounting. Only one movingpart and a low pressure drop across thesensor reduces operating costs andmaintenance requirements.

Features• Flow rate range

0.11 to 12.11 lpm(0.03 to 3.2 U.S. gpm)

• Simple Mounting

• 1/4 in. NPT or ISOthreads for simplepipe or tubing con-nection

• Measures clear anddark liquids

• Low pressure drop

• Standard cable7.6 m (25 ft.)

• CE approved

Applications• Coolant Flow

• Dosing

• Batch dispensing

• Not recommended for

strong oxidizers

System Overview

Compatible Instruments

The 2000 MicroFlow Sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 5500 89005075 5600

See individual catalog pages formore information

Cover Removed

+GF+ SIGNETModel 2000 FlowSensor

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET

Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNETModel 2000 FlowSensor

Flexible tubing or rigid pipe(customer supplied)

Page 29: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

31www.gfsignet.com

Flow

SpecificationsDimensions

100 mm (3.94 in.)

Mounting tabs for metric M3 or 6standard #6 screws on 68 mm6(2.68 in.) bolt circle

Top View

36 mm (1.42 in.)

81 mm6

(3.2 in.)

Side View

GeneralFlow rate range:• -11 & -12 version:

0.11 to 2.6 lpm (0.03 to 0.7 U.S. gpm)• -21 & -22 version:

1 .13 to 12.11 lpm (0.3 to 3.2 U.S. gpm)Linearity: ±1 .2% of full rangeRepeatability: ± 0.5% of full rangeConnections: 1/4 in. NPT (male) or

ISO 7/1 - R1/4 (male)

Wetted MaterialsSensor body and cover:

40% glass filled Polyphenylene Sulfide(PPS)

Rotor: PEEK™, natural, unfilledRotor O-ring: FPMCover O-ring: FPM

ElectricalPower:

5 to 24 VDC @ 10 mA max.Output type:

Open-collector NPN transistor,10 mA max. sink

Cable length: 7.6 m (25 ft.), can splice upto 300 m (1000 ft.)

Cable type: 2-conductor twisted pairw/shield, 22 AWG

Max. Pressure/Temperature Rating:0° to 80°C @ 5.5 bar max.(32° to 176°F @ 80 psi max.)

Shipping Weight: 0.3 kg (0.7 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

Bar PSI1.70 25

1.36 20

1.02 15

0.68 10

0.34 5 0

Flow

gpm 0 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.0

lpm 0 2.85 5.7 8.5 11.4

Pressure Drop - High Flow

Bar PSI2.04 30

1.70 25

1.36 20

1.02 15

0.68 10

0.34 5

0Flow

gpm 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0

lpm 0 0.8 1.5 2.3 3.0 3.8

Pressure Drop - Low Flow

Pre

ssu

re D

rop

Pre

ssu

re D

rop

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2000.390 159 000 248 Replacement rotor kit1220-0029 198 820 049 Cover O-ring2450-0620 198 820 051 Cover screw5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, per foot

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2000-11 198 822 0003-2000-12 198 822 001

Application Notes:• For use in clean fluids

- no suspended solids.• Use the mounting

tabs to secure thesensor to a flatsurface, ±30°.

• Verify chemicalcompatibility beforeinstallation.

3-2000-21 198 822 0023-2000-22 198 822 003

Mfr. Part No. Code

For more information:• For flow wiring

information see page173.

• For flow installationtips and informationsee page 156.

• To compare thisSensor with other+GF+ SIGNET FlowSensors, see FlowSelection Guide onpage 4.

• For Flow Sensormounting positioninformation, see page156.

Pressure Drop Across Sensor vs.Flow Rate

3-2000

1

2

1

2

3-2000 -1 1

Sensor Part Number MicroFlow rotor flow sensor

Flow range

low flow, 0.11 to 2.61 lpm (0.03 to 0.7 gpm)

high flow, 1.13 to 12.11 lpm (0.3 to 3.2 gpm)

End fittings

0.25 NPT threads

ISO 7/1-R1/4 threads

Example Part Number

Page 30: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

32 www.gfsignet.com

2507 Mini Flow Rotor Sensor

Features• Flow rate range 400

to 1200 ml/m (0.1 to3.2 U.S. gpm)

• Detachable SignalConnector for easyservicing

• Simple Installationwith a G 1/4 in.(1/4 in. NPT) ThreadedConnection

• Standard 7.6 m (25 ft.)cable

• PVDF Construction

• Compact Assembly

• CE

Application• Fluid Dispensing

• Laboratory and

Clinical Wet Benches

• Chemical Dosing

• Batch Processes

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2507 Mini Flow RotorSensor contains a free-running rotor thatis driven by the fluid flow. Within thegiven measurement range, the rotationalspeed of the rotor is proportional to thefluid flow rate. Permanent magnets built

System Overview

FLOW

Detachable SignalConnector

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2507 Mini Flow Sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 50755500 56008900

See individual catalog pages formore information.

Top View(cover removed)

+GF+ SIGNET Pipe Fitting Adapters (two included)Used to convert the sensor's G1/4 in.straight threads into 1/4 in. NPT threads

+GF+ SIGNETModel 2507Mini FlowSensor

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNETModel 2507Mini FlowSensor

into the rotor trigger an electronic switchin the top of the sensor creating asquare-wave output. Both opaque andtransparent fluids can be measured withkinematic viscosities between 0.2 to 20.0centistokes.

Page 31: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

33www.gfsignet.com

Flow

SpecificationsDimensions95 mm/3.74 in.

FLOW

65 mm/:2.6 in.

68 mm/2.7 in.

GeneralFlow Range:• -2V sensor: 400 to 2800 mL/m

(0.105 to 0.740 U.S. gpm)• -3V sensor: 700 to 4200 mL/m

(0.185 to 1 .123 U.S. gpm)• -4V sensor: 1300 to 6000 mL/m

(0.343 to 1 .585 U.S. gpm)• -6V sensor: 3200 to 12000 mL/m

(0.845 to 3.170 U.S. gpm)Linearity: ±0.25% of full rangeRepeatability: ±0.25% of full rangeViscosity range: 0.2 to 20.0 centistokesConnections:

G 1/4 in. ports, 1/4 in. NPT pipe adapters(2 included)

Wetted MaterialsHousing: PVDFFlow insert: PTFEQuad ring seal: FPMRotor: PVDFPipe thread adapters: PVDF

0 20 40 60 70 80

0.25

0.50

0.75

1 .00

1 .25

1 .50

3.63

7.25

10.88

14.50

18.13

21 .76

PSI BAR

Flow rate (%) of full scale

-2V

-3V

-4V

-6V

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2507.100-2V 198 801 7323-2507.100-3V 198 801 733

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2507.100-4V 198 801 7343-2507.100-6V 198 801 736

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2507.080-2 159 000 254 Rotor, 25073-2507.080-3 159 000 255 Quad Ring, 25073-2507.080-5 159 000 256 DIN Connector, 25073-2507.081-2 198 801 502 2 mm Insert3-2507.081-3 198 801 503 3 mm Insert3-2507.081-4 198 801 558 4 mm Insert5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, per foot

ElectricalPower:

5 to 24 VDC @ 10 mA maxOutput type:

Open-collector transistor, 10 mAmaximum sink

Cable length:7.6m (25 ft.), can be extended up to300m (1000 ft.) max.

Cable type:2-conductor shielded twisted-pair, 22AWG (Signet order no. 5523-0222)

Max. Pressure/Temperature• 5.5 bar @ -18°C (80 psi @ 0°F)• 5.5 bar @ 24°C (80 psi @ 75°F)• 3 bar @ 120°C (45 psi @ 248°F)See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.115 kg (0.25 lbs)

Ordering Information

Application Tips:• Use the threaded ports

on bottom of sensor tosecure the sensor toany flat surface.

• The range of anysensor can be changedby replacing the flowinsert.

• Suitable only for cleanfluids without particles.

For more information:

• For flow wiringinformation see page173.

• For flow installation tipsand information seepage 156.

• To compare this Sensorwith other +GF+SIGNET Flow Sensors,see Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For Flow sensormounting positioninformation see page156.

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

Pressure Drop Across Sensor vs. Flow Rate

3-2507.100

Sensor Part Number

Mini-flow low flow sensor with free-running rotor

Insert option

2V

3V

4V With 4 mm insert, for 0.343 to 1.585 gpm (1300 to 6000 mL/m)

6V

3-2507.100 -2V Example Part Number

With 3 mm insert, for 0.185 to 1.123 gpm (700 to 4200 mL/m)

With 2 mm insert; for 0.15 to 0.740 gpm (400 to 2800 mL/m)

With 6 mm inlet, no insert, for 0.845 to 3.170 gpm (3200 to 12000 mL/m)

Page 32: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

34 www.gfsignet.com

2550 Electromagnetic Flow Sensor

Features• Local Rate Indication

• Fully ScaleableIsolated 4 to 20mAOutput

• Pushbutton Program-mable

• Fluid Diagnostics

• Frequency Output

• Pipe sizes DN 50 toDN 300 (2 to 12 in.)

Applications• Waste Effluent

Monitor

• Scrubbers

• Raw Water Intake

• Metal Recovery and

Landfill Leachate

• RO Feedwater

DescriptionRugged construction allows the +GF+SIGNET 2550 Electromagnetic FlowSensors, otherwise called magmeters, tobe installed in fluid conditions whereother sensors would fail, such as highparticle concentration. It features a

System Overview

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2550 Electromagneticflow sensors are compatiblewith the following +GF+SIGNET instruments:

5075 5500 85505091 5600 8900

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

Local Display

bipolar pulsed DC drive which preventscoating of the stainless steel electrodes.Suited for pipe sizes DN 50 to DN 300(2 to 12 in.), easy maintence, andfeatures a local display and state-of-the-art microprocessor technology.

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET 2550 ElectromagneticFlow Sensor(frequency & currentoutput)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input

+GF+ SIGNET 5091(sold separately)

OR

Flow

0 100

50 PLC

(Model 2550 sold outside EU only)

Page 33: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

35www.gfsignet.com

Flow

3-2550.1008

-8-8-8-8181818181818181808080808

-8-8-8-8181818181818181818181818

T8

3-2550.1008 -.1108

Sensor Part Number5 5

Process fitting size - choose one5

2 inch NPT5

7/1-R2 ISO

Installation tool - optional5

The installation tool simplifies installation and insures proper insertion depth 5for maximum accuracy.5

Insertion Electromagetic Flow Meter (Magmeter), Model 2550 (sold outside the EU only)5

Example Part Number5

Specifications

Ordering Information

DimensionsGeneralFlow Rate Range:

0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s)Linearity:

±2% of reading or ±0.05 ft/s(whichever is greater)

Min. Reynolds Number: 4500Pipe Size Range:

DN50 to DN300 (2 to 12 in.)

Wetted Materials:Sensor Body, Electrodes and InstallationHardware: 316SS (1 .4401)

Insulator: PFAInternal O-Ring: FPMEnclosure: NEMA 4 die cast aluminum

ElectricalPower Requirements:

24 VDC ±10%, 600 mAMax. Loop Impedance: 600Ω, isolatedFrequency Output:

0 to 6m/s (20 ft/s) = 0 to 500 Hzisolated, open collector, 5 to 12VDC(2KΩ pull-up resistor recommended)

3-2550.355 159 000 296 Magmeter Installation Tool (for 3-2550)1500-0101 159 000 239 Cable Connector (0.125 to 0.187 o.d.)6400-0020 159 000 647 Fuse, Slo-Blo1222-0439 159 000 235 Gasket, outer cover

Accessories and Replacement Parts

122 mm(4.8 in.)

203 mm (8.0 in.)

218 mm (8.6 in.)

44.5 mm(1.75 in.)

2 in. NPTmale thread(ISO 7/1-R2optional)

View-A

71 mm(2.8 in.)

3/8 in. NPT two plugs,two cable glandsincluded

140 mm(5.5 in.)

205.7 mm(8.1 in.)

View-B

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Mfr. Part No. Code3-2550.100-110 159 000 2943-2550.100-110T 159 000 6323-2550.100-111 198 840 0243-2550.100-111T 198 840 025

Fluid ConditionTemperature: 0 to 100°C (32 to 212°F)Min. Conductance Req’d: 5 µS/cmAmbient temperature:

-20 to 80°C (-4 to 176°F)

Shipping Weight: 6.7 kg (14.8 lbs.)

Max. Pressure./Temperature Ratings17 bar (250 psi) max. @100°C (212°F)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO

9001:2000 for Quality and ISO14001:1996 for EnvironmentalManagement

Application Tips:• Note minimum

conductivityrequirements foreach sensor.

• Minimum (0.2 in.)insertion depth needed;allows for no pressuredrop.

• These products are notsubmersible.

For more information:

• For flow wiringinformation see page173.

• For flow installation tipsand information seepage 156.

• To compare this Sensorwith other +GF+SIGNET Flow Sensors,see Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For Flow sensormounting positioninformation see page156.

Page 34: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

36 www.gfsignet.com

2560 Electromagnetic Flow Sensor

Features• Alarm Relay

• Test Mode

• 4 to 20mA Output

• Pipe size DN 15 toDN 100 (1/2 to 4 in.)

• Utilizes standard+GF+ SIGNET instal-lation fittings

Applications• Waste Effluent

Monitor

• Scrubbers

• Raw Water Intake

• Metal Recovery and

Landfill Leachate

• RO FeedwaterDescriptionThe rugged +GF+ SIGNET 2560 Electro-magnetic Flow Sensors are ideal forpiping systems where suspended solidsare present. Bipolar pulsed DC driveprevents galvanic reactions from coatingthe stainless steel electrodes. Simple

System Overview

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2560 Electromagnetic flowsensors are compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETinstrument:

5091

See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 2560 ElectromagneticFlow Sensor with4 to 20 mA Output

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input

+GF+ SIGNET 5091(sold separately)

OR

Flow

0 100

50 PLC

Blind Transmitter

installation, in pipe sizes DN 15 to DN100 (0.5 to 4 in.), easy maintence, andstate-of-the-art microprocessor technol-ogy make the 2560 the best alternate totraditional full-line magmeters. The 2560is available only with 4 to 20 mA output.

Page 35: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

37www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Specifications

Ordering Information

DimensionsGeneralFlow Rate Range:

0.1 to 5 m/s (0.3 to 16 ft/s)Linearity:

±2% of readingMin. Reynolds Number: 4500Pipe Size Range:

DN15 to DN100 (0.5 to 4 in.)

Wetted Materials:Sensor Body, Electrodes and InstallationHardware:

316SS (1 .4401) w/glass-filledpolypropylene cap

Insulator: PVDFInternal O-Ring: FPMEnclosure: NEMA 4X aluminum w/e-coat

ElectricalPower Requirements:

20 to 30 VDC, 125 mA max.Max. Loop Impedance: 750Ω, isolatedFrequency Output:

Alarm contact, SPDT relay75VDC @ 0.5A max; 60 VAC @ 0.4Amaximum

1500-0101 159 000 239 Cable Connector (0.125 to 0.187 o.d.)

Accessories and Replacement Parts

150 mm (5.9 in.)

86 mm (3.4 in.)

66 m

m

(2.6

in.)

178 m

m

(7.0

in.)

86 mm (3.4 in.)

PG16 OR1/2 in. NPT

cableglands (2)

View A

99 mm (3.9 in.)

16 mm (0.6 in.)

44 m

m(1

.7 in

.)

244 m

m (9.6

in.)

75 m

m (3.0

in.)

93 m

m(3

.7 in

.)

22 mm(0.9 in.)

19 mm (0.7 in.)25 mm (1 in.)

View B

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Mfr. Part No. Code3-2560-1 198 840 0313-2560-2 198 840 030

Fluid ConditionTemperature: -20 to 85°C (-4 to 185°F)Min. Conductance Req’d: 20 µS/cmAmbient temperature:

-20 to 80°C (-4 to 176°F)

Shipping Weight: 1.2 kg (2.6 lbs.)

Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings• 12.5 bar (180 psi) max@ 20°C (68°F)• 1 .7 bar (25 psi) max @ 85°C (185°F)

Standards and Approvals:• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001: 2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

Application Tips:• Note minimum

conductivityrequirements foreach sensor.

• Install using +GF+SIGNET installationfittings.

• These products arenot submersible.

For more information:• For flow wiring

informationsee page 173.

• For flow installationtips and informationsee page 156.

• To compare thisSensor with other+GF+ SIGNET FlowSensors, see FlowSelection Guide onpage 4.

• For Flow Sensormounting positioninformation,see page 156.

3-2560A

-1A

-2A

3-2560A -2A

Sensor Part NumberH

Insertion Electromagetic Flow Meter (Flowmag), Model 2560H

Example Part NumberH H

Cable gland ports - choose oneH

0.5 inch NPT Cable Gland PortsH

PG 16 Cable Gland PortsH

Page 36: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

38 www.gfsignet.com

Features• No moving parts

• Injection-moldedconstruction forexcellent surface-finish quality

• Piezo Detection

• Six sizes in the rangeDN 15 to DN 50 (0.5to 2 in.)

• Vibration-noise andreverse polarityprotected

• PVC, PP, and PVDFmaterials

• High Purity modelsavailable

Application• Process Flow

• UPW Distribution

• RO/DI Skids

• Process Cooling

Water

• Neutralization

Systems

• Waste Water Effluent

• Scrubber Control

• Chemical Delivery

• Accurate Batching

• Plating rinse

• Not suitable for

gases

7000/7001 Vortex Flow Sensors

Description+GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow Sensorsprovide extremely accurate and reliableflow measurement with no moving parts.Material choices of PVC, PP, or PVDFaccommodate applications ranging fromchemical delivery to deionized waterdistribution.

The sensors are injection-molded toachieve a smooth surface finish forcleanliness and better chemical compat-ibility, that also drastically reducesmanufacturing inconsistencies and in-service particulation associated withmachined surfaces. All HP or high-purityversions are lot-traceable, molded in adedicated high purity environment,

precleaned for ultrapure service, anddouble-bagged in PA6/PE packaging. Avariety of end connector options simplifyinstallation and allow unparalleledconfiguration versatility.

The sensors feature either frequencyoutput or fixed 4 to 20 mA current output,and can be used with the comprehensiveoffering of +GF+ SIGNET flow instrumen-tation to achieve enhanced systemfunctionality. Integral transmitters withlocal displays and many additionalfeatures are available as accessories, orselect from a wider variety of panel-mount flow instrumentation.

System Overview

Compatible InstrumentsThe 7000 Vortex Flow Sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instruments:

8550 5075 89005500 5600

The 7001 Vortex Flow Sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET instrument:

5091

See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount Integral Mount+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input+GF+ SIGNET

5091 (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET7000 Vortex FlowSensor

+GF+ SIGNET7001 Vortex FlowSensor with4 to 20 mAOutput

OR

+GF+ SIGNET7000 Vortex FlowSensor

+GF+ SIGNET7000 Vortex FlowSensor

Flow

0 100

50

+GF+ SIGNET End Connectors(sold separately)

Socket FusionSolvent Socket

BCF/IRButt Fusion

PLC

Butt Fusion

BLIND TRANSMITTER

OR

FREQUENCY SENSOR

End connectors not shown.

Page 37: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

39www.gfsignet.com

FlowSpecifications

GeneralLinear Flow range:• DN 15 to DN 20 (0.5 to 0.75 in.) sensors:

0.5 to 4 m/s (1 .6 to 13 ft/s)• DN 25 to DN 32 (1 .0 to 1 .25 in.) sensors:

0.4 to 4 m/s (1 .3 to 13 ft/s)• DN 40 to DN 50 (1 .5 to 2.0 in.) sensors:

0.3 to 4 m/s (1 .0 to 13 ft/s)NOTE: Below these velocity ranges, Vortexoutput is non-linear.

Pipe size range:• Metric PP/PVDF:

d20 to 63 mm, DN15 to 50 mm• PVC, Sch80: 1/2 to 2 in.Linearity: ±1% of reading @ 25 °CRepeatability: ±0.5% of reading @ 25 °C

EnclosureRating: NEMA 4X/IP65Material: PC/PBT blend of resinsSeals (2): Buna-N (NBR)

Maximum vibration:1mm or 1g double amplitude @ 500 Hz

Wetted materialsSensor: PVC, PP, or PVDFUnion O-Rings: FPM or EPDM

ElectricalReverse polarity protection.

Frequency Output ModelPower:3.5 to 24 VDC, regulated, 1 .5 mA max.Output:Open-collector NPN transistor, 10 mAmax sink, 24 VDC max pull-up voltage, 0to 300 Hz (normal), 50% duty cycle, non-isolated

Current Output ModelPower:

7 to 30 VDC, regulated, 20 mA max

Current loop (2-wire)Loop impedance:

300Ω maximum at 12 VDC800Ω maximum at 24 VDC

Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings• PVDF:

16 bar @ 0 °C, 9.8 bar @ 65 °C(232 psi @ 32 °F, 144 psi @ 149 °F)

• PP:10 bar @ 0 °C, 2.9 bar @ 65 °C(145 psi @ 32 °F, 42 psi @ 149 °F)

• PVC:16 bar @ 0 °C, 3.7 bar @ 60 °C(232 psi @ 32 °F, 54 psi @ 140 °F)

See page 224 for Temperature and Pressure graph

Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65Operating temperature:

0 to 65°C (32 to 149°F)Storage temperature:

-15 to 80 °C (5 to 176 °F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping WeightsConsult factory

Standards and Approvals:• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.

Application Tips:• Sensor can be mounted at any angle• A special socket fusion joining machine is

required to install fusion, BCF, and Butt/IRconnections.

• A minimum back pressure is required toprevent cavitation within the sensor - seepage 229 for more details.

• Power supplies are available and soldseparately. See page 152.

• Be sure to select the correct output signal,frequency or current.

• To compare this Sensor with other +GF+SIGNET Flow Sensors, see Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

Page 38: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

40 www.gfsignet.com

Dimensions

HP Socket Fusion True UnionPVDF Socket FusionPP Socket Fusion

HP BCF/IR Butt FusionTrue Union

PVC Sch 80 Solvent SocketPVC Metric Solvent Socket

PVDF Butt Fusion/IRPP Butt Fusion/IR

1) HP BCF/IR True Unionsupplied with white FPMo-rings.

2) All HP Sensors are 100%cleaned, inspected anddouble-bagged in heat-sealed PA6/PE liners.

3) HP Socket Fusion TrueUnion supplied with blackFPM O-rings.

Shown with ButtFusion/IR connectors

+GF+

XX DN XX XG

XX

e

D

H

l

L

Conduit port:GPG13.5 or G1/2 in. NPT

Dimension L ± 3 mm (±0.1 in.)

+GF+

XX DN XX XG

XX

e

Dd

H

l

L

Conduit port:GPG13.5 or G1/2 in. NPT

HP BCF/IR True Union

d Closest DN D L l H e

mm inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm

20 1/2 15 47 1.85 226 8.90 90 3.54 117 4.61 1.9

25 3/4 20 57 2.24 236 9.29 100 3.94 120 4.72 1.9

32 1 25 64 2.52 248 9.76 110 4.33 123 4.84 2.4

40 1-1/4 32 78 3.07 286 11.26 110 4.33 127 5.00 2.4

50 1-1/2 40 89 3.50 298 11.73 120 4.72 132 5.20 3.0

63 2 50 109 4.29 317 12.48 130 5.12 139 5.47 3.0

+GF+

H

l

L

Dd

XX DN XX XG

XX

Conduit port:GPG13.5 or G1/2 in. NPT

Dimension L ± 3 mm (±0.1 in.)

HP Socket Fusion True Union: PVDF and PP, Socket FusionG

d Closest DN D L l H G

mm Inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch G

20 1/2 15 47 1.85 128 5.04 90 3.54 117 4.61 G

25 3/4 20 57 2.24 142 5.59 100 3.94 120 4.72 G G

32 1 25 64 2.52 156 6.14 110 4.33 123 4.84 G G

40 1-1/4 32 78 3.07 160 6.30 110 4.33 127 5.00 G

50 1-1/2 40 89 3.50 176G 6.93G 120 4.72 132 5.20 G

63 2 50 109 4.29 194 7.64 130 5.12 139 5.47 G

G

PVDF & PP Butt Fusion/IR connectors

d Closest DN D L l H e

mm Inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm

20 1/2 15 47 1.85 196 7.72 90 3.54 117 4.61 1.9

25 3/4 20 57 2.24 212 8.35 100 3.94 120 4.72 1.9

32 1 25 64 2.52 228 8.98 110 4.33 123 4.84 2.4

40 1-1/4 32 78 3.07 234 9.21 110 4.33 127 5.00 2.4

50 1-1/2 40 89 3.50 250 9.84 120 4.72 132 5.20 3.0

63 2 50 109 4.29 266 10.47 130 5.12 139 5.47 3.0

+GF+

H

l

L

Dd

XX DN XX XG

XX

Conduit port:GPG13.5 or G1/2 in. NPT

Dimension L ± 3 mm (±0.1 in.)

PVC Sch 80 Solvent Socket

D L l HInch size mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch

1/2 43 1.69 128 5.04 90 3.54 117 4.613/4 53 2.09 144 5.67 100 3.94 120 4.721 60 2.36 160 6.30 110 4.33 123 4.84

1-1/4 74 2.91 168 6.61 110 4.33 127 5.001-1/2 83 3.27 188 7.40 120 4.72 132 5.20

2 103 4.06 212 8.35 130 5.12 139 5.47

PVC Metric Solvent Socket

d Closest DN D L l H

mm Inch size mm mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch

20 1/2 15 43 1.69 128 5.04 90 3.54 117 4.61

25 3/4 20 53 2.09 142 5.59 100 3.94 120 4.72

32 1 25 60 2.36 156 6.14 110 4.33 123 4.84

40 1-1/4 32 74 2.91 160 6.30 110 4.33 127 5.00

50 1-1/2 40 83 3.27 176 6.93 120 4.72 132 5.20

63 2 50 103 4.06 194 7.64 130 5.12 139 5.47

Model 7000/7001Ordering Notes:

Page 39: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

41www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Ordering Information

3-7000-11 159 000 1063-7000-12 159 000 1073-7000-13 159 000 1083-7000-14 159 000 1093-7000-15 159 000 1103-7000-16 159 000 111

3-7000-21 159 000 1123-7000-22 159 000 1133-7000-23 159 000 114

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

3-7000-24 159 000 1153-7000-25 159 000 1163-7000-26 159 000 117

3-7000-31 159 000 1183-7000-32 159 000 1193-7000-33 159 000 1203-7000-34 159 000 1213-7000-35 159 000 1223-7000-36 159 000 123

*Model 7000/7001Ordering Notes:1) +GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow

Sensors and End ConnectorKits are ordered separately,except the high purityversions in SYGEF® HP-PVDF, which are sold fullyassembled with endconnectors, cleaned anddouble bagged.

2) All PP and PVDF Vortex FlowSensors are shipped withFPM O-rings.

3) PVC Vortex Flow Sensorsare shipped with EPDM O-rings.

4) O-ring kits of 2 each areavailable in both materials.

3-700

0

1

-1 HP-PVDF BCF/IR; Butt fusion True union (end connectors included)

-2 HP-PVDF Socket fusion True union (end connectors included)

-3 PVDF; purchase end connectors separately*

-4 PP; purchase end connectors separately*

-5 PVC Sch 80, Solvent socket; purchase end connectors separately*

-6 PVC Metric, Solvent socket; purchase end connectors separately

1 20 mm/15 mm/0.5 inches

2 25 mm/20 mm/ 0.75 inches

3 32 mm/25 mm/1.0 inch

4 40 mm/32 mm/1.25 inch

5 50 mm/40 mm/1.5 inch

6 63 mm/50 mm/2 inch

3-700 0 -2 3 Example Part Number

3-7000.391

Wetted material and end fitting configuration - choose one

-1 PVDF Metric, Butt fusion

-2 PVDF Metric, Fusion Socket

-3 PP Metric, Butt Fusion

-4 PP Metric, Fusion Socket

-5 PVC Sch 80, solvent socket

-6 PVC Metric, solvent socket

Size of connector - Choose one

1 20 mm/15 mm/0.5 inches

2 25 mm/20 mm/ 0.75 inches

3 32 mm/25 mm/1.0 inch

4 40 mm/32 mm/1.25 inch

5 50 mm/40 mm/1.5 inch

6 63 mm/50 mm/2 inch

3333----7777000000000000....333399991111 ----2222 3333 Example Part Number

Wetted material and end fitting options - choose one

Part Number

Connector kit for the 3-7000 and 3-7001 sensors, -3, -4, -5, and -6 options

See ordering information below for available connector kits

Size of flow chamber d/DN/inches (see Dimensions section for d/DN/inches) - Choose one

Sensor Part Number

Vortex Flow sensor

Output - Choose one

Frequency output for use with the 8550, 5500, 5600, 5075, and 8900 instruments

Current output (4 to 20 mA) for connection to external devices or Model 5091

Page 40: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

42 www.gfsignet.com

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

3-7000-41 159 000 1243-7000-42 159 000 1253-7000-43 159 000 1263-7000-44 159 000 1273-7000-45 159 000 1283-7000-46 159 000 129

3-7000-51 159 000 1303-7000-52 159 000 1313-7000-53 159 000 1323-7000-54 159 000 1333-7000-55 159 000 1343-7000-56 159 000 135

3-7000-61 159 000 1363-7000-62 159 000 1373-7000-63 159 000 1383-7000-64 159 000 1393-7000-65 159 000 1403-7000-66 159 000 141

3-7001-11 159 000 1483-7001-12 159 000 1493-7001-13 159 000 1503-7001-14 159 000 1513-7001-15 159 000 1523-7001-16 159 000 153

3-7001-21 159 000 1543-7001-22 159 000 1553-7001-23 159 000 156

Ordering Information (continued)

Mfr. Part No. Code

End Connector Kits

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-7000.391-11 159 000 6113-7000.391-12 159 000 6123-7000.391-13 159 000 6133-7000.391-14 159 000 6143-7000.391-15 159 000 6153-7000.391-16 159 000 616

3-7000.391-21 159 000 6053-7000.391-22 159 000 6063-7000.391-23 159 000 6073-7000.391-24 159 000 6083-7000.391-25 159 000 6093-7000.391-26 159 000 610

3-7000.391-31 159 000 5993-7000.391-32 159 000 6003-7000.391-33 159 000 6013-7000.391-34 159 000 6023-7000.391-35 159 000 6033-7000.391-36 159 000 604

3-7000.391-41 159 000 5933-7000.391-42 159 000 5943-7000.391-43 159 000 5953-7000.391-44 159 000 5963-7000.391-45 159 000 5973-7000.391-46 159 000 598

3-7000.391-51 159 000 5813-7000.391-52 159 000 5823-7000.391-53 159 000 5833-7000.391-54 159 000 5843-7000.391-55 159 000 5853-7000.391-56 159 000 586

3-7000.391-61 159 000 5873-7000.391-62 159 000 5883-7000.391-63 159 000 5893-7000.391-64 159 000 5903-7000.391-65 159 000 5913-7000.391-66 159 000 592

3-7001-24 159 000 1573-7001-25 159 000 1583-7001-26 159 000 159

3-7001-31 159 000 1603-7001-32 159 000 1613-7001-33 159 000 1623-7001-34 159 000 1633-7001-35 159 000 1643-7001-36 159 000 165

3-7001-41 159 000 1663-7001-42 159 000 1673-7001-43 159 000 1683-7001-44 159 000 1693-7001-45 159 000 1703-7001-46 159 000 171

3-7001-51 159 000 1723-7001-52 159 000 1733-7001-53 159 000 1743-7001-54 159 000 1753-7001-55 159 000 1763-7001-56 159 000 177

3-7001-61 159 000 1783-7001-62 159 000 1793-7001-63 159 000 1803-7001-64 159 000 1813-7001-65 159 000 1823-7001-66 159 000 183

Model 7000/7001Ordering Notes:1) +GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow

Sensors and End ConnectorKits are ordered separately,except the high purityversions in SYGEF ® HP-PVDF, which are sold fullyassembled with endconnectors, cleaned anddouble bagged.

2) All PP and PVDF Vortex FlowSensors are shipped withFPM O-rings, and PVCVortex Flow Sensors areshipped with EPDM O-rings.O-ring kits of 2 each areavailable in both materials.

Page 41: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

43www.gfsignet.com

Flow

3-7000.390-01 159 000 563 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, EPDM3-7000.390-02 159 000 564 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, EPDM3-7000.390-03 159 000 565 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, EPDM3-7000.390-04 159 000 566 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, EPDM3-7000.390-05 159 000 567 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, EPDM3-7000.390-06 159 000 568 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, EPDM

3-7000.390-07 159 000 569 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM3-7000.390-08 159 000 570 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM3-7000.390-09 159 000 571 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM3-7000.390-10 159 000 572 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, FPM3-7000.390-11 159 000 573 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM3-7000.390-12 159 000 574 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM

3-7000.390-13 159 000 575 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM-HP3-7000.390-14 159 000 576 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM-HP3-7000.390-15 159 000 577 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM-HP3-7000.390-16 159 000 578 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”,FPM-HP3-7000.390-17 159 000 579 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM-HP3-7000.390-18 159 000 580 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM-HP

3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Adapter Kit3-0000.393 159 000 618 Liquid Tight Connector Kit with PG 13.5 to NPT

Adapter3-8055 159 000 629 HPV/IVS Retro Kit1203-1121 198 864 920 Base Seal1223-0151 159 000 236 Cap O-ring

O-Ring Kits (2 o-rings included in each kit)

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

1/2" NPT

PG 13.5

PG 13.5

Liquid Tight Connector Kit

Universal Adapter Kit

HPV/IVS Retro Kit

Ordering Information (continued)

Page 42: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

44 www.gfsignet.com

7002 Vortex Flow Sensors

System Overview

Description+GF+ SIGNET 7002 Vortex Flow Sensorsprovide extremely accurate and reliableflow measurement with no moving parts.Utilizing ultrasonic pick-up technology,these sensors are unaffected by normalpiping system vibrations and have anexcellent turndown ratio. PVDF andHigh-Purity PVDF versions, sizes DN80and DN100 (3-inch and 4-inch), areavailable in wafer and flange configura-tions and should be your first choice forflow measurement applications fromchemical delivery to UPW distribution.All high-purity versions are lot traceable,

Features• No Moving Parts

• Ultrasonic Detection

• 20:1 Turndown Ratio

• Field replaceableelectronics module

• Wafer and Flangedconnection options

• Reverse polarityprotected

• Standard or HighPurity PVDF

• For DN80 andDN100 (3 and 4 in.)pipes

Application• Process Flow

• UPW Distribution

• RO/DI Skids

• Waste Water Effluent

• Scrubber Control

• Chemical Delivery

• Accurate Batching

Flange

cleaned for ultrapure service, anddouble-bagged in PA6/PE packaging.

The sensors feature frequency and 4 to20 mA output with a terminal block insidethe sensor cap for easy wiring, and canbe used with +GF+ SIGNET's compre-hensive offering of flow instrumentation toachieve enhanced system functionality.Integral transmitters with local displaysand many additional features areavailable as accessories, or select from awider variety of panel-mount flowinstrumentation.

Wafer

Compatible InstrumentsThe 7002 Vortex Flow Sensoris compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETinstruments:

8550 5075 89005500 50915600

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

BLIND TRANSMITTER

OR

FREQUENCY SENSOR

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount Integral Mount+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(sold separately)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input+GF+ SIGNET 5091(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET7002 Vortex FlowSensor

+GF+ SIGNET7002 Vortex FlowSensor with4 to 20 mAOutput

OR

+GF+ SIGNET7002 Vortex FlowSensor

+GF+ SIGNET7002 Vortex FlowSensor

Flow

0 100

50

PLC

Page 43: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

45www.gfsignet.com

FlowGeneral

Linear Flow Range• Turndown Ratio: 20:1• DN80 (3 in.) Reynold’s No. ≥ 16000:

0.2 to 4 m/s (0.66 to 13 ft/s)3” scale range: 0-1146 lpm(0 to 303 U.S. gpm)

• DN100 (4 in.)• Reynold’s No. ≥ 20000:

0.2 to 4 m/s (0.66 to 13 ft/s)4” scale range: 0-1736 lpm(0 to 459 U.S. gpm)

NOTE: Below these velocity ranges, Vortexoutput is non-linear.

Pipe size:• DN80 (3 in.)• DN100 (4 in.)Accuracy: ±1% of readingRepeatability: ±0.25% of readingResponse Time:

1 second first order response; 5 secondssettled to 1%

Enclosure• Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65• Material: Valox® (PBT)Vibration resistance:

>1g in every axis up to 500 Hz.

Wetted materialsSensor: PVDFSurface - inside: 0.635 µm (25 µ inch)

ElectricalReverse polarity protectionPower requirements:• Frequency Out:

4.5 to 7 VDC, regulated, 30 mA maximum• Current Out: 12 to 24 VDC

Open Collector output:NPN transistor, 10 mA max sink, 30 VDCmaximum pull-up voltage, 0 to 100 Hz,50% duty cycle, non-isolated, <100 Hz atmaximum range.

Electrical (continued)Current Output (2-wire):

4 to 20 mA output factory-set from 0 to 4m/s (0 to 13 ft/s)• 3” scale range:

0-1146 lpm (0 to 303 gpm)• 4” scale range:

0-1736 lpm (0 to 459 gpm)(Custom ranges available from factory)Max. Loop impedance:

1Ω at 12VDC600Ω at 24 VDC

Resolution: 2.5 µA

Max. Pressure/Temperature RatingsRating: NEMA 4X/IP65• Flange Vortex Sensor:

10 bar @ 30°C, 2.0 bar @ 120°C(145 psi @ 86 °F, 30 psi @ 248°F)

• Wafer Vortex Sensor:10 bar @ 30°C, 6.5 bar @ 70°C(145 psi @ 86°F, 94 psi @ 158°F)

Ambient Operating temperature:0 to 70 °C (32 to 158 °F)

Storage temperature:-15 to 80 °C (5 to 176 °F)

Relative humidity:0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight• Wafer

DN80/3 in. 2.0 kg (4.50 lb)DN 100/4 in. 3.2 kg (7.00 lb.)

• FlangeDN80/3 in. 5.0 kg (11 .00 lb.)DN100/4 in. 7.3 kg (16.00 lb.)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under

ISO 9001:2000 for Quality & ISO14001:1996 for Environmental Manage-ment

Specifications

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.• To compare this Sensor with other +GF+

SIGNET Flow Sensors, see Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For flow sensor mounting position informa-tion see page 156.

Application Tips:• Sensor can be mounted at any angle.• A minimum back-pressure is required to

prevent cavitation within the sensor - seepage 229 for more details.

• Mounting hardware, gaskets, and othercomponents are not furnished with thesesensors.

• Use the spring kit with the Wafer Vortex ifrequired. See page 47 for more information.

• Power supplied to the sensor will dictatesensor output frequency or 4 to 20mA.

• Using 4.5 to 7 VDC, the output will befrequency.

• Using 12 to 24 VDC, the output will becurrent.

• The ultrasonic pickup of these sensors isunaffected by normal piping systemvibrations.

Page 44: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

46 www.gfsignet.com

Size mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch

DN80 (3") 196.9 7.75 78.0 3.07 199.9 7.87 287.0 11.3

DN100 (4") 228.6 9.00 96.0 3.78 249.9 9.84 322.6 12.7

A B C D

Size mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch

DN80 (3") 196.9 7.75 78.0 3.07 199.9 7.87 287.0 11.3

DN100 (4") 228.6 9.00 96.0 3.78 249.9 9.84 322.6 12.7

A B C D

Flange Vortex Sensor Dimensions

Wafer Vortex Sensor Dimensions

DimensionsWafer Vortex (End View)

Wafer Vortex (Side View)

Flange Vortex (End View)

Flange Vortex (Side View)

NOTE: The height (D) increases by 25.4 mm (1 inch)when fitted with the 8550 Flow Transmitter.

NOTE: The height (D) increases by 25.4 mm (1 inch)when fitted with the 8550 Flow Transmitter.

BA

C

A

D

25.4 mm/1 in.

3-8550

A B

D

C

A

25.4 mm/1 in.

3-8550

96 mm (3.8 in.)

42 mmP(1 .65 in.)

107 mm (4.2 in.)

End Cap Dimensions - used on wafer and flanged vortex

Page 45: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

47www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Ordering Information

Model 7002Ordering Notes:Assembly parts such asgaskets, nuts and bolts arenot included. For waferversions only, accessorySpring Kit(s) may be required.See “Installation” section fordetails.

3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Adapter Kit3-0000.393 159 000 618 Liquid Tight Connector Kit with PG13.5 to

NPT Adapter3-7002.391 159 000 692 Spring Kit* (includes four springs)

*Required if wafer vortex is used in applications where fluid temperature will reach <15°C or >35°C

3-7002-2AF 159 000 6573-7002-2AFI 159 000 6583-7002-2AW 159 000 661

3-7002-2BF 159 000 6623-7002-2BFI 159 000 6633-7002-2BW 159 000 666

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-7002-3AF 159 000 6673-7002-3AFI 159 000 6683-7002-3AW 159 000 671

3-7002-3BF 159 000 6723-7002-3BFI 159 000 6733-7002-3BW 159 000 676

Mfr. Part No. Code

1/2" NPT

PG 13.5

PG 13.5

Liquid Tight Connector Kit

Universal Adapter Kit

Spring Kit (shown with sensor)

3-7002

-2

-3

A 3 inch, d90/DN80

B 4 inch, d110/DN100

End connection configuration - Choose one

W Wafer

F Flange, ANSI

Fl Flange, ISO

3-7002 -2 A W Example Part Number

Sensor Part Number

Vortex Flow sensor with frequency or 4 to 20 mA output (depending on power supplied to sensor)

Material - Choose one

HP - PVDF

PVDF

Size - Choose one

Page 46: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

48 www.gfsignet.com

3300/3500 Ultrasonic Flow Monitor System

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 3300 Ultrasonic FlowMonitoring System advances the use ofDoppler ultrasound technology in flowmeasurement by utilizing proprietary “AdvanceSpectrum” signal processing in measuring theentire flow stream. The result is reliable,power-efficient, low cost of ownership, liquidflow monitoring in open or closed channels.The +GF+ SIGNET 3300 includes featurestailored to meet common requirements in avariety of applications like municipal water/wastewater, industrial waste, etc.

Features• Bi-directional flow

• Measures debris ladenflow

• Open channel orclosed channel/pipe

• Self-diagnostics

• Local display of flowrate and total

• Minimal straight runrequirements

• No-moving parts

• RS232 communication

• Partial and full pipeflow measurement

• Battery powered(optional solar panel)

• High-intensity propor-tional flashing rateindicator

• Weatherproof stainlesssteel enclosure

• Vandal resistant

• PC/Pocket PC accessand downloads

• Data logger

• Optional 4 to 20mAoutputs

• Wet-Tap capability

Applications• Industrial/Municipal

Wastewater• Pump Station

Monitoring• Environmental

Monitoring• Billing Networks• Sewer and Stormwater

Flow Monitoring

The +GF+ SIGNET 3300 system can beequipped with up to four 4 to 20mA outputsfor interfacing to loggers, telemetry systemsor PLC’s for long-term monitoring or anRS232 local connection to laptops or pocketPCs. This vandal-resistant unit features dualpassword protected local or remote down-loading of logged data. Both velocity andvelocity/depth combination sensors have nomoving parts and lend minimal obstruction inthe flow stream.

System Overview

Strap mount kit included Pipe fitting (customer supplied)

Strap-in Sensor Mount Insertion Sensor Mount

+GF+ SIGNET9

Flow Sensor9

3-3500.3209

3-3500.330 9

9

+GF+ SIGNET9

Flow Instrument9

3-33009

9

Mounting Kit included

+GF+ SIGNET9

Flow Sensor9

3-3500.3109

3-3500.313 9(Pipe sold separately)

3-3300

3-3500.31X-X

3-3500.320-X3-3500.330-X

NEW!

Page 47: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

49www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Dimensions

125mm9(4.92 in.)

50mm9(1.97 in.)

13.7mm9(0.54 in.)

50mm9(1.97 in.)

Clip-on9ferrite bead

DB9 Male9Connector

Strap Mount Transducer93500.31X-X

Cable length:910m or 20m9

(30 ft. or 60 ft.)

16mm (0.63 in.)

Top View

Face View

Front View Side View

Solar Panel (optional)

22.6mm9(0.89 in.)

245mm9(9.65 in.)

270mm (10.63 in.)

352mm9(13.87 in.)

73.6mm9(2.9 in.)

45mm9(1.77 in.)

Insert Transducer93500.320-X93500.330-X

20mm9(0.78 in.)

2 in. NPT9or ISO 7/1-R2

+GF+ SIGNET

Ultrasonic9 3200/3300

200mm (7.87 in.)

30mm9(1 .18 in.)

216mm (8.5 in.)

134mm9

(5.28 in.)

30mm (1 .18 in.)

200mm9

(7.87 in.)

Front View Bottom View

3300 Monitor Logger

‡ SIGNET

Page 48: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Specifications3300 FlowmeterGeneralUser Interface:• Flow display is an internal 6-digit, 0.5 in.

(12mm) LCD of constant status, flow rate andflow volume total

• High-intensity LED light flashes proportionatelyto flow rate (user configurable)

• RS232 serial cable for local connection to PCand laptops

• RS232 null modem cable for local connectionto PocketPC (optional)Note: Pocket PC not includedRecommended Pocket PC with software 2002OS/CE 3.0 or later, and null modem cable.

Flow Volume Logging Capacity:• Configuration dependent to maximum of

250,000 records at 15 min. intervals. Includesindependent logging of depth . Over 120 daysdata logging.

Material: 316 Stainless Steel (1 .4401) enclosure

ElectricalPower:• 9VDC- 1 amp, regulated power converter

required for 110 VAC/240 VAC operation.Internal battery used as backup.

• Internal 6V 12 Ah battery , rechargeable(charger is customer supplied) Solar panelavailable*

Outputs:• Pulse Output: open-collector flow volume pulse,

which shorts pulse pin to system ground**• 4 to 20 mA output (optional): choice of either

(1) internal board mounted output, or (3)external module mounted outputs for threeparameters

Alarm:Short Message Service Protocol (SMS)

Program Memory:Battery backed NVRAM

Units of Measure:User definable for rate and total (in metric orEnglish units)

Application Software (required):• CD-ROM included with required FloCom™ for

PCs with help files, user manual, installationinstructions, system configuration, datadownloading & velocity profile testing.Minimum PC requirements - Windows® 98 ornewer, 10MB hard drive disk space, one serialcomms port (must be COM1 or COM2), atleast 640 x 480 resolution std. VGA screen

• Optional FloCom™ CE Software available foruse with PocketPC

EnvironmentalEnclosure Rating: IP66Operating Temperature:

23°F to 122°F (-5°C to 50°C)

3500 Series SensorsGeneralVelocity Performance• Velocity Measurement Method: Wetted

Doppler• Bi-directional flow display (fully accountable),

reverse flow indication and net flow calculation• Velocity Range (strap mount and insertion type

sensors):0.03m/s to 4m/s (0.1 ft/sec to 13 ft/sec)

• Velocity Accuracy:±1% of value up to 3.0m/sec (9.8 ft/sec)±1 .5% of value at velocities greater than 3.0m/sec (9.8 ft/sec)

• Repeatability: 0.5% at 1m/s (3.2 ft/s)• Velocity Resolution: 1mm (0.04 in.) at 1m/sec

(3.3 ft/sec)• Max. operating temp./pressure: 10 bar @ 25°C

(147 psi @ 77°F)

Depth Measurement PerformanceDepth Sensor Ranges:• 2m (6.6 ft.) above transducer face• 4m (13.1 ft.)• 10m (32.8 ft.)• Max. depth (over range): 60m (197 ft.) without

damageDepth Sensor Accuracy:

0.2% of full scale at constant temperature in astatic stream (depth measurement only). 1% offull scale over a flow stream (5°C to 55°C)

Repeatability: 0.5% at 1m/s (3.2 ft/s)Depth Sensor Resolution: 1mm (0.04 in.)• Max. operating temp./pressure: 10 bar @ 25°C

(147 psi @ 77°F)

Mounting• Installation Distance:

6x diameter and 2x diameter (reversible - up ordown stream)

• Strap Mount Intrusion Area:surface mount 8cm2 (1 .25 in2)

• Insertion Mount Intrusion Area:11 .25 cm2 (1 .7in2)

• Insertion sensor fitting: 2 in. NPT threads or ISO7/1-R2 threads

• Insertion Installation Limits:DN100 to DN1800 (4 in. to 72 in.)

Wetted Materials• Strap Mount: Epoxy and PVC• Pressure transducer: Alumina ceramic• Insertion Mount: Epoxy and nickel plated brass

or 316 stainless steel• Cable: PVC 9 mm diameter from 10m

(33 ft.) to 50m (165 ft.)

Shipping Weight (Flowmeter and Sensor):

9 kg (21 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals:• CE

* Optional battery-solarpanel for trickle chargestand-alone powersystem. Approximate lifeexpectancy is 7 years,depending on applicationconditions.

50 www.gfsignet.com

* * One pulse/volume unit independent ofintegration time period.

Page 49: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Ordering Information

Mfr. Part No. Code

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Model 3300/3500Ordering Notes:1) Strap-in sensors include

polypropylene sensormounting plate andsensor plate mountingkit.

2) Optional 30 m (100 ft.)and 50 m (165 ft.)cable lengths available.Call factory for details.

3) All strap-in sensorsmeasure velocity. Thosewith depth measureboth depth andvelocity, and are theperfect choice for openchannels.

4) Insertion sensors do notmeasure depth. Inaddition, pipe must befull.

5) PDA/Pocket PC is notincluded. See specifica-tion for recommenda-tions.

6) Select 4 to 20mAoutputs for interfacingto loggers, telemetry, orPLCs.

7) For 110VAC/240VACoperation, a powersupply to 9VDC/1ampis required (customersupplied). It will tricklecharge the internalbattery. In the event ofa power failure, thebattery will ensurecontinuous datalogging.

8) Minimum pipe size forinstallation of strap-inand insertion sensors isDN 100 (4 in.). Maxi-mum pipe size forinsertion sensors is DN1800 (72 in.)

Electronics Parts and Accessories3-3300.100 159 000 972 3300 Electronics only3-3200.075 159 000 973 Battery - sealed lead acid 6V 12 Ah

(Panasonic LC-R0612P)3-3200.390 159 000 974 Flowmeter mounting kit (straight and elbow)3-3200.076 159 000 975 Solar panel - Solarex 6V 5W MSX5V63-3200.395 159 000 976 Solar panel mounting kit3-3200.090 159 000 977 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CD Doppler

operating system and instructions (Win32)3-3200.091 159 000 978 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CE CD for Pocket

PCs (Note: Null modem adapter and pocketPC not included)

3-3200.391 159 000 979 Communication cable 3300 to PC3-3200.392 159 000 980 Communication cable 3300 to Pocket PC

(null modem)3-3200.393 159 000 981 One 4 to 20mA output module, internally

mounted3-3300.393 159 000 982 three 4 to 20mA output module, externally

mounted enclosureSensor Parts and Accessories3-3500.391 159 000 983 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - stainless steel3-3500.392 159 000 984 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - polypropylene3-3500.398 159 000 985 Strap-in sensor plate mounting kit3-3500.390 159 000 986 Adjustable strap poly - 300mm to 450mm pipe3-3500.393 159 000 987 Adjustable strap poly - 225mm to 300mm pipe3-3500.397 159 000 988 Adjustable strap poly - mounting kit (machine

screws, wire ties, and metal buckle)

Electronics3-3300 159 000 989Sensors3-3500.310-1 159 000 9903-3500.310-2 159 000 9913-3500.311-1 159 000 9923-3500.311-2 159 000 9933-3500.312-1 159 000 9943-3500.312-2 159 000 9953-3500.313-1 159 000 996

3-3500.313-2 159 000 9973-3500.320-1 159 000 9983-3500.320-2 159 000 9993-3500.320-3 159 001 0013-3500.320-4 159 001 0023-3500.330-1 159 001 0033-3500.330-2 159 001 0043-3500.330-3 159 001 0053-3500.330-4 159 001 006

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-3300

Electronics Package - Used with any of the sensors listed below

Ultrasonic flow meter electronics package; includes display electronics, mounting hardware, back-up battery, communication serial cable, set-up CD and software

3-3500

.310

.311

.312

.313

.320

.330

Cable length for all sensor styles and thread size (insertion sensors only) - choose one

-1

-2

-3

-4

3-3500 .311 -2

Strap-in sensor, 0 - 10 m (0 - 32.8 ft.)depth measurement above transducer face

Insertion sensor, nickel plated brass

Insertion sensor, 316 stainless steel (1.4401)

Sensor Part Number- Choose one

Ultrasonic Doppler Flow Sensor - must be used with 3-3300 Electronics package - Choose one

Strap-in sensor, no depth measurement

Strap-in sensor, 0 - 2 m (0 - 6.6 ft.) depth measurement above transducer face

Strap-in sensor, 0 - 4 m (0 - 13.1 ft.)depth measurement above transducer face

Example Part Number

10 m (33 ft.) cable for both styles; 2 inch NPT threads on insertion sensor

20 m (66 ft.) cable for both styles; 2 inch NPT threads on insertion sensor

10 m (33 ft.) cable for both styles; ISO 7/1 R-2 threads on insertion sensor

20 m (66 ft.) cable for both styles; ISO 7/1 R-2 threads on insertion sensor

Sensors

51www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Page 50: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

52 www.gfsignet.com

5075 ProPoint™ Totalizing Flow Monitor

Compatible Sensors

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 5075 Totalizing FlowMonitor features a traditional analogdial for flow rate at a glance while thebacklit LCD provides precision flow rate,total volume and programming informa-tion.

Significant features of this 5075 includeuser selectable analog dials, permanent

Features• Permanent and

Resettable Totalizers

• Tamper proof securitycode

• Non-volatile memory

• Simple push-buttonoperation

• Pulse outputs atsensor frequency andat total volume

• 1/4 DIN, NEMA 4X/IP65 enclosure

• Remote totalizer reset

Applications• Waste Water Flow

Accumulation• Water Treatment

Systems• Filtration Systems• Feed Pump Pulsing• Fertigation• Irrigation• Commercial Pools

& Spas• Groundwater

Remediation• HVAC• Process Flow

Monitoring• UPW Distribution• Demineralizer

Regeneration• Process Cooling Water• Neutralization

Systems

The 5075 ProPoint™ TotalizingMonitor is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNET flowSensors:515 2507 2550525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540See individual catalog pages formore information

System Overview

Analog and Digital Display

+GF+ SIGNET Fittingsor end connectorsas required (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 5075 Flow Instrumentincludes mounting bracketand panel gasket

Panel Mount

SIGNET

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensor(sold separately) FLOW

+GF+

XX DN XX XXX

See individual sensor data sheets for requiredsensor mounting accessories

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

and resettable totalizers and pulseoutputs at sensor frequency and attotalizer scale, The 5075 is powered byany 12 to 24 VDC or VAC power source.

Connect to any of +GF+ SIGNET’s flowsensors for a classic flow meter system ina 21st century package.

Page 51: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

53www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate to retrofit older +GF+ SIGNET

installations3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retofit AdapterLiquid tight connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit (includes 3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Replacement Parts3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation Kit (ProPoint screws, clamps, mounting template)3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 Series3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit3-5500.611 159 000 348 Unit tags3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series WindowOther3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)3-5000.075 159 000 321 110/24 VAC Transformer

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-5075 198 825 007 5075 Totalizing Flow Monitor

Ordering Information

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

96 mm(3.8 in.

Front View

96 mm (3.8 in.)

ENT

4

0

1

23

5 67

8

9

10

GPM

+GF+ SIGNET

Mounting CClamp

OptionalCSplashproof CRear Cover

88 mmC(3.5 in.)

Mounting CPanel

Panel Gasket

91 mmC(3.6 in.)

76 mm (3 in.)C

96 mm (3.8 in.)C

88 mm (3.5 in.)

Side View

SpecificationsGeneralOperating Range: 0.5 Hz to 10 kHzDisplay:• Analog:

Six slide-in dial ranges - 0 to 2, 4, 6, 8,10 & 100 w/multipliers

• Digital:Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumericcharacter

Additional Functions:Sensor Pulse output, volumetric pulseoutput, Remote totalizer reset

Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading

MaterialsEnclosure: ABS PlasticKeypad: Silicone RubberPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

ElectricalPower Requirements:

12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC,unregulated, 50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max.

EnvironmentalOperating temperature:

-10 to 55° C (14 to 131° F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensingEnclosure: NEMA 4X/IP65

Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• UL, CSA, CE, CUL• Manufactured under ISO

9001:2000 for Quality and ISO14001:1996 for EnvironmentalManagement

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.

Model 5075Ordering Notes:1) Panel cutout should be

92 x 92 mm (3.62 x3.62 in.)

2) Reversible dials areincluded and are scaledfrom 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and 0to 100.

3) An optional splash proofrear cover can beordered separately ifneeded.

4) Flow rate unit tags areprovided for labelingdials appropriately inunits of gpm, lpm, etc.

5) For more informationabout accessories, seepage 195.

• To compare this instrument with other+GF+ SIGNET instruments, see FlowSelection Guide on page 4.

Page 52: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

54 www.gfsignet.com

5090 ProPoint™ Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor

Features• High visibility analog

display

• Sensor-powered flowrate indication up to60m (200 ft.) fromsensor installation

• Wide flow range: 1 to20 ft/s in pipe sizesDN15 to D900 (0.5 to36 in.)

• Single-point calibra-tion from front panel

• Factory Mutual (FM)approved for intrinsicsafety in Classes I, IIand III, Division I

Application• Filtration Systems• Hazardous Locations• Remote Flow

Monitoring• Process Cooling Water• Distribution Systems• HVAC• Process Flow

Monitoring

System Overview

Compatible Sensors

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 5090 Sensor Pow-ered Flow Monitor is the simplest andeconomical instrument in the +GF+SIGNET offering. It features a balanced-spring meter movement that is poweredby the AC output of the venerable +GF+SIGNET 515 Paddlewheel Flow Sensor.No additional power source is required.

The 5090 ProPoint™ SensorPowered Flow Monitor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensors:

515

See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Instrument(includes mounting bracket

and panel gasket)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET 515 Flow Sensor only (sold separately)

Sensor Powered - external power not required.

E171559

C US

®FM

APPROVED

LR092369

This unique system is suitable for a widerange of flow rates, and is FactoryMutual (FM) approved for intrinsic safetywithout the need for barriers. Packagedin a 1/4 DIN housing with a NEMA 4X/IP65 front panel, the 5090 is the firstchoice for simple flow monitoring, evenin the most demanding industrial environ-ments.

Page 53: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

55www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-5090 198 825 000 5090 Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

SPAN

0

1

2

3

8

67

54

9

X 100

GPM

10

96 mm4

(3.8 in.)

Front View

96 mm (3.8 in.)

‡ SIGNET

SIDE VIEW

Mounting 4Clamp (2 ea.)

Optional Splashproof 4Rear Cover

88 mm4(3.5 in.)

Mounting4Panel

Panel4Gasket

91 mm4(3.6 in.)

76 mm (3 in.)

88 mm (3.5 in.)96 mm (3.8 in.)

Specifications

GeneralOperating Range:• 0.3 to 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft/s) in pipes

DN15 to DN 900 (0.5 to 36 in.)• 7 ft/s (min. full scale range)

Reversible dial face kit includes ranges0 to 2, 4, 6, 8 and 100.

Display:Taut-band suspension meter move-ment, 250° deflection (not suitable forprolonged exposure to vibration)

Accuracy: ±2% of full scaleRepeatability: ±1% of full scale

MaterialsEnclosure: ABS PlasticPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

ElectricalPower Requirements: None

EnvironmentalRating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10 to 65°C (14 to 149°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.45 kg (1 lb.)

Standards and Approvals• FM, UL, CSA, CE, CUL• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.

Model 5090Ordering Notes:1) Panel cutout should be

92 x 92 mm (3.62 x3.62 in.)

2) Reversible dials areincluded and are scaledfrom 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and 0to 100.

3) An optional splash proofrear cover can beordered separately ifneeded for most environ-ments.

4) Flow rate unit tags areprovided for labelingdials appropriately inunits of gpm, lpm, etc.

5) For sketches of accesso-ries see page 195.

• To compare this instrument with other+GF+ SIGNET instruments, see FlowSelection Guide on page 4.

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for Signet retrofit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit AdapterLiquid tight connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit (includes 3

connectors)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)Replacement parts3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,

mounting template)3-5000.396 159 000 325 5090 Window kit3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series3-5090.390 159 000 334 Dial kit3-5090.611 198 840 228 Unit tags3-5000.396 159 000 325 5090, 5091 Window Kit

Page 54: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

56 www.gfsignet.com

5091 ProPoint™ Loop Current Monitor

Features• 4 to 20mA input

• High Visibility AnalogDisplay

• Reversible Dial: 4 to20 mA or 0 to 100%

• Wire in series with 4 to20 mA loop. Noadditional powerrequired.

• 1/4 DIN Enclosure

• NEMA 4X/IP65 front

• Hard-coated, HighImpact & UV ResistantPolycarbonate FrontFace

Application4 to 20 mA loop moni-toring, or 0 to 100% forANY process variablesuch as:• Flow• pH/ORP• Conductivity• Pressure• Temperature• Valve Position• Level• Specific Ion• Dissolved Oxygen,

BOD• TOC• Turbidity• Hardness

System Overview

Compatible Sensors

capable of dropping below 4 mA andpegging above 20 mA, so unusualconditions are easy to recognize. Anassortment of decals is included tocustomize the display for any processvariable. The 5091 is also compatiblewith +GF+ SIGNET instruments andother manufacturer’s instruments with 4 to20mA otuput.

DescriptionSimply wire the +GF+ SIGNET 5091Current Monitor in series with any 4 to20 mA loop, and obtain a visual indica-tion of process conditions anywhere inyour plant. No additional power orconnections are required. A reversibleslide-in dial is provided to display eitherthe 4 to 20 mA loop signal directly, or0 to 100% (of full scale). The needle is

The 5091 ProPoint™ CurrentMonitor is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETSensors:2350 2560 70022450 2750 25502850 7001See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

4 to 20 mA or 0 to 100% display for any process variable.Loop powered.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*

+GF+ SIGNET 5091 Current Monitor(includes mouting bracketand panel gasket)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Flow, Temperature,PressureSensors*

+GF+

XX DN XX XXX

Panel Mount

See individual sensor data sheets for required sensor mounting accessories.

+GF+ SIGNET pH electrode*

+GF+ SIGNET conductivityelectrode*

+GF+ SIGNET pHelectronics*

+GF+ SIGNET conductivityelectronics*

+GF+ SIGNET 5091 Current Monitor

4 to20 mAoutput

from Customerspecified sensor

PLC

PLC

*Sold separately.

Page 55: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

57www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-5091 198 825 010 Current Monitor

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

Mounting ;Clamp (2 ea.)

Optional Splashproof ;Rear Cover

88 mm;(3.5 in.)

Mounting ;Panel

Panel;Gasket

91 mm;(3.6 in.)

76 mm (3 in.)

88 mm (3.5 in.)96 mm (3.8 in.)

Side View

‡ SIGNET

4 20

12

96 mm;

(3.8 in.)

Front View

96 mm (3.8 in.)

SpecificationsGeneralOperating Range:

4 to 20 mA (factory calibrated)

Max. Voltage Drop:2.5 VDC at 20.00 mA

Display:Taut-band suspension meter movement,250° deflection (not suitable for pro-longed exposure to vibration)

Accuracy: ± 2% of full scaleRepeatability: ± 1% of full scale

MaterialsEnclosure: ABS PlasticPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

ElectricalPower Requirements: none

EnvironmentalRating: NEMA 4X/IP65Operating Temperature:

-10 to 65°C (14 to 149°F)Storage Temperature:

-15 to 80°C (5 to 176°F)Relative Humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.5 kg (1 .1 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.

Model 5091Ordering Notes:1) Panel cutout should be

92 x 92 mm (3.62 x3.62 in.)

2) Reversible dialwith 4 to20mA or 0 to 100%scale

3) An optional splash proofrear cover can beordered separately ifneeded.

4) For more information onaccessories, see page195.

• To compare this instrument with other+GF+ SIGNET Flow instrument, see FlowSelection Guide on page 4.

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof Rear Cover Kit3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET

retrofit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit AdapterLiquid tight connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit

(includes 3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Replacement parts3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,

mounting template)3-5000.396 159 000 325 5090 window kit3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series3-5091 .611 159 000 339 Unit tags

Page 56: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

58 www.gfsignet.com

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 5500 ProPoint™ FlowMonitor is an instrument that comes fullyequipped with all of the basic tools neededfor monitoring and controlling a flow system.The analog dial enables the user to easilyread instantaneous flow rate, while thebacklit LCD is useful for calibration, set-up,and displaying totalized flow volume. The5500 features a standard 1/4 DIN packageand removable wiring terminals. Power theinstrument with any standard 24-volt powersupply (AC or DC).

Connect any one of +GF+ SIGNET’s widearray of flow sensors, then consider whichoutput features are best for your application.Two dry-contact relays can be configured for

5500 ProPoint™ Flow Monitor

Features• Permanent and

Resettable Totalizers

• Two ProgrammableRelays

• Fully Scaleable 4 to 20mA Output

• Tamper proof securitycode

• Non-volatile memory

• Intuitive SoftwareDesign

• Programmable pulseoutputs

Applications• Waste Water Flow

Accumulation• Water Treatment

Systems• Filtration Systems• Feed Pump Pulsing• Fertigation• Irrigation• Commercial Pools

& Spas• Groundwater

Remediation• HVAC• Process Flow

Monitoring• UPW Distribution• Demineralizer

Regeneration• Process Cooling Water• Neutralization

Systems

The 5500 ProPoint™ FlowMonitor is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNET FlowSensors:515 2507 2550525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540See individual catalog pages formore information.

Compatible Sensors

System Overview

Featuring analog and digital displays and a remote resettable totalizer.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittingsor end connectorsas required (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 5500 Flow Instrument(includes mounting bracketand panel gasket)

Panel Mount

SIGNET

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensor(sold separately) FLOW

+GF+

XX DN XX XXX

See individual sensor data sheets for requiredsensor mounting accessories

E171559

High or Low alarm operation, or they can beset to pulse operation for chemical dosingapplications.

Use the internally powered 4 to 20mAoutput, programmable from the front keypad,to send the flow information to any PLC ordata logger.

If you use all of these output features, you stillhave two more output pulse terminals, one atsensor frequency, the other triggered by thetotalizer. And just for added convenience, theresettable totalizer can be reset by a remoteswitch, up to 30m (100 ft.), or from the frontkeypad.

C US

®

LR092369

Page 57: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

59www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-5500 198 825 002 5500 Flow Monitor

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

SIDE VIEW

Mounting <Clamp (2 ea.)

Optional Splashproof <

Rear Cover

88 mm<

(3.5 in.)

Mounting <Panel

Panel<Gasket

91 mm<

(3.6 in.)

76 mm (3 in.)

88 mm (3.5 in.)96 mm (3.8 in.)

ALARM 2ALARM 1

SIGNET

GEORGE FISCHER ‡8

ENTER

40

0

20

60

80

100

Front View

96 mm <

(3.8 in.).

96 mm (3.8 in.)

88

SpecificationsGeneralOperating Range: 0.5 Hz to 10kHzDisplay:• Analog:

Six slide-in dial ranges - 0 to 2, 4, 6, 8, 10& 100 w/multipliers

• Digital:Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumeric character

MaterialsEnclosure: ABS PlasticKeypad: Silicone RubberPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

ElectricalPower Requirements:

12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated,50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max.

Current Output:4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internallypoweredLoop impedance:

350Ω max. @ 12V950Ω max. @ 24V

Accuracy: ± 0.1%Update rate: 100 msec

Alarm Contacts:Two SPDT relays: Hi/Lo/Pulse program-mable with adj. hysteresis 5A @ 30VDC,5A @ 125VAC, or 3A @ 250VAC max.

Additional Functions:Sensor pulse output, volumetric auxiliarypulse output, remote totalizer reset

Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading

EnvironmentalRating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10 to 55° C (14 to 131° F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• UL, CSA, CE, CUL• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For flow wiring information see page 173.• For flow installation tips and information see

page 156.

Model 5500Ordering Notes:1) Panel cutout should be

92 x 92 mm (3.62 x3.62 in.)

2) Reversible dials areincluded and are scaledfrom 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and0 to 100.

3) An optional splash proofrear cover can beordered separately ifneeded.

4) Flow rate unit tags areprovided for labelingdials appropriately inunits of gpm, lpm, etc.

5) For sketches of accesso-ries see page 195.

• To compare this instrument with other+GF+ SIGNET instruments, see FlowSelection Guide on page 4.

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET

product retrofit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracketLiquid tight connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit

(includes 3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Replacement parts3-5000.390 159 000 232 Installation kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,

and mounting brackets3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit3-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tags3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series WindowOther3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)3-5000.075 159 000 321 110V/24VAC Transformer

Electrical (continued)

Page 58: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

60 www.gfsignet.com

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 5600 Batch Controllerprovides control capability and processfine-tuning in a familiar package. Theprogramming interface uses a four-buttonkeypad and an intuitive procedure foradjusting a batching system to the bestperformance possible.

The standard 1/4 DIN package housesan analog display panel that features abatch status indicator with count-up orcount-down dials. The backlit LCD dis-plays flow rate and volume informationand batch status, as well as calibrationand set-up instructions. The front of theunit is NEMA 4X/IP65 and is hard-coated, high-impact and UV resistantpolycarbonate.

5600 ProPoint™ Batch ControllerFeatures• Permanent and

Resettable Totalizers

• Non-volatilememory

• Easy Batch VolumeEntry

• Remote Start, Stop &Resume

• Two Stage ShutdownControl

• Manual or Auto-matic OverrunCompensation

• Estimates Time toBatch Completion

• Overrun Alarm andMissing SignalAlarm

• Advanced ValveControl

• End-of-batch Trigger

• Count-up or Count-down to BatchCompletion

Applications• Batch Processes• Filter Backwash

Initiation• Chemical Addition• Canning & Bottling

Compatible Sensors

System Overview

+GF+ SIGNET Fittingsor end connectors as required (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 5600 Flow Instrument(includes mounting bracketand panel gasket)

Panel Mount

SIGNET

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensor(sold separately)

FLOW

+GF+

XX DN XX XXX

See individual sensor data sheets for requiredsensor mounting accessories

Analog dial displays batch process; Digital LCD Displays Totalizer

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

The 5600 operates on 12 to 24 Voltpower, either AC or DC. Removableterminal connections make wiring the5600 easy. Connect any +GF+ SIGNETflow sensor with a frequency output, thenadd connections to two relays for two-stage shut-down or overrun alarmfunctions, connect a remote start-stopswitch and use the end-of-batch pulse totrigger the next step in the process. A 4to 20mA output is also available. Ad-vanced features include a user-setsecurity code, an automatic calibrationoption, and overrun compensation.

The 5600 ProPoint™ BatchController is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNET Flowsensors:

515 2507 2540525 2517 25502000 2100 25367000 7002

See individual catalog pages formore information.

Page 59: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

61www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-5600 198 825 006 Batch Controller

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+

SIGNET retrofit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-0000. 596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit AdapterLiquid tight connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear

cover (includes 3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Replacement Parts3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation Kit (ProPoint screws, clamps,

and mounting template)3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series Window kit3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 Series3-5600.360 159 000 887 Replacement Dial3-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tagsOther3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs.)3-5000.075 159 000 321 110V/24VAC Transformer

Dimensions

96 mmC

(3.8 in.)

Front View

96 mm (3.8 in.)

ENTER

%=Batch

Batch Option

0

20

40 60

80

100

‡ SIGNET

SIDE VIEW

Mounting C

Clamp (2 ea.)

Optional Splashproof C

Rear Cover

88 mmC

(3.5 in.)

Mounting C

Panel

PanelCGasket

91 mmC

(3.6 in.)

76 mm (3 in.)

88 mm (3.5 in.)96 mm (3.8 in.)

GeneralOperating Range:

0.5 Hz to 10 kHz, optically isolatedDisplay:• Analog:

Reversible dial - 0 to 100% or 100 to 0%• Digital:

Backlit LCD, 2 x l6 alphanumeric character• Batch Size: 0 to 999,999 engineering units• Dual Totalizer: 8-digit resettable and non-

resettable

MaterialsEnclosure: ABS PlasticKeypad: Silicone RubberPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

ElectricalPower Requirements:

12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated, 50to 60 Hz, 10Ω max.

Current Output4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internallypoweredLoop impedance:

350Ω max. @ 12V950Ω max. @ 24V

Accuracy: ± 0.1%Configurations:

Batch completion, valve control, orend of batch

Specifications

Alarm ContactsTwo SPDT relays:5A @ 30VDC, 5A @ 125VAC, or 3A @250VAC max.Batch: Batch in progressOption:

Two-stage shutdown, overrunalarm, end of batch, or missingsignal alarm

Additional Functions:End of batch pulse, Remote start,stop & resume

Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading

EnvironmentalRating: NEMA 4X/IP65Operating temperature:

-10 to 55° C (14 to 131 °F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CE, CSA, UL, CUL• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For flow wiring informa-

tion, see page 173.• For flow installation tips

and information, seepage 156.

• To compare thisinstrument with other+GF+ SIGNET instru-ments, see Flow Selection

Guide on page 4.

Model 5600Ordering Notes:1) Panel cutout should be 92 x

92 mm (3.62 x 3.62 in.)

2) A reversible dial is includedand is scaled from 0 to 100and 100 to 0.

3) An optional splash proofrear cover can be orderedseparately if needed formost environments.

4) For more information onaccessories, see page 195.

Page 60: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

62 www.gfsignet.com

8150 Battery Powered Flow TotalizerFeatures• Three totalizers

• Long-lasting lithiumbatteries

• Mounting versatility

• No-flow indicator

• Large digital displaywith averaging

• Simple push-buttonoperation

• User selectable accesscode preventsunwanted changes

• Auto-calibration

Applications• Wastewater Flow

Accumulation

• Water Treatment

Systems

• Remote or Mobile

Treatment/Distribution

Systems

• Irrigation Systems

• Filtration Systems

• Commercial Pools &

Spas

• Groundwater

Remediation

• RO Concentrate

• Process Flow

Monitoring

• UPW Distribution

• Demineralizer

Regeneration

• Process Cooling Water

• Neutralization Systems

Compatible Sensors

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8150 Battery Oper-ated Flow Totalizer is compatible withthe +GF+ SIGNET 515, 525 and 2517flow sensors, and will provide years ofdependable operation. The large digitaldisplay indicates flow rate and totalizedflow volume simultaneously. One of thethree totalizers is resettable from the frontpanel or a remote location, while thesecond resettable totalizer can only bereset by entering a user-selectablesecurity code. Meanwhile, the third is apermanent non-resettable totalizer.Our intuitive software design and four-button keypad provide for simple opera-tion while setting screen displays and

programming the system. Calibrationcan be easily performed by entering theAuto-Cal feature and entering a value tomatch an external reference. Screendisplays can be modified to suit theuser’s needs; along with the flow rate,any of the three totalizers can be se-lected as the displayed totalizer. Cus-tomers can quickly scroll through thetotalizers simply by pressing any key onthe keypad. A display averaging featureis included for applications where theflow in the pipe fluctuates. For applica-tions where flow stops and starts due toproduction needs, a no-flow indicatorwill display the hours of non-flow.

The 8150 Battery Powered FlowTotalizer is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNET FlowSensors:

515 525 2517

See individual catalog pages formore information.

System Overview

Pipe, Wall, andTank Mount

Panel Mount Integral Mount

Pending

Features 3 Totalizers; 2 Resettable and 1 Permanent; user selects which one to be displayed

Page 61: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

63www.gfsignet.com

Flow

3-8150-1 159 000 9293-8150-1P 159 000 9303-8150-P0 159 000 931

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Dimensions Specifications

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

GeneralCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET 515, 525 and 2517 flow sensorsInput Freq. Range: 0 to 400HzAccuracy: ±0.5% of readingDisplay: LCD type

4-digit upper line - flow rate8-digit lower line - volume totalizer count, eitherresettable or permanent

Averaging 0 to 120 secs.Contrast: AutomaticLow battery indication:

Battery symbol appears on LCD display8-digit resettable totalizers:

Stored until user resets; continues to be storedeven after batteries are removed

8-digit permanent:Kept permanently, even when batteries areremoved

MaterialsEnclosure: PBT resinKeypad material: Sealed 4-key silicon rubberPanel Case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Polyurethane coated polycarbonate

ElectricalBattery:

Two 3.6V Lithium thionyl chloride, AA-sizeBattery life:

4 years nominal @ 50°C (122°F)

EnvironmentalEnclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating Temperature:

-10°C to 65°C (14°F to 149°F)Storage Temperature:

-40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F)Relative Humidity

0 to 95% Non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.5 kg (1 .1 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CE pending• CUL, UL pending• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environmen-tal Management

Model 8150Ordering Notes:1) For panel version, cutout

must be 92 x 92 mm (3.62x 3.62 in.)

2) To mount the panel versionon a wall, use the heavyduty wall mount bracket.

3) Use the Universal mountingkit with the Field mountinstrument to mount to apipe, tank or wall.

4) An optional splash proofrear cover can be orderedseparately if needed.

3-8150-1P

3-8150-1 with universal mount

For More Information:• For flow wiring informa-

tion see page 173.• For flow installation tips

and information seepage 156.

• To compare thisinstrument with other+GF+ SIGNET instru-ments, see Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

• For other instruments thatintegrally mount on asensor, see page 68.

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8150-P1 159 000 9323-8150-T0 159 001 0113-8150-V0 159 001 012

Model 515 Integral MountSensors - see pages 12-15for sensor specifications.

Mounting3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover for panel mount totalizerLiquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit (includes 3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector, NPT (1 connector)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector, PG 13.5 (1 connector)Other3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adaptor7400-0011 159 000 022 Lithium battery, 3.6V, Size AA5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, two conductor shielded, 22 AWG (per ft.)Replacement parts for integral mount units - see Model 515 catalog pages for more information3-8051 159 000 187 Flow integral mounting kit, NPT (replacement)3-8510-P0 198 864 504 Sensor for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, Polypropylene body3-8510-PI 198 864 505 Sensor for 5 to 8 in. pipes, Polypropylene body3-8150-T0 159 000 622 Sensor for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, all natural PVDF3-8150-V0 198 864 506 Sensor for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, PVDF body

* See individual sensor sheetsfor more sensor information.

3-8150

-1

-1P

-P0*

-P1*

-T0*

-V0*

3-8150 - 1

Instrument Part Number

Battery Operated Flow Totalizer

Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one

Field mount for pipe, tank, and wall mounting

Panel mount; includes mounting bracket and panel gasket

Example Part Number

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1) for 5 to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin

Page 62: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

64 www.gfsignet.com

8550 ProcessPro® Flow Transmitters

Features• 2 or 4 wire power

• 4 to 20 mA Scaleableoutputs

• Permanent &resettable totalizers

• Relay options avail-able

• NEMA 4X enclosurewith self-healingwindow

• Output simulation forcomplete systemtesting

Applications• Flow control and

monitoring• Filtration or softener

regeneration• Effluent totalization• Pump protection• Feed pump pulsing• Ratio control• Water distribution• Leak detection

Compatible Sensors

Description+GF+ SIGNET 8550 Flow Transmittersare advanced instruments that convertthe signal from all +GF+ SIGNET flowsensors into a 4 to 20 mA signal for longdistance transmission. Configurationflexibility is maximized with single or dualinput/output, two optional relays forprocess control, two packaging options

for integral/pipe mount or panelinstallation, and scalability for virtuallyany flow range or engineering unit.State-of-the-art electronic designensures long-term reliability, signalstability, and simple user setup andoperation.

The 8550 ProcessPro® FlowTransmitter is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNET FlowSensors:515 2507 2550525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540See individual catalog pages formore nformation

System Overview

Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral MountPanel Mount

Available with single or dual input/output.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET

Integral Mount

Flow Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET

Flow Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8550 FlowInstrument(Includesmountingbracket andpanel gasket)

+GF+ SIGNET 8550 FlowTransmitter

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8051) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8550 FlowTransmitter

Integral MountPipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET

Flow Sensor(sold separately)

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 63: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

65www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8550-1 159 000 0473-8550-1P 159 000 0483-8550-2 159 000 049

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mounting Accessories3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit3-8051 159 000 187 Flow Integral Mount NPT3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear coverLiquid tight connectors and other3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (includes 3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use)3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retro-fit adapter

Dimensions Specifications

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

OptionalRear Cover

56 mm(2.2 in.)41 mm

(1 .6 in.)97mm(3.8 in.)

92 mm(3.6 in.)

96 mm (3.8 in.)

96 mm?(3.8 in.)

GeneralCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET Flow Sensors with fre-quency outputs (all except 2560 and 7001)

Accuracy: ± 0.5% of reading @ 25°CMaterialsEnclosure: PBTPanel Case Gasket: NeopreneWindow: Polyurethane coated polycarbonateKeypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubberDisplay: Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCDUpdate rate: 1 secondContrast: User selectable, 5 levelsElectricalPower: 12 to 24 VDC ±10%, regulated

(-1) 61 mA max.; (-2) 200 mA max.;(-3) 122 mA max.

Sensor Input range: 0.5 to 1500 HzSensor power:• 2-wire: 5 VDC ± 1% @ 1 .5 mA• 3 or 4 wire: 5 VDC ± 1% @ 20 mA

Optically isolated from current loopShort circuit protected

Current output4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable andreversibleMax loop impedance:

50Ω max. @ 12 V325Ω max. @ 18 V600Ω max. @ 24 V

3-8550-2P 159 000 0503-8550-3 159 000 0513-8550-3P 159 000 052

Electrical (continued)Update rate: 100 msAccuracy: ±0.03 mA

Relay outputMechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo, Pulse,

OffMaximum voltage rating:

30VDC @ 5A , 250 VAC @ 5A resistive loadHysteresis: User selectableMaximum 300 pulses/min.Open-collector output :

Hi, Lo, Pulse, OffOpen-collector, optically isolated, 50 mA

max. sink, 30 VDC max. pull-up voltage.Hysteresis: User selectableMaximum 300 pulses/min.

EnvironmentalRating: NEMA 4X/IP65 (front)Operating temperature:

-10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)Storage temperature:

-15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.325kg (0.8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CSA, CE, UL, CUL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

3-8550-XP

Model 8550Ordering Notes:1) Use the field mount

version to directly mountthe instrument to theModel 515 or 2536integral mount sensor. Seesensor data sheet for moreinformation.

2) Field mount and sensorcan be ordered in apackage. See IntegralMount page 68 for moreinformation.

3) Panel Cutout should be 92mm X 92 mm (3.62 in X3.62 in.).

4) An optional splash proofrear cover for the panelmount version can beordered seperately ifneeded.

For More Information:• For flow wiring informa-

tion see page 173.• For flow installation tips

and information seepage 156.

• To compare thisinstrument with other+GF+ SIGNET instru-ments, see Flow SelectionGuide on page 4.

106 mm (4.2 in.)

42 mm

(1.7 in.)

64 mm

(2.5 in.)

82 mm

(3.23 in.)

Field version with universalmount

3-8550

-1

-2

-3

----

P

3-8550 - 1

3-8550 - 2 P

Instrument Part Number

ProcessPro ® Flow Transmitter

Sensor input, sensor power, outputs - choose one

One input, 2 or 4 wire, 4 to 20 mA and open collector for Hi, Lo, Pulse, or Frequency

Field or Panel mount - choose one

Field mount

Panel mount; includes mounting bracket and panel gasket

Example Part Number - Field mount

Example Part Number - Panel mount

Two inputs, 2 or 4 wire, two 4 to 20 mA ouputs and 2 open collectors for Hi, Lo, Pulse, or Frequency

One input, 4 wire, 4 to 20 mA and 2 relays for Hi, Lo, or Pulse

Page 64: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

66 www.gfsignet.com

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-ParameterController takes the concept of modular-ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is fieldcommissioned with the users specifiedcombination of inputs, outputs, and relaysusing simple-to-install modular boardsinto the base unit. To assemble a control-ler, there is a choice of two base unitsoffered with a choice of back-lit LCD orvacuum fluorescent display. Then, con-tinue building with a selection of plug-inmodules for either two, four, or six inputchannels which accepts any of the +GF+SIGNET sensors listed below, and/orother manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNETModel 8058). To complete your unit,choose a power module with universalAC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC.

System Overview

Features• Measures Flow, pH,

ORP, Conductivity,Pressure, Level andTemperature

• Multi-language display

• 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communicationfor improved noisetolerance, extendedcable lengths, and easywiring

• Accepts 4 to 20mAoutput devices whenused with 8058 signalconverter

Applications• RO/DI System Control• Media Filtration• Pure Water Production• Demineralizers• Chemical Processing• Metal & Plastics Finish-

ing• Fume Scrubbers• Proportional Chemical

Addition• Cooling Tower & Boiler

Protection• Wastewater Treatment• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

Compatible Inputs

If more features are needed, analogoutput and relay modules are availableand easily installed. Plus, the 8900 willsupport up to four additional relays viaan external relay module.

There are other notable features that the8900 offers. For instance, digital input tothe 8900 enables longer cable runs andsimplified wiring with minimal noiseinterference. Advanced relay logicprovides operators an “and/or” logic toproduce hi/low alarms. Derived mea-surements include difference, sum, ratio,percent recovery, percent rejection, andpercent passage (BTU pending). Themenu system can be programmed todisplay in multi-languages includingEnglish, German, French, Spanish,Italian, and Portuguese.

Build th

e unit

to su

it

any applic

ation

require

men

t!

The 8900 Multi-ParameterControllers are compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETsensors/inputs:

515 2507 2850525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540 80582350 25502450 2750See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets

+GF+ SIGNET 8900Multi-ParameterController

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately)

Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signalconverter

Other manufacturer'ssensor with 4 to 20 mA

output

SIGNETFLOW

Loop1

Loop2

Data

á SIGNET

4 5 6

1 2 3

7 8 9

N/C

4-20

mA

Inpu

tS

LO

utpu

t

1 L

oop1

+

2 L

oop1

-

3

N/C

4 L

oop2

+

5 L

oop2

-

6

N/C5V

7

Dat

a

8

GN

D

9

3-80

58-2

Cur

rent

Inpu

SIG

NET

3

OU

T 2

O

UT

1

POW

ER C

OM

M P

ORT

/

OU

T 4

O

UT

3

RELA

Y 2

RE

LAY

1RE

LAY

4

REL

AY 3

SE

NS

OR

IN

PU

TS

Controller

2 Outputs Relay

Input/Output

Power

Select from a

choice of boards

+GF+

XX DN XX X

XX

Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels

C US

®

LR092369E171559

Page 65: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

67www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

8900

2350Temperature

2850

Conductivity

2841Pressure2450

2450Pressure

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

89002750

2754pH 2540

Flow

Multi-Parameter

Output1 19.5 mAOutput2 12.3 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Float

4-2

0 m

A

Inp

ut

á S

IGN

ET

S L

3

8058 4-2

0 m

A to S

L C

onve

rter

3

3 2 1 6 5 4

7 8 9

Loop1PWR

á SIGNET

N/C

S LDATA

3

Loop2PWR

8900

2507Flow

pH2754

2750

Disolved oxygensensor (example of

other brand)

8058Signal Converter

Level sensor (example of other brand)

Example 1:• 8900 input module:

Two inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors

• Wiring configuration:Point-to-point

Example 4:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors; Othermanufacturers dissolvedoxygen and level sensorswith 4 to 20 mA output

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8058signal converter - 4 to 20mA to digital (S3L))

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Daisy-chain

Example 3:• 8900 input module:

Six inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2840 conductivity, 2450pressure, 2750 with 2754pH, and 515 and 2536flow (frequency) sensors

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8059external relay module

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Multi-drop

Example 2:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2841 conductivity, and two2450 pressure sensors

• Wiring configuration:Daisy-chain

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

RELAY A RELAY B

+ S3L - + S3L -OUTPUT 24VDC

+ -AC INPUT

‡ SIGNETRelay Module

DATA

POWER

TEST A

TEST B

Relay A

Relay B

TEST C

TEST D

Relay C

Relay D

INPUT PASS-THRUL N

RELAY C RELAY DNC C NO NC C NONC C NO NC C NO

2850

515

8900

2536

Conductivity

2840

2750

pH2754

Temperature2350

2450

Flow

8059External Relay

Pressure

Flow

System Overview (continued)

There are hundreds of system types that can beset up with the 8900. The examples belowillustrate various sensors in different installationschemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point,daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of

Wiring Options:• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of

individual devices into the controller. Thiswiring topology is applicable for all inputs.

• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequentialconnection from one device to the next byusing junction boxes. This wiring topology isapplicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.

these are listed in each example. Digitalsensor outputs allow for long cable runswith high noise immunity. See page 178 forallowable cable lengths. See page 156 formore information on mounting sensors.

• Multi-drop wiring allows drops from asingle bus cable. Junction boxes canbe used for the 3-way junctions that areformed with this wiring scheme. Thiswiring topology is applicable for digital(S3L) inputs only.

Notes:1 . External relays can be used with any

input module and does not consume asensor input channel (Model 8059)

2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can beused with any input module.

See page 142 forcomplete informationon 8900.

Page 66: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

68 www.gfsignet.com

Integral Mount ProcessPro® Instrumentsfor Flow, Conductivity, Pressure, and Temperature Measurements

Description+GF+ SIGNET offers a full line ofProcessPro® instruments that mountintegrally onto compatible flow, conduc-tivity, temperature, and pressure sensors.Each integral mount instrument features alocal display with an easy to read 2 x 16character dot matrix LCD. The largepush button keypad makes it easy tonavigate through the instrument’s menufor performing calibrations and settingoutputs and relays.

Features• Flow, pressure,

temperature, conduc-tivity measurements

• Local display forsensor mountedinstruments

• Provides 4 to 20 mAoutput

• Relay options avail-able

• NEMA 4X/IP65enclosures

• 2 or 4 wire poweroptions

• Sensors and instru-ments are UL, CE,and/or CSA ap-proved

Applications• RO/DI System

Control• Cooling Tower

Control• Environmental

Monitoring• Water Quality

Monitoring• Filtration Systems• Chemical Production• Liquid Delivery

Systems• Pump Protection• Scrubber Systems• Boiler Condensate• Semiconductor Water

Production• Leak detection• Chemical Concentra-

tion Monitoring

All instruments offer a scalable 4 to 20mA output and optional relays forprocess control. The state-of-the-artinstrument electronics ensures long-termreliability, signal stability, and simple userset-up and operation. Various sensorparameters are offered for use in theintegral mount configuration. Parts canbe ordered individually; use the orderingmatrices to guide you on how to buildany unit.

Fittings

Integral Mount+GF+ SIGNET Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings(sold separately)

Standard 3/4 in. fittings

(customer supplied)

Battery powered

Flow Flow Pressure/Level Temperature Conductivity

+GF+ SIGNET IntegralAdapter Kit

+GF+ SIGNET Sensor/Electrode

8150 8550 8450/8250 8350 8850

8051 8051 80528052 8052

515 515 or 2536 2450 2350

2839, 2840,

2841 or 2842

System Overview

SpecificationsSee individual instrument andsensor/electrode catalog pagesfor more information.

Page 67: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

69www.gfsignet.com

Flow

Dimensions

Ordering Information

102 mm/

4.0 in.-X0 or

-X1

-X0 = 152 mm/6.0 in.

-X1 = 185 mm/7.3 in.

Flow

3-8150-1 159 000 9293-8150-1P 159 000 9303-8150-P0 159 000 9313-8150-P1 159 000 9323-8150-T0 159 001 0113-8150-V0 159 001 012

Mfr. Part No. Code

Temperature

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

152.4 mm(6 in.)

46.74 mm(1 .84 in.)3/4 in. NPT

Conductivity

X1, X2, X3, X4

X1 (3-2839-1): 73mm (2.88 in.) X2 (3-2840-1): 35mm (1 .38 in.) X3 (3-2841-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)X4 (3-2842-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)

137.2 mm(5.4 in.)

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

3/4 in. NPT197 mm(7.75 in.)

19.1 mm(0.75 in

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

Pressure

For More Information:• For installation tips and

information see page 156.• For sensor mounting

position information seepages 156.

Integral InstrumentsOrdering Notes:1) Model 8150 is available

with all parts convenientlyassembled.

2) For units other than the8150, order three parts:instrument, sensor, andmounting kit to build anintegrally mountedinstrument. Parts can beassembled at the factoryas a special order.

3) See individual instrumentand sensor pages formore information.

3-8150

-P0

-P1

-T0

-V0

3-8150 - P0

Flow Instrument Part Number

Battery Operated Flow Totalizer

Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one

Example Part Number

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1) for 5 to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin

Page 68: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

70 www.gfsignet.com

Analytical System Selection GuideThis section provides tips and suggestions on how to choose just the right analyticalmeasurement system for your specific liquid application needs. For specific productinformation, refer to the individual catalog sheets.

Step 1: Determine Application RequirementsDefining the following variables before building your system will ensure peakperformance from your +GF+ SIGNET sensors and instruments.

Based on the application requirements determined in Step 1, choose an analyticalelectrode. See Tables 2 and 3 for analytical electrode specifications overview tocompare pH/ORP and conductivity/resistivity electrodes. (See next page for abrief description of the different analytical electrode technologies). For pH/ORPand conductivity/resistivity electrodes, select your preferred connection style. Keepin mind various connection types such as cable and Twist-Lock or DryLoc™ systems.In addition, users may be required to choose a preamplifier or sensor electronics.Then, determine your signal output requirement to allow you to match just the rightinstrument (see Step 3). If you’re not purchasing an instrument, select the sensorelectronics package that best suits your needs

Step 2: Select Electrode Technology

Choose an analytical instrument (see Table 4 for analytical instrument overview).All units are available in 1/4 DIN panel or field configuration and are availablewith either digital, analog, or analog/digital display. Various retrofit adapters andmounting accessories are also available (see Accessories on page 195). In caseswhere the sensor feeds directly to a PLC or PC system, +GF+ SIGNET offers awide range of instruments and sensors with 4 to 20 mA outputs.

Step 3: Choose Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET offers a wide selection of installation fittings for in-line pH/ORPelectrodes. These fittings are specifically designed to ensure the proper placement ofthe electrode in the system to achieve optimum performance. Other pH electrodesas well as all temperature, pressure and conductivity/resistivity electrodes usestandard fittings. (See Table 1 for electrode and fitting compatibility) All submersionelectrodes require conduit piping and fixtures not supplied by +GF+ SIGNET.

Step 4: Determine Installation Requirements

• Measurement range• Installation requirements• Pipe size and material• Chemical compatibility of all

wetted parts to process chemicals

Note: Please contact your localGeorge Fischer sales andsupport office if you needassistance in choosing any oneof these products.

• System specifications (such astemperature and pressure)

• Performance requirements of sensor• Fluid particulates

Page 69: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

71www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Analytical Sensors and Electrodes:Features and BenefitsTemperature Sensors:• Unibody PVDF construction for either high

purity or aggressive fluid conditions.• 4 to 20 mA or digital signal for long cable

runs and choice of output.• Dual threaded 3/4 in. NPT for easy

installation.

Standard pH and ORP Electrodes• The amplified output ensures the process

signal is resistant to electrical noise andallows up to 120 m (400 ft.) beforeconnection to the instrument.

• Flat glass surface sensor design. Resistantto fouling and abrasion in dirty applica-tions, and prevents accidental damage toextend electrode life span.

• Unique Twist-Lock or DryLoc™ designenables pH and ORP connectionsinstantly

• pH and reference signals are measuredagainst third electrode, a solution ground,to ensure a stable reading even when thesmallest of unknown stray currents are inthe process liquids.

• The differential reference is designed toprotect the reference element from Br

-, I

-,

CN-, S

- and other harsh compounds that

react with Ag+. Also protects the referenceelectrolyte from Hg++, Vu+, Pb+, ClO

4-, or

other compounds that dilute KCl.• Unique DryLoc™ design is robust and

watertight, ensuring rugged installation.• Designed to mount in 1 in. standard pipe

fittings for easy installation.

Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes

Pressure Sensors:• 3/4 in. NPT or 1/2 in. Male Union process

connection to suit installation needs.• Three pressure ranges to meet specific

requirements and provide optimalresolution.

• Longer reference path and larger refer-ence volume means extended service life.

• 4 to 20 mA or digital signal for long cableruns and choice of output.

• Flow-through design ensures continuousmeasurement without air entrapment.

• Reversible threaded connections for in-lineintegral mount or tank submersion usage.

• Standard parts offer application flexibilityfor the user.

• Short length electrodes available toprevent “dead-legs”.

• Unique DryLoc™ design is robust andwater tight even in the most ruggedinstallations.

• Unibody PVDF construction for aggres-sive fluid conditions.

• Option for integral mounting of instru-ment directly onto sensor.

• Configure with 8250 Transmitter toprovide full level measuring system(static pressure).

• Cable end threads permit conduit forfull tank submersion.

• Designed to mount in standard +GF+SIGNET fittings or connect to 3/4 in.standard fittings.

• Option for blind 4 to 20 mA output ordigital output for long cable runs.

• Preamplifier does not need replacingwith electrode which significantlyreduces service costs.

• Blind 4 to 20 mA output or digitaloutput for long cable runs beyond 30 m(100 ft.).

• Every sensor uses standard electricalcable. No need to incur additionalcosts for “patch” type cable connec-tions.

• NIST calibration certificate availableupon request. Chosen if the specifica-tion calls for traceability.

2350TemperatureSensor

2714-2717pH/ORPElectrode

2720preamplifier

• Options for integral mounting ofinstrument directly onto sensor.

• Cable and thread permits conduit forfull tank submersion.

Differential pH/ORP Electrodes • The preamplified output ensures theprocess signal is resistant to electricalnoise and allows up to 120 m (400 ft.)before connection to the instrument.

• Flat glass surface sensor design.Resistant to fouling and abrasion in dirtyapplications, and prevents accidentaldamage to extend electrode life.

• Large reference volume and replace-able salt bridge allows user to rebuildthe reference and extend the service lifeof the electrode.

2450PressureSensor

2764-2767pH/ORPElectrode

2750SensorElectronics

2774-2777pH/ORPElectrode

Page 70: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

72 www.gfsignet.com

Instruments, Sensor Electronics, and Preamplifiers

8850 ProcessPro Conductivity Transmitter

2720 Preamplifier

8750 ProcessPro pH/ORP Transmitter

5700 ProPoint pH/ORP Monitor

2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics

2760 pH/ORP Preamplifier

5800CR ProPoint Conductivity monitor

2714

-271

7

2774

-277

728

19-2

821

2822

-282

3

2754

-275

727

64-2

767

2839

-284

1

Fittings

FPSXXX Fiberglass Glue-On Saddle

PPMT0XX Metric PP Union Tee

PPMT0XX Metric PP Wafer

SFMT005 - 20 Metric PVDF Union Tee

SFMT025 - 80 Metric PVDF Wafer Tee

PV8T0XXF PVC SCH 80 Tee

PV8T0XX PVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

CPV8T0XXF CPVC SCH 80 Tee

CPV8T0XX CPVC SCH 80 Tee w/pipe

PV8S0XX PVC Clamp-on Saddle

FPT0XX Fiberglass Glue-On Tee

IR4T0XX Iron Threaded Tee (NPT)

IR8SXXX Iron Strap-On Saddle

CUKT0XX Copper Sweat-On Tee

BR4BXXX Brass Brazolet

CS4T0XX Carbon Steel Tee (NPT)

CS4WXXX Carbon Steel Weldolet

CR4T0XX 316SS Threaded Tee (NPT)

CR4WXXX 316SS Weldolet

BR4T0XX Brass Threaded Tee (NPT)

Use

s 1

in. p

roce

ss c

onn

ectio

ns (c

usto

mer

sup

plie

d)

Electrodes

pH/ORP Conductivity

8860 ProcessPro Dual Channel Cond Controller

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

5900 ProPoint Salinity Monitor

8058 Signal Converter

2850 Conductivity Sensor Electronics

2842

Use

s 3

/4 in

. pro

cess

co

nnec

tions

(cus

tom

er s

upp

lied

)

Use

s 3

/4 in

. pro

cess

co

nnec

tions

(cus

tom

er s

upp

lied

)

Use

s 3

/4 in

. pro

cess

co

nnec

tions

or

tri-

cla

mp

fitt

ing

s (c

usto

mer

sup

plie

d)

PVMT0XX/PVAT0XX Metric/BSP PVC Union Tee

PVMS0XX/PVAS0XX Metric/BSP PVC Saddle

+GF+ SIGNET Analytical SystemCompatibility - Table 1The chart below outlines the compatibility between +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP andconductivity electrodes, instruments and sensor fittings. Refer to individual productpages and fittings section of the catalog for more information.

Page 71: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

73www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

27

14

27

16

27

15

27

17

27

54

27

56

27

55

27

57

27

64

27

66

27

65

27

67

27

74

27

76

27

75

27

77

0 to

14 p

2,0

00 m

V0 to

14 p

2,0

00 m

V0 to

14 p

2,0

00 m

V0 to

14 p

1,5

00 m

V

Bo

dy

Refe

rence

Junct

ion M

ate

ria

l

O-R

ing

s

Sensi

ng

Ele

ment

10.3

ba

r (1

49 p

si) m

axi

mum

2720 P

rea

mp

lifie

r2750 a

nd 2

760 S

enso

r El

ectro

nics

0°C

to

85°C

(32°F

to

185°F

)0°C

to

95°C

(23°F

to

203°F

)0°C

to

110°C

(32°F

to

230°F

)

8750, 5

700

Gen

era

l Pur

po

se; a

lso

op

tions

ava

ilab

le fo

r us

e in

HF

(‹2%

)a

nd lo

w c

ond

uctiv

ity li

qui

ds

(<100 µ

S)

Ha

rsh

Che

mic

als

(he

avy

met

als

, Hg

++

, Cu+

, Pb

++

,C

IO4, B

r-, I

-, C

N-,

S-

and

oth

er c

hem

ica

l the

rea

ct

with

Ag

+ o

r H

Cl.)

Gen

era

l pur

po

se; o

ptio

ns fo

r hi

ghe

r te

mp

era

ture

s a

re a

vaila

ble

Ma

nufa

ctur

ed u

nder

ISO

9001 a

nd IS

O 1

4001

Twis

t-Lo

ckD

ryLo

c™C

Ap

plica

tio

n U

sag

e

Sta

nd

ard

s a

nd

Ap

pro

va

ls

Senso

r Te

chno

log

y

Co

mp

atib

le +

GF+

SIG

NET

Inst

rum

ents

Wetted Materials

Co

nnect

or

Sty

le

Mo

unting

Po

sitio

n

Pre

ssure

Ra

ng

e

Pip

e S

ize R

ang

e f

or

In-l

ine

Pro

cess

Co

nnect

ion f

or

Sub

mers

ible

Co

mp

atib

le P

rea

mp

s/Senso

rEle

ctro

nic

s

Tem

pera

ture

Ra

ng

e

Op

era

tio

n R

ang

e

3/4

in. N

PT thr

ead

s o

r IS

O 7

-1/R

3/4

in. (

usin

g thr

ead

s fro

m 2

720, 2

750, o

r 2760)

1 in

. NPT

thr

ead

s3/4

in. N

PT thr

ead

s

0.5

in. a

nd u

p; us

e +

GF+

SIG

NET

fitt

ing

s1 in

. and

up

3/4

in. a

nd u

p

6.8

9 b

ar

@ 0

°C (100 p

si @

32°F

to

149°F

)4.0

ba

r @

85°C

(58 p

si @

150°F

to

185°F

)6.8

9 b

ar

@ 0

°C (100 p

si @

32°F

to

149°F

)4.0

0 b

ar

@ 8

5°C

(58 p

si @

150°F

to

185°F

)6.8

9 b

ar

@ 9

5°C

(100 p

si @

203°F

)

CPV

C

Poro

us U

HM

W P

oly

ethy

lene

Ryto

n

Teflo

n™C

2750, 8

900

Gla

ss (p

H) o

r Pl

atin

um (O

RP)

FPM

Non

e

8750, 5

700, 2

750, 8

900

Any

ang

le, e

ven

upsi

de

do

wn

Sta

nda

rdD

iffer

entia

lSta

nda

rd

± 3

fro

m h

oriz

ont

al p

lane

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Ana

lytica

l Ele

ctro

de S

peci

fica

tio

n M

atr

ix -

Ta

ble

2Th

is s

ect

ion

pro

vid

es the

rea

der

with

an

ea

sy to

rea

d o

verv

iew

of th

e va

rio

us p

rod

ucts

tha

t m

ake

up

our

ana

lytic

al m

ea

sure

men

t fa

mily

. Fo

r fu

rthe

r d

eta

ils, s

ee the

ind

ivid

ual c

ata

log

pa

ges

fo

r ea

ch p

rod

uct.

Page 72: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

74 www.gfsignet.com

28

19

28

20

28

21

28

22

28

23

28

39

28

40

28

41

28

42

0.0

10.1

1.0

10.0

20.0

0.0

10.1

1.0

10.0

0.0

55 µ

S to

100 µ

S

(18.3

M to

10 K

)

1 µ

S to

1000 µ

S

(1 M

to

1 K

)10 µ

S to

10,0

00 µ

S100 µ

S to

200,0

00 µ

S200 µ

S to

400,0

00 µ

S0.0

10 µ

S to

100 µ

S

(100 M

to

10 K

)1 µ

S to

100 µ

S10 µ

S to

10,0

00 µ

S100 µ

S to

200,0

00 µ

S

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2850

2850

2850

2850

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

PT-1

000

6.9

ba

r (1

00 p

si) @

95°C

(203°F

)6.9

ba

r (1

00 p

si) @

150°C

(302°F

)

Bo

dy

O-R

ing

s

Oth

er

No

nePT

FE

Ultr

ap

ure

wa

ter,

resi

stiv

itym

easu

rem

ents

Dei

oni

zed

and

d

istil

led

wa

ter

Dis

tille

d &

drin

king

wa

ter,

coo

ling

to

wer

w

ate

r

Co

olin

g to

wer

wa

ter,

wa

ste

wa

ter,

salin

ity,

bra

ckis

h w

ate

r, se

aw

ate

r

Sa

linity

, bra

ckis

hw

ate

r, se

a w

ate

r,a

cid

s/b

ase

s, c

lea

ners

oth

er c

onc

entr

ate

dch

emic

als

Ultr

ap

ure

wa

ter,

resi

stiv

itym

easu

rem

ents

Dei

oni

zed

and

dis

tille

d w

ate

r

Dis

tille

d w

ate

r,co

nden

sate

, drin

king

wa

ter,

coo

ling

to

wer

wa

ter

Co

olin

g to

wer

wa

ter,

wa

stew

ate

r, sa

linity

,b

rack

ish

wa

ter,

sea

w

ate

r

FPM

CPV

C, P

EEK

CE,

Ma

nufa

ctur

ed u

nder

ISO

9001 a

nd IS

O 1

4001

PTFE

EPD

M

8850, 8

860, 5

800C

R, 5

900

8850, 8

860, 5

800C

R, 5

900, 2

850/8

900

Co

nn

ect

or

Sty

le

Co

mp

ati

ble

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Inst

rum

en

ts

Ap

plica

tio

ns

Usa

ge

Wetted Materials

13.8

ba

r (2

00 p

si) m

ax.

, 120°C

(248°F

) m

ax.

(w

ith o

ptio

nal 3

16 S

S fitt

ing

)-1

0°C

to

85°C

@ 6

.9 b

ar

(14°F

to

185°F

@ 1

00 p

si)

3/4

in. N

PT o

r IS

O 7

/1-R

3/4

Op

era

tin

g

Tem

pera

ture

/Pre

ssu

re

Pro

cess

Co

nn

ect

ion

Cell c

on

sta

nt

Op

era

tin

g r

an

ge

Co

mp

ati

ble

Sen

sor

Ele

ctro

nic

s

Tem

pera

ture

Ele

men

t

Ca

ble

-1 v

ersi

ons

: ca

ble

, -2 v

ersi

ons

: D

ryLo

c

316SS (1.4

401) o

r tit

ani

um316SS (1.4

401)

Sta

nd

ard

s a

nd

Ap

pro

va

ls

3/4

in. N

PT

@

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Ana

lytica

l Ele

ctro

de S

peci

fica

tio

n M

atr

ix -

Ta

ble

3Th

is s

ect

ion

pro

vid

es the

rea

der

with

an

ea

sy to

rea

d o

verv

iew

of th

e va

rio

us p

rod

ucts

tha

t m

ake

up

our

ana

lytic

al m

ea

sure

men

t fa

mily

. Fo

r fu

rthe

r d

eta

ils, s

ee the

ind

ivid

ual c

ata

log

pa

ges

fo

r ea

ch p

rod

uct.

Page 73: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

75www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

57

00

A8

75

0A

58

00

CR

A5

90

0A

88

50

A8

86

0A

82

50

A8

35

0A

84

50

A8

90

0A

Desc

rip

tio

nA

pH

/ORP

Mo

nito

rMp

H/O

RP T

rans

mitt

erM

Co

nd./

Res.

Mo

nito

rMSa

linity

Mo

nito

rMC

ond

. Tra

nsm

itteMr

MD

ual-c

hann

el C

ond

.M MC

ont

rolle

MrMLe

vel T

rans

mitt

erM

Tem

per

atu

re T

rans

mitt

erM

Pres

sure

Tra

nsm

itteMr

MM

ulti-

Cha

nnel

, Mul

ti-Pa

ram

eter

MC

ont

rolle

MrM

Mo

dula

r C

om

po

nents

AYes

M

Ma

x. To

tal Senso

r In

puts

A1

2M

26

M

Mo

unting

Op

tio

nsA

Pane

lMPa

nel,

Wa

ll, P

ipe,

Ta

nk,M M

Inte

gra

lMPa

nel,

Wa

ll, P

ipe,

Ta

nk,M M

Inte

gra

lMPa

nelM

Pane

lM

Dis

pla

yA

Ana

log

dia

l and

LC

DM

LCD

MLC

D o

r V

acu

um F

luo

resc

entM

Outp

ut

Typ

esA

4 to

20 m

A, n

on-

iso

late

dM

4 to

20 m

A, i

sola

ted

M4 to

20 m

A o

r vo

ltag

eM

Ma

x. O

utp

uts

Ava

ila

blAe

A1

2M

23

M2

22

M4M

Ma

x. To

tal R

ela

ysA

8M

Deri

ved

Mea

sure

ments

A%

Rej

ectio

n, D

iffer

ence

, Ra

tioM

Cha

nge

in le

velM

Cha

nge

in tem

p.M

Cha

nge

in p

ress

ureM

Sum

, Diff

eren

ce, %

Rec

ove

ry,M

% R

ejec

tion,

% P

ass

ag

eM

Lang

ua

gesA

Eng

lish,

Fre

nch,

Ger

ma

n, S

pa

nish

,M MIta

lian,

and

Po

rtug

uese

M

Op

era

ting

Tem

pera

ture

(°C

)AO

pera

ting

Tem

pera

ture

(°F

)A10°C

to

55°C

M(1

4°F

to

131°F

)M-1

0°C

to

70°C

(14°F

to

M M158°F

)M-1

0°C

to

70°C

(14°F

to

M M158°F

)M10°C

to

55°C

M(1

4°F

to

131°F

)M

LCD

: -

10°C

to

55°C

(14°F

to

M M131°F

)MV

FD:

-M10°MC

to50°MC

(14°MF

to122°MF

)

Po

wer

Req

uir

em

ents

A12 to

24 V

DC

or

VA

CM

12 to

24 V

DC

M12 to

24 V

DC

M8860-A

C; 100 to

240 V

AC

M8860; 11 to

24 V

DC

MU

nive

rsa

l AC

: 8

5 to

264 V

AC

MD

C: 9

.9 to

26.4

VD

CM

Sta

nd

ard

s, A

pp

rova

ls, a

nd

AR

A aAti

AnAg

sA

12 to

24 V

DC

or

VA

CM

CE,

CSA

, UL,

NEM

A 4

X/IP

65 (fr

ont

M)M

No

neM

Eng

lisMhM

10°C

to

55°C

M(1

4°F

to

131°F

)M-1

0°C

to

70°C

(14°F

to

158°F

)M

4 to

20 m

A, n

on-

iso

late

dM

4 to

20 m

A, i

sola

ted

M

12 to

24 V

DC

M

Pane

l, W

all,

Pip

e, T

ank

, Int

egra

lM

1M

1M

No

M

Ana

log

dia

l and

LC

DM

LCD

M

2M

42

M

Pane

lM

+G

F+ S

IGN

ET

Inst

rum

ent

Sp

eci

fica

tio

n M

atr

ix -

Ta

ble

4Th

is s

ect

ion

pro

vid

es the

rea

der

with

an

ea

sy to

rea

d o

verv

iew

of th

e va

rio

us p

rod

ucts

tha

t m

ake

up

our

Ana

lytic

al P

rod

uct fa

mily

. Fo

r fu

rthe

r d

eta

ils, s

ee the

ind

ivid

ual c

ata

log

pa

ges

fo

r ea

ch p

rod

uct.

Page 74: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

76 www.gfsignet.com

Features• Durable CPVC or

glass body withTwist-Lock connector

• Flat or bulb surfacedelectrodes available

• Large referencevolume and solidpolymer electrolyte

• Integrated tempera-ture sensor (pH)

• Designed for maxi-mum protection fromprocess contamina-tion

• DI option (pH) forpure water use(<100 µS)

• HF option (pH) forapplications contain-ing trace amounts ofHF (<2%)

Applications• Water & Wastewater

Treatment• Neutralization

Systems• Effluent Monitoring• Sanitization Systems• Commercial Pools &

Spas• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems• Process Control• Cooling Towers• Boiler Protection

2714-2717 Twist-Lock pH/ORP Electrodes

DescriptionFeature-packed +GF+ SIGNET 2714-2717 Twist-Lock pH & ORP Electrodesprovide unsurpassed simplicity, reliabilityand accuracy for a wide variety ofindustrial applications. Rugged construc-tion, large reference volume and intelli-gent positioning of internal elementscombine to extend the service-life of thesedependable and highly responsiveelectrodes. Flat versions allow sedimentand particles to sweep past the measure-

ment surface, minimizing risks of abra-sion, breakage and coating. The uniqueTwist-Lock design enables sensor con-nections to the +GF+ SIGNET 2720preamplifier in one easy motion. Theintegral temperature sensor built into thepH electrode or the I.D. resistor in theORP electrodes is used for automaticsensor recognition by +GF+ SIGNETpH/ORP instrumentation, adding conve-nience and versatility to our systems.

Protected bulb Flat surface

Compatible Instruments

For use withthe 2720

Preamplifier

The +GF+ SIGNET 2714-2717 pH and ORP Electrodes,when used with the 2720Preamplifier, are compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETpH/ORP Instruments:

8750 5700

See individual catalog pages formore information.

System Overview

* For information on pipe fittings designed for use with the Model 2714-2717 pH and ORP Electrodes, seepages 180 through 194 in the catalog.

Wet-Tap

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORPTransmitter(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

In-Line Installation Submersible Installation

+GF+ SIGNET2714-2717pH/ORPElectrode with2720Preamplifier(each soldseparately)

+GF+ SIGNET2714-2717pH/ORPElectrode with2720Preamplifier

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 threads(customer supplied)

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET sensor cap(sold separately)

Wet-Tap Installation

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 3719 WetTap(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 2716-WT2717-WTand2720 preamp.(sold separately)

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2714-2717pH/ORPElectrode with2720Preamplifier(each soldseparately)

ENTER

0

RELAY 1 RELAY 2

2

46 7 8

10

12

14

pH

+GF+ SIGNET

ENTER

0

RELAY 1 RELAY 2

2

46 7 8

10

12

14

pH

+GF+ SIGNET

ENTER

0

RELAY 1 RELAY 2

2

46 7 8

10

12

14

pH

+GF+ SIGNET

Page 75: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

77www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Dimensions

27 mm/?1.0 in.

30.5 mm/?1.2 in.

65 mm/?2.6 in.

23 mm/?0.9 in.

86 mm/?3.4 in.

97 mm/?3.8 in.

27 mm/?1.0 in.

23 mm/?0.9 in.

104 mm/?4.1 in.

86 mm/?3.4 in.

30.5 mm/?1.2 in.

65 mm/?2.6 in.

2714/2714-HF pH Electrode2715 Flat ORP Electrode

2716/2716-DI Bulb pH Electrode2717 Bulb ORP Electrode

2714 - 2717 pH/ORP ElectrodesGeneralOperating Range:• 2714, 2716, 2716-DI: 0 to 14 pH• 2714-HF: 0 to 12 pH• 2715, 2717: ± 2,000mV

Pipe Size Range:0.5 in. and up: use +GF+ SIGNETinstallation fittings from 0.5 to 4.0 in.(use pipe adapter in pipes over 4 in.)

See page 191 for more information on pipe adapters.

Mounting:• In-line pipe mounting: > 30° to the horizon-

tal plane - see page 167 for more details.• Submersion with 3-2720 preamplifier requires

3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 in. Malethreaded extension.

Efficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77° F)pH Response Time:

< 5 secs. for 95% of signal changeORP response time: application dependent

Reference:Electrolyte: Solidified Acrylamide Gel• 3.5M KCI• 0.1 M KCl (2716-DI only)Secondary junction: Nylon filamentElement: Ag/AgCl

Primary Functions:• 2714/2715: Flat surface resists fouling• 2716/2717: Bulb surface for general use• 2714-HF: Extended use in applications

with trace hydrofluoric acid(<2%)

• 2716-DI: Extended use in pure waters(< 100 µS)

Temperature Sensor: 3K Balco (3000Ω = 25° C)Response Time, τ:• 2714: 140 secs.• 2716: 196 secs.

Wetted MaterialsBody: CPVCO-rings: FPMO-ring junction: Porous UHMW PolyethyleneSensing Surface: glass membrane (pH)

platinum (ORP)

Max. Temperature/Pressure RatingOperating Temperature:• 2716/2717: 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)• 2714/2715: 10°C to 85°C (50°F to185°F)• 2714-HF: 0°C to 50°C (32F° to 122°F)Storage Temperature: -10°C (15°F) to 30°C (86°F)

Temperature and Pressure Limit:• 6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32°F to 149°F)• 4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150°F to 185°F)See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs.

Shipping Weight: 0.2 kg (0.4 lbs.)

Specifications2716-WT and 2717-WT Wet-TappH/ORP ElectrodesGeneralOperating Range:• pH: 0 to 14 pH• ORP: -2000 to +2000 mVCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET 3719 Wet-TapConnector (CPVC): Twist-Lock

Mounting:Any angle is acceptable. Use with 3719wet-tap assembly for mounting elec-trodes.

Efficiency: > 97% @ 25°C (77° F)Response Time:• pH: <5sec. for 95% of signal change• ORP: Application dependent

Reference:Junctions: Porous PTFEElectrolyte: 3.5M KClElements: Ag/AgCl

Temp. Sensor (pH):• 3K Balco (3-2716-WT)• Temp. Response Time (τ): 438s

Wetted MaterialsBody : GlassO-rings: FPMJunctions : Porous PTFESensing surface:• Glass Membrane (pH)• Platinum (ORP)

Max. Temperature/Pressure RatingOperating Temperature:

0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)Storage Temperature:

0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)Temperature and Pressure Limit:

6.9 bar @ 65°C (100 psi @ 149°F)See page 224 for Temperature/Pressure graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.22 kg (0.5 lb.)

Standards/Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001: 1996 forEnvironmental Management

2716-WT and 2717-WTWetTap Electrode

ORP

Platinum

Band

pHBulb

11 .9mm(.47 in.)

209 mm(8.23 in.)

FPM

o-rings

Twist-Lock

Connector

PG-13.5 Threads

2721 Remote Preamplifier

305 mm/12.2 in.

43 mm/1.7 in.

30 mm/1.2 in.

Female BNC

connector

See next pagefor specifications.

Page 76: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

78 www.gfsignet.com

91 mm/?3.6 in.

46mm/?1.8 in.

3/4 in. NPT OR ?ISO 7/1-R 3/4?female threadsStd. 4.5 m/?

15 ft. cable??

?

2720 Preamplifier

182.9 mm?(7.2 in.)

2714-2717 w/2720 Preamplifier

2720 pH/ORP PreamplifierGeneralInput Range: ±2,500 mVPower Requirements:

±4.5 to ±8 VDC, dual supply (provided byall +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instruments)

Maximum Current: <1 mA, dual supplyTemp. Contact Resistivity: <0.1ΩInput Impedance: >1011ΩGain: UnityEnd Connection:

Twist-Lock mount to +GF+ SIGNET 271XElectrodes

Cable Type:6 conductor, foil shield, w/drain wire,24AWG

Cable Length:4.6 m (15 ft.) supplied; maximum extensionto 120 m (400 ft.)

Wetted Material: CPVC

Max. Temperature/Pressure RatingOperating Temperature:• 7 bar (100 psi) max @ 65°C (149°F)• 4 bar (58 psi) max @ 80°C (176°F)Storage Temperature:

0°C to 80° C (32°F to 176°F)See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.5 kg/1 .2 lbs.

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

Specifications (continued)

2721 Remote pH/ORP PreamplifierGeneralInput power:

±4.5 to ±8 VDC dual supply (providedby +GF+ SIGNET pH/ ORP instruments)

Compatibility: pH sensors with cables andBNC connector (supplied by othermanufacturers)

Input Impedance: >1011ΩGain: UnityCurrent consumption: <1 mA, dual supplyElectronics assembly: Epoxy encapsulated

Material:Housing: Low density polyethylene

Max. Temperature/Pressure RatingOperating temperature:

-15°C to 65°C (-5°F to 150°F)

A) Power OFF ButtonB) Output simulation buttons and indicators.

Simulate pH and ORP output at five fixedvalues: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10, -700 mV and+700 mV. Pressing one of these buttons turnsthe 2759 on.

C) Low battery indicatorD) High Ω switch: Adds 1000 MΩ resistance in

series with output. Simulates high impedanceof pH electrodes. Used to verify properpreamplifier operation.

E) Adapter cable: use PN 3-2759.393 for usewith the 2720 or PN 3-2759.391 for use withthe 2750.

F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable (includedwith 2759) to connects directly to an instru-ment.

G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automaticsensor recognition software in +GF+ SIGNETpH/ORP instrumentation.

V +

V - -+

T -

T +

mV

Inpu

t

Iso.

Gnd

4-20 mA

+GF+ SIGNETinstrument

pH

ORP

E

A

BC

D

F

G

2759 pH/ORP System TesterThe +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generator that simulates pHvalues of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ±700 mV. This device is useful as a troubleshooting aid and forgeneral verification of system operation. It is not a substitute for periodic system calibration with pH buffersor test solutions. Accessory adapter cables (sold separately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to +GF+SIGNET 2720 and 2760 preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics. The adapters include aselector switch for pH or ORP simulation. The switch triggers automatic sensor-recognition software in+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.

76 mm(3.0 in.)

130 mm(5.13 in.)

49 mm(1 .94 in.)

45 mm(1 .75 in.)

39 mm(1 .52 in.)

20 mm(0.8 in.)

75 mm(2.94 in.)

Pipe thread1 .5 or

2 in. NPTor

ISO 7-R1 .5or 7R2

25 mm(1 .00 in.)

91 mm(3.6 in.)

2716/17-WT w/ 2720 preamplifierin 3719 WetTap assembly

2714-2717 w/2720 Preamplifierwith sensor cap

Page 77: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

79www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

3-2714 198 844 3003-2714-HF 198 844 3053-2715 198 844 3013-2716 198 844 3023-2716-DI 198 844 3063-2717 198 844 303

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Ordering Information

3-2716-WT 159 000 8093-2717-WT 159 000 8113-2720 198 864 6023-2720-2 198 864 6033-2721 198 864 610P31542 198 801 630P31542-3 159 000 464

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Application Notes:• Use the flat glass

electrodes when a self-cleaning feature isdesired; especiallyuseful in applicationswith abrasive particles.

• Use bulb protectedelectrodes for generalpurpose applications

• ORP electrodes aregenerally used forchemical reactionmonitoring, not processcontrol.

• Ensure that sensormaterials are chemicallycompatible with theprocess liquid.

• Cleaning and calibra-tion of electrodes isapplication dependent.

For More Information:• For wiring information

see page 173.• For mounting and

installation see page 165.• To compare these

electrodes with other+GF+ SIGNETelectrodes, see pH/ORPSelection Guide.

• For pH/ORP Theory seepage 209.

Model 2714-2717 andModel 2720Ordering Notes:1) Electrodes require purchase

of preamplifier for full systeminstallation.

2) To replace electrodes,simply untwist frompreamplifier to replace withnew electrode.

3) Always purchase a +GF+SIGNET cap and installa-tion fitting for pipe applica-tions.

4) Conduit and mountingbrackets for submersibleinstallation must always beused (customer supplied).

5) Use pipe adapters to installin pipes larger than DN100(4 in.). Specify socket weldor NPT thread - See page200 for more information.

6) Use 3-2721 remotepreamplifier when connect-ing other manufacturerselectrodes to +GF+SIGNETinstruments.

Calibration Accessories3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester (includes bypass

adapter)3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit

MountingP31515-0P200 159 000 630 PVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.P31515-0C200 159 000 631 CPVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.P31515-0V200 159 000 459 PVDF Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.

Other1220-0021 198 801 186 Replacement o-ring, FPM (for electrodes)1224-0021 198 820 006 Replacement o-ring, EPDM (for electrodes)1228-0021 198 820 007 Replacement o-ring, Kalrez®

(for electrodes)5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24 AWG, 6-conductor

(specify length)3-2721 198 864 610 Remote pH/ORP preamplifier3-2759.393 159 000 765 Adapter cable for use with 2720

3-2714

3-2714-HF

3-2716

3-2716-DI

3-2715

3-2717

-

-WT

3-2714

3-2716 -WT

P31542

P31542-3

Example Part Numbers

3-2720

3-2720-2

Example Part Numbers

Sensor Caps for In-Line Mounting - Choose one (required for initial installation of any pH or ORP electrode)

Glass electrode with Twist-Lock connector; for use with the 3719 Wet-Tap Assembly Only. Available for Part Numbers 3-2716 and 3-2717 only

ISO 7/1-R3/4 inch FNPT submersion threads; 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Blue Sensor Cap (commonly used for distinguishing ORP from pH sensors)

Preamplifiers - Choose one (required for initial installation of any pH or ORP electrode)

Example Part Number

Example Part Number

Electrode Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode

pH Electrodes

ORP Electrodes

Options

For electrodes used in in-line mounting with +GF+ SIGNET fittings, use red or blue electrode cap (see sensor caps for in-line mounting)

3-2714 and 3-2720

P31542

3/4 inch FNPT submersion threads; 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Flat pH surface electrode

Flat pH surface electrode, for use in trace HF (hydrofluoric acid) in concentrations < 2%

Bulb ORP electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body electrodes only)

Flat ORP surface electrode

Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body electrodes only)

Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection, for process liquids <100 µS/cm conductivity

Red Sensor Cap (commonly used for distinguishing pH from ORP sensors)

Page 78: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

80 www.gfsignet.com

Features• Durable DryLoc™

connector with goldplated contacts

• Self-cleaning flat ver- sions reduce risk of glass breakage

• Large reference volume and solid polymer

electrolyte

• Temperature sensorincluded in pH

electrodes

Applications• Water & Wastewater

Treatment

• Neutralization Systems

• Effluent Monitoring

• Sanitization Systems

• Pool & Spa Control

• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

• Process Control

• Cooling Towers

• Boiler Protection

2754-2757 pH and ORP Electrodes

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2754-2757 pH andORP Electrodes feature a unique foul-proof DryLoc™ connector with gold-plated contacts designed specifically foruse with the +GF+ SIGNET 2750 and2760 Sensor Electronics. These depend-able and highly responsive electrodesfeature a large reference chambervolume and intelligent positioning ofinternal elements that combine to extend

the service life. The electrodes areoffered with either flat or bulb sensingelements. The flat versions allow sedi-ment and particles to sweep past themeasurement surface, minimizing the risksof abrasion, breakage and coating. Thebulb versions can be used for generalpurpose applications and are alsooffered with a glass body for use withthe 3719 Wet-Tap assembly.

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2754-2757 DryLoc™ pH/ORP Electrodes are compatiblewith the following +GF+SIGNET Instruments and SensorElectronics:2750 2760 8900

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

* For fittings designed for use with the Model 2754-2757 pH/ORP electrodes, see pages 180 through 194in the catalog.

System Overview

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET2750 and 2760 (sold separately)

with

2754-2757 DryLoc™ pH/ORPElectrodes

In-Line Installation Submersible Installation

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 threads(customer supplied)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input+GF+ SIGNET

5091(sold separately)

OR

+GF+ SIGNET2750 Sensor Electronics(sold separately)

with

2754-2757 DryLoc™ pH/ORPElectrodes

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2750 and 2760 (sold separately)

with

2754-2757 DryLoc™ pH/ORPElectrodes

PLC

Wet-Tap Installation

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings*(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 3719 WetTap(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 2756-WT2757-WTand2750 or 2760(sold separately)

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument (sold separately)ENTER

0

RELAY 1 RELAY 2

2

46 7 8

10

12

14

pH

+GF+ SIGNETENTER

0

RELAY 1 RELAY 2

2

46 7 8

10

12

14

pH

+GF+ SIGNET

ENTER

0

RELAY 1 RELAY 2

2

46 7 8

10

12

14

pH

+GF+ SIGNET

Wet-Tap ElectrodeFlat glass ProtectedBulb

Page 79: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

81www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Dimensions

27 mm(1.06 in.)

35.3 mm(1.4 in.)

74 mm(2.9 in.)

109 mm(4.3 in.)

18 mm(0.72 in.)

3-2754 Flat pH3-2755 Flat ORP

3-2756 Bulb pH3-2757 Bulb ORP

27 mm(1.06 in.)

18 mm(0.72 in.)

81 mm(3.2 in.)

116 mm(4.6 in.)

35.3 mm(1.4 in.)

218 mm(8.57 in.)

35 mm(1.4 in.)

11 .9 mm(0.47 in.)

3-2756 Wet-Tap pH Electrode3-2757 Wet-Tap ORP Electrode

D

A

BC

E

G

F

pH

ORP

A) Power OFF ButtonB) Output simulation buttons and indicators.

Simulate pH and ORP output at five fixedvalues: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10, -700 mV and+700 mV. Pressing one of these buttonsturns the 2759 on.

C) Low battery indicatorD) High switch: Adds 1000MΩ resistance

in series with output. Simulates highimpedance of pH electrodes. Used toverify proper preamplifier operation.

E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for use with2750 and 2760

F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable(included with 2759)

G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automaticsensor recognition software in +GF+SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.

2759 pH/ORP System TesterThe +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generator thatsimulates pH values of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ±700 mV. This device is useful as atroubleshooting aid and for general verification of system operation. It is not a substitute forperiodic system calibration with pH buffers or test solutions. Accessory adapter cables (soldseparately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to +GF+ SIGNET 2720 and 2760preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics. The adapters include a selector switch forpH or ORP simulation. The switch triggers automatic sensor-recognition software in +GF+SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.

Page 80: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Technical Data2754 and 2757 pH/ORP ElectrodesGeneralCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET 2750 and/or 2760 SensorElectronics

Operating Range:• 2754, 2756, 2756-DI : 0 to 14 pH

2754-HF: 0 to 12 pH• 2755, 2757: ± 2,000 mV (ORP)Pipe Size Range:• 0.5 in. and up: use +GF+ SIGNET

installation fittings from 0.5 to 4.0 in. (usepipe adapter in pipes over 4 in.)

Mounting:• Pipe mounting with 2750: ≥ 30° to the

horizontal plane - see page 167 for moredetails.

• Submersion with 2750/2760: use 3/4 in.NPT or ISO 7-1/R 3/4 in. Male threadedpipe extension

Temperature Sensor:PT-1000 for pH; none for ORPResponse time, τ =140 secs. (2754)

196 secs. (2756)Reference:Electrolyte: Solidified Acrylamide Gel

3.5M KCI0.1 M KCl (2756-DI only)

Element: Ag/AgClPrimary Functions:• 2754 and 2755: Flat surface resists fouling• 2756 and 2757: Bulb surface for

general use• 2754-HF: Extended use in applications

with trace hydrofluoric acid (<2%)• 2756-DI: Extended use in pure water

(< 100 µS)Efficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77° F)pH Response Time:

< 5 secs. for 95% of signal change(for flat and bulb style electrodes)

ORP Response time: Application dependent

Wetted Materials:Body: CPVCReference Junctions: Porous PTFESensing surface: GlassO-rings: FPM

Max. Temperature and Pressure RatingOperating Temperature:• 2756/2756-DI/2757: 0°C to 85°C

(32°F to 185°F)• 2754/2755: 10°C to 85°C (50°F to185°F)• 2754-HF: 0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)Maximum Pressure:• 6.89 bar @ 0°C (100 psi @ 32°F to 149°F)• 4.00 bar @ 85°C (58 psi @ 150°F to 185°F)Storage Temp.: > -10°C (15°F) to 30°C (86°F)

See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lb)

2756-WT and 2757-WT pH/ORPWet-Tap ElectrodesGeneralCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET 3719 Wet-Tap Assembly,2750 and/or 2760 Sensor Electronics

Operating Range:• pH: 0 to 14 pH• ORP: Application dependentMounting:

Any angle is acceptable. Use with 3719wet-tap assembly for mounting electrodes.

Accuracy: ±0.1% over full rangeConnector (CPVC): DryLoc™Temperature Sensor (pH):

PT-1000 for pH; none for ORPResponse time, τ : 438 secs.

Reference junctions: Porous PTFE• Electrolyte: 3.5M KCL• Elements: Ag/AgClEfficiency: >97% @ 25°C (77°F)Response Time• pH: < 5s for 95% of signal change• ORP: Application dependentImpedance (pH): < 150 MΩ @ 25°CSodium Ion Error: < 0.05 pH in 0.1 molar

Na+ ion at 12.8 pH

Wetted Materials:Body: GlassReference Junctions: Porous PTFESensing surface:• Glass membrane (pH)• Platinum (ORP)O-rings: FPMConnector: CPVC

Max. Temperature RatingOperating Temperature:

0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)Storage Temperature:

0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.2 kg (0.4 lbs)

Standards and Approvals:• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001: 1996 forEnvironmental Management

8900Accepts 4 to 20

mA input

Other Manufacturer's

Instruments*

2754 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2754-HF any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2755 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2756 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2756-DI any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2756-WT any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2757 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2757-WT any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

Co

mp

atib

le E

lect

rod

es

2754-2757 Compatibility Matrix to Models 2750 and 2760 for Various Instruments

Compatible Instruments

*Must have internal preamplifier in instrument; Must use sensor with compatible temperature element; contact technical service for questions.

82 www.gfsignet.com

Page 81: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

3-2756-DI 159 000 7513-2756-WT 159 000 8343-2757 159 000 7523-2757-WT 159 000 8353-2760-1 159 000 9393-2760-2 159 000 9403-2760-3 159 000 9413-2760-4 159 000 942

Calibration3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer KitMountingP31515-0P200 159 000 630 PVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.P31515-0C200 159 000 631 CPVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.P31515-0V200 159 000 459 PVDF Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. O.D.Other1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM (for electrodes)1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM (for electrodes)1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez (for electrodes)3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use w/2750, 27605523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24AWG, 6 conductor

(specify length)

Ordering Information

3-2750-1 159 000 7443-2750-2 159 000 7453-2750-3 159 000 7463-2750-4 159 000 8423-2754 159 000 7473-2754-HF 159 000 7483-2755 159 000 7493-2756 159 000 750

Mfr. Part No. CodeMfr. Part No. Code

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

For More Information:• For installation tips,

mounting position andinformation see page 167.

• To compare theseelectrodes with other+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORPelectrodes, see AnalyticalSelection Guide onpage 70.

• For pH/ORP Theory seepage 209.

Application Notes:• Use the flat glass

electrodes when a self-cleaning feature isdesired; especiallyuseful in applicationswith abrasive chemicals.

• Use bulb protectedelectrodes for generalpurpose applications

• ORP electrodes aregenerally used forchemical reactionmonitoring, not control.

• Ensure that electrodematerials are chemicallycompatible with theprocess liquid.

Model 2754-2757Ordering Notes:1) pH and ORP electrodes

require connection tomodel 2750 or 2760.

2) To replace electrodes,simply untwist frompreamplifier to replacewith new electrode

3) Conduit and mountingbrackets for submersibleinstallation must always beused (customer supplied)

4) Use pipe adapters toinstall in pipes larger than4 inches. Specify socketweld or NPT threads. Seepage 200 for moreinformation.

5) For more information onthe EasyCal option forModel 2750, see page97.

6) See page 96 for technicalspecifications on Models2750 and 2760.

3-2754

3-2754-HF

3-2756

3-2756-DI

3-2755

3-2757

-WT

3-2754

3-2750-1

3-2750-2

3-2750-3

3-2750-4

3-2760-3

3-2760-4

Sensor Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode

In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box and EasyCal

Flat pH surface electrode

Flat pH surface electrode, for use in HF (hydroflouric acid)in concentrations < 2%

Bulb ORP electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body sensors only)

Flat ORP surface electrode

Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection (on plastic body sensors only)

Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection, for process liquids <100 µS/cm conductivity

pH Sensors

ORP Sensors

In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box

Wet-Tap Option - available for Part Numbers 3-2756 and 3-2757 only

Glass electrode with Twist-Lock connector; for use with the 3719 Wet-Tap Assembly Only

Example Part Number

Preamplifiers - Choose one (required for initial installation of any pH or ORP electrode)

The preamplifiers below can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET 8900 or as a blind transmitter with 4 to 20 mA output; for connection to a PLC, PC, chart recorder, and other devices requiring 4 to 20 mA input.

The connectors below can be used with other suppliers instruments not requiring a preamplified signal.

DryLoc connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads

DryLoc connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. ISO threads

Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads

Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. ISO threads

83www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Page 82: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

84 www.gfsignet.com

Compatible Instruments

The 2774-2777 ThreadedDryLoc™ pH/ORP electrodesare compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETInstruments and SensorElectronics:

8900 27508750 27605700

See individual catalog pages formore information.

2774-2777 Threaded DryLoc™ pH/ORP Electrode

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2774 - 2777 pH andORP Electrodes feature a unique foul-proof DryLoc™ connector with gold-plated contacts designed specifically foruse with the +GF+ SIGNET 2750 and2760 preamplifiers, sensor electronics,and connectors. These dependableand highly responsive electrodes featurea Teflon™ double reference junction anda large reference chamber that combineto extend the service-life. Embeddedpositioning of the temperature element inthe pH/ORP sensing tip allows the

Features• Durable DryLoc™

connector with goldplated contacts

• Special designallows mounting atany angle

• Quick temperatureresponse

• Easy sensor replace-ment using DryLoc™electrode connector

• High temperatureversions available

• Mounts into standard3/4 inch threads

Applications• Water Treatment &

Water QualityMonitoring

• Demineralizer,Regeneration & Rinse

• Cooling Tower andBoiler Protection

• Aquatic Animal LifeSupport Systems

• Pool and Spa Control• Neutralization

SystemsSystem Overview

temperature response to be quick andaccurate. The electrodes are offeredwith either flat or bulb style sensingelements. The flat versions allow sedi-ment and particles to sweep past themeasurement surface, minimizing risks ofabrasion, breakage and coating. Thebulb versions can be used for general-purpose applications. Due to the spe-cially designed chambers which keepelectrolyte in place, all versions can bemounted at any angle, even inverted.

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET2750 or 2760(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2774-2777 DryLocpH/ORP Electrodes

Fittings - Customer supplied

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input+GF+ SIGNET 5091 Instrument(sold separately)

OR

PLC

+GF+ SIGNET2750 (sold separately) +GF+ SIGNET

2760 (sold separately)

Pipe, Tank or Wall Mount Other Instruments

Flow

+GF+ SIGNET UniversalAdapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument(sold separately)

Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET2760 (sold separately)

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET or Other Instrument

Pipe extension or conduit with 3/4 in. FNPT threads(customer supplied)

+GF+ SIGNET 2750 or 2760 (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2774-2777 DryLoc™pH/ORP Electrodes

In-Line Installation Submersible Installation

NEW!

Page 83: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

85www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Dimensions SpecificationsGeneralCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET Models 2750 and2760

Operating Range:• 2774/2776: 0 to 14 pH• 2775/2777: +/-2000 mV (ORP)Pipe Size Range: 1 inch and up.

Mounting:• In-line/vertical mounting: Use the

electrode’s 3/4 in. threads to installinto pipe fitting. Electrode can bemounted at any angle.

• Submersible mounting: Use threadson Model 2750 or 2760; requires 3/4in. NPT or ISO7-R/ 3/4 in. malethreaded extension.

Reference:Electrolyte:

KNO3/KCI acrylamide gel

Element: Ag/AgCl

Temperature Sensor:• pH: 3KΩ or PT1000 RTD• ORP: noneTemperature response time: τ

95% < 1 min.

Primary Functions:• 2774 and 2775:

Flat surface resists fouling• 2776 and 2777:

Bulb surface for general use

3/4 in.NPT

38.6mm(1.52 in.)

35.5mm(1.4 in.)

29.2mm(1.15 in.)

128.3mm(5.05 in.)

22.8mm(0.9 in.)

22.1mm(0.87 in.)

Wetted Materials:Body: Ryton™Reference junctions: Teflon™Sensing surface:• Glass membrane: (pH)• Platinum: (ORP)O-rings: FPM

Max. Temperature/Pressure rating:Operating Temperature:

0°C to 85°C (32°F to 185°F)Maximum Operating Pressure:

6.9 bar (100 psi)Storage Temperature:

> 0°C (32°F)Higher temperature and pressure sensorsare available.

See page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs.

Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

• CE

Model 2774 Compatibility Selection Chart for Electronics and Instruments

5700 8750 8900Accepts 4 to 20

mA inputOther Mfr.'s Instruments*

2774 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-3, -4

2774-1 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2775 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2775-1 2760-3, -4

2776 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-3, -4

2776-1 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2777 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2777-1 2760-3, -4

Compatible Instruments

*Must have internal preamplifier in instrument; Must use sensor with compatible temperature element; contact technical service for questions

Co

mp

atib

le E

lect

rod

es

Page 84: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

86 www.gfsignet.com

For More Information:• For installation tips,

mounting position andinformation see page 167.

• To compare theseelectrodes with other+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORPelectrodes, see AnalyticalSelection Guide onpage 70.

• For pH/ORP Theory see

page 207.

Application Notes:• Use the flat glass

electrodes when a self-cleaning feature isdesired; especicallyuseful in applicationswith abrasive chemi-cals.

• Use bulb protectedelectrodes for generalpurpose applications

• ORP electrodes aregenerally used forchemical reactionmonitoring, not control.

• Ensure that sensormaterials are chemi-cally compatible withthe process liquid.

A) Power OFF ButtonB) Output simulation buttons and

indicators. Simulate pH and ORPoutput at five fixed values: pH 4, pH7, pH 10, -700 mV and +700 mV.Pressing one of these buttons turnsthe 2759 on.

C) Low battery indicatorD) High switch: Adds 1000Ω resistance

in series with output. Simulates highimpedance of pH electrodes. Used toverify proper preamplifier operation.

E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for usewith 2750 and 2760

F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable(included with 2759)

G) Mode selector switch: Trigger auto-matic sensor recognition software in+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instrumenta-tion.

2759 pH/ORP System Tester

The +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generatorthat simulates pH values of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ±700 mV. This device isuseful as a troubleshooting aid and for general verification of system operation. It isnot a substitute for periodic system calibration with pH buffers or test solutions.Accessory adapter cables (sold separately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to+GF+ SIGNET 2720 and 2760 preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics.The adapters include a selector switch for pH or ORP simulation. The switch triggersautomatic sensor-recognition software in +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.

D

A

BC

E

G

F

pH

ORP

Electrode Key Featuresand Benefits:

• Ryton™ body for chemical compatibil-ity to most harsh chemicals. Also ableto withstand high temperatures.

• Porous Teflon™ reference junctions arehighly chemically resistant; resistsfouling and dirt buildup.

• Double reference junctions with largeelectrolyte chamber protects Ag/AgClwire for a prolonged sensor life.

• Capillary TC (temperature sensor)embedded in tip of pH/ORP electrodefor quicker temperature response thanmost other electrodes on the market.

• DryLoc™ connector with corrosionresistant gold pins for quick and easysensor removal.

Electrode Cut-Away View

Ryton

Body

Reference

Ag/AgCl

Wire

Double

Porus

Teflon

Reference

Junctions

pH/ORP

ElectrodeCapillaryTC

ReferenceElectrolyteChamber

DryLoc

Connector

Page 85: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

87www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

3-2776 159 000 9593-2776-1 159 000 9603-2777 159 000 9613-2777-1 159 000 962

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

3-2774 159 000 9553-2774-1 159 000 9563-2775 159 000 9573-2775-1 159 000 958

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer kit3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use with 2750/27603-2721 198 864 610 Remote mount pH/ORP preamplifier

Mfr. Part No. Code

Model 2774-2777Ordering Notes:1) pH and ORP sensors

require connection tomodel 2750 or 2760.

2) To replace electrodes,simply untwist frompreamplifier to replacewith new electrode.

3) Conduit and mountingbrackets for submersibleinstallation must alwaysbe used (customersupplied).

4) For more information onthe EasyCal option forModel 2750, see page97.

5) See page 96 for technicalspecifications on Models2750 and 2760.

6) All of these sensors canbe mounted upside-down.

7) Special order optionsmay have longer deliverytime. Consult your localGeorge Fischer salesrepresentative for leadtimes.

3-2750-1

3-2750-2

3-2750-3

3-2750-4

3-2760-1

3-2760-2

3-2760-3

3-2760-4

DryLoc™ connector with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads

DryLoc™ connector with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads

Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads

The units below can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET 8900 or as a blind transmitter with 4 to 20 mA output; for connection to a PLC, PC, chart recorder, or other devices requiring a 4 to 20mA input.

The preamplifiers below can be used with +GF+ SIGNET 8750 and 5700. Can also be used with other suppliers instruments.

Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads

Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads

In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box

Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads

In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box and EasyCal

Preamplifiers - Choose one (required for installation of any pH or ORP electrode)

The connectors below can be used with other suppliers instruments not requiring a preamplified signal

3-2774

3-2776

-

-1

-HT

-C

-ISO

3-2776

3-2775

3-2777

-

-1

-HT

-C

-ISO

3-2775

Electrode Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode

10 K ID resistor for ORP electrodes for connection to the 8750 and 5700 when used with the 2760 preamplifier or the 8900 when used with the 2750 sensor electronics

No T.C. for ORP electrodes for use with other suppliers instruments when used with the 2760 connector

Temperature Element - Choose one

pH Electrodes

ORP Electrodes

Flat pH surface electrode

Bulb ORP electrode with bulb protection

Flat ORP surface electrode

Bulb pH electrode with bulb protection

Example Part Number

For high temperature and high pressure applications, up to 110°C (230°F) @ 150 psig; DryLoc™ connector is removed and replaced with a 4.6m (15 ft.) cable.

Remove DryLoc™ connector and add 4.6m (15 ft.) cable. Other cable lengths are available

Example Part Number

ISO 7/1 R - 3/4 Threaded electrodes are available.

Special Order Options for ORP Electrodes - Options -HT and -C can only be used with the 3-2721 preamplifier (These options cannot be used with the 2750 or 2760)

For high temperature and high pressure applications, up to 110°C (230°F) @ 150 psig; DryLoc™ connector is removed and replaced with a 4.6m (15 ft.) cable.

Remove DryLoc™ connector and add 4.6m (15 ft.) cable. Other cable lengths are available

ISO 7/1 R - 3/4 Threaded electrodes are available.

Temperature Element - Choose one

3K Ohm RTD for pH for connection to 8750 or 5700 instruments when used with the 2760 preamplifier.

PT1000 RTD for pH for connection to the 8900 when used with the 2750 sensor electronics

Special Order Options for pH Electrodes - Options -HT and -C can only be used with the 3-2721 preamplifier. (These options cannot be used with the 2750 or 2760)

Page 86: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

88 www.gfsignet.com

Compatible InstrumentsThe 2764-2767 DifferentialDryLoc™ pH/ORP electrodes arecompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET Instruments andSensors:5700 27508900 27608750

See individual catalog pages formore information.

2764-2767 Differential DryLoc™ pH/ORP Electrodes

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2764-2767 Differential pH &ORP electrodes are built with the DryLoc™ connectora Ryton® body and Teflon™ reference junction tohandle even the most extreme and harshest ofchemical applications. These differential electrodesuse the field-proven 3-electrode differential tech-nique: the pH and reference electrodes aremeasured against a ground electrode, insuring asteady and stable signal.The key feature of the differential design is thereference electrode. The reference element isprotected in a glass half-cell embedded in thereference chamber and is protected from com-pounds that may contain sulfides (H2S) and metals,including lead, mercury, and silver. To ensure a longservice life, the reference features a refillableelectrolyte chamber and a replaceableequitransferant salt bridge, both easily serviced inthe field. The patented porous Teflon™ referencejunction resists fouling, clogging and chemicalattack.

Features• Differential design for

stable measurementsin the most aggres-sive applications

• Water-tight DryLoc™connector with foul-proof gold contacts

• Porous Teflon™reference junction

• Rebuildable referenceelectrode

• Solution ground

• Temperaturecompensated(pH)

• Easy sensor replace-ment using DryLoc™electrode connector

• Quick temperatureresponse

• Compatible withother suppliers’instruments

Applications• Water and Waste-

water Treatment• Coagulation and

Flocculation• Plant Effluent• Plating Baths• Scrubbers• Textile Dye Process• Harsh Chemical

Applications• Heavy metal Re-

moval and Recovery• Toxics Destruction• Surface Finishing

System Overview

The other elements of the design are the solutionground, the pH/ORP electrodes, and thetemperature element. The solution groundeliminates noisy measurements by drainingelectrical current away from the referenceelectrode. The pH/ORP electrodes are designedwith a flat or bulb measurement surface, and atemperature device that is positioned at the tip ofthe measurement surface, making the temperatureresponse of T

95% less than 1 minute. Various

temperature devices offered include 3K‰, 300‰,or PT-1000 RTD. The electrodes are used with the+GF+ SIGNET 2750 Sensor Electronics, whichprovides a blind 4 to 20 mA output or using thedigital (S3L) output may be used to connect to the+GF+ SIGNET 8900 instrument. The electrodescan also be used with the Model 2760 preampli-fier to connect to the +GF+ SIGNET 5700, 8750,or other suppliers’ instruments.

NEW!

Page 87: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

89www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Standard pH/ORP electrode problem:9 Cause and Effect9 The Differential Electrode Solves the Problem!9

• Chemical attack from Hg++, Cu+, Pb++, ClO4- or Eother compounds which dilute the KCl reference Eelectrolyte concentration. E

• Salt bridge will slow or stop attack. If attacking ions Epenetrate the salt bridge and affect the KCl, simply refill EKCl solutionE

• Reference junction gets clogged from oils, grease, and Edirt from the process. E

• Readings do not drift due to stable differential Ereference design, however may require cleaning or Ereplacement of the salt bridge if electrode gets too dirtyE.E

• Chemical attack of the Ag+ reference billet from Br-, I-, ECN-, and S- compounds. E

• Will not affect electrode due to Ag+ element protected in glass encased reference electrode.E

• Clogged reference and slowed reading from silver Ecompounds forming on the inside of the reference Eelectrode from Ag+ of reference element reacting and Eprecipitating AgS, AgBr, AgI, AgCN, or other silver Ecompounds. E

• Will not affect electrode due to Ag+ element protected in glass encased reference electrodeE

Reading suddenly and unexpectedlyE Eshifts E

• Stray electrical currents in the process liquid; Ag+ Ereference element picks up current and shifts reference Ereading, resulting in shifted pH reading. The Ag+

element will eventually become totally stripped. Process Emust be properly grounded or place metal rod close to Eelectrode.E

• Will not affect electrode due to Ag+ element protected in glass encasement; also, electrode has a built in Esolution ground, so if there is a stray current, it will not be seen by the electrodeE

A differential electrode solves many common problems typically experienced by standard pH/ORP electrodes at Etroublesome measuring points. See the table below to find the common problem, cause and effect, and the Differential EpH/ORP electrode solution.E

Reading slowly drifts over time and/or Eresponds slowlyE

Reading slowly drifts over time and/or Ebecomes erratic E

Electrode Cut-away View

Electrode Key Feaures and Benefits:• Glass encased reference electrode

protects the Ag+ element from reactingwith certain chemical compounds thattypically leach into the reference cham-bers. Keeps the pH/ORP reading stable.

• Large volume reference electrolytechamber resists dilution over time for along service life. Chamber is refillable.

• Salt Bridge serves as a double referencejunction and is the first line of defense tokeep out process chemicals from thereference electrolyte chamber. It is builtwith a porous Teflon™ reference junctionwhich is highly compatible to chemicals ,resists fouling and build-up of dirt.

• Ryton® body for chemical compatibilityto most harsh chemicals. Also able towithstand high temperatures.

* DryLoc™ connector with corrosionresistant gold pins for quick and easysensor removal.

• Capillary TC (temperature sensor)embedded in tip of pH/ORP electrodefor quicker temperature response thanmost other electrodes on the market.

Model 2764-2767 Electrode Compatibility to Sensors, Preamplifiers, and Instruments

Page 88: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

90 www.gfsignet.com

DimensionsSpecificationsGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralCompatibility: +GF+ SIGNET Models 2750

and 2760Operating Range:• 2764/2766: 0 to 14 pH• 2765/2767: +/-1500 mV (ORP)Pipe Size Range: 1 inch and up.Mounting:• In-line/vertical mounting: Use sensor 1

inch threads. Sensor must be mounted atleast 15 degrees above the horizontalaxis.

• Submersible mounting: Use threads onModel 2750 or 2760; requires 3/4 inchNPT or ISO7-1/ 3/4 inch male threadedextension.

Reference:Electrolyte:

3.0M KCl, solidified acrylamide gelElement: Ag/AgCl

Temperature Sensor:• pH: 3K‰, PT1000 RTD, or 300‰• ORP: PT1000 RTD or 300‰

10 K‰ I.D. resistorTemperature response time: τ

95% < 1 minute

Primary Functions:• 2764 and 2765:

Flat surface resists fouling• 2766 and 2767:

Bulb surface for general use

Wetted Materials:Body: Ryton®

Reference junctions: Teflon™Sensing surface:• Glass membrane: (pH)• Platinum: (ORP)O-rings: FPMSolution ground: carbon graphite

Maximum Temperature/Pressure rating:Operating Temperature:

0°C to 95°C (32°F to 203°F)*Max. Operating Pressure:

6.89 bar (100 psi) @ 95°C (203°F)Storage Temperature: >0°C (32°F)

See page 224 for Temperature/Pressure graphs.Consult factory for High Temperature electrodes.

Shipping Weight: 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs.)

Standards & Approvals• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

A) Power OFF ButtonB) Output simulation buttons and indicators.

Simulate pH and ORP output at five fixedvalues: pH 4, pH 7, pH 10, -700 mV and+700 mV. Pressing one of these buttonsturns the 2759 on.

C) Low battery indicatorD) High switch: Adds 1000M‰ resistance

in series with output. Simulates highimpedance of pH electrodes. Used toverify proper preamplifier operation.

E) 3-2759.391: Adapter cable for use with2750 and 2760

F) 3-2759.390: Bypass adapter cable(included with 2759)

G) Mode selector switch: Trigger automaticsensor recognition software in +GF+SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.

2759 pH/ORP System TesterThe +GF+ SIGNET 2759 pH/ORP Simulator is a battery-powered millivolt generator thatsimulates pH values of 4, 7 and 10, plus ORP values of ±700 mV. This device is useful as atroubleshooting aid and for general verification of system operation. It is not a substitute forperiodic system calibration with pH buffers or test solutions. Accessory adapter cables (soldseparately) enable the 2759 to connect directly to +GF+ SIGNET 2720 and 2760preamplifiers or 2750 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics. The adapters include a selector switch forpH or ORP simulation. The switch triggers automatic sensor-recognition software in +GF+SIGNET pH/ORP instrumentation.

Page 89: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

91www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

3-2766-1 159 000 9493-2766-2 159 000 9503-2766-3 159 000 9513-2767-1 159 000 9523-2767-2 159 000 9533-2767-3 159 000 954

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

3-2764-1 159 000 9433-2764-2 159 000 9443-2764-3 159 000 9453-2765-1 159 000 9463-2765-2 159 000 9473-2765-3 159 000 948

Mfr. Part No. Code

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3864-0001 159 001 007 Replacement Salt Bridge3864-0002 159 001 008 Replacement reference electrolyte solution, 500 mls2120-0015 159 001 009 CPVC adapter: 1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT2122-0015 159 001 010 316 SS adapter: 1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer kit3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use with 2750

Model 2764-2767Ordering Notes:1) pH and ORP electrodes

require connection tomodel 2750 or 2760.

2) To replace electrodes,simply un-twist frompreamplifier to replacewith new electrode.

3) Conduit and mountingbrackets for submersibleinstallations must alwaysbe used (customersupplied)

4) Adapters from 1 1/2 in.to 1 in. are available.

5) More information on theEasyCal option can befound on the 2750/2760catalog pages.

6) All technical specifica-tions for models 2750and 2760 are on page96.

7) Use sensor threads for in-line mounting; Model2750 or 2760 threadsfor submersible mounting.

8) Reference electrode canbe rebuilt with replace-ment electrolyte and saltbridge.

For More Information:• For installation tips,

mounting positionand information seepage 167.

• To compare theseelectrodes with other+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP electrodes, seeAnalytical SelectionGuide on page 70.

• For pH/ORP Theorysee page 209.

Application Notes:• Use the flat glass

electrodes when aself-cleaning feature isdesired; especiallyuseful in applicationswith abrasivechemicals.

• Use bulb electrodesfor general purposeapplications

• ORP electrodes aregenerally used forchemical reactionmonitoring, notcontrol.

• Ensure that electrodematerials are chemi-cally compatible withthe process liquid.

3-2764

3-2766

-1

-2

-3

3-2766 -1

3-2765

3-2767

-1

-2

-3

3-2765 -1

3-2750-1

3-2750-2

3-2750-3

3-2750-4

3-2760-1

3-2760-2

Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads

Flat pH surface differential electrode

Flat ORP surface differential electrode

Bulb pH differential electrode with bulb protection

Sensor Electronics - Choose one (required for installation of any pH or ORP electrode)

Bulb ORP differential electrode with bulb protection

Temperature Element - Choose one

3K Ohm for pH for connection to 8750 or 5700 instruments when used with the 2760 preamplifier

PT1000 RTD for pH for use with the 8900 instrument when used with the 2750 sensor electronics

300 Ohm for connection to other instruments when used with the 2760 preamplifier or connector

Electrode Part Number- Choose either a pH or ORP Electrode

10 K ID resistor for connection to 8750 or 5700 when used with the 2760 preamplifier or connection to the 8900 with used with the 2750 sensor electronics

PT1000 RTD for connection to other instruments using the 2760 preamplifier or connector

Temperature Element - Choose one

pH Electrodes

ORP Sensors

Example Part Number

The sensor electronics below can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET 8900 or as a blind transmitter with 4 to 20 mA output. For connection to PLC/PC, chart recorders, etc.

Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads

In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box and EasyCal

300 Ohm for connection to other instruments using the 2760 preamplifier or connector

Example Part Number

The sensor electronics below can be used with +GF+ SIGNET 8750 and 5700. Can also be used with other suppliers instruments. For use in-line or submersion.

Submersible Sensor electronics w/4.6m (15 ft.) cable and ISO 7/1-R 3/4 conduit threads

Preamplifier with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable and 3/4 inch NPT conduit threads

In-line Sensor electronics w/junction box

Page 90: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

92 www.gfsignet.com

3719 pH/ORP Wet-Tap Assembly

Features• Electrode removal

without processshutdown

• Space saving 45mm(1.75 in.) short-strokedesign

• Sealed pneumaticdampening forsmooth and safeoperation

• SafeLoc™: Cam-activated automaticlocking mechanism

• Protects electrodesensing surface frombreakage

• Suitable for mountingin any orientation

• Process threadedconnection NPT orISO

• Low profile clamp-onsaddle fittings forconvenient installa-tion in ASTM pipesizes 2.5 to 12 in.

Applications• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

• Recreational Water

Monitoring

• Water & Wastewater

Treatment

• Effluent Monitoring

• Neutralization Sys-

tems

• Sanitization Systems

System Overview

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 3719 pH/ORP Wet-

Tap allows installation and removal of

pH or ORP electrodes, even under

process pressure, without the need for

process shutdown during routine

electrode maintenance and calibration.

Automatic process isolation is achieved

during electrode retraction with a

double O-ring seal on a unique and

compact retraction assembly; no separate

valve is required. A patented cam-

activated automatic locking mechanism,

SafeLoc™, and the short stroke design

help to assure operator safety. The wet-

tap unit can be mounted at any angle

and can be used with the +GF+ SIGNET

DryLoc™ and Twist-Lock Wet-Tap elec-

trodes.

Compatible SensorsThe +GF+ SIGNET 3719 Wet-Tap assembly is compatible withthe following sensors andelectrodes and preamplifiers:

2716 2757 27602717 27202756 2750

See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET2750or 2760(sold

separately)

Flow

0 100

50

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input

+GF+ SIGNET 5091 Instrument(sold separately)

OR

+GF+ SIGNET2750 (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2760 (sold separately)

Pipe, Tank or Wall Mount Other Instruments

Flow

+GF+ SIGNET UniversalAdapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument(sold separately)

(customer supplied)

+GF+ SIGNET2760 (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET3719 Wet-Tap Assembly

+GF+ SIGNET2756-WT2757-WT

Wet-Tap Installation

+GF+ SIGNET2720 (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2720 (sold

separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2756-WT2757-WT

+GF+ SIGNET2756-WT2757-WT

+GF+ SIGNET2756-WT2757-WT

+GF+ SIGNET2716-WT2717-WT

+GF+ SIGNET2716-WT2717-WT

(sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately) (sold separately)

ENTER

0

RELAY 1 RELAY 2

2

46 7 8

10

12

14

pH

+GF+ SIGNET

PLC

Page 91: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

93www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Mfr. Part No. Code

Mounting Saddles2007-0225 159 000 812 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 2.5 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)2007-0230 159 000 813 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)2007-0240 159 000 814 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 4 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)2007-0260 159 000 815 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 6 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)2007-0280 159 000 816 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 8 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)2007-0210 159 000 817 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 10 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)2007-0212 159 000 818 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 12 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)Replacement Parts1220-0114 159 000 854 3719 O-ring, FPM (spare part)1220-9458 159 000 927 3719 O-ring (internal) FPM (spare part)3-3719.390 159 000 855 3719 Locking Shroud (spare part)

Dimensions Specifications3719 Wet-TapGeneralCompatible Electrodes:

2716-WT Twist-Lock pH Electrode2717-WT Twist-Lock ORP Electrode2756-WT DryLoc™ pH Electrode2757-WT DryLoc™ ORP Electrode

Process Connection:3719-11: NPT 1 .5

in.

3719-21: NPT 2 in.3719-12: ISO 7/1 - R1 .53719-22: ISO 7/1 - R2

Maximum Flow Velocity: 3m/s (10 ft/s)

Materials:Retraction Housing (Wetted): CPVCO-rings (Wetted): FPMLocking Shroud: PVCHardware: 316 stainless steel (1 .4401)

Ordering Information

Model 3719Ordering Information:1) Use a mounting saddle

or a standard threadedpart to mount Wet-Tapassembly.

2) ASTM fittings areavailable to order; metricfittings are customersupplied.

3) Use -11 or -12 versionsfor pipe sizes up to 4 in.

4) Use -21 or -22 versionsfor pipe sizes 6 to 12inches.

For more information:• See pages 169 for

mounting information.

Low Profile Clamp-on Saddle FittingsMaterials:

Saddle body (wetted):Polypropylene (Grade 8, ASTMD2565, 1-8, UV stabilized)

Gasket (wetted): FPMSaddle Hardware: 316 stainless steelReinforcement Ring: 430 stainless steel

Size Range: 2.5 to 12 in. (ASTM)

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2716-WT 159 000 8093-2717-WT 159 000 8113-2756-WT 159 000 8343-2757-WT 159 000 835

76 mm(3.0 in.)

49 mm(1 .94 in.)

39 mm(1 .52 in.)20 mm(0.8 in.)

Pipe thread1 .5 in. NPT

or

ISO 7-R1 .525 mm(1 .00 in.)

130 mm(5.13 in.)

45 mm(1 .75 in.)

75 mm(2.94 in.)

3719-1XFor pipe sizes up to 4 in.

Maximum Temperature/Pressure RatingOperating Pressure:

100 psi (6.9 bar) maximumSee page 226 for Temperature/Pressure graphs.

Shipping Weight: 1 .2 kg (2.7 lbs.)

Standards/Approvals• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

3-3719-11 159 000 8043-3719-12 159 000 8063-3719-21 159 000 8053-3719-22 159 000 807

Mfr. Part No. Code

3719-2XFor pipe sizes 6 to 12 in.

130 mm(5.13 in.)

45 mm(1 .75 in.)

75 mm(2.94 in.)

76 mm(3.0 in.)

39 mm(1 .52 in.)20 mm(0.8 in.)

Pipe thread2 in. NPT

or

ISO 7-R234 mm(1 .32 in.)

41 mm(1 .62 in.)

3-3719

-11

-12

-21

-22

3-3719 -11 Example Part Number

3-2716-WT

3-2717-WT

3-2756-WT

3-2757-WT

Wet-Tap Part Number

Mounting Options - Choose one

1.5 inch NPT process threads

Wet-Tap Assembly

DryLoc™ ORP Electrode (Used with 2750 sensor electronics or 2760 preamplifier)

Twist-Lock pH Electrode (Used with 2720 preamplifier)

ISO 7/1-R 1.5 process threads

2 inch NPT process threads

Wet-Tap Assembly Compatible Electrodes - See pages 76-83 for more electrode information.

ISO 7/1-R 2 process threads

Twist-Lock ORP Electrode (Used with 2720 preamplifier)

DryLoc™ pH Electrode (Used with 2750 sensor electronics or 2760 preamplifier)

Page 92: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

94 www.gfsignet.com

Features• In-line integral mount

and submersibleinstallation versions

• Automatic temperaturecompensation

• Auto configuration forpH or ORP operation

• Optional EasyCalcalibration aid

• Automatic bufferrecognition

• Junction boxes forconvenient wiring

• Compatible with 3719pH/ORP Wet-Tap

Application• Water/Wastewater Treatment• Neutralization Systems• Scrubber Control• Effluent Monitoring• Surface Finishing• Flocculent Coagulation• Heavy Metal Removal and Recovery• Toxics Destruction• Sanitization Systems• Pool & Spa Control• Aquatic Animal Life Support Systems

2750 and 2760 DryLoc™ pH/ORP Sensor Electronicsand Preamplifiers

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2750 and 2760 pH/ORPSensor Electronics and Preamplifiers, featuringDryLoc™ connectors, provide a variety offunctions to suit various requirements. The2760 is a preamplifier that allows anyDryLoc™ pH/ORP electrode to work with most+GF+ SIGNET instruments. It can also be usedas a simple connector for use with othermanufacturers’ instruments that do not requirea preamplified signal.

The 2750 comes with the same pre-amplifiedsignal as the 2760, but features two differentoutputs: a two-wire 4 to 20 mA loop output, ora digital (S3L) output which allows for longer

3-2750-1, -2

*Electrodes sold separately.

3-2750-3, -4

3-2760

cable lengths and is compatible with the+GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-ParameterController. The 2750 devices self-configurefor pH or ORP operation via automaticrecognition of the electrode type. Theoptional EasyCal feature allows simple push-button calibration and includes an LEDindicator for visual feedback.

The DryLoc™ electrode connector found onboth models quickly forms a robust assemblyfor submersible and in-line installations.NEMA 4X junction boxes are integral parts ofthe 2750 in-line version and are alsoavailable as accessories for both Models2750 (submersible version) and 2760.

System Overview

2760 shown with

2774 electrode

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter (3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET pH/ORPTransmitter(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

In-Line Installation Submersible Installation

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-Rc 3/4 threads(customer supplied)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input+GF+ SIGNET

5091parately)

OR

0

+GF+ SIGNET2750 SensorElectronics

+GF+ SIGNET2750 and 2760Sensor Electronicsand Preamplifier

2754-2757 DryLoc™ Electrodes: Use +GF+ SIGNET Fittings 2764-2767 and 2774-2777 DryLoc™ Electrodes: Use 3/4 in. NPT fittings (customer supplied)

DryLoc™ pH/ORPElectrodes(sold separately)

DryLoc™ pH/ORPElectrodes(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2760Preamplifier

Wet-Tap Installation

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 3719 Wet-Tap(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 2750 or 2760and 2756-WT2757-WT(sold separately)

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2750 and 2760Sensor Electronicsand Preamplifier

PLC

NEW!Blin

d Outp

ut

or Sta

ndard

Prea

mplif

ied O

utput

Page 93: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

95www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

56.6mm

(2.23 in.)

Dimensions

3-2750-1,-2

158.75 mm

(6.25 in.)

181mm

(7. 1 in.)

94mm

(3.7 in.)

31 .75mm

(1 .25 in.)

89.4mm

(3.52 in.)

70.1mm

(2.76 in.)

3/4 in. NPT

or ISO Threads

3-2750-3, -4, 3-2760-1, -2, -3, -4

Bottom View showing DryLoc™connectors

1 in.

NPT

133.8mm

(5.27 in.)

32.5mm

(1.28 in.)

28.7mm

(1.13 in.)

35.6mm

(1.4 in.)

38.6mm

(1.52 in.)

25.4mm

(1.0 in.)

2764-2767Electrodes

3/4 in.NPT

38.6mm(1.52 in.)

35.5mm(1.4 in.)

29.2mm(1.15 in.)

128.3mm(5.05 in.)

22.8mm(0.9 in.)

22.1mm(0.87 in.)

2774-2777Electrodes

27 mm/D1.0 in.

30.5 mm/D1.2 in.

65 mm/D2.6 in.

23 mm/D0.9 in.

86 mm/D3.4 in.

97 mm/D3.8 in.

2754-2757Electrodes

Compatible Electrodes (see pages 80 through 91 for full details)

Models 2750 and 2760 Compatibility Selection Chartfor Electronics and Instruments

Compatible ElectrodesThe 2750 and 2760 DryLoc™pH/ORP Sensor Electronics arecompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET electrodes:2754 2764 27742755 2765 27752756 2766 27762757 2767 2777

Compatible InstrumentsElectrodes with 4 to 20mAoutput must be used with the+GF+ SIGNET 5091 or a PLC/PC. Other electrodes arecompatible with:5700 8750 8900Other manufacturers’ instruments

5700 8750 8900

Accepts 4 to 20 mA

inputOther Mfg's Instruments* 5700 8750 8900

Accepts 4 to 20 mA

inputOther Mfg's Instruments*

2754 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2766-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-1, -2

2754-HF - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2766-2 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2

2755 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2766-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2

2756 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2767-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2

2756-DI - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2767-2 - - - - 2760-1, -2

2756-WT - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2767-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2

2757 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2774 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-1, -2

2757-WT - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4 2774-1 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2764-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-1, -2 2775 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2764-2 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2 2775-1 - - - - 2760-3, -4

2764-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2 2776 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 - - 2760-3, -4

2765-1 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-1, -2 2776-1 - - any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2765-2 - - - - 2760-1, -2 2777 2760-1, -2 2760-1, -2 any 2750 any 2750 2760-3, -4

2765-3 - - - - 2760-1, -2 2777-1 - - - - 2760-3, -4

Compatible Instruments

Co

mp

atib

le E

lect

rod

es

Co

mp

atib

le E

lect

rod

es

Compatible Instruments

*Must have internal preamplifier in instrument; Must use sensor with compatible temperature element; contact technical service for questions

The voltage rating in some competitor instruments is higher than specified for the 2760 preamplifier. To resolve this issue, we urgecustomers to reduce the power by utilizing a 1kΩ resistor in series with the power supply to avoid damaging the preamplifier.

Page 94: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Technical Data2750 Sensor Electronics and 2760PreamplifierGeneralCompatible Electrodes:

+GF+ SIGNET DryLoc™ pH andORP Electrodes

Operational Range:• pH: 0 to 14 pH• ORP: ± 2,000 mV• Temp.: 0° C to 85° C

(32°F to 185°F)

Response Time*:• pH: < 6 sec. for 95% of change• ORP: application dependent• Temp., τ: 140 seconds (2754),

196 seconds (2756)* includes response time of electrodes

Materials:• 2750-1&2 (in-line): Valox® (PBT)• 2750-3&4, 2760 (submersible): CPVC

Electrical(Not applicable for 2760-3, -4)Cable:

4.6m/15 ft. , 3-conductor shielded22AWG (2750-3, 2750-4)

Power:2750

• 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA output• 5VDC ± 5% regulated, 3mA max.,

for digital (S3L™) output2760

• 6 to 12VDC

Current output (2750 only):• pH:

Fixed 4 to 20mA, isolated, = 0 to 14 pH(custom scaling available)

• ORP:Fixed 4 to 20mA, isolated, = -1000 to2000mV (custom scaling available from± 2000mV)

Max Loop Resistance:100Ω max. @ 12V325Ω max. @ 18V600Ω max. @ 24V

Accuracy: ± 32µAResolution: ± 5µAUpdate Rate: 0.5 secondsError indication: 3.6mA

Electrical (continued)Digital (S3L) output (2750 only):Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bpsAccuracy:• pH: ± 0.03 pH @ 25°C (77°F)• ORP: ± 2mV @ 25° C (77°F)

Resolution:• pH: ≤ 0.01 pH• ORP: 1mV• Temp.: ≤ 0.2° C (32.36°F)

Update Rate: 0.5 secondsAvailable Data:

Raw mV, pH or ORP, temperature (pH)Error indication:

Open input diagnosticInput Impedance, Z: >1011Ω

EnvironmentalEnclosure Rating:• 3-2750-1 & -2: NEMA 4X/IP65 with

electrode connected• 3-2750-3 & -4, 3-2760-1, -2, -3, -4:

NEMA 6P/IP68 with electrode andwatertight conduit and/or extensionpipe connected

Operating Temperature:0°C to 85° C (32°F to 185°F)

Storage Temperature:-20°C to 85° C (-4°F to 185°F)

Relative Humidity:0 to 95%, non-condensing (withoutelectrode connected)

Shipping Weight:• 2750-1 & 2 (in-line): 0.75 kg (1.65 lb)• 2750-3 & -4 and 2760-1. -2, -3, -4

(submersible): 0.64 kg (1.41 lb)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

96 www.gfsignet.com

Page 95: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

3-2750-1 159 000 7443-2750-2 159 000 7453-2750-3 159 000 7463-2750-4 159 000 842

Ordering Information

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Calibration3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester (adapter cable sold

separately) -See page 80 for more information3-2759.391 159 000 764 2759 Adapter Cable for use w/2750 and

2760 DryLoc™ Sensor Electronics3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit

Mounting3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box3-8050-2 159 000 754 Universal Mount Junction Box w/EasyCal3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid Tight Connector Kit, NPT (1 connector)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid Tight Connector Kit, PG13.5

(1 connector)5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24 AWG, 6 conductor (specify length)

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

Model 2750 and 2760Ordering Information:1) Model 2760 may also

be used for in-lineinstallation when usedwith +GF+ SIGNETelectrode Models 2764-2767 and 2774-2775.

2) Model 2750 requires 12to 24VDC to function asa blind 4 to 20mAoutput transmitter.

3) Order a 3-2750-2 orany other 2750 with ajunction box 3-8050-2if the EasyCal feature isdesired.

4) All sensor electronics,preamplifiers andconnectors require aDryLoc™ electrode for fullsystem installation.

5) Conduit and mountingbrackets for submersioninstallation must alwaysbe used (customersupplied).

6) The 3-2759 SystemTester must be orderedwith the adapter cable 3-2759.391 for exclusiveuse with the 2750 and2760.

7) Compatible electrodes -See pages 80 through91 for specifications.

3-2760-1 159 000 9393-2760-2 159 000 9403-2760-3 159 000 9413-2760-4 159 000 942

Application Notes• The EasyCal feature

automaticallyrecognizes standard4.0, 7.0, and 10.0 pHbuffer or ORPQuinhydrone solutionsand simplifiescalibration

• Frequency ofcalibration ofelectrodes isdependent upon theapplicationparameters.

3-2750

-1

-2

-3

-4

3-2750 -2

3-2760

-1

-2

-3

-4

3-2760 -2

Submersible Sensor electronics with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and ISO 7/1R 3/4 threads

Example Part Number

Preamplifier, with 3/4 in. ISO threads and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Preamplifier, with 3/4 in. NPT threads and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads

Connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and ISO 7/1R 3/4 threads

Preamplifier for use with the 8750 or 5700 instruments or simple DryLoc™ connector with other manufacturers' instruments that do not require a preamplified signal.

Preamplifiers and Connectors

Sensor Electronics

Sensor Electronics with preamplified signal and Digital (S3L) output (for use with the 8900 instrument) or 4 to 20 mA output - power supplied to unit dictates output type.

In-line Sensor electronics with junction box; for in-line sensor mounting

In-line Sensor electronics with junction box and EasyCal; for in-line sensor mounting

Submersible Sensor electronics with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads

Example Part Number

97www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Page 96: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

98 www.gfsignet.com

5700 ProPoint™ pH/ORP MonitorFeatures• Displays pH or ORP

and temperature

• EasyCal simplifiesroutine calibration

• Simple push-buttonoperation

• Intuitive softwaredesign

• Scaleable 4 to 20 mAoutput internallypowered

• Two programmablerelays

• Dual proportionalcontrol capability

• Non-volatile memory

• Versatile low voltagepower requirement

Application• Water & Wastewater

Treatment• Neutralization• Scrubber Control• Effluent Monitoring• Surface Finishing• Heavy Metal Removal

and Recovery• Toxics Destruction• Sanitization Systems• Pool & Spa Control• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems• Process Control

System Overview

Analog and Digital Display

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 5700 pH/ORPMonitor is a versatile and intelligentinstrument that recognizes the type ofsensor connected, either pH or ORP, thenautomatically sets itself for the corre-sponding display and functionality. Also,during EasyCal operation, the monitorautomatically recognizes standardbuffers/test solutions thereby shorteningand simplifying routine calibrationprocedures. Two programmable relays

and one scaleable 4 to 20 mA output areincluded, and the four-button keypadarrangement with intuitive software designis very user-friendly. The monitors require12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, and can beused with many +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORPelectrodes and preamplifiers, or withelectrodes from other manufacturers byusing the 2721 Preamplifier. Severaluseful accessories are available, includingthe optional splashproof rear cover kit.

Compatible ElectrodesThe 5700 ProPoint™ pH/ORPMonitor is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNET Electrodes:2714-2717 2764-27672774-2777

Compatible PreamplifiersThe 5700 ProPoint™ pH/ORPMonitor is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETPreamplifiers:2720 2721 2760

See individual catalog pages formore information.

For information on pipe fittings designed for use with the Model 2714-2717 pH and ORP Electrodes, seepages 180 through 194 in the catalog.

Page 97: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

99www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

3-5700 198 825 003 pH/ORP Monitor

GeneralOperating Range:• pH: 0 to 14 pH, optically isolated• Temp: -25°C to 120°C (-13°F to 248°F)• ORP: -2,000 to +2,000 mV, optically

isolatedDisplay• Analog:

Reversible dial: 0 to 14 pH or ±1000 mV• Digital:

Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumeric character

ElectricalPower Requirements:

12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated,50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max.

Current Output:4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internallypowered (active)Loop impedance:• 350Ω max. @ 12V• 950Ω max. @ 24VAccuracy: ± 0.1% of full scale

Alarm Contacts:Two SPDT relays:• 5A @ 30VDC• 5A @ 125VAC• 3A @ 250VAC max.High/Low/Pulse programmable withadjustable hysteresisDual Proportional Control Capability,maximum pulse rate 300 pulses/min.Accuracy: ± 0.2% of scale

SpecificationsMaterialsEnclosure: ABS PlasticKeypad: Silicone RubberPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

Shipping Weight: 0.82 kg (1 .81 lb.)

EnvironmentalEnclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Standards and Approvals• CE, CSA, UL• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For wiring information

see page 176.• For installation tips and

information see page 165.• See page 195 for more

information onaccessories and

replacement parts.

Model 5700Ordering Information:1) Panel cutout should be 92

x 92mm (3.62 x 3.62 in.)2) Reversible dials with

standard ranges for pHand ORP are includedwith the instrument

3) An optional splashproofrear cover can be orderedseparately if needed.

4) Protective overlays areavailable for the frontpanel.

5) Order RC filter kits toprotect relays from voltagespikes.

6) To mount the unit onto awall, use the heavy dutywall mount bracket.

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty bracket for wall mounting of panel versions

Liquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Other3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 series window kit3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer kit3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs)3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter Kit (for relay use), 2 per kit

Page 98: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

100 www.gfsignet.com

Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

8750 ProcessPro® pH/ORP TransmittersFeatures• Automatic tempera-

ture compensation

• Temperature display in°C or °F

• Hold and simulatefunctions

• Relay options avail-able

• Output scalability

• Dual output optionallows temperatureand pH/ORP signaltransmission

• NEMA 4X/IP65enclosure with self-healing window

• EasyCal optionavailable

Applications• Neutralization

Systems• Heavy Metals

Recovery• Plating Control• Scrubber Control• Pool and Spa Control• Environmental Study• Water Treatment• Water Quality

Monitoring• Waste Treatment• Disinfection

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8750 pH/ORPTransmitter is designed for broad appli-cation and ease of setup and use. Theunit auto-configures for either pH or ORPuse when connected to +GF+ SIGNETpH or ORP electrodes. Multiple mountingoptions allow for installation best suitedto your particular application.

The EasyCal menu features automaticbuffer recognition for mistake-proof pHor ORP electrode calibrations. Intuitivesoftware and the four button keypadarrangement make it easy to accessimportant information such as pH orORP, mV input, temperature, calibration,relay set-up menus and more.

Compatible ElectrodesThe 8750 ProcessPro® pH/ORPTransmitters are compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETelectrodes:2714 2764 27742715 2765 27752716 2766 27762717 2767 2777

Compatible Preamplifiers:The 8750 ProcessPro® pH/ORPTransmitter is compatible with thefollowing preamplifiers:2720 Twist-Lock2760 DryLoc™

See individual catalog pages formore information.

System Overview

+GF+ SIGNET 8750 Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET Preamplifier(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8750 Instrument

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNETpH/ORP electrode(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately)or customer supplied fittings (see individual electrode sheets for more info.)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

In-Line Sensor InstallationSubmersible Sensor

Installation

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET 8750 Instrument

Pipe extensionor conduit with3/4 in. NPT orISO 7/1-R 3/4threads

+GF+ SIGNET Preamplifier(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNETpH/ORP electrode(sold separately)

E171559C US

®

LR092369

Page 99: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

101www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Dimensions

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-8750-1 159 000 0533-8750-1P 159 000 0543-8750-2 159 000 055

SpecificationsGeneralAccuracy: ±0.03 pH, ±2 mV ORPDisplay:

Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCDContrast: User selectable, 5 levels

MaterialCase: PBTPanel case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Polyurethane coated polycarbonateKeypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubberElectricalPower:12 to 24 VDC ±10% regulated• (-1) 21 mA max.• (-2) 220 mA max.• (-3) 60mA max.Electrode input range:• pH: 0 to 14 pH• Temp.: 3K Balco, -25°C to 120°C

(-13°F to 248°F)• ORP: -2000 to +2000 mV, isolated

(10KΩ I.D. resistance T+, T-)Current output:

4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable andreversibleMax. loop impedance:

50Ω max. @ 12 V325Ω max. @ 18 V600Ω max. @ 24 V

Update rate: 0.5 secondsAccuracy: ±0.03 mA @ 25°C, 24 V

Electrical (continued)Relay output:

Mechanical SPDT contacts:Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off

Maximum voltage rating:5 A @ 30 VDC, or 5 A @ 250 VACresistive load

Hysteresis: User-adjustableMax 400 pulses/min.

Open-collector output: Hi, Lo, Pulse, OffOpen-collector, optically isolated,50 mA max, sink, 30 VDC max. pull-upvoltage.Hysteresis: User-adjustableMax. 400 pulses/min.

EnvironmentalEnclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)Storage temperature:

-15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.6 kg (1 .3 lb.)

Standards and Approvals• CSA, CE, UL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

3-8750-2P 159 000 0563-8750-3 159 000 057

3-8750-3P 159 000 058

Mfr. Part No. Code

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 176.• For installation tips and

information see page 165.• For more information on

accessories andreplacement parts, see

page 195.

Model 8750

Ordering Information:

1) For panel version, cutoutshould be 92 x 92 mm (3.62x 3.62 in.)

2) To mount the panel versionon a wall, use the heavy dutywall mount bracket.

3) An optional splashproof rearcover can be orderedseparately if needed - panelmount version only.

4) Use the universal mounting kitwith the field mount instrumentto mount to a pipe, tank orwall.

5) Order RC filter kits to protectrelays from voltage spikes.

Mounting3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket

Liquid tight connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Other3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH buffer kit

OptionalSplashproofRear Cover

56 mm(2.2 in.)41 mm

(1 .6 in.)97 mm(3.8 in.)

92 mm(3.6 in.)

106 mm (4.2 in.)

42 mm

(1.7 in.)

64 mm

(2.5 in.)

82 mm(3.23 in.)

3-8750-XP Panel Mount

Field version with UniversalMounting Kit

pH/ORP

10.20 pH25.0°C

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

96 mm (3.8 in.)

96 mm(3.8 in.)

3-8750

-1

-2

-3

- Field mount for pipe, wall, or tank mounting

P Panel mount; including mounting bracket and panel gasket

3-8750 -1 P Example Part Number

One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power

Part Number

pH/ORP Transmitter

Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one

One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 2 wire power

One input with two 4 to 20 mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4 wire power

Field or panel mount - Choose one

Page 100: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

102 www.gfsignet.com

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-ParameterController takes the concept of modular-ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is fieldcommissioned with the users specifiedcombination of inputs, outputs, and relaysusing simple-to-install modular boardsinto the base unit. To assemble a control-ler, there is a choice of two base unitsoffered with a choice of back-lit LCD orvacuum fluorescent display. Then, con-tinue building with a selection of plug-inmodules for either two, four, or six inputchannels which accepts any of the +GF+SIGNET sensors listed below, and/orother manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNETModel 8058). To complete your unit,choose a power module with universalAC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC.

System Overview

Features• Measures Flow, pH,

ORP, Conductivity,Pressure, Level andTemperature

• Multi-language display

• 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communicationfor improved noisetolerance, extendedcable lengths, and easywiring

• Accepts 4 to 20mAoutput devices whenused with 8058 signalconverter

Applications• RO/DI System Control• Media Filtration• Pure Water Production• Demineralizers• Chemical Processing• Metal & Plastics Finish-

ing• Fume Scrubbers• Proportional Chemical

Addition• Cooling Tower & Boiler

Protection• Wastewater Treatment• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

Compatible Inputs

If more features are needed, analogoutput and relay modules are availableand easily installed. Plus, the 8900 willsupport up to four additional relays viaan external relay module.

There are other notable features that the8900 offers. For instance, digital input tothe 8900 enables longer cable runs andsimplified wiring with minimal noiseinterference. Advanced relay logicprovides operators an “and/or” logic toproduce hi/low alarms. Derived mea-surements include difference, sum, ratio,percent recovery, percent rejection, andpercent passage (BTU pending). Themenu system can be programmed todisplay in multi-languages includingEnglish, German, French, Spanish,Italian, and Portuguese.

Build th

e unit

to su

it

any applic

ation

require

men

t!

The 8900 Multi-ParameterControllers are compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETsensors/inputs:

515 2507 2850525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540 80582350 2550 80592450 2750See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets

+GF+ SIGNET 8900Multi-ParameterController

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately)

Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signalconverter

Other manufacturer'ssensor with 4 to 20 mA

output

SIGNETFLOW

Loop1

Loop2

Data

á SIGNET

4 5 6

1 2 3

7 8 9

N/C

4-20

mA

Inpu

tS

LO

utpu

t

1 L

oop1

+

2 L

oop1

-

3

N/C

4 L

oop2

+

5 L

oop2

-

6

N/C5V

7

Dat

a

8

GN

D

9

3-80

58-2

Cur

rent

Inpu

SIG

NET

3

OU

T 2

O

UT

1

POW

ER C

OM

M P

ORT

/

OU

T 4

O

UT

3

RELA

Y 2

RE

LAY

1RE

LAY

4

REL

AY 3

SE

NS

OR

IN

PU

TS

Controller

2 Outputs Relay

Input/Output

Power

Select from a

choice of boards

+GF+

XX DN XX X

XX

Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels

C US

®

LR092369E171559

Page 101: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

103www.gfsignet.com

pH

/OR

P

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

8900

2350Temperature

2850

Conductivity

2841Pressure2450

2450Pressure

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

89002750

2754pH 2540

Flow

Multi-Parameter

Output1 19.5 mAOutput2 12.3 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Float

4-2

0 m

A

Inp

ut

á S

IGN

ET

S L

3

8058 4-2

0 m

A to S

L C

onve

rter

3

3 2 1 6 5 4

7 8 9

Loop1PWR

á SIGNET

N/C

S LDATA

3

Loop2PWR

8900

2507Flow

pH2754

2750

Disolved oxygensensor (example of

other brand)

8058Signal Converter

Level sensor (example of other brand)

Example 1:• 8900 input module:

Two inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors

• Wiring configuration:Point-to-point

Example 4:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors; Othermanufacturers dissolvedoxygen and level sensorswith 4 to 20 mA output

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8058signal converter - 4 to 20mA to digital (S3L))

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Daisy-chain

Example 3:• 8900 input module:

Six inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2840 conductivity, 2450pressure, 2750 with 2754pH, and 515 and 2536flow (frequency) sensors

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8059external relay module

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Multi-drop

Example 2:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2841 conductivity, and two2450 pressure sensors

• Wiring configuration:Daisy-chain

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

RELAY A RELAY B

+ S3L - + S3L -OUTPUT 24VDC

+ -AC INPUT

‡ SIGNETRelay Module

DATA

POWER

TEST A

TEST B

Relay A

Relay B

TEST C

TEST D

Relay C

Relay D

INPUT PASS-THRUL N

RELAY C RELAY DNC C NO NC C NONC C NO NC C NO

2850

515

8900

2536

Conductivity

2840

2750

pH2754

Temperature2350

2450

Flow

8059External Relay

Pressure

Flow

System Overview (continued)

There are hundreds of system types that can beset up with the 8900. The examples belowillustrate various sensors in different installationschemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point,daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of

Wiring Options:• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of

individual devices into the controller. Thiswiring topology is applicable for all inputs.

• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequentialconnection from one device to the next byusing junction boxes. This wiring topology isapplicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.

these are listed in each example. Digitalsensor outputs allow for long cable runswith high noise immunity. See page 178 forallowable cable lengths. See page 156 formore information on mounting sensors.

• Multi-drop wiring allows drops from asingle bus cable. Junction boxes canbe used for the 3-way junctions that areformed with this wiring scheme. Thiswiring topology is applicable for digital(S3L) inputs only.

Notes:1 . External relays can be used with any

input module and does not consume asensor input channel (Model 8059)

2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can beused with any input module.

See page 142 forcomplete informationon 8900.

Page 102: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

104 www.gfsignet.com

System Overview

Compatible Instruments

The 2819-2823 Conductivity/Resistivity electrodes arecompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET Instruments:

8850 8860 5800CR

The 2822 & 2823 Conductivity/Resistivity electrodes are alsocompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET Instrument:

5900

See individual catalog pages formore information.

Features• Standard process

connections* 3/4” NPT Polypro* Tri-clamp 1 -11/2”, 2”* Opt. 1/2” NPT 316 SS

(1.4408)

• 316 SS (1.4408)orTitanium standardelectrode

• Alternative electrodematerials available* Hastelloy-C* Monel

• In-line or submersiblemounting

• NIST traceable certifiedcells ±1% meet USPrequirements

Application• Pure Water Treatment

* Reverse Osmosis* De-ionization* Distillation

• Boiler Condensate• Semiconductor Water

Production• Rinse Water Monitoring

and Control• Chemical

Concentrations• Cleaner and Degreaser

Concentrations• TDS (Total Dissolved

Solids)• Salinity• USP Purified Water• WFI Water Production• Ultra Pure Water

Description+GF+ SIGNET 2819-2823 Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes are designed toprovide versatile installation and accu-rate sensing across a very broad dy-namic range. These electrodes are builtwith a controlled surface finish to ensureaccuracy and repeatability. The standardelectrode is constructed 316SS (1 .4408)or Titanium, but there are other materialsavailabe for maximum chemical compat-ibility. Reversible threads or sanitary

flanges allow for maximum installationversatility. Sanitary flange versions areavailable with an optional NIST Trace-ability Certificate to meet USP require-ments. Coupled with +GF+ SIGNETpatented measuring circuitry, a threedecade measurement range is achievedwithout the need for troublesome elec-trode platinization. A platinum RTD(PT-1000) located within the electrodeallows optimal temperature sensing.

2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 Sanitary

2819-2823 Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes

Reversible threads for in-line or submersible installation. Sanitary tri-clampflange version.

Fittings - Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET Conductivity Instrument(sold separately)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET 2819-2823 ConductivityElectrodes

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount Integral Mount+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8052)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 2819-2823 ConductivityElectrodes

Submersible Installation*

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads(customer supplied)

+GF+ SIGNET 2819-2823 ConductivityElectrodes

In-Line Installation

*Submersible installation not applicable for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode.

+GF+ SIGNET 2819-2823 ConductivityElectrodes

Page 103: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

105www.gfsignet.com

Cond

uctivity/Resistivity

SpecificationsDimensions

Models 3-2819-1* (0.01 cm-1 Cell)Models 3-2820-1* (0.1 cm-1 Cell)Models 3-2821-1* (1.0 cm-1 Cell)* Certified versions available (add “C” suffix to part no.)GeneralRange:• 3-2819 0.055 to 100 µS (18.3MΩ to 10KΩ)

(0.02 to 50 ppm)• 3-2820 1 to 1000 µS (1MΩ to 1KΩ)

(0.5 to 500 ppm)• 3-2821 10 to 10,000µS

(5 to 5,000 ppm)

Accuracy: ±2% of reading (certified cells ±1%)Temp. comp. device: PT1000Cable Length: 4.6 meter (15 ft.)

Wetted MaterialsO-rings: EPDMInsulator material: PTFEElectrodes: 316 Stainless Steel

(1 .4408, DIN 17440) or Titanium

Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating• Standard Polypro fitting:

6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 100°C (212 °F)• Optional 316 SS fitting (3-2820.392):

13.8 bar (200 psi) @ 120°C (248 °F)• Sanitary Connection:

6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 120°C (248°F)Temperature response, τ:• 7 sec. (0.01 cell)• 53 sec. (0.1 cell)• 21 sec. (1 .0 cell)Temperature accuracy: 0.3°C

Shipping weight: 0.4 kg (0.8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

Model 3-2822-1 (10.0 cm-1 Cell)GeneralRange:

100 to 200,000µS(50 to 100,000 ppm)

Accuracy: ±2% of reading(certified cells ±1%)

Temp. comp. device: PT1000Cable Length: 4.6 m (15 ft.)

Wetted MaterialsO-rings: EPDMInsulator material: CPVCElectrodes: 316 Stainless Steel

(1 .4408, DIN 17440)

Process Connection:• Standard 316 SS (1 .4408) fitting:

3/4 in. NPT threads• Optional 316 SS (1 .4408) submersion

adapter fitting (3-2820.390):3/4 in. NPT threads

Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 95°C (203°F)Temp. response, τ: 5 secondsTemp. accuracy: 0.3°CSee page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs.

Shipping weight: 0.4 kg (0.8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

2822

152 mm/6 in.

107 mm/4.2 in.

3/4 in. NPT

15 ft/4.6mcable (std.)

Reversiblefitting assy.for submersionmounting

0.5 in.12.7 mm

2821-xsensor tip(nosepiece)

Not shown to scale

2820-xsensor tip(nosepiece)

147 mm/>5.8 in.

86 mm/>3.4 in.

4.6 m/15 ft.>cable (std.)

Optional 316 SS>submersion fitting>kit #3-2820.390

3/4 in. NPT

0.75 in.19 mm

3/4 in. NPT

2819, 2820, 2821

+GF+ SIGNET 3-2830 Conductivity Certifica-

tion Tool outputs an NIST traceable signal

equivalent to a 1 .0 and 2.5 µs (+ 0.1 µs)

Certification Tool - Descriptionconductivity solution. This tool is especially

helpful during equipment validation/

verification according to USP requirements.

Shld

Signal IN

Temp. IN

Iso. Gnd

*Tested w/cellconstant = 0.01

WIRING:

Shield: ISO GROUNDRED: SIGNAL IN, 10K ohmBLACK: SIGNAL IN, 4K ohm

MODEL No. 3-2830Conductivity Calibration

ToolAccuracy ±0.1%

INSTRUCTIONS:set Cell constant to 0.01

set TC to "OFF"Connect 10K = 1.0µS ±0.1µSConnect 4K = 2.5µS ±0.1µS

No calibration required˝‡ SIGNET

black

silver (shld)

red

Instrument wiring

2830 Conductivity Certification Tool

RED

WHITE

BLACK

SILVER (SHLD)

Page 104: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

106 www.gfsignet.com

Application Tips:• Liquid levels must be high enough to cover

orifice on sensor body.• Threads on models 2819, 2820, 2821, and

2823 can be reversed in the field.

2823

203 mm/C8.0 in.

4.6 m/15 ft.Ccable (standard)

3/4 in. NPT

ReversibleCfitting assyCfor submersionCmounting

89 mm/C3.5 in.

19 mm 0.75 in.

T1 = 50mm (2.0 in.)

T2 = 64mm (2.5 in.)

13mm

(0.5 in.)

152mm

(6.0 in.)126mm

(5.0 in.)

Sanitary

Model 3-2823-1 (20.0 cm-1 Cell)GeneralRange:

200 to 400,000 µS(100 to 200,000 ppm)

Accuracy:±2% of reading

Temp. comp. device: PT1000Cable Length: 4.6m (15 ft.)

Wetted MaterialsO-rings: EPDMInsulator material: PTFE

Process ConnectionElectrodes: 316 Stainless Steel

(1 .4408, DIN 17440)Std. 316 SS fitting: 3/4 in. NPT thread

Specifications Dimensions

Note: Tri-clamp is available for2819, 2820, 2821 only. T1 orS1 is for 1 to 1 .5 in. tees.T2 or S2 is for 2 in. tees.

1µS1Ω

10µS100KΩ

1,000µS 10,000µS

50,000µS 200,000µS

100µS10KΩ

400,000µS100,000µS0.055µS18.3 MΩΩ

BottledWater

BrackishSea Water(Salinity)

UPW USP

Cooling TowerWaste Waters

Deionization Regen. ChemicalsAlkali Cleaners, Acids/Bases

Rinse Water

3-2819 (0.01 Cell)

3-2820 ( 0.1 Cell)

3-2821 (1 .0 Cell)

3-2822

3-2823 (20.0 Cell)

(10.0 Cell)

Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating6.9 bar (100 psi) @ 150°C (302°F)Temp. response, τ: 120 secondsTemp. accuracy: ±0.3°C

Shipping weight: 0.3 kg (0.6 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

Operating Range Chart

• Install sensors in an area that will remain freeof air bubbles and sediment build-up.

• Conductivity measurements are affected ifelectrodes are coated by process substances.

For More Information:• For wiring information see page 174.• For installation tips and mounting position

requirements, see page 170.

• To compare these electrodes with other+GF+ SIGNET conductivity electrodes, seeConductivity Selection Guide on page 70.

• For theory of operation and technicalinformation, see page 214.

X1, X2, X3

X1 (3-2819, 2820, 2821): 107mm (4.2 in.) X2 (3-2822): 86mm (3.4 in.) X3 (3-2823): 89mm (3.5 in.)

2819 through 2823 IntegralMount Conductivity Sensor withTransmitter

Page 105: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

107www.gfsignet.com

Cond

uctivity/Resistivity

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

3-2819-1 198 844 0103-2819-1C 159 000 6513-2819-S1 159 000 0853-2819-S1C 159 000 0873-2819-S2 159 000 0863-2819-S2C 159 000 0883-2819-T1 159 000 0813-2819-T1C 159 000 0833-2819-T2 159 000 0823-2819-T2C 159 000 0843-2820-1 198 844 0003-2820-1C 159 000 6543-2820-S1 159 000 0893-2820-S1C 159 000 0913-2820-S2 159 000 0903-2820-S2C 159 000 092

3-2820-T1 159 000 6243-2820-T1C 159 000 6553-2820-T2 159 000 6253-2820-T2C 159 000 6563-2821-1 198 844 0013-2821-1C 159 000 6503-2821-S1 159 000 0933-2821-S1C 159 000 0953-2821-S2 159 000 0943-2821-S2C 159 000 0963-2821-T1 159 000 6263-2821-T1C 159 000 6523-2821-T2 159 000 6273-2821-T2C 159 000 6533-2822-1 198 844 0023-2823-1 198 844 003

Mfr. Part No. Code

Model 2819-2823Ordering Notes:1) Threaded sensors can

be direclty mounted toan instrument bychoosing the following:

• Order integral adapter3-8052 (sold separately)to connect the sensor toan instrument (soldseparately)

• Order an instrument(sold separately)designed for integralmounting: 3-8850-1,3-8850-2, 3-8850-3

• See page 126 for moreinformation.

2) Alternate wettedmaterials and sensorlengths are availablethrough special order.

3) Cables can be extendedup to 30 m (100 ft).

4) Use PN 3-2830.390 for asubmersible threadedconnection.

5) Use the ConductivityCertification Tool (PN 3-2830) for NIST traceableconductivity values perUSP requirements. Thetool is compatible withthe 8850, 8860, and5800CR instruments.

NPT Fitting:• 1/2 in. 316SS (1 .4408)• 3/4 in. 316SS (1 .4408)• 3/4 in. Polypro

CERTIFICATE

Date: November 10, 2003Sensor Part Number: 3-2819-T1C Sensor Serial Number: 980159-04 Sensor Cell Constant: 0.0102Temperature Element Offset: 0.1°CMeasured at: 24.8°C

NIST Certified

Example of NIST TraceabilityCertificate

3-2819

3-2820

3-2821

3-2822

3-2823

1

S1*

S2*

T1*

T2*

C* NIST Certified

Other options available on special order

3-2820 -S1 C Example Part Number

Sensor Part Number

20 cm-1 cell constant

Sensor material and mounting - Choose one

316 SS electrode with 3/4 in. reversible threads (except 2822 which has fixed 3/4 in. threads) for in-line or submersible mounting

0.01 cm-1 cell constant

0.1 cm-1 cell constant

10 cm-1 cell constant

316 SS electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 1 to 1.5 inch tees

316 SS electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 2 inch tees

1.0 cm-1 cell constant

Titanium electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 1 to 1.5 inch tees

Titanium electrode with Sanitary Tri-clamp flange; for insertion into 2 inch tees

NIST Traceable Certificate - Optional

Cable length extensions of up to 30m (100 ft) are available - consult factory

*Available for 0.01 cm-1, 0.1 cm-1, and 1.0 cm-1 cells only

Other wetted materials and sensor lengths are available - consult factory

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2820.392 198 840 222 1/2 in. NPT Fitting, 316SS (1 .4408) for use with 2820-1 or2821-1

3-2820.390 198 840 223 3/4 in. NPT Fitting, 316SS (1 .4408) for use with 2822-1 forsubmersible mounting

3-2820.391 198 840 221 3/4 in. NPT Fitting, Polypro replacement for 2819-1,2820-1 or 2821-1

3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity Certification Tool; simulates 1 µS/cm and2.5 µS/cm

Page 106: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

108 www.gfsignet.com

System Overview

Features• DryLoc™ or dual-

threaded versions

• Compact electrodelength for easy in-lineinstallation

• Triple orifice flow-through designreduces clogging andbubble entrapment

• 316SS (1.4404)electrodes with injec-tion molded PEEKprocess connectionsand insulators

• Cell constants may betraceable to NIST andcertified to within ±1%of value - meets USPrequirements

Applications• Water Treatment &

Water QualityMonitoring

• Reverse Osmosis• Deionization• Cooling Tower and

Boiler Protection• Distillation• Desalination• Demineralizer• Semiconductor• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

2839-2842 Conductivity Electrodes

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2839-2842 Conduc-tivity/Resistivity Electrodes are availablein four cell constants from 0.01 to 10.0cm-1, and are suitable for a wide varietyof applications from high purity waterquality monitoring to weak acids andbases. 316SS (1 .4404) electrode surfacefinishes are controlled in a precisionbead blasting operation to ensuremeasurement accuracy and repeatabil-ity. The PEEK insulator and processconnections are injection over-molded to

minimize variance between electrodes.Double threaded connections in either3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 enablequick and easy installation in submers-ible or in-line configurations. TheDryLoc™ electrodes connect to the 2850Conductivity Sensor Electronics to form arobust sensor assembly for submersibleand in-line installations. Transmitterintegral mounting kit and junction boxesare available as accessories.

Dual-Threaded Versions DryLoc™ Versions

Compact design; short lengths for small pipes

2841-12842-1

2839-1 2840-1 2841-22842-2

2839-2 2840-2

Page 107: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

109www.gfsignet.com

Co

nductivity/

ResistivitySpecifications

Operating Range Chart

GeneralRange:• 2839:

0.055 to 100µS (18.3MΩ to 10KΩ)(0.02 to 50 ppm)

• 2840:1 to 1,000µS (1MΩ to 1KΩ)(0.5 to 500 ppm)

• 2841:10 to 10,000µS (5 to 5,000 ppm)

• 2842:100 to 200,000µS (50 to 100,000 ppm)

Accuracy:±2% of cell constant value (standard).Cell constants can be traceable toNIST and certified to within ±1% ofvalue (contact factory)

Dual-threaded process connection:• -1 versions: 3/4 in. NPT• -1D versions: ISO 7/1-R3/4• -2 versions: 3/4 in. NPT• -2D versions: ISO 7/1 - R 3/4

Cable:4.6 m/15 ft., 3 cond w/shield

Temperature element: PT-1000Temp. response, τ:• 5 sec. (0.01 cell)• 10 sec. (0.10 cell)• 20 sec. (1 .0 cell)• 30 sec. (10.0 cell)

Temp. accuracy: ±0.5°C

Wetted MaterialsDryLoc™ connection to 2850: CPVCInternal O-ring (2841 and 2842): FPMInsulator material: PEEKElectrode material: 316SS (1 .4404, DIN 1744S)

Threaded process connection: PEEK

Max. Pressure/Temperature Ratings• Dual-Threaded Electrodes

Operating temperature/pressure:• -10°C to 100°C @ 6.9 bar (14°F to 212°F @ 100 psi)• -10°C to 131°C @ 2.76 bar (14°F to 268°F @ 40 psi)

Storage temperature:-20°C to 131°C (-4°F to 268°F)

• DryLoc™ ElectrodesOperating temperature/pressure:

-10°C to 85°C @ 6.9 bar(14°F to 185°F @ 100 psi)

Storage temperature:-20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)

See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs.

Shipping Weight• 2839: 0.34 kg (0.74 lb)• 2840, 2841, 2842: 0.30 kg (0.66 lb)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

Compatible Instruments

The Dual-Threaded ConductivityElectrodes are compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETInstruments:5800CR 88505900 8860

DryLoc™ sensors must be usedwith PLCs or the following +GF+SIGNET Instruments:2850 8900

See individual catalog pages formore information.

Page 108: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

110 www.gfsignet.com

Dimensions

3-2839-2 (0.01 cell)

3-2840-2 (0.1 cell)

3-2841-2 (1 .0 cell)

3-2842-2 (10.0 cell)

D

3-2839-1 (0.01 cell)

3-2840-1 (0.1 cell)

3-2841-1 (1 .0 cell)

3-2842-1 (10.0 cell)

DryLoc™ ElectrodesDual-Threaded Electrodes Integral Mount Sensor

The 2839-2842 Dual ThreadedConductivity Electrodes can bedirectly mounted to an integralversion transmitter, using the8052 Integral Mount Kit.

Example of NIST TraceabilityCertificate available on specialorder.

Page 109: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

111www.gfsignet.com

Co

nductivity/

Resistivity

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 176.• For installation tips and

information see page 170.• To compare these

electrodes with other+GF+ SIGNETConductivity Electrodes,see Conductivity SelectionGuide on page 70.

• For conductivity sensormounting positioninformation see page 170.

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

3-2839-1 159 000 9213-2839-1D 159 000 9233-2839-2 159 000 9223-2839-2D 159 000 9243-2840-1 159 000 7863-2840-1D 159 000 7883-2840-2 159 000 7873-2840-2D 159 000 789

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2841-1 159 000 7903-2841-1D 159 000 7923-2841-2 159 000 7913-2841-2D 159 000 7933-2842-1 159 000 7943-2842-1D 159 000 7963-2842-2 159 000 7953-2842-2D 159 000 797

Model 2839-2842Ordering Notes:1) Cell constants can be

traceable to NIST andcertified within ±1% of value(contact factory).

2) The Conductivity Certifica-tion tools are compatiblewith the following +GF+SIGNET Instrument:5800 CR 88605900 89008850

3) Threaded sensors can bedirectly mounted to aninstrument by doing thefollowing:

• Order integral adapter 3-8052 (sold separately) toconnect the sensor to aninstrument (sold separately)

• Order an instrument (soldseparately) designed forintegral mounting:3-8850-1, 3-8850-2,3-8850-3

• See page 126 for more info.4) Alternate wetted materials

and sensor lengths areavailable through specialorder.

5) The cable on dual threadedsensors can be extended upto 30m (100 ft.)

6) DryLoc™ electrodes areused with the 2850 SensorElectronics, thus extendingcable to 300m (1,000 ft) ormore.

2831 Conductivity Certification Tool

Certification Tool - DescriptionThe 2830 and 2831 Conductivity Certifica-tion tools output an NIST traceable signalequivalent to a 1 .0 and 2.5 µS (±0.1 µS)

2831 Sample Label installedon each 2831 unit

2830 Conductivity Certification Tool

conductivity solution. This tool is especiallyhelpful during equipment validation/verification according to USP requirements.

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity certification tool; simulates1µS/cm and 2.5µS/cm

3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity certification tool with DryLoc™connector; simulates 1µS/cm and 2.5 µS/cm;for use with 2850 for validation

3-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 replacement insulator, PEEK with FPMO-ring

3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. integral mounting kit

Application Tips:• Liquid levels must be

high enough to coverorifice on sensor body.

• Install sensors in anarea that will remainfree of air bubbles andsediment build-up.

• Conductivity measure-ments are affected ifelectrodes are coatedby process substances.

• Use Model 2839 withthe 8900 for lowconductivity applicationsrequiring multiplemeasuring points.

3-2839

3-2840

3-2841

3-2842

1

2

- 3/4 inch NPT

D ISO 7/1-R 3/4

Other options available on special order

3-2840 -2 D Example Part Number

Cable length extensions of up to 30m (100 ft) are available. For resistivity measurements above 10 M , the maximum cable length is 7.6m (25ft) - consult factory

Sensor Part Number

10 cm-1 cell constant

Sensor Style - Choose one

Dual threaded connection with 4.6m (15 ft.) cable; for use with Models 8850, 8860, 5800CR, and 5900 Conductivity Instruments

Thread Size(s) - Choose one

0.01 cm-1 cell constant

0.1 cm-1 cell constant

1.0 cm-1 cell constant

DryLoc connector; must be used with Model 2850 Sensor with Digital S3L output for connection to Model 8900 or a 4 to 20mA output for connection to a PLC

NIST Traceable and certified within +/- 1% of the value (contact factory)

Page 110: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

112 www.gfsignet.com

System Overview

Compatible SensorsThe 2850 DryLoc™ ConductivitySensor is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETelectrodes:2839 2840 28412842 2831

Compatible InstrumentsUnits with 4 to 20 mA outputmust be used with a PLC. Unitswith digital output can be usedwith the following +GF+SIGNET instrument:8900

See individual catalog pages formore information.

2850 DryLoc™ Conductivity Sensor Electronics

DescriptionThe 2850 Conductivity/Resistivity Sensorsprovide two-wire 4 to 20mA outputwithout the expense of local display andother luxuries available in full-featuredtransmitters. Eight 4 to 20mA outputranges for each electrode cell constant,plus the ability to invert each range, areselectable by the user in the field. Thesesophisticated sensors also provide S3L™(Signet Sensor Serial Link) digital interface,another example of leading-edgetechnology from +GF+ SIGNET.

Features• Digital (S3L) Interface

or Two-wire 4 to 20mA output

• Automatic electrodecell constant recogni-tion

• Automatic tempera-ture compensation

• DryLoc™ electrodeconnector

• Optional EasyCalwith automaticstandard test solutionrecognition

• Junction boxesavailable for conve-nient wiring

Applications• Water Treatment &

Water Quality

Monitoring

• Reverse Osmosis

• Deionization

• Demineralizer,

Regeneration & Rinse

• Scrubber, Cooling

Tower and Boiler

Protection

• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

In-line mount Submersible mount

BLIND TR

ANSMITTE

R

OR

DIGITA

L SENSOR IN

TERFA

CE

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8900 Instrument(sold separately)

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET 2850 ConductivitySensor

+GF+ SIGNETDryLoc™ Conductivity Electrode(Available in four cell constants;0.01, 0.1, 1 .0, 10.0 µS/cm)

Fittings (3/4 in. NPT or ISO) - Customer supplied

Pipe extension or conduit with 3/4 in. FNPT threads

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input

+GF+ SIGNET 5091 Instrument(sold separately)

OR

PLC

Panel Mount

5091

Submersible Sensor Installation

+GF+ SIGNET 2850 ConductivvitySensor

In-Line Sensor Installation

ProgramableLogic

Controller

PLC

OR

8900 OR

The DryLoc™ electrode connector quicklyforms a robust assembly for submersibleand in-line installations. NEMA 4XJunction Boxes are integral parts of thein-line version and are available asaccessories for the submersible version.With the optional EasyCal feature, thedevices automatically recognizestandard conductivity test solutionvalues for simple field calibration.

Page 111: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

113www.gfsignet.com

Co

nductivity/

ResistivityDimensions Specifications

GeneralCompatible Electrodes:

+GF+ SIGNET 2839-2842DryLoc™ Electrodes

Operational Range:• 0.01 cell (2839-2X): 0.010 to 100µS• 0.10 cell (2840-2X): 1 to 1,000µS• 1 .0 cell (2841-2X): 10 to 10,000µS• 10.0 cell (2842-2X):100 to 200,000µS

Temperature:-10°C to 85°C (14°F to 185°F)

Temperature Compensation: Automatic

Wetted materialsDryLoc™ connection to 2850: CPVCInternal O-ring (2841 and 2842): FPMInsulator material: PEEKElectrode material:

316SS (1 .4404, DIN 17445)

Optional EasyCalAutomatic recognition using the followingconductivity values:10µS 1,000µS 50,000µS100µS 1,408.8µS* 100,000µS146.93µS* 5,000µS200µS 10,000µS500µS 12,856µS** = per ASTM D1125-95All other values are standard test solutions availablefrom VWR Scientific.

ElectricalPower:• 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA output• 5VDC ±5% regulated, 2mA max., for

digital (S3L) output reverse polarity andshort circuit protected

Note: applied power determines output mode(digital or 4 to 20mA)Cable:

4.5m/15ft., 5-conductor shielded 22AWG(2850-3, -4)

Maximum cable length:305m (1,000 ft.) for 4 to 20 mA outputSee 8900 data sheet for digital (S3L) output

Current Output:• 2850-1, -2 (in-line):

Field-selectable ranges• 2850-3, -4 (submersible):

Full-scale fixed4 to 20mA dependent upon cellconstant of electrode as follows:• 0.01 cell (2839-2X):

4 to 20mA = 0 to 100µS• 0.10 cell (2840-2X):

4 to 20mA = 0 to 1,000µS• 1 .0 cell (2841-2X):

4 to 20mA = 0 to 10,000µS• 10.0 cell (2842-2X):

4 to 20mA = 0 to 200,000µSUse 8050-XCR and 8052-XCR accessory

J-Boxes for field-selectable ranges.Current Output (continued):Max. Loop Resistance:

50Ω @ 12VDC325Ω @ 18VDC600Ω @ 24VDC

Accuracy: ± 2% of full scaleResolution: 7µAUpdate rate: < 600mSError indication: 22mA

Digital OutputSerial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bpsAccuracy:

Cond.: 2% of readingTemp.: ±0.5°C

Resolution:Cond.: <0.1% of readingTemp.: <0.07°C

Update Rate: <600mSAvailable Data:• Raw conductivity• Calibrated conductivity• Calibrated temperature compensated

conductivity• Temperature• Error Indication:

Open input and out of range diagnos-tics for conductivity and temperature

EnvironmentalEnclosure Rating:• 2850-1, -2 (in-line):

NEMA 4X/IP65 with electrode con-nected

• 2850-3, -4 (submersible):NEMA 6P/IP68 with electrode andwatertight conduit and/or extension pipeconnected

Storage Temp:-20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)

Operating Temp:-10°C to 85°C (14°F to 185°F)

Relative Humidity:0 to 95%, non-condensing(without electrode connected)

Shipping Weight• 2850-1, -2 (in-line): 0.75kg (1 .75 lbs.)• 2850-3, -4 (submersible): 0.64kg (1 .4 lbs.)

Standards & Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

136 mm

(5.6 in.)

36 mm

(1 .40 in.)

55 mm

(2.16 in.)

3/4"

NPT or ISO

Threads

181 mm

(7.1 in.)

94 mm

(3.7 in.)

1/2" NPT

Threads

3-2850-13-2850-2

3-2850-33-2850-4

Electrical (continued)

Page 112: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

114 www.gfsignet.com

2850 DryLoc ConductivitySensor shown with 2839-2842DryLoc Conductivity Electrodes(sold separately)

1µSO1MΩ

10µSO100KΩ

1,000µS 10,000µS

50,000µS 200,000µS

100µSO10KΩ 400,000µS

100,000µS0.055µSO18.3 MΩΩO

BottledOWater

BrackishOSea WaterO(Salinity)

UPW @ 25°C USP

Cooling TowerOWaste Waters

Deionization Regen. ChemicalsOAlkali Cleaners, Acids/Bases

Rinse OWater

3-2839 (0.01 Cell)

3-2840 ( 0.10 Cell)

3-2841 (1 .0 Cell)

3-2842 (10.0 Cell)

Specifications (continued)

Operating Range Chart

Field Selectable Ranges for 4 to 20mA Operation3-2839-23-2839-2D

136 mm/5.6 in.

95 mm/3.7 in.

3-2840-23-2840-2D3-2842-23-2842-2D

52 mm/2.1 in.

0.01 Cell

10 to 20 MΩ

2 to 10MΩ

0 to 2 MΩ

0 to 1µS

0 to 5µS

0 to 10µS

0 to 50µS

0 to 100µS

0.10 Cell

0 to 2µS

0 to 5µS

0 to 10µS

0 to 50µS

0 to 100µS

0 to 200µS

0 to 500µS

0 to 1,000µS

1 .0 Cell

0 to 20µS

0 to 50µS

0 to 100µS

0 to 500µS

0 to 1,000µS

0 to 2,000µS

0 to 5,000µS

0 to 10,000µS

10.0 Cell

0 to 200µS

0 to 500µS

0 to 1,000µS

0 to 5,000µS

0 to 10,000µS

0 to 50,000µS

0 to 100,000µS

0 to 200,000µS

These ranges can be inverted with a switch. *Resistivity Ranges are in BOLD.

Dimensions

DescriptionThe 2831 Conductivity Certification tool output an NIST traceable signal equivalent toa 1 .0 and 2.5 µS (±0.1 µS) conductivity solution. This tool is especially helpful duringequipment validation/verification according to USP requirements.

2831 Conductivity Certification Tool

Sample Label installed on each 2831 unit

2.5 µS

1.0 µS

+GF+ SIGNET 2831

Conductivity

Certification Tool

0.01 Cell Constant

Simlates 1.0µS

and 2.5µS, ±0.1 µS

For use with

+GF+ SIGNET 3-2850

Cond./Res.

Sensor Electronics

3-2831

The following ranges are field selectable when using the following junction boxes: 3-8050-1CR 3-8052-1CR

3-2841-23-2841-2D

64 mm/2.5 in.

181 mm/7.1 in.

94 mm/3.7 in.

Page 113: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

115www.gfsignet.com

Co

nd

uctiv

ity/

Resistiv

ity

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2850-1 159 000 7833-2850-2 159 000 784

Mounting3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box3-8050-1CR 159 000 889 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR Cell Ranges - cable

must be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 28503-8050-2CR 159 000 802 Universal Mount J-Box w/CR EasyCal - cable must

be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 28503-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral Mounting Kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box3-8052-1CR 159 000 890 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR Cell Ranges -

cable must be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 28503-8052-2CR 159 000 803 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box w/CR EasyCal -

cable must be 4.6m (15 ft.) max. from 2850Other3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, 1/2 in. NPT3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight Connector Kit, 1 set, PG 13.53-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 Replacement Insulator w/FPM O-ring3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity Certification Tool (for system verification

per USP requirements)

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2850-3 159 000 7853-2850-4 159 000 857

* The EasyCal option is available with the -2 option or when ordering 3-8050-2CR or 3-8052-2CR.** The EasyCal feature offers automatic recognition of various conductivity test solutions.

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 173.• For installation tips and

information see page 170.• For field selectable ranges

for the 4 to 20 mAoperation, see previouspage.

• To review drawings ofaccessories, see page195.

Model 2850Ordering Information:1) Use the conductivity

certification tool(3-2831) to validateconductivity values perUSP requirements.

2) The EasyCal feature canalso be found in Part No.3-8050-2CR and3-8052-2CR.

3) Use 3-8050-1CR or3-8052-1CR junctionboxes for field-selectableoutput ranges.

3-2850*

1

2** In-line mounting with EasyCal feature

3 Submersible with 3/4 inch NPT male threads and fixed full-scale current output

4

3-2850 -2

Submersible with ISO 7-1/R 3/4 male threads and fixed full-scale current output

Sensor Part Number

Conductivity Sensor with 4 to 20 mA or digital sensor output; power applied to the unit will determine output type.

Mounting configurations - choose one

In-line mounting

Example Part Number

Page 114: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

116 www.gfsignet.com

5800CR ProPoint™ Conductivity Monitor

System Overview

Compatible Sensors

Features• Meets USP

requirements for rawconductivitymeasurements

• Display units: µS, mS,kΩ, MΩ, PPM (TDS)

• Temperaturecompensation

• Two programmablerelays

• Dual proportionalcontrol capability

• Scaleable 4 to 20mA output

• Simple push-buttonoperation

• Intuitive software

• Non-volatile memory

• 12 to 24VAC or VDCpower

Application• Water Quality

Monitoring• Reverse Osmosis• Demineralizer Regen-

eration and Rinse• Cooling Tower &

Boiler Protection• Chemical

Concentration• Rinse Tanks• Desalination• Artificial Saltwater

Production• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems• Aquaculture• Environmental

Studies

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 5800 ProPoint Con-ductivity Monitor features a uniqueanalog/digital display, making it thepreferred measurement instrument forapplications requiring routine monitoring.The digital display guides the userthrough the simple menu system andprovides precision information, while theanalog dial serves as a quick, at-a-glanceindicator of the measurement process. The5800CR offers 2 fully programmable dry

The 5800CR ProPoint™Conductivity Monitor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET electrodes:2819 2822 28402820 2823 28412821 2839 2842

See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET 5800CRConductivity Monitor

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Conductivity Electrode(sold separately)

Fittings - Customer supplied

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET 5800CRConductivity Monitor

+GF+ SIGNET Conductivity Electrode* (sold separately)

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads(customer supplied)

Note: Submersible installation not applicable for Sanitary Electrode.

Submersible Sensor InstallationIn-line Sensor Installation

Analog and Digital Display

contact relays and a 4 to 20mA current.The monitor requires 12 to 24 VAC orVDC and is packaged in a convenient1/4 DIN, NEMA 4X/IP65 front panel.The enclosure is hard-coated, high-impact, UV resistant polycarbonate.The unit’s program capabilities allow theuser to turn off the temperature compen-sation mode to measure raw conductiv-ity, hence meeting USP requirements.

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 115: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

117www.gfsignet.com

Cond

uctivity/Resistivity

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

3-5800CR 198 825 005 Conductivity Monitor

Side View

Mounting ŁClamp (2 ea.)

Optional Splashproof ŁRear Cover?

#3-5000.395

88 mm?(3.5 in.)

Mounting Panel

Panel?Gasket

76 mm (3 in.)

88 mm (3.5 in.)96 mm (3.8 in.)

92 mm?(3.6 in.)

96 mm?(3.8 in.)

GeneralOperating Range:• Conductivity: 0.055 to 400,000 µS/cm• Resistivity: 10 kΩ•cm to 18.3 MΩ•cm

(0.055 to 100 µS/cm)Solution temperature must be greater than20°C for Resistivity above 10MΩ•cm)

• Temperature: 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F)using PT-1000

Display• Analog: Reversible dials: 0 to 2, 4, 6,

8, 10 and 100• Digital: Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanu-

meric characterElectricalPower Requirements:

12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated,50 to 60 Hz, 10Ω max.

Current Output4 to 20 mA, non-isolated, internallypowered (active)Loop impedance: 350Ω max. @ 12V

950Ω max. @ 24VAccuracy: ± 0.1%

Alarm Contacts:Two SPDT relays:5A @ 30VDC, 5A @ 125VAC, or3A @ 250VAC max.High/Low/Pulse programmable withadjustable hysteresis

Electrical (contintued)Dual Proportional Control Capability• Temperature Compensation:

Programmable 0 to 10% per °C• TDS Conversion Factor:

Programmable 0.00 to 3.00 mS/ppm(default 2.00)Accuracy: ± 2% of reading

Materials:Enclosure: ABS PlasticKeypad: Silicone RubberPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

EnvironmentalEnclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 FrontOperating temperature:

-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .76 lb)

Standards and Approvals• CE, CSA, UL• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality & ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

Specifications

For More Information:• For wiring information

see page 176.• For installation tips

and technicalinformation see page170.

• For more informationon accessories andreplacement parts seepage 195.

Model 5800CROrdering Notes:1) Panel cutout should be

92 x 92 mm (3.62 x3.62 in.)

2) Reversible dials areincluded and are scaledfrom 0 to 2, 0 to 4, 0 to6, 0 to 8, 0 to 10, and 0to 100.

3) An optional splash proofrear cover can beordered separately ifneeded.

4) Unit tags are providedfor labeling dials.

5) For more informationabout accessories, seepage 195.

6) Use RC filter kits toprotect relays fromvoltage spikes.

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket

3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty bracket for wall mounting3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter

Liquid tight connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit PG13.5 (1 piece)Replacement Parts3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit3-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tags3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series Window

Other3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs)3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit

96 mm

(3.8 in.)

Front View

96 mm (3.8 in.)

Relay 2Relay 1

ENTER

0

20

40 60

80

100

µS/cm

+GF+ SIGNET

Page 116: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

118 www.gfsignet.com

5900 ProPoint™ Salinity Monitor

Compatible Sensors

Features• Direct reading and

calibration in PPT

• Dual proportionalcontrol capability

• Scaleable 4 to 20 mAoutput (active) inter-nally powered

• Two programmablerelays

• Tamper-proof securitycode

• Analog and digitaldisplay

• Non-volatile memory

• Versatile low voltagepower requirement

Application• Desalination• Saltwater Production• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems• Aquaculture• Environmental Studies

The 5900 ProPoint™ SalinityMonitor is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETelectrodes:

2822 2823 2842*

*Not compatible with the 2842DryLoc™ electrodes.See individual catalog pages formore information.

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 5900 Salinity Monitorutilizes conductivity sensors to providedirect reading, including calibration, ofsalinity in parts per thousand (PPT).Equipped with a scaleable 4 to 20 mAoutput and two programmable relays, themonitor requires 12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC,and is compatible with +GF+ SIGNET10 cm-1 or 20 cm-1 conductivity cells.Temperature is selectable for display ineither °C or °F, and compensation is

automatic. Calibration is simplified withsingle-point salinity and temperatureentry via the wet-cal menu sequence.The four-button keypad arrangementwith intuitive software design is user-friendly, and is offered with a hard-coated, high impact, and UV resistantpolycarbonate front face. The frontpanel is rated NEMA 4X/IP65 and anoptional splashproof cover is availableto protect the back of the instrument.

System Overview

+GF+ SIGNET 5900 Instrument

Panel Mount+GF+ SIGNET 5900 Instrument

Panel Mount

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 threads

In-Line Sensor Installation Submersible Sensor Installation

Fittings - Customer supplied

*Submersible installation not applicable

for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode.

+GF+ SIGNET Conductivity Electrode(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Conductivity Electrode*(sold separately)

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 117: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

119www.gfsignet.com

Co

nductivity/

Resistivity

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Mounting3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof rear cover kit3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-5000.399 198 840 224 5x5 inch adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapter3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty bracket for wall mountingLiquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Miscellaneous3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation kit3-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 series window kit3-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel, 5000 series3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial kit3-5500.612 198 840 230 Unit tags3-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective Overlay kit (10 pcs)3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit

Dimensions

3-5900 198 825 008 Salinity Monitor

OptionalASplashproof ARear Cover

88 mmA(3.5 in.)

91 mmA(3.6 in.)

76 mm (3 in.)A96 mm (3.8 in.)A88 mm (3.5 in.)

Side View

SpecificationsGeneralOperating Range:

Salinity: 1 to 80 ppt (parts per thousand)Temperature: -5°C to 100°C (23°F to 212°F)

Display:• Analog:

Reversible dials: 0 to 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 100• Digital:

Backlit LCD, 2x16 alphanumeric character

ElectricalPower Requirements:

12 to 24 Volts, AC or DC, unregulated,50 to 60 Hz, 10W max.

Current Output:4 to 20mA, non-isolated, internally powered(active)Loop impedance:• 350Ωmax. @ 12V• 950Ω max. @ 24VAccuracy: ± 0.1%

Alarm Contacts:Two SPDT relays:• 5A @ 30VDC• 5A 125VAC• 3A @ 250VAC max.High/Low/Pulse programmable withadjustable hysteresisDual proportional control capability, up to300 pulses per minuteAccuracy: ± 2% of reading

MaterialsEnclosure: ABS PlasticKeypad: Silicone RubberPanel and case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Hard-coated polycarbonate

Shipping Weight: 0.8 kg (1 .76 lb.)

EnvironmentalEnclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Standards and Approvals• CE, CSA, UL• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For wiring information,

see page 176.• For installation tips and

information, seepage 170.

• To compare thisinstrument with other+GF+ SIGNET instru-ments, see ConductivitySelection Guide onpage 70.

Model 5900Ordering Notes:1) Panel cutout should be 92 x

92 mm (3.62 x 3.62 in.)

2) A reversible dial is includedand is scaled from 0 to 100and 100 to 0.

3) An optional splash proofrear cover can be orderedseparately if needed formost environments.

4) For more information onaccessories, see page 195.

5) Use RC filter kits to protectrelays from voltage spikes.

Front View

96 mm(3.8 in.)

96 mm (3.8 in.)

ppt

62.50 PPT+25.0 °C

ENTER

1

23

4 5 67

8

9

100

ALARM 1 ALARM 2

Page 118: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

120 www.gfsignet.com

+GF+ SIGNET 8850Conductivity Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8052) (sold separately

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

Integral MountPipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET ConductivityElectrode(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8850Conductivity Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET 8850Conductivity Instrument

3/4 in. NPT Fittings - Customer supplied

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET 8850 Instrument

Pipe extensionor conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads(customer supplied)

*Submersible installation not applicable

for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode.

+GF+ SIGNET ConductivityElectrode*(sold separately)

Submersible Sensor InstallationIn-line Sensor Installation

8850 ProcessPro® Conductivity Transmitters

Features• Meets USP require-

ments for raw conduc-tivity measurements

• Display choices of µS,mS, KΩ, MΩ, PPM(TDS)

• Simulate function

• Programmabletemperaturecompensation

• Relay and opencollector options

• Dual output optionallows temperatureand process signaltransmission

• NEMA 4X/IP65enclosure with self-healing window

Application• RO/DI System Control

• Rinse Tank Control

• Cooling Tower,

Scrubber or Blowdown

Control

• Environmental

Study (TDS)

• Desalination Monitor

• Water Quality

Monitoring

• Leak Detection

• Chemical

Concentration

Compatible Electrodes

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8850 ConductivityTransmitter is designed for multipleinstallation capabilities, simple set-upand easy operation, thus satisfying abroad range of applicationrequirements.Full microprocessor based electronicsallow for a wide operating range andlong term signal stability in three differentinstrument versions: the 8850-1 for atraditional two-wire current loop, the8850-2 featuring current loop plus twodry contact relays, or the 8850-3 whichsports two-wire current loop and accepts

The 8850 ProcessPro® FlowTransmitter is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNET FlowElectrodes:2819 2821 28232820 2822 2839*2840* 2841* 2842*

*Not compatible with DryLocstyle electrodes. See individualcatalog pages for moreinformation.

System Overview

Panel Mount Pipe, Tank, Wall and Integral Mount

two different sensor input signals andtwo current loop outputs.The 8850 is offered with a NEMA 4X/IP65 front panel with a self-healingwindow in a convenient 1/4 DINpackage for easy mounting. The 8850can be configured via a simple menusystem. In addition to programmableoutputs and relays, the unit can also beset up to measure raw conductivityvalues simply by turning off thetemperature compensation mode, hencemeeting USP requirements.

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 119: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

121www.gfsignet.com

Co

nductivity/

ResistivityDimensions Specifications

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8850-1 159 000 2283-8850-1P 159 000 2293-8850-2 159 000 230

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

96 mm (3.8 in.)

96 mm(3.8 in.)

OptionalSplashproofRear Cover

56 mm(2.2 in.)41 mm

(1 .6 in.)97 mm(3.8 in.)

92 mm(3.6 in.)

82 mm(3.23 in.)

106 mm(4.18 in.)

41 mm(1 .6 in.)

GeneralCompatible electrodes:

+GF+ SIGNET 3-28XX-X Standard andCertified (NIST) Series Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes

Accuracy: ±2% of readingDisplay:

Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCDContrast: User selected, 5 levels

MaterialsCase: PBTPanel case gasket: NeopreneWindow:

Polyurethane coated polycarbonateKeypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubberElectricalPower:• 12 to 24 VDC ±10% regulated

(-1) 21 mA max.: (-2) 220 mA max.: (-3)60mA max.

Sensor input range:• Conductivity: 0.055 to 400,000 µS/cm• Resistivity: 10KΩ•cm to 18.3MΩ•cm• TDS: 0.023 to 200,000 ppm• Temperature:

PT 1000, -25°C to 120°C (-13°F to 248°F)Open-collector output: Hi, Lo, Pulse, Off

Open-collector, optically isolated,50 mA max, sink, 30 VDC max. with pull-upresistor.Hysteresis: User AdjustableMax 400 pulses/min.

3-8850-2P 159 000 2313-8850-3 159 000 2323-8850-3P 159 000 233

Mfr. Part No. Code

Electrical (continued)Current output:

4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustableand reversibleMax loop impedance:

50Ω max. @ 12 V,325Ω max. @ 18 V,600Ω max. @ 24 V

Update rate: 0.5 secondsAccuracy: ±0.03 mA @ 25°C, 24 V

Relay output:Mechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo,Pulse, OffMaximum voltage rating:

5A @ 30 VDC, or 5A @ 250 VACresistive load

Hysteresis: User AdjustableMax 400 pulses/min.

EnvironmentalEnclosure Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)Storage temperature:

-15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensingShipping Weight: 0.6 kg (1 .32 lb.)

Standards and Approvals• CSA, CE, UL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001: 2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 176.• For installation tips and

information see page 170.

Model 8850Ordering Notes:1) Instruments can be

mounted directly to asensor by choosing thefollowing:

• Order integral adapter kit3-8052 (sold separately)to connect the sensor toan instrument.

• The following sensor partnumbers can be used forintegral mounting:3-2819-1, 3-2820-1,3-2821-1, 3-2822-1(with 3-2820.390), and3-2823-1 .

2) Use the universal mountkit (3-8050) with the fieldmount instrument to mountto a pipe, tank or wall.

3) To mount the panelversion to a wall, use theheavy duty wall mountbracket

4) Order RC filter kits toprotect relays fromvoltage spikes.

3-8850-XP Panel Mount

Field version with universalmounting kit.

Mounting3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapterLiquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid-tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), NPT3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), PG 13.5Other3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit

3-8850

-1 One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 4-wire power

-2 One input with 4 to 20mA output and two relays; uses 4-wire power

-3 One input with two 4 to 20mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4-wire power

- Integral mount package

P

3-8850 -2 P Example Part Number

Panel mount package

Instrument Part Number

Conductivity Transmitter

Select the model suited to the application

Field or panel mount- choose one

Page 120: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

122 www.gfsignet.com

8860 ProcessPro® Two-Channel Conductivity Controller

Compatible ElectrodesThe 8860 ProcessPro® Two-Channel Conductivity Controlleris compatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET Electrodes:2819 2821 28232820 2822 2839*2840* 2841* 2842*

*Not compatible with DryLoc™electrodes. See individual catalogpages for more nformation.

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8860 Two-ChannelConductivity Controller is packed with aset of features and capabilities ideal forthe real needs of water treatmentapplications. It accommodates twoseparate and independent input sourcesand can be powered with AC or 24VDC.The 8860 programs via a simple andintuitive menu system. The unit can alsobe programmed to measure a rawconductivity value by turning off thetemperature compensation mode, hencemeeting USP requirements.

Features• Meets USP require-

ments for measuringraw conductivity, USPalarm mode

• AC or DC powered

• Display and/or control:µS, mS, PPM or PPB(TDS), kΩ, MΩ,% rejection, difference,ratio, °C or °F

• Three fully scaleable4 to 20 mA outputs

• Two open collectoroutputs

• Four programmablerelays

• Time delay relayfunction

• Proportional pulsecontrol capability

• Programmable tem-perature compensation

Application• RO/DI System Control• Demineralizer

Regeneration and Rinse• Scrubber, Cooling

Tower & Boiler Protec-tion

• Chemical Concentration• Rinse Tank Water

Quality• Desalination• Leak Detection• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems• Aquaculture• Environmental Studies

System Overview

+GF+ SIGNET 8860Conductivity Controller

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET ConductivityElectrode(sold separately)

Fittings - Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET 8860Conductivity Controller

Panel Mount

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads(customer supplied)

+GF+ SIGNET ConductivityElectrode*(sold separately)

*Submersible installation not applicable

for Sanitary Conductivity Electrode.

Submersible Sensor InstallationIn-Line Sensor Installation

Dual Sensor Input

To control the process, the 8860 isequipped with four dry contact relaysand three 4 to 20mA output loops.Calculated measurement include Differ-ence, Ratio or % Rejection. Two of therelays may be converted into opencollector outputs with the flip of a switch.Operating modes for the relays andopen collector outputs are high, or lowalarm, pulse, or special USP alarm mode.The 8860 is offered with a NEMA 4X/IP65 front panel with a self-healingwindow in a 1/4 DIN package for easypanel installation.

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 121: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

123www.gfsignet.com

Co

nductivity/

Resistivity

3-8860

-

-AC

3-8860 -AC Example Part Number

100 to 240 VAC

Instrument Part Number

Two-channel Conductivity Controller with three 4 to 20 mA outputs and 4 relays or 2 relays with 2 open collectors (switch selectable)

Power - Choose one

11 to 24 VDC

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

96mm (3.8 in.)

96 mm(3.8 in.)

Front View

102 mm(4.0 in.)

56 mm (2.2 in.)

OptionalSplashproofRear Cover

Panel

Side View

92 mm(3.6 in.)

SpecificationsGeneralCompatible Electrodes:

+GF+ SIGNET 3-28XX ConductivityElectrodes

Operating Range:• Conductivity: 0.055 to 400,000 µS/cm• Resistivity: 10 KΩ•cm to 18.3 MΩ•cm

(0.055 to 100 µS/cm)• TDS: 0.001 to 999999 ppm or ppb

(display limit)• Temperature: PT 1000: -25°C to 120°C

(-13°F to 248°F)Accuracy:• Conductivity/Resistivity: ±2% of reading• Temperature: ±0.5°CMaterialsCase: PBTWindow: Polyurethane coated polycarbonateKeypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubberElectricalPower Requirements• 3-8860-AC: 100 to 240 VAC ± 10%,

50-60 Hz, 20VA• 3-8860: 11 to 24 VDC ±10%, reg.,

0.5A max.Display: Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCDContrast: User selected, 5 levelsUpdate rate: 1 .5 seconds

Current outputs(3 each) 4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustableand reversibleMax. loop impedance: 150Ω @ 12 V

450Ω @ 18 V750Ω @ 24 V

Update rate: Approx. 100 mSAccuracy: ±0.03 mA @ 25°C, 24 VDC

Open-collector outputs:(2 each) Isolated, 50 mA sink or source,

30 VDC max. with pull-up resistorOperational Settings:

Hi, Lo, USP, Pulse, OffHysteresis: User adjustableTime Delay: 0 to 6400 secondsMaximum Pulse Rate: 400 pulses/minute

Alarm Contacts:(up to 4 each) SPDT RelaysMax. voltage ratings:

5 A @ 30 VDC or 5 A @ 250 VACOperational Settings:

Hi, Lo, USP, Pulse, OffHysteresis: User adjustableTime Delay: 0 to 6400 secondsMaximum Pulse Rate: 400 pulses/minute

EnvironmentalEnclosure Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 front onlyAmbient operating temperature:

-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)Storage temperature:

15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensingMax. Altitude: 2,000m (6,560 ft.)Shipping Weight:• 8860-AC: Approx. 0.581 kg (1 .3 lbs.)• 8860: Approx. 0.544 kg (1 .2 lbs.)Standards and Approvals• CSA, CE, UL• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

For More Information:• For wiring information

see page 176.• For installation tips and

information seepage 170.

Electrical (continued)

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8860 159 000 6773-8860-AC 159 000 678

Model 8860Ordering Notes:1) An optional splashproof

rear cover can beordered separately ifneeded.

2) Use the heavy duty wallmount bracket to mountinstrument on a wall

3) Order RC filter kits toprotect relays fromvoltage spikes.

4) Specify 3-2830 Conduc-tivity Certification tool tovalidate your system tomeet USP requirement.

Mounting3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 Retrofit Adapter3-5000.399 198 840 224 5 x 5 in. adapter plate for +GF+ SIGNET retrofit3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracketLiquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid-tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), NPT3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid-tight connector (1 set), PG 13.5Other3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity Certification Tool (see Conductivity

Electrode data sheets for more information)

Page 122: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

124 www.gfsignet.com

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-ParameterController takes the concept of modular-ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is fieldcommissioned with the users specifiedcombination of inputs, outputs, and relaysusing simple-to-install modular boardsinto the base unit. To assemble a control-ler, there is a choice of two base unitsoffered with a choice of back-lit LCD orvacuum fluorescent display. Then, con-tinue building with a selection of plug-inmodules for either two, four, or six inputchannels which accepts any of the +GF+SIGNET sensors listed below, and/orother manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNETModel 8058). To complete your unit,choose a power module with universalAC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC.

System Overview

Features• Measures Flow, pH,

ORP, Conductivity,Pressure, Level andTemperature

• Multi-language display

• 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communicationfor improved noisetolerance, extendedcable lengths, and easywiring

• Accepts 4 to 20mAoutput devices whenused with 8058 signalconverter

Applications• RO/DI System Control• Media Filtration• Pure Water Production• Demineralizers• Chemical Processing• Metal & Plastics Finish-

ing• Fume Scrubbers• Proportional Chemical

Addition• Cooling Tower & Boiler

Protection• Wastewater Treatment• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

Compatible Inputs

If more features are needed, analogoutput and relay modules are availableand easily installed. Plus, the 8900 willsupport up to four additional relays viaan external relay module.

There are other notable features that the8900 offers. For instance, digital input tothe 8900 enables longer cable runs andsimplified wiring with minimal noiseinterference. Advanced relay logicprovides operators an “and/or” logic toproduce hi/low alarms. Derived mea-surements include difference, sum, ratio,percent recovery, percent rejection, andpercent passage (BTU pending). Themenu system can be programmed todisplay in multi-languages includingEnglish, German, French, Spanish,Italian, and Portuguese.

Build th

e unit

to su

it

any applic

ation

require

men

t!

The 8900 Multi-ParameterControllers are compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETsensors/inputs:

515 2507 2850525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540 80582350 2550 80592450 2750See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets

+GF+ SIGNET 8900Multi-ParameterController

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately)

Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signalconverter

Other manufacturer'ssensor with 4 to 20 mA

output

SIGNETFLOW

Loop1

Loop2

Data

á SIGNET

4 5 6

1 2 3

7 8 9

N/C

4-20

mA

Inpu

tS

LO

utpu

t

1 L

oop1

+

2 L

oop1

-

3

N/C

4 L

oop2

+

5 L

oop2

-

6

N/C5V

7

Dat

a

8

GN

D

9

3-80

58-2

Cur

rent

Inpu

SIG

NET

3

OU

T 2

O

UT

1

POW

ER C

OM

M P

ORT

/

OU

T 4

O

UT

3

RELA

Y 2

RE

LAY

1RE

LAY

4

REL

AY 3

SE

NS

OR

IN

PU

TS

Controller

2 Outputs Relay

Input/Output

Power

Select from a

choice of boards

+GF+

XX DN XX X

XX

Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels

C US

®

LR092369E171559

Page 123: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

125www.gfsignet.com

Co

nductivity/

Resistivity

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

8900

2350Temperature

2850

Conductivity

2841Pressure2450

2450Pressure

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

89002750

2754pH 2540

Flow

Multi-Parameter

Output1 19.5 mAOutput2 12.3 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Float

4-2

0 m

A

Inp

ut

á S

IGN

ET

S L

3

8058 4-2

0 m

A to S

L C

onve

rter

3

3 2 1 6 5 4

7 8 9

Loop1PWR

á SIGNET

N/C

S LDATA

3

Loop2PWR

8900

2507Flow

pH2754

2750

Disolved oxygensensor (example of

other brand)

8058Signal Converter

Level sensor (example of other brand)

Example 1:• 8900 input module:

Two inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors

• Wiring configuration:Point-to-point

Example 4:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors; Othermanufacturers dissolvedoxygen and level sensorswith 4 to 20 mA output

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8058signal converter - 4 to 20mA to digital (S3L))

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Daisy-chain

Example 3:• 8900 input module:

Six inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2840 conductivity, 2450pressure, 2750 with 2754pH, and 515 and 2536flow (frequency) sensors

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8059external relay module

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Multi-drop

Example 2:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2841 conductivity, and two2450 pressure sensors

• Wiring configuration:Daisy-chain

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

RELAY A RELAY B

+ S3L - + S3L -OUTPUT 24VDC

+ -AC INPUT

‡ SIGNETRelay Module

DATA

POWER

TEST A

TEST B

Relay A

Relay B

TEST C

TEST D

Relay C

Relay D

INPUT PASS-THRUL N

RELAY C RELAY DNC C NO NC C NONC C NO NC C NO

2850

515

8900

2536

Conductivity

2840

2750

pH2754

Temperature2350

2450

Flow

8059External Relay

Pressure

Flow

System Overview (continued)

There are hundreds of system types that can beset up with the 8900. The examples belowillustrate various sensors in different installationschemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point,daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of

Wiring Options:• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of

individual devices into the controller. Thiswiring topology is applicable for all inputs.

• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequentialconnection from one device to the next byusing junction boxes. This wiring topology isapplicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.

these are listed in each example. Digitalsensor outputs allow for long cable runswith high noise immunity. See page 178for allowable cable lengths. See page 156for more information on mounting sensors.

• Multi-drop wiring allows drops from asingle bus cable. Junction boxes canbe used for the 3-way junctions that areformed with this wiring scheme. Thiswiring topology is applicable for digital(S3L) inputs only.

Notes:1 . External relays can be used with any

input module and does not consume asensor input channel (Model 8059)

2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can beused with any input module.

See page 142 forcomplete informationon 8900.

Page 124: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

126 www.gfsignet.com

Integral Mount ProcessPro® Instrumentsfor Flow, Conductivity, Pressure, and Temperature Measurements

Description+GF+ SIGNET offers a full line ofProcessPro® instruments that mountintegrally onto compatible flow, conduc-tivity, temperature, and pressure sensors.Each integral mount instrument features alocal display with an easy to read 2 x 16character dot matrix LCD. The largepush button keypad makes it easy tonavigate through the instrument’s menufor performing calibrations and settingoutputs and relays.

Features• Flow, pressure,

temperature, conduc-tivity measurements

• Local display forsensor mountedinstruments

• Provides 4 to 20 mAoutput

• Relay options avail-able

• NEMA 4X/IP65enclosures

• 2 or 4 wire poweroptions

• Sensors and instru-ments are UL, CE,and/or CSA ap-proved

Applications• RO/DI System

Control• Cooling Tower

Control• Environmental

Monitoring• Water Quality

Monitoring• Filtration Systems• Chemical Production• Liquid Delivery

Systems• Pump Protection• Scrubber Systems• Boiler Condensate• Semiconductor Water

Production• Leak Detection• Chemical Concentra-

tion Monitoring

All instruments offer a scalable 4 to 20mA output and optional relays forprocess control. The state-of-the-artinstrument electronics ensures long-termreliability, signal stability, and simple userset-up and operation. Various sensorparameters are offered for use in theintegral mount configuration. Parts canbe ordered individually; use the orderingmatrices to guide you on how to buildany unit.

Fittings

Integral Mount+GF+ SIGNET Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings(sold separately)

Standard 3/4 in. fittings

(customer supplied)

Battery powered

Flow Flow Pressure/Level Temperature Conductivity

+GF+ SIGNET IntegralAdapter Kit

+GF+ SIGNET Sensor/Electrode

8150 8550 8450/8250 8350 8850

8051 8051 80528052 8052

515 515 or 2536 2450 2350

2839, 2840,

2841 or 2842

System Overview

SpecificationsSee individual instrument andsensor/electrode catalog pagesfor more information.

Page 125: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

127www.gfsignet.com

Co

nd

uctiv

ity/

Resistiv

ityDimensions

Ordering Information

102 mm/

4.0 in.-X0 or

-X1

-X0 = 152 mm/6.0 in.

-X1 = 185 mm/7.3 in.

Flow

3-8150-1 159 000 9293-8150-1P 159 000 9303-8150-P0 159 000 9313-8150-P1 159 000 9323-8150-T0 159 001 0113-8150-V0 159 001 012

Mfr. Part No. Code

Temperature

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

152.4 mm(6 in.)

46.74 mm(1 .84 in.)3/4 in. NPT

Conductivity

X1, X2, X3, X4

X1 (3-2839-1): 73mm (2.88 in.) X2 (3-2840-1): 35mm (1 .38 in.) X3 (3-2841-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)X4 (3-2842-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)

137.2 mm(5.4 in.)

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

3/4 in. NPT197 mm(7.75 in.)

19.1 mm(0.75 in

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

Pressure

For More Information:• For installation tips and

information see page 156.• For sensor mounting

position information seepages 156.

Integral InstrumentsOrdering Notes:1) Model 8150 is available

with all parts convenientlyassembled.

2) For units other than the8150, order three parts:instrument, sensor, andmounting kit to build anintegrally mountedinstrument. Parts can beassembled at the factoryas a special order.

3) See individual instrumentand sensor pages formore information.

3-8150

-P0

-P1

-T0

-V0

3-8150 - P0

Flow Instrument Part Number

Battery Operated Flow Totalizer

Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one

Example Part Number

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1) for 5 to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin

Page 126: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

128 www.gfsignet.com

Features• 4 to 20 mA or digital

output

• Standard 3/4 in. NPTprocess connection

• One-piece injectionmolded PVDF body

• PT-1000 platinumRTD in extended tipfor quick response

• Easy installation

• Threaded for in-lineor submersibleinstallation

Application• Plating Bath Tem-

perature Control

• Heat Exchange

Monitor

• R.O. and D.I. System

Monitor

• Hot/Cold Mixing

System Monitor

• Data Acquisition

• Cooling Loops

• Effluent Monitoring

• HVAC

• Chemical Processing

2350 Temperature Sensor

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 2350 TemperatureSensor has a one piece injection moldedPVDF body that is ideal for use in highpurity applications. It also outlasts metalsensors in aggressive liquids and elimi-nates the need for costly customthermowells. These sensors are availablewith a proprietary digital output (S3L) orfield-scaleable 4 to 20mA output. Dual

System Overview

threaded ends (3/4 in. NPT) allowsubmersion in process vessels, or in-lineinstallation with conduit connection. Anintegral adapter kit (sold separately)may be used to create a compactassembly with field mount versions of the+GF+ SIGNET 8350 TemperatureTransmitter.

Compatible Instruments

The 2350 Temperature sensoris compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETInstruments:

5091 8350 8900

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

BLIND TR

ANSMITT

ER

OR

DIGITA

L SENSO

R

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount Integral Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input

+GF+ SIGNET 5091(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2350 TemperatureSensor withDigital Output

+GF+ SIGNET2350 TemperatureSensor with4 to 20 mAOutput

OR

+GF+ SIGNET2350 TemperatureSensor withDigital Output

0

Fittings - Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8052)(sold separately)

Submersible Installation*

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET2350 TemperatureSensor withDigital Output

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads

*For submersible pipe, tank or wall mount installations, user must use the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050)

In-Line Installation

+GF+ SIGNET2350 TemperatureSensor withDigital Output

PLC

Page 127: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

129www.gfsignet.com

Temp

erature,

Pressure,Level

SpecificationsDimensions

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2350-1 159 000 0213-2350-2 159 000 022

5523-0222 159 000 392 Sensor cable, (per ft.)3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box with one

liquid tight connector and cap with junctionterminals

3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG 13.5 (1 piece)

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 177.• For installation tips and

information see page 172.

Application Tips:• For submersible sensor

mounting, always use awater tight conduit anda cable gland to preventmoisture intrusion.

• To extend the cable, usea 3-conductor shieldedcable and junction box.

2350-X

27 mm;

(1 .05 in.)

105 mm;

(4.15 in.)

3/4 in.;

NPT;

threads

40.1 mm;

(1 .59 in.)

197 mm;

(7.75 in.)

Temperature instrument;(sold separately)

Mounting Kit;(sold separately)

GeneralOutput: Digital S3L or 4 to 20mAAccuracy: ±0.5°C (±0.9°F)Response Time, τ: 10 secs.Repeatability: ±0.1°C (±0.2°F)Sensing-end connection:

3/4 in. NPT male threadCable-end connection:

3/4 in. NPT male thread

Wetted Material: PVDF

ElectricalPower Requirements:

Type of output is automatically selectedwhen appropriate power is applied.

• Digital (S3L): 4.5 to 6.5VDC <1 .5mA• 4 to 20mA: 9 to 26VDCCable Type:

PVC jacketed, 3-conductor with shield22 AWG, Blk/Red/White/Shld

Cable Length:• 4.6m (15 ft.)• 15.2cm (6 in.); cable length can also be

extended up to 121m (400 ft.)

Digital S3L output:Serial ASCII, TTL Level 9600 bps. Reversepolarity and short circuit protected.

Electrical (continued)4 to 20mA Output:

Accuracy: ±32µAResolution: <5µASpan:

4 to 20mA factory calibrated 0°Cto 100°C (32°F to 212°F)

Max. Loop Impedance:100 Ω @ 12V325 Ω @ 18V600 Ω @ 24V

Update Rate: <100µS

Max. Temperature/Pressure RatingOperating Temperature:

-10°C @ 16 bar to 100°C @ 7.5 bar(14°F @ 232 psi to 212°F @ 108 psi)

Storage Temperature:-55°C to 100°C (-67°F to 212°F)

Relative Humidity:0 to 95% non-condensing

See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs

Shipping Weight: 0.151kg (0.33 lbs.)

Standards & Approvals• CE, UL, CSA listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

3-2350-3 159 000 920

Mfr. Part No. Code

Model 2350Ordering Notes:Any sensor can be mountedwith an instrument in an integralconfiguration (as shown above -see page 140) by doing thefollowing:1) Order Integral adapter kit

PN 3-8052 (sold separately)to connect the instrument(sold separately) directly ontothe sensor.

2) Order an instrument (soldseparately). The followinginstrument part numbers arecompatible with the 2350 forintegral mounting:3-8350-1, 3-8350-2

3-2350

-1

-2

-3

3-2350 -1 Example Part Number

Digital (S3L) and 15.2 cm (6 in.) cable for use with 3-8052 or 3-8052-1 (sold separately)

Sensor Part Number

Temperature Sensor

Output and Cable Length - Choose one

Digital (S3L) and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Current (4 to 20 mA) and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Page 128: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

130 www.gfsignet.com

System Overview

Compatible Instruments

The 2450 Pressure sensor iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET Instruments:

5091 8250 84508900

See individual catalog pages formore information.

Features• 4 to 20 mA or digital

output

• Standard 3/4 in. NPTor 1/2 in. male unionprocess connection

• One-piece injectionmolded PVDF body

• Flush ceramicdiaphragm

• Easy installation

• Choice of threepressure ranges

• Pressure or levelmeasurement

Application• Level or Depth

Sensing

• HVAC Systems

• Scrubber Systems

• Pump Protection

• Water Management

• Irrigation Systems

• Wastewater

• Chemical Processing

• Pressure Regulation/

Monitoring

2450 Pressure Sensors

DescriptionThe 2450 Pressure Sensor has a one-piece injection molded PVDF body andceramic diaphragm for superior com-patibility in corrosive liquids. Threepressure versions allow for optimalresolution matched to your sensingneeds. Solid state circuitry eliminatesdrift (no internal potentiometers). Built-intemperature compensation providesoutstanding accuracy over widetemperature ranges. These sensors are

available with a proprietary digitaloutput (S3L), or field-scaleable 4 to 20mAoutput. Dual-threaded ends allowsubmersion in process vessels, or in-lineinstallation with conduit connection.Integral adapters (sold separately) maybe used to create a compact assemblywith a field mount version of the +GF+SIGNET 8250 Level or 8450 PressureTransmitter.

1/2 in. union mount 3/4 in. NPT

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount Integral Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately) Programable

LogicController

4 to 20 mA Input+GF+ SIGNET

5091(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET2450 PressureSensor withDigital Output

+GF+ SIGNET2450 PressureSensor with4 to 20 mAOutput

OR

+GF+ SIGNET2450 PressureSensor withDigital Output

+GF+ SIGNET2450 PressureSensor withDigital Output

Fittings - Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8052)(sold separately)

In-Line Installation Submersible Installation*

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET2450 PressureSensor with Digital Output

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads**

* For submersible pipe, tank or wall mount installations, user must use the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050)

** Cable must be exposed to the atmosphere.

PLC

BLIND TR

ANSMITT

ER

OR

DIGITA

L SENSO

R

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 129: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

131www.gfsignet.com

Temp

erature,

Pressure,Level

SpecificationsDimensionsGeneralOutput: Digital (S3L) or 4 to 20mAAccuracy: ±1% of full scale @ 25°CResponse Time: <100msSensing-end connection:• 3/4 in. NPT male thread• 1/2 in. union male thread (requires end

connector and union nut)Cable-end connection:

3/4 in. NPT male threadWetted MaterialSensor housing: PVDFDiaphragm cover: PTFEDiaphragm seal: FPMElectricalPower Requirements:• Digital (S3L): 4.5 to 6.5VDC <1 .5mA• 4 to 20mA: 9 to 26VDCCable type:

3 cond + shield, 22 AWG, PVC jacketed,Blk/Red/White/Shld

Cable length:• 4.6m (15 ft.)• 15.2cm (6 in.): can also be extended

up to 121m (400 ft.)

Digital (S3L) output:Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps. Reversepolarity and short circuit protected.

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

3-2450-1U 159 000 6793-2450-2U 159 000 6803-2450-3U 159 000 6833-2450-4U 159 000 6863-2450-5U 159 000 9053-2450-7U 159 000 9063-2450-1L 159 000 0243-2450-2L 159 000 0253-2450-3L 159 000 682

5523-0222 159 000 392 Sensor cable (per ft.)3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box with one liquid tight

connector and cap with junction terminals3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG 13.5 (1 piece)

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 177.• For installation tips and

information see page 171.

Application Tips:• These sensors can also

be used for tank levelmeasurements.

• For submersible sensormounting, always use awater tight conduit anda cable gland to preventmoisture intrusion.

• Cable end of sensormust be exposed toatmospheric pressure.

• To extend the cable, usea 3-conductor shieldedcable & junction box.

80 mm

(3.15 in.)

27 mm

(1 .05 in.)

3/4 in.

NPT

19.1 mm

(0.75 in.)

33.3 mm

(1 .3 in.)

197 mm

(7.75 in.)

PressureInstrument

(sold separately)

Mounting Kit(sold separately)

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-2450-4L 159 000 6853-2450-5L 159 000 9073-2450-7L 159 000 9083-2450-1H 159 000 0263-2450-2H 159 000 0273-2450-3H 159 000 6813-2450-4H 159 000 6843-2450-5H 159 000 9093-2450-7H 159 000 910

Model 2450Ordering NotesAny sensor can be mountedwith an instrument in anintegral configuration (as shownabove - see page 140) by doingthe following:1) Order Integral adapter kit

PN 3-8052 or 3-8052-1(sold separately) to connectthe instrument (sold sepa-rately) directly onto the sensor.

2) Order an instrument (soldseparately). The followinginstrument part numbers arecompatible with the 2450 forintegral mounting: 3-8450-1,3-8450-2, 3-8250-2

3) Union mount version installsinto pipe w/end connectorand union nut (customersupplied)

Electrical (continued)4 to 20mA Output:

Accuracy: ±32µAResolution: <5µASpan:

4 to 20mA factory calibrated tooperating ranges shown below

Max. Loop Impedance:100 Ω @ 12V325 Ω @ 18V600 Ω @ 24V

Max. Temperature/Pressure RatingOperating Temp.: -15°C to 85°C (5°F to 185°F)Storage Temp.: -20°C to 100°C (-4°F to 212°F)Operating Pressure:• -XU: 0 to 0.7 bar (0 to 10 psig)• -XL: 0 to 3.4 bar (0 to 50 psig)• -XH: 0 to 17 bar (0 to 250 psig)Proof Pressure:• -XU: 1 .4 bar (20 psig)• -XL: 5.2 bar (75 psig)• -XH: 20.7 bar (300 psig)Burst pressure: 82 bar (1,200 psig)See page 226 for Temperature and Pressure graphs

Standards and Approvals• CE, CSA, UL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

3-2450

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5

-7

U 0 to 10 psi

L 0 to 50 psi

H 0 to 250 psi

3-2450 -1 L Example Part Number

Sensor Part Number

Pressure Sensor

Output, Process Connection and Cable Length - Choose one

Digital (S3L), 3/4 " male NPT, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Operating Pressure Range - Choose one

Digital (S3L), 3/4" male NPT, 15.2 cm (6 in.) cable used with 3-8052 or 3-8052-1 (sold separately)

Digital (S3L), 1/2" male union, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Current (4 to 20 mA), 1/2" male union, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Digital (S3L), 1/2" male union, 15.2 cm (6 in.) cable used with 3-8052 or 3-8052-1 (sold separately)

Current (4 to 20 mA), 3/4" male NPT, 4.6m (15 ft.) cable

Pipe

EndKConnector

Union Nut

O-Ring

not supplied

Page 130: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

132 www.gfsignet.com

8250 ProcessPro® Level Transmitters

System Overview

Features• Level units for: ft., in.,

m, cm, %

• Volume units for: gal.,in3, lbs., l, m3, kg, %

• Advanced relay con-trol supports up to 4relays

• Output simulation

• Manual (up to 10 pts.)and automatic level-to-volume conversion

• Display level, volumeor both

• Specific gravity entryfor use with pressuresensors and mass unitconversion

• User-selectable aver-aging for display andoutput

• Accepts other levelsensors with 4 to20mA output

Application• Continuous Level and/

or Volume Monitoring• Local or Remote

Display• Fill Start/Stop Control• Pump Protection• Inventory Manage-

ment• Storage Tank Monitor-

ing• Pump Station Control• Waste Sumps• Clarifiers• Plating Lines• Neutralization Tanks• Overflow Protection• Leak Detection

Description+GF+ SIGNET 8250 Level Transmittersare compatible with the +GF+ SIGNET2450 Pressure Sensor. The instrument isavailable in field and panel mountconfigurations, single or dual-channelinput and equipped with one or two 4to 20mA output, fully scaleable andreversible for each input channel. Theunit also features two relays, plus theability to support two additional exter-nally mounted relays (for a total of four).Relay operation is selectable for High,Low, Window or Off, and includes fully

adjustable hysteresis and trigger timedelay. The unit also has the ability toaccept other level sensors with 4 to20mA output via the +GF+ SIGNET8058 Signal Converter. Automatic level-to-volume conversion allows display andcontrol of tank level and/or volume inunits such as gallons, kilograms, feet ormeters. Simply enter the dimensions ofyour tank or vessel, and the instrumentwill calculate volume from the levelmeasurement.

Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral MountPanel Mount

Fittings - Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor

(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor

(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8250 LevelInstrument

+GF+ SIGNETIntegral Adapter Kit(3-8052) (sold separatel

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

Integral MountPipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor

(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8250 LevelInstrument

+GF+ SIGNET 8250 LevelInstrument

Submersible Sensor Installation*

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads

*For submersible pipe, tank or wall mount installations, user must use the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050)

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor

(sold separately)

In-Line Sensor Installation

+GF+ SIGNET 8250 Level Instrument

Compatible SensorsThe 8250 ProcessPro® LevelTransmitter is compatible with thefollowing +GF+ SIGNETsensor:2450 8058 8059See individual catalog pages formore information.

Available with Single or Dual Sensor Input

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 131: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

133www.gfsignet.com

Temp

erature,

Pressure,Level

Specifications

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions GeneralCompatible Sensors:

+GF+ SIGNET pressure sensor versionswith digital (S3L) output or other sensorswith 4 to 20mA output (via Model 8058)

Display:Alphanumeric 2 x 16 LCDSealed 4-button keypadDisplay update rate: 1 secondContrast: User selected, 5 levelsMaterialsCase: Polybutylene (PBT)Panel case gasket: NeopreneWindow:

Polyurethane-coated polycarbonateKeypad: Silicone rubberElectricalInput Power:

12 to 24VDC ±10% regulated,250mA max. current

Sensor power:5VDC ± 1% @ 25°C, regulated(provided by 8250)

Current output:4 to 20mA, isolated, fully adjust able andreversibleMax. loop impedance:• 50Ω max. @ 12V• 325Ω max. @ 18V• 600Ω max. @ 24VUpdate rate: 300 msOutput accuracy: ± 0.03mA

Electrical (continued)Relay outputs:

2 sets mechanical SPDT contactsstandard with all unitsSoftware supports 2 additional relays viaoptional external relay module (3-8059)Maximum voltage rating:• 5A @ 30VDC• 5A @ 250VAC, resistive loadProgrammable for High or Low setpointor for Window range, with adjustablehysteresisTime delay:

programmable from 0 to 6400secEnvironmentalEnclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temp.:

-10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)Storage temperature:

-15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensingMaximum altitude: 2,000m (6,562ft.)Shipping Weight: 0.325 kg (0.8 lbs)

Standards and Approvals• CSA, CE, UL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

106 mm (4.2 in.)

42 mm

(1.7 in.)

64 mm

(2.5 in.)

82 mm

(3.23 in.)

3-8250-XP

Field version with universalmount

Model 8250Ordering Notes:1) Field mount instruments can be

mounted with a sensor in anintegral configuration bychoosing the following:

• Order integral adapter kit3-8052 (sold separately) toconnect the instrument directlyonto the sensor.

• See page 126 for more info.2) An optional splashproof rear

cover can be orderedseparately if needed.

3) Use the universal mounting kitwith the field mount instrumentto mount to a pipe, tank orwall.

4) Two additional relays can beused with this product. See partnumbers 3-8059-2 or 3-8059-2AC (page 150).

5) To mount the panel version ona wall, use heavy duty wallmount bracket.

6) Order RC filter kit to protectrelays from voltage spikes.

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 177.• For installation tips and

information see page 171.• See page 195 for more

information on accesso-ries & replacement parts.

Mfr. Part No. Code3-8250-2 159 000 7663-8250-2P 159 000 767

3-8250-3 159 000 7683-8250-3P 159 000 769

Mfr. Part No. Code

Mounting3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover3-8052 159 000 188 3/4” Integral mounting kit3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracket3-8050.392 159 000 640 Model 200 retrofit adapterLiquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Other3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter Kit (for relay use), 2 per kit3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, single input, loop powered3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, dual input, loop powered3-8059-2 159 000 770 External relay module, 2 relays; requires 12 to 24VDC3-8059-2AC 159 000 771 External relay module, 2 relays; w/power supply, 100 to 240VAC

3-8250

2

3

- Field mount for pipe, wall, tank, or integral mounting

P Panel mount with mounting bracket and panel gasket

3-8250 -2 P Example Part Number

Two inputs with Two 4 to 20 mA outputs and two relays; uses 4 wire power

Instrument Part Number

Level Transmitter

Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one

One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power

Field or panel mount - Choose one

92 mm(3.6 in.)

97 mm(3.8 in.)

56 mm (2.2 in.)41 mm

(1.6 in.)

OptionalRearCover

96 mm(3.8 in.)

96 mm(3.8 in.)

Page 132: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

134 www.gfsignet.com

8350 ProcessPro® Temperature Transmitters

System Overview

Features• Digital (S3L) input for

stable & reliablereading

• Field scaleable 4 to20mA output

• Displays temperatureand mA output

• Temperature display indegrees Celcius (°C) orFarenheit (°F)

• Choice of relay oropen collector output

Application• Process Temperature

Monitoring• Plating Bath

Temperature Control• Heat Exchange

Monitor• R.O. or D.I. Monitoring• Hot/Cold Mixing

System Monitoring• Data Acquisition• Cooling Loops• Effluent Monitoring• HVAC• Chemical Processing

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8350 TemperatureTransmitter offers local or remote displaywith current and relay outputs. Thismodel offers exceptional repeatabilityand accuracy over a wide operatingtemperature range. Configurationsinclude open collector outputs or relayswith status indicators for process controlor alarming. The unit also has the abilityto accept other level sensors which have4 to 20mA output via the +GF+ SIGNET8058 Signal Converter. The chemical

resistant NEMA 4X/IP65 front face isfound on both the highly visible fieldmount or black panel mount instrumentswith a self-healing window and a stan-dard 1/4 DIN cutout. Dual input versionallows temperature difference calculation(∆T) and offers cost savings with indepen-dent dual outputs capable of differencecalculation and output. All models offeran output simulation function for completesystem testing.

Compatible Sensors

The 8350 ProcessPro®

Temperature Transmitter iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET sensor:

2350 8058

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

Fittings - Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET

Temperature Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET

Temperature Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8350 Temp. Transmitter

+GF+ SIGNET 8350 Temp.Transmitter

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8052) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8350 Temp. Transmitter

Integral MountPipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET

Temperature Sensor(sold separately)

Submersible SensorInstallation*

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

Pipe extension

or conduit

with 3/4 in.

FNPT threads

*For submersible pipe, tank or wall

mount installations, user must use

the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050)

In-Line Sensor Installation

+GF+ SIGNET

Temperature Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8350 Temp. Transmitter

Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral MountPanel Mount

Available with single or dual sensor input.

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 133: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

135www.gfsignet.com

Temp

erature,

Pressure,Level

Specifications

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

92 mm(3.6 in.)

97 mm(3.8 in.)

56 mm (2.2 in.)41 mm

(1.6 in.)

OptionalRearCover

96 mm (3.8 in.)

96 mm9(3.8 in.)

3-8350-1 159 000 1923-8350-1P 159 000 1933-8350-2 159 000 194

GeneralCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350 Temperature Sensorversions w/digital output or other sensorswith 4 to 20mA output (via Model 8058)

Accuracy: ±0.5°CDisplay

Alphanumeric, 2 x 16 dot matrix LCDUpdate rate: 1 secondContrast: User selected, 5 levels

MaterialsCase: PBTPanel case gasket: NeopreneWindow:

Polyurethane coated polycarbonateKeypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubberElectricalPower: 12 to 24 VDC ±10% regulated• (-1) 21 mA max.• (-2) 200 mA max.• (-3) 31mA max.Sensor input range:

-10°C to 100°C (14°F to 212°F)Current output

4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable and

reversibleMax. loop impedance:

50Ω max. @ 12 V325Ω max. @ 18 V600Ω max. @ 24 V

Update rate: 200 msAccuracy: ±0.03 mA

Relay outputMechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo, Pulse, OffMaximum voltage rating:

5 A @ 30 VDC, 5 A @ 250 VACresistive load

Hysteresis: User adjustableMaximum 400 pulses/min.

Open-collector outputHi, Lo, Pulse, OffOpen-collector, optically isolated, 50 mAmax, sink, 30 VDC max. w/pull-up resistorHysteresis: User adjustableMaximum 400 pulses/min.

EnvironmentalEnclosure Rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)Storage temperature:

-15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.325 kg (0.8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CSA, CE, UL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 177.• For installation tips and

information see page 172.• See page 195 for more

information on accesso-ries & replacement parts.

Model 8350Ordering Notes:1) Field mount instruments can

be mounted with a sensorin an integral configurationby choosing the following:

• Order integral adapter kitPN 3-8052 (sold sepa-rately) to connect theinstrument directly onto thesensor.

• See page 126 for moreinformation.

2) An optional splashproofrear cover can be orderedseparately if needed.

3) Use the universal mountingkit with the field mountinstrument to mount to apipe, tank or wall.

4) To mount panel version ona wall, use heavy duty wallmount bracket.

5) Order RC filter kits toprotect relays from voltagespikes.

Electrical (continued)

3-8350-2P 159 000 1953-8350-3 159 000 1963-8350-3P 159 000 197

Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code

106 mm (4.2 in.)

42 mm

(1.7 in.)

64 mm

(2.5 in.)

82 mm

(3.23 in.)

Field version withuniversal mount

3-8350-XP

Mounting3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box w/one liquid tight connector

and cap with terminal block3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount Bracket

Liquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)

3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Other3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, single input, loop powered3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, dual input, loop powered3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use) - 2 per kit

3-8350

-1

-2

-3

- Field mount for pipe, wall, tank, or integral mounting

P Panel mount with mounting bracket and panel gasket

3-8350 -1 P Example Part Number

One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power

Instrument Part Number

Temperature Transmitter

Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one

One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 2 wire power

Two inputs with two 4 to 20 mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4 wire power

Field or panel mount - Choose one

Page 134: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

136 www.gfsignet.com

8450 ProcessPro® Pressure Transmitters

System Overview

Features• Digital (S3L) input for

stable and reliablereading

• Pressure can bedisplayed in psi, baror kPa

• Field scaleable 4 to20mA output

• Choice of relay oropen collector output

• NEMA 4X/IP65splashproof enclosure

• Chemical resistantenclosure and self-healing window

Application• Pump, Filter or Pipe

Protection

• Pressure Regulation/

Monitoring

• Over or Under

Pressure Alarm

• Pump Servicing

• HVAC Systems

• Chemical Processing

• Scrubber Systems

• Water Management

• Irrigation Systems

• Waste Water

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8450 PressureTransmitter is a unique instrument thatoffers local or remote display withcurrent and relay outputs. This modeloffers exceptional repeatability andaccuracy over a wide operating pressurerange. The instrument is available in fieldand panel mount configurations, singleor dual channel input and is equippedwith a 4 to 20mA output, fully scaleableand reversible for each input channel.Configurations include open collectoroutputs or relays with status indicatorsfor process control or alarming. The unitalso has the ability to accept othersensors with 4 to 20mA output, via the

Compatible Sensors

The 8450 ProcessPro®

Pressure Transmitter iscompatible with the following+GF+ SIGNET Sensor:

2450 8058

See individual catalog pagesfor more information.

Fittings - Customer supplied

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8450 PressureInstrument

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8052) (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050) (sold separately)

Integral MountPipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8450 PressureInstrument

+GF+ SIGNET 8450 PressureInstrument

Submersible SensorInstallation*

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

Pipe extension or conduitwith 3/4 in. FNPT threads

*For submersible pipe, tank or wall

mount installations, user must use

the Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050)

+GF+ SIGNET 8450 Pressure Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET

Pressure Sensor(sold separately)

In-Line Sensor Installation

Panel Mount Pipe, Wall, Tank and Integral Mount

Available with single or dual sensor input.

+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signal Converter.The chemical resistant NEMA 4X/IP65front face is found in both the highlyvisible field mount or black panel mountinstrument, both featuring a self healingwindow, a standard 1/4 DIN cutout andlarge push buttons for easy navigation.Programming capabilities are availablefor single point calibration, setting ofrelays and outputs, and output simulationfunction for complete system testing. Thedual input version allows differencecalculation (∆P) and offers significantcost savings with independent dualoutputs.

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 135: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

137www.gfsignet.com

Temp

erature,

Pressure,Level

Specifications

Mfr. Part No. Code

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Dimensions

3-8450-1 159 000 0413-8450-1P 159 000 0423-8450-2 159 000 043

96 mm (3.8 in.)

96 mm;(3.8 in.)

GeneralCompatibility:

+GF+ SIGNET 2450 Pressure Sensor versionswith digital output or other sensors with 4 to20mA output (via Model 8058)

Accuracy: ±1% of full scaleRepeatability: ±0.5% of full scaleDisplay:

Alphanumeric 2 x 16 dot matrix LCDUpdate rate: 1 secondContrast: User selected, 5 levels

MaterialsCase: PBTPanel case gasket: NeopreneWindow: Polyurethane coated polycarbonateKeypad: Sealed 4-key silicone rubberElectricalPower: 12 to 24 VDC ±10% regulated• (-1) 21 mA max.• (-2) 220 mA max.• (-3) 60mA max.Sensor Input range:

0 to 250 psig, 0 to 17 bar, 0 to 1700 kPaCurrent output:

4 to 20 mA, isolated, fully adjustable andreversibleMax loop impedance:

50Ω max. @ 12 V325Ω max. @ 18 V600Ω max. @ 24V

Update rate: 100 msAccuracy: ±0.03 mA

Relay outputMechanical SPDT contacts: Hi, Lo, OffMaximum voltage rating:

5 A @ 30 VDC, 5 A @ 250 VACresistive loadHysteresis: User adjustable

Open-collector output: Hi, Lo, OffOpen-collector, optically isolated,50 mA max, sink, 30 VDC max. withpull-up resistor.Hysteresis: User adjustable

EnvironmentalEnclosure rating: NEMA 4X/IP65 frontOperating temperature:

-10°C to 70°C (14°F to 158°F)Storage temperature:

-15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensing

Shipping Weight: 0.325 kg (0.8 lbs.)

Standards and Approvals• CSA, CE, UL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

3-8450-2P 159 000 0443-8450-3 159 000 0453-8450-3P 159 000 046

Mfr. Part No. Code

Model 8450Ordering Notes:1) Field mount instruments can

be mounted with a sensorin an integral configurationby choosing the following:

• Order integral adapter kitPN 3-8052 (sold sepa-rately) to connect theinstrument directly onto thesensor.

• See page 126 for moreinfo.

2) An optional splashproofrear cover can be orderedseparately if needed.

3) Use the universal mountingkit with the field mountinstrument to mount to apipe, tank or wall.

4) To mount the panel versionon a wall, use the heavyduty wall mount bracket.

5) Order RC filter kits toprotect relays from voltagespikes.

For More Information:• For wiring information see

page 177.• For installation tips and

information see page 171.• See page 195 for more

information on accesso-ries and replacementparts.

Electrical (continued)

106 mm (4.2 in.)

42 mm

(1.7 in.)

64 mm

(2.5 in.)

82 mm

(3.23 in.)

Field version with universalmount

3-8450-XP

Mounting3-8050 159 000 184 Universal mounting kit3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral mounting kit3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. NPT mount junction box with liquid tight connector and

cap w/terminal block3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy duty wall mount bracket (for panel mount only)3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface Mount BracketLiquid Tight Connectors3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover (3 connectors)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)

3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)Other3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, single input, loop powered

3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20mA to digital signal converter, dual input, loop powered

3-8450

-1

-2

-3

- Field mount for pipe, wall, tank, or integral mounting

P Panel mount with mounting bracket and panel gasket

3-8450 -1 P Example Part Number

One input with 4 to 20 mA output and two relays; uses 4 wire power

Instrument Part Number

Pressure Transmitter

Input(s), Outputs, and Power - Choose one

One input with 4 to 20 mA output and one open collector; uses 2 wire power

Two inputs with two 4 to 20 mA outputs and 2 open collectors; uses 4 wire power

Field or panel mount - Choose one

92 mm(3.6 in.)

97 mm(3.8 in.)

56 mm (2.2 in.)41 mm

(1.6 in.)

OptionalRearCover

Page 136: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

138 www.gfsignet.com

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-ParameterController takes the concept of modular-ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is fieldcommissioned with the users specifiedcombination of inputs, outputs, and relaysusing simple-to-install modular boardsinto the base unit. To assemble a control-ler, there is a choice of two base unitsoffered with a choice of back-lit LCD orvacuum fluorescent display. Then, con-tinue building with a selection of plug-inmodules for either two, four, or six inputchannels which accepts any of the +GF+SIGNET sensors listed below, and/orother manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNETModel 8058). To complete your unit,choose a power module with universalAC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC.

System Overview

Features• Measures Flow, pH,

ORP, Conductivity,Pressure, Level andTemperature

• Multi-language display

• 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communicationfor improved noisetolerance, extendedcable lengths, and easywiring

• Accepts 4 to 20mAoutput devices whenused with 8058 signalconverter

Applications• RO/DI System Control• Media Filtration• Pure Water Production• Demineralizers• Chemical Processing• Metal & Plastics Finish-

ing• Fume Scrubbers• Proportional Chemical

Addition• Cooling Tower & Boiler

Protection• Wastewater Treatment• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

Compatible Inputs

If more features are needed, analogoutput and relay modules are availableand easily installed. Plus, the 8900 willsupport up to four additional relays viaan external relay module.

There are other notable features that the8900 offers. For instance, digital input tothe 8900 enables longer cable runs andsimplified wiring with minimal noiseinterference. Advanced relay logicprovides operators an “and/or” logic toproduce hi/low alarms. Derived mea-surements include difference, sum, ratio,percent recovery, percent rejection, andpercent passage (BTU pending). Themenu system can be programmed todisplay in multi-languages includingEnglish, German, French, Spanish,Italian, and Portuguese.

Build th

e unit

to su

it

any applic

ation

require

men

t!

The 8900 Multi-ParameterControllers are compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETsensors/inputs:

515 2507 2850525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540 80582350 2550 80592450 2750See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets

+GF+ SIGNET 8900Multi-ParameterController

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately)

Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signalconverter

Other manufacturer'ssensor with 4 to 20 mA

output

SIGNETFLOW

Loop1

Loop2

Data

á SIGNET

4 5 6

1 2 3

7 8 9

N/C

4-20

mA

Inpu

tS

LO

utpu

t

1 L

oop1

+

2 L

oop1

-

3

N/C

4 L

oop2

+

5 L

oop2

-

6

N/C5V

7

Dat

a

8

GN

D

9

3-80

58-2

Cur

rent

Inpu

SIG

NET

3

OU

T 2

O

UT

1

POW

ER C

OM

M P

ORT

/

OU

T 4

O

UT

3

RELA

Y 2

RE

LAY

1RE

LAY

4

REL

AY 3

SE

NS

OR

IN

PU

TS

Controller

2 Outputs Relay

Input/Output

Power

Select from a

choice of boards

+GF+

XX DN XX X

XX

Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels

C US

®

LR092369E171559

Page 137: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

139www.gfsignet.com

Temp

erature,

Pressure,Level

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

8900

2350Temperature

2850

Conductivity

2841Pressure2450

2450Pressure

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

89002750

2754pH 2540

Flow

Multi-Parameter

Output1 19.5 mAOutput2 12.3 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Float

4-2

0 m

A

Inp

ut

á S

IGN

ET

S L

3

8058 4-2

0 m

A to S

L C

onve

rter

3

3 2 1 6 5 4

7 8 9

Loop1PWR

á SIGNET

N/C

S LDATA

3

Loop2PWR

8900

2507Flow

pH2754

2750

Disolved oxygensensor (example of

other brand)

8058Signal Converter

Level sensor (example of other brand)

Example 1:• 8900 input module:

Two inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors

• Wiring configuration:Point-to-point

Example 4:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors; Othermanufacturers dissolvedoxygen and level sensorswith 4 to 20 mA output

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8058signal converter - 4 to 20mA to digital (S3L))

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Daisy-chain

Example 3:• 8900 input module:

Six inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2840 conductivity, 2450pressure, 2750 with 2754pH, and 515 and 2536flow (frequency) sensors

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8059external relay module

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Multi-drop

Example 2:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2841 conductivity, and two2450 pressure sensors

• Wiring configuration:Daisy-chain

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

RELAY A RELAY B

+ S3L - + S3L -OUTPUT 24VDC

+ -AC INPUT

‡ SIGNETRelay Module

DATA

POWER

TEST A

TEST B

Relay A

Relay B

TEST C

TEST D

Relay C

Relay D

INPUT PASS-THRUL N

RELAY C RELAY DNC C NO NC C NONC C NO NC C NO

2850

515

8900

2536

Conductivity

2840

2750

pH2754

Temperature2350

2450

Flow

8059External Relay

Pressure

Flow

System Overview (continued)

There are hundreds of system types that can beset up with the 8900. The examples belowillustrate various sensors in different installationschemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point,daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of

Wiring Options:• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of

individual devices into the controller. Thiswiring topology is applicable for all inputs.

• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequentialconnection from one device to the next byusing junction boxes. This wiring topology isapplicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.

these are listed in each example. Digitalsensor outputs allow for long cable runswith high noise immunity. See page 180for allowable cable lengths. See page 158for more information on mounting sensors.

• Multi-drop wiring allows drops from asingle bus cable. Junction boxes canbe used for the 3-way junctions that areformed with this wiring scheme. Thiswiring topology is applicable for digital(S3L) inputs only.

Notes:1 . External relays can be used with any

input module and does not consume asensor input channel (Model 8059)

2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can beused with any input module.

See page 142 forcomplete informationon 8900.

Page 138: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

140 www.gfsignet.com

Integral Mount ProcessPro® Instrumentsfor Flow, Conductivity, Pressure, and Temperature Measurements

Description+GF+ SIGNET offers a full line ofProcessPro® instruments that mountintegrally onto compatible flow, conduc-tivity, temperature, and pressure sensors.Each integral mount instrument features alocal display with an easy to read 2 x 16character dot matrix LCD. The largepush button keypad makes it easy tonavigate through the instrument’s menufor performing calibrations and settingoutputs and relays.

Features• Flow, pressure,

temperature, conduc-tivity measurements

• Local display forsensor mountedinstruments

• Provides 4 to 20 mAoutput

• Relay options avail-able

• NEMA 4X/IP65enclosures

• 2 or 4 wire poweroptions

• Sensors and instru-ments are UL, CE,and/or CSA ap-proved

Applications• RO/DI System

Control• Cooling Tower

Control• Environmental

Monitoring• Water Quality

Monitoring• Filtration Systems• Chemical Production• Liquid Delivery

Systems• Pump Protection• Scrubber Systems• Boiler Condensate• Semiconductor Water

Production• Leak detection• Chemical Concentra-

tion Monitoring

All instruments offer a scalable 4 to 20mA output and optional relays forprocess control. The state-of-the-artinstrument electronics ensures long-termreliability, signal stability, and simple userset-up and operation. Various sensorparameters are offered for use in theintegral mount configuration. Parts canbe ordered individually; use the orderingmatrices to guide you on how to buildany unit.

Fittings

Integral Mount+GF+ SIGNET Instrument

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings(sold separately)

Standard 3/4 in. fittings

(customer supplied)

Battery powered

Flow Flow Pressure/Level Temperature Conductivity

+GF+ SIGNET IntegralAdapter Kit

+GF+ SIGNET Sensor/Electrode

8150 8550 8450/8250 8350 8850

8051 8051 80528052 8052

515 515 or 2536 2450 2350

2839, 2840,

2841 or 2842

System Overview

SpecificationsSee individual instrument andsensor/electrode catalog pagesfor more information.

Page 139: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

141www.gfsignet.com

Temp

eratu

re,Pressu

re,Level

Dimensions

Ordering Information

102 mm/

4.0 in.-X0 or

-X1

-X0 = 152 mm/6.0 in.

-X1 = 185 mm/7.3 in.

Flow

3-8150-1 159 000 9293-8150-1P 159 000 9303-8150-P0 159 000 9313-8150-P1 159 000 9323-8150-T0 159 001 0113-8150-V0 159 001 012

Mfr. Part No. Code

Temperature

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

152.4 mm(6 in.)

46.74 mm(1 .84 in.)3/4 in. NPT

Conductivity

X1, X2, X3, X4

X1 (3-2839-1): 73mm (2.88 in.) X2 (3-2840-1): 35mm (1 .38 in.) X3 (3-2841-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)X4 (3-2842-1): 41 .3mm (1 .63 in.)

137.2 mm(5.4 in.)

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

3/4 in. NPT197 mm(7.75 in.)

19.1 mm(0.75 in

106.7 mm(4.2 in.)

Pressure

For More Information:• For installation tips and

information see page 156.• For sensor mounting

position information seepages 156.

Integral InstrumentsOrdering Notes:1) Model 8150 is available

with all parts convenientlyassembled.

2) For units other than the8150, order three parts:instrument, sensor, andmounting kit to build anintegrally mountedinstrument. Parts can beassembled at the factoryas a special order.

3) See individual instrumentand sensor pages formore information.

3-8150

-P0

-P1

-T0

-V0

3-8150 - P0

Flow Instrument Part Number

Battery Operated Flow Totalizer

Field, Panel, or Integral Sensor mount - choose one

Example Part Number

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-P1) for 5 to 8 in. pipes, with a polypropylene body, Black PVDF rotor, and Titanium pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-T0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and pin

3-8150-1 integrally mounted on Model 515 Paddlewheel (Part No. 3-8510-V0) for 0.5 to 4 in. pipes, with a natural PVDF body, rotor, and Hastelloy pin

Page 140: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

142 www.gfsignet.com

8900 Multi-Parameter Controller

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-ParameterController takes the concept of modular-ity to the extreme. Each 8900 is fieldcommissioned with the users specifiedcombination of inputs, outputs, and relaysusing simple-to-install modular boardsinto the base unit. To assemble a control-ler, there is a choice of two base unitsoffered with a choice of back-lit LCD orvacuum fluorescent display. Then, con-tinue building with a selection of plug-inmodules for either two, four, or six inputchannels which accepts any of the +GF+SIGNET sensors listed below, and/orother manufacturer’s sensors via a 4 to20mA signal converter (+GF+ SIGNETModel 8058). To complete your unit,choose a power module with universalAC line voltage or 12 to 24 VDC.

System Overview

Features• Measures Flow, pH,

ORP, Conductivity,Pressure, Level andTemperature

• Multi-language display

• 1/4 DIN enclosure

• Up to 4 analog outputs

• Up to 8 relays

• 12 to 24 VDC or85 to 264 VAC Power

• Digital Communicationfor improved noisetolerance, extendedcable lengths, and easywiring

• Accepts 4 to 20mAoutput devices whenused with 8058 signalconverter

Applications• RO/DI System Control• Media Filtration• Pure Water Production• Demineralizers• Chemical Processing• Metal & Plastics Finish-

ing• Fume Scrubbers• Proportional Chemical

Addition• Cooling Tower & Boiler

Protection• Wastewater Treatment• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

Compatible Inputs

If more features are needed, analogoutput and relay modules are availableand easily installed. Plus, the 8900 willsupport up to four additional relays viaan external relay module.

There are other notable features that the8900 offers. For instance, digital input tothe 8900 enables longer cable runs andsimplified wiring with minimal noiseinterference. Advanced relay logicprovides operators an “and/or” logic toproduce hi/low alarms. Derived mea-surements include difference, sum, ratio,percent recovery, percent rejection, andpercent passage (BTU pending). Themenu system can be programmed todisplay in multi-languages includingEnglish, German, French, Spanish,Italian, and Portuguese.

Build th

e unit

to su

it

any applic

ation

require

men

t!

The 8900 Multi-ParameterControllers are compatible withthe following +GF+ SIGNETsensors/inputs:

515 2507 2850525 2517 70002000 2536 70022100 2540 80582350 2550 80592450 2750See individual catalog pages formore information.

+GF+ SIGNET Fittings (sold separately) See individual sensor data sheets

+GF+ SIGNET 8900Multi-ParameterController

Panel Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Sensors (sold separately)

Use up to 6 inputs with one instrument from a choice of sensors+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signalconverter

Other manufacturer'ssensor with 4 to 20 mA

output

SIGNETFLOW

Loop1

Loop2

Data

á SIGNET

4 5 6

1 2 3

7 8 9

N/C

4-20

mA

Inpu

tS

LO

utpu

t

1 L

oop1

+

2 L

oop1

-

3

N/C

4 L

oop2

+

5 L

oop2

-

6

N/C5V

7

Dat

a

8

GN

D

9

3-80

58-2

Cur

rent

Inpu

SIG

NET

3

OU

T 2

O

UT

1

POW

ER C

OM

M P

ORT

/

OU

T 4

O

UT

3

RELA

Y 2

RE

LAY

1RE

LAY

4

REL

AY 3

SE

NS

OR

IN

PU

TS

Controller

2 Outputs Relay

Input/Output

Power

Select from a

choice of boards

+GF+

XX DN XX X

XX

Available with 2, 4, or 6 channels

C US

®

LR092369E171559

Page 141: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

143www.gfsignet.com

Mu

lti-Pa

ram

ete

rIn

strum

en

t

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

8900

2350Temperature

2850

Conductivity

2841Pressure2450

2450Pressure

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

89002750

2754pH 2540

Flow

Multi-Parameter

Output1 19.5 mAOutput2 12.3 mA

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Float

4-2

0 m

A

Inp

ut

á S

IGN

ET

S L

3

8058 4-2

0 m

A to S

L C

onve

rter

3

3 2 1 6 5 4

7 8 9

Loop1PWR

á SIGNET

N/C

S LDATA

3

Loop2PWR

8900

2507Flow

pH2754

2750

Disolved oxygensensor (example of

other brand)

8058Signal Converter

Level sensor (example of other brand)

Example 1:• 8900 input module:

Two inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2540 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors

• Wiring configuration:Point-to-point

Example 4:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2507 flow(frequency) and 2750 with2754 pH sensors; Othermanufacturers dissolvedoxygen and level sensorswith 4 to 20 mA output

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8058signal converter - 4 to 20mA to digital (S3L))

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Daisy-chain

Example 3:• 8900 input module:

Six inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2840 conductivity, 2450pressure, 2750 with 2754pH, and 515 and 2536flow (frequency) sensors

• External Devices:+GF+ SIGNET 8059external relay module

• Wiring configuration:Combination of Point-to-point and Multi-drop

Example 2:• 8900 input module:

Four inputs• Sensors connected:

+GF+ SIGNET 2350temp. sensor, 2850 with2841 conductivity, and two2450 pressure sensors

• Wiring configuration:Daisy-chain

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

RELAY A RELAY B

+ S3L - + S3L -OUTPUT 24VDC

+ -AC INPUT

‡ SIGNETRelay Module

DATA

POWER

TEST A

TEST B

Relay A

Relay B

TEST C

TEST D

Relay C

Relay D

INPUT PASS-THRUL N

RELAY C RELAY DNC C NO NC C NONC C NO NC C NO

2850

515

8900

2536

Conductivity

2840

2750

pH2754

Temperature2350

2450

Flow

8059External Relay

Pressure

Flow

System Overview (continued)

There are hundreds of system types that can beset up with the 8900. The examples belowillustrate various sensors in different installationschemes. Wiring topology for point-to-point,daisy-chain, multi-drop, or a combination of

Wiring Options:• Point-to-point wiring is direct wiring of

individual devices into the controller. Thiswiring topology is applicable for all inputs.

• Daisy-chain wiring allows sequentialconnection from one device to the next byusing junction boxes. This wiring topology isapplicable for digital (S3L) inputs only.

these are listed in each example. Digitalsensor outputs allow for long cable runswith high noise immunity. See page 180for allowable cable lengths. See page 158for more information on mounting sensors.

• Multi-drop wiring allows drops from asingle bus cable. Junction boxes canbe used for the 3-way junctions that areformed with this wiring scheme. Thiswiring topology is applicable for digital(S3L) inputs only.

Notes:1 . External relays can be used with any

input module and does not consume asensor input channel (Model 8059)

2. Model 8058 Signal Converter can beused with any input module.

Page 142: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

144 www.gfsignet.com

SpecificationsGeneralConfigurability: Modular (completely

field-commissionable)No. of input channels: 2, 4, or 6Compatible sensors: See Page 142

for list.Input signal types:• Digital (S3L): Serial ASCII,

TTL level 9600 bps• Frequency: 0 to 1500 Hz

Accuracy: 0.5% of readingMeasurement types:

Flow, pH, ORP, Conductivity/Resistivity,Pressure, Temperature, Level, or any devicewith 4 to 20mA output

Derived measurements:Sum, Difference, Ratio, % Recovery,% Reject, % Passage

No. of relays supported:Available in pairs: 0, 2, 4, 6 or 8 (Dry-Contact and/or Solid State)

No. of analog outputs:Available in pairs: 0, 2 or 4 (active and/orpassive 4 to 20mA; and/or 0 to 5/10 VDC)

Enclosure and DisplayEnclosure Rating:

NEMA 4X/IP65 (front face only)Case material: PBTPanel Gasket: Silicone SpongeWindow:

Self-healing polyurethane-coatedpolycarbonate

Keypad:4-buttons, highly tactile and audibleInjection-molded silicone rubber seal

Display:Alphanumeric 2 x 16 back-lit LCD orVacuum Fluorescent (VF) versionsUpdate rate: 1 secondAccuracy: Sensor dependentVF Brightness: 4 intensity levelsLCD Contrast:4 settingsLanguages Available:

English, French, Spanish, GermanItalian, and Portuguese

Display ranges (see sensor specifications foractual measurement limits):• pH: -2.00 to 15.00 pH• pH Temp.:

-40°C to 150°C (-40°F to 302°F)• ORP: -9999 to +9999 mV• Flow rate:

0.0000 to 999999 units per second,minute, hour or day

• Totalizer: 0.00 to 99999999 units• Conductivity:

0.0000to 999990 µS, mS, PPM & PPB(TDS), kΩ, MΩ

• Cond. Temp.:-99.9°C to 250°C (-148°F to 482°F)

• Temperature:-99.9°C to 999.9°C (-148°F to 999.9°F)

• Pressure: -99.99 to 9999 psi, kPa, barDisplay ranges (continued)• Level:

-99999 to 99999 m, cm, ft, in., %• Volume:

-99999 to 999999 m3, ft3, in3, cm3, gal, L,kg, lb, %

• Other (4 to 20mA):-99999 to 99999 user selectable units

EnvironmentalAmbient Operating Temperature:• Back-lit LCD:

-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)• VF Display:

-10°C to 50°C (14°F to 122°F)Storage Temp.:

-15°C to 80°C (5°F to 176°F)Relative Humidity:

0 to 95%, non-condensingMaximum Altitude:• 2,000m (6,560 ft.)• 4,000m (13,123 ft.); use only DC power

supply and, if applicable, solid staterelays to maintain UL safety standard upto this altitude.

ElectricalPower Requirements (AC or DC via PowerModules)• Universal AC: 85 to 264 VAC,

50-60 Hz, 24 VA max.• DC: 9.9 to 26.4 VDC

unregulated, 7 Watts max.Output Power to Sensors:

5VDC up to 40mA totalTerminal type:

Screw-clamp, removable via plug-inmodules.

Analog Outputs (via I/O Modules andOutput Modules) All analog outputs arefreely assignable to any channel

4 to 20mA Output:Endpoints are adjustable and reversible:• Minimum default

4.0 mA; user adjustable from 3.8 to5.0 mA

• Maximum default20.00 mA; user adjustable from19.0 to 21 .0 mA

Test mode:Produces an adjustable 4 to 20mA signalfor functional verification of each outputcircuit

Isolation: Up to 48 V AC/DCError condition:

22.1 mA (default state when outputsource not configured)

Update rate: 100mSAccuracy:

±32µA over entire operating temperaturerange

Dimensions

NNN

Op

tiona

lN

Rea

r C

ove

r

92mmN

(3.6 in.)

56mmN

(2.21 in.)

123mmN

(4.85 in.)

96mmN

(3.78 in.)

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

96mmN

(3.78 in.)

96mm (3.78 in.)

Page 143: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

145www.gfsignet.com

Mu

lti-Pa

ram

ete

rIn

strum

en

t

Analog Outputs (Continued)Passive 4 to 20mAVoltage: 12 to 24VDC ±10%Max. Impedance:

250Ω @ 12 VDC500Ω @ 18 VDC750Ω @ 24 VDC

Active 4 to 20mAMax. Impedance: 650Ω

0 to 5/10 VDC Output:Output range:

0 to 5 VDC or 0 to 10 VDC, softwareselectable

Endpoints are adjustable and reversible:• Minimum default:

0 VDC; user programmable from 0to 0.5 VDC

• Maximum default:5 VDC; user programmable from4.5 to 5.5 VDC, or 9.5 to 10.5 VDC

Output load: 10kΩ minimumTest mode:

Produces an adjustable signal for functionalverfication of each output circuit

Isolation: Up to 48 V AC/DCError condition:

0 VDC (default state when output source notconfigured)

Update rate: 100mSAccuracy:

±20mV over entire operating temperaturerange

Resolution: 5mVPower Supply Rejection: 0.5 mV/V

Relay ModulesAll relays are freely assignable to any channel.Internal relay modes of operation:

Off, Low, High, Window, Pulse, PWM, USP,Totalizer Volume, Advanced

External relay modes of operation:Off, Low, High, Window, USP, Advanced

Hysterisis: User adjustableTime Delay: 0 to 6400 secondsAdvanced relay:

“AND/OR” logic for controlling with hi/lowmodes.

Solid State Relays(non-mechanical switches)Normally open/closed operation:

Software selectableMaximum pulse rate:• 600 pulses/min.

(volumetric pulse & PWM modes)• 400 pulses/min. (prop. pulse mode)Maximum voltage rating:

30 VDC or 42 VAC p-pCurrent rating:

50mA DC or 50mA AC RMSOn-state impedance: 30Ω or lessOff-state leakage: 400nA or less, AC or DCIsolation: Up to 48 V AC/DCTransient protection:

Embedded, up to 48 V over-voltage

Dry-contact Relays(mechanical contacts)Type: SPDTForm: CMaximum pulse rate:• 600 pulses/min.

(volumetric pulse & PWM modes)• 400 pulses/min. (prop. pulse mode)Maximum voltage rating:

30 VDC or 250 VACCurrent rating: 5A

Shipping Weights:• Base unit: 1 .0 kg (2.25 lb.)• Power Module: 0.12 kg (0.25 lb.)• I/O Module: 0.12 kg ((0.25 lb.)• Output Module: 0.12 kg (0.25 lb.)• Relay Module: 0.12 kg (0.25 lb.)

Standards and Approvals• CE, UL, and CSA• Manufactured under ISO 9001: 2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 for Environ-mental Management

Specifications (continued)

Page 144: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

146 www.gfsignet.com

3-8900.403-154

3-8900.401-X

3-8900.405-X

3-8900.402-X

1

2

3

OU

T 2

OU

T 1

SEN

SO

R IN

PU

TS

PO

WER

CO

MM

PO

RT/

OU

T 4 O

UT

3

RELA

Y 4

R

ELA

Y 3

RELA

Y 2

R

ELA

Y 1

1

2

3

5

5

4

4

3-89003-8900-VF

5

43-8900.403-2

Installation of Modules with the base unit

1. I/O moduleOne I/O module is required to builda functional 8900. I/O modules areoffered for 2, 4, or 6 sensor inputswith or without 2 outputs. User canselect two additional outputs via theoutput module.

2. Power moduleOne power module is required tobuild a functional 8900. The powermodule is offered for universal 110/220 VAC or 12 to 24 VDC (Thismodule can be powered by optionalexternal relays (see ordering informa-tion for more details).

3. Output moduleOutput modules are optional whenbuilding an 8900. This module canbe used in addition to other outputsthat are availble in the I/O modules.Active current and voltage outputs arepowered by the 8900. Passiveoutputs require an outside 12 - 24VDC power supply. All outputs areassignable to any input channel.

4 & 5. Relay modulesRelay modules are optional whenbuilding an 8900. Relay modes ofoperation include off, low, high, window,USP, totalizer volume, and advanced.The advanced relay option for "AND/OR" logic is used for up to 3 conditions.For instance, a relay will go to hi/low if"a" is true and "b" or "c" is false. One ortwo relay modules can be installed intothe 8900. One additional external relaymodule can also be used at the sametime (See optional extenal relay orderinginformation) All relays are assignable toany input channel.

3-8900/3-8900-VFOne base unit is required to build a functional8900. It is offered with a backlit LCD or aVacuum Fluorescent Display and programmingthe unit is done simply via the push-buttonkeypad. The unit can be tailored to display in

English, German, French, Spanish, Italian,and Portuguese. The two line display allowsfor easy programming, navigation, andviewing of each channel.

Installation of Modules:Modules simply plug in bysliding into the base unit on rails.They are held securely in placeby the rear panel. Changes andupgrades can be made in thefield at any time.

Page 145: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

147www.gfsignet.com

Mu

lti-Pa

ram

ete

rIn

strum

en

t

Mfr. Part No.D CodeD DescriptionD

3-8900N 159 000 868N Base unit with back-lit LCNDN

3-8900-VF N 159 000 869N Base unit with Vacuum Fluorescent displayN

3-8900.401-1N 159 000 870N Dual (2) Input (no outputs)N

3-8900.401-2N 159 000 871N Dual (2) Input with Two Passive* Loop OutputsN

3-8900.401-3N 159 000 872N Dual (2) Input with Two Active Loop OutputsN

3-8900.401-4N 159 000 873N Dual (2) Input with Two Voltage OutputsN

3-8900.401-5N 159 000 874N Quad (4) Input (no outputs)N

3-8900.401-6N 159 000 875N Quad (4) Input with Two Passive* Loop OutputsN

3-8900.401-7N 159 000 876N Quad (4) Input with Two Active Loop OutputsN

3-8900.401-8N 159 000 877N Quad (4) Input with Two Voltage OutputsN

3-8900.401-9N 159 000 968N Six Inputs (no outputs)N

3-8900.401-10N 159 000 969N Six Inputs with Two Passive* Loop OutputsN

3-8900.401-11N 159 000 970N Six Inputs with Two Active Loop OutputsN

3-8900.401-12N 159 000 971N Six Inputs with Two Voltage OutputsN

3-8900.402-1N 159 000 878N 110/220 VAC Power ModuleN

3-8900.402-2N 159 000 879N 12 to 24 VDC Power ModuleN

3-8900.405-1N 159 000 883N Two Passive* Current Loop OutputsN

3-8900.405-2N 159 000 884N Two Active Current Loop OutputsN

3-8900.405-3N 159 000 885N Two 0 to 5 and/or 0 to 10 VDC OutputsN

3-8900.403-1N 159 000 880N Two Dry Contact RelaysN

3-8900.403-2N 159 000 881N Two Solid State RelaysN

3-8059-2N 159 000 770N Two dry-contact relays; requires 12 to 24 VDNCN

3-8059-2ACN 159 000 771NTwo dry-contact relays; requires 100 to 240 VAC; supplies power to the 12 to 24 VDC power moduleN

3-8059-4N 159 000 772NFour dry-contact relays; requires 12 to 24 VDCN

3-8059-4ACN 159 000 773NFour dry-contact relays; requires 100 to 240 VAC; supplies power to the 12 to 24VDC power moduleN

Base units, required; choose oneD

I/O (input/output) modules, required; choose oneD

Power modules, required; choose oneD

Optional output modules - choose oneD

Optional relay modules - choose one or twDoD

Optional external relays - choose one**D

Mounting3-8050.392 159 000 640 Panel adapter, 1/2 DIN to 1/4 DIN3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover3-0000.596-1 159 000 892 1/4 DIN wall mount bracket, 6.5 in. (use if

no rear cover is installed)3-0000.596-2 159 000 893 1/4 DIN wall mount bracket, 9 in. (use if

rear cover is installed)3-5000.399 198 840 224 Panel adapter, 5 x 5 in. to 1/4 DIN3-5000.598 198 840 225 Surface mount bracketPower Supplies7300-7524 159 000 687 24 VDC Power Supply 7.5 W, 300mA7300-1524 159 000 688 24 VDC Power Supply 15 W, 600mA7300-3024 159 000 689 24 VDC Power Supply 30 W, 1 .3 A7300-5024 159 000 690 24 VDC Power Supply 50 W, 2.1 A7300-1024 159 000 691 24 VDC Power Supply 100 W, 4.2 AMiscellaneous3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use), 2 per kit

Ordering InformationTo build a functional 8900 controller, choose a base unit, power module, and input/output (I/O) module. Additional outputs and relays are available, if needed.

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

For More Information:• For wiring information

see page 179.• For installation tips and

information seepage 172.

• For maximum cablelengths see page 178.

Model 8900Ordering Notes:1) Building a functional

unit requires a base unit,I/O module, and powermodule.

2) Output options areavailable on I/Omodules and additionaloutput modules can beused. The 8900 cansupport up to fouroutputs.

3) Up to two internal relaymodules can be usedsimultaneously; addi-tional external relayscan also be used. The8900 can support up toeight relays.

4) A maximum total of twofrequency sensors canbe used with any inputcard.

5) A total of six digit inputsor four digital with twofrequency inputs can beused.

6) The 8900 boards canbe removed or insertedat any time to add /remove inputs, outputs,and relays.

7) The 8900 can bereconfigured with newsensor types by simplereprogramming.

* Passive outputs require an outside power source** See the 8059 External Relay Modules, catalog page 150 for more information

Page 146: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

148 www.gfsignet.com

i-Go™ 8058 Signal Converter

DescriptionThe +GF+ SIGNET i-Go™ 8058 SignalConverter accepts any 4 to 20 mA signaland converts it into the +GF+ SIGNETdigital (S3L) format, the serial data formatused by the +GF+ SIGNET 8250, 8350,8450 and 8900 instruments. When usedwith the 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller,the measurement type and operatingrange are defined in the 8900 setupmenu.

When used with level, temperature andpressure transmitters, the 8058 is config-

Features• Connects with level,

temperature, pressureand multi-parameter+GF+ SIGNETinstruments

• Up to two 4 to 20mAsensor inputs

• Connects additionalmeasurement param-eters to +GF+ SIGNET8900 Multi-Parameterinstrument

• Wire or DIN railmountable

Applications• Dissolved Oxygen

Monitoring and Control

in Wastewater

• Chlorine Dioxide for

Disinfection

• Ozone Monitoring

• Toroidal Conductivity

• Chlorine Injection

Control

• Tank Level Monitoring

• Turbidity and

Suspended Solids

Monitoring

ured at the factory to the user’s specifi-cations.

The wire-mount single-channel version iseasily mounted anywhere in the intercon-necting wiring between the sensor andthe instrument.

The DIN rail mounted dual-channelversion can convert one or two separate4 to 20mA inputs into a digital (S3L)output.

Compatible InstrumentsThe +GF+ SIGNET i-Go™8058 Signal Converter iscompatible with the followinginstruments:

8250 84508350 8900

See individual catalog pages formore information.

Compatible SensorsThe +GF+ SIGNET i-Go™ 8058Signal Converter is compatiblewith the following sensors:

All sensors with 4 to 20mA output.

System Overview

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument:• 8250-XP• 8350-XP • 8450-XP• 8900

Panel Mount Pipe, Tank or Wall Mount

+GF+ SIGNET UniversalAdapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument(sold separately)

Any transmitter or other device with 4 to 20 mA output

+GF+ SIGNETi-Go™ 8058Signal Converter

(sold separately)

OR

3-8058-2

3-8058-1

Page 147: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

149www.gfsignet.com

Oth

er

Pro

du

ctsDimensions Specifications

GeneralInput:

4 to 20mA current loop, passive(external power required)

Input range: 3.6 to 22.1 mAOutput: Digital (S3L) output

3-8058-2: calibrated mAAccuracy: ± 32 µA @ 25°CResolution: < 16 µAUpdate rate: 500mSTemp. Drift: ± 1 µA per °C, max.

ElectricalPower req.: 4.5 to 6.5 VDC < 3.0 mAMax. voltage: 35 VDCMax. current: 40 mAIsolation: Up to 48 Volts AC/DCVoltage drop: 5 VDC max.Reverse polarity protected

Cable:3-8058-1: 400 mm (15 in.) input,

200 mm (8 in.) output3-8058-2: No cable provided

(customer supplied)Max. recommended cable extensions:• Loop in: 300m (1000 ft.)• S3L out: per S3L guidelines

114.5

mm

(4.5

1 in

.)

99mm (3.90 in.)

22.5mm(0.89 in.)

Side ViewOrdering Information

Shipping Weight:• 8058-1: 40g (.08 lbs.)• 8058-2: 80g (.17 lbs.)

EnvironmentalOperating Ambient Temperature:

-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)Storage Temperature:

-20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)Relative Humidity:• 3-8058-1: 0 to 100%, condensing• 3-8058-2: 0 to 90%, non-condensing

Standards and Approvals• CE

Front View

3-8058-2 DIN Rail mount

3-8058-1 wire mount

6205-0002 159 000 858 1-Meter Length DIN Rail6205-0003 159 000 859 End Clips for DIN Rail5523-0222 159 000 392 Cable, 2 cond. plus shield, 22 AWG,

black/red5523-0322 159 000 761 Cable, 3 cond. plus shield, 22 AWG,

black/red/white

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8058-1 159 000 9663-8058-2 159 000 967

3-8058

-1

-2

-S

-SC

3-8058 -1 Example Part Number

Single input wire-mount converter with short cable; for use with the 8900

Two input DIN rail mount converter (customer supplied cable) for use with the 8900

Options - Choose one

Converter configured for use with +GF+ SIGNET 8250, 8350, or 8450. Customer must specify 4 and 20 mA designations. See ordering notes.

Special cable length for the -1 version (cable is customer supplied).

Special Options-Contact technical service for more ordering information

Signal Converter

4 to 20 mA output converted to a digital (S3L) output

+GF+ SIGNETi-Go 8058-1

4-20 mAto

S LConverter

Input

4 to 20 mA O

utpu

t

S3 L

White (Ground)

Shield

Shield

Black

Black

Red

Red

(Tie to

Black)

(Tie to

White

)

3

104mm (4.1 in.)

16mm

(0.63 in.)

Model 8058

Ordering Notes:1) For the -S special

option, customer mustspecify at time of orderthe actual process valueat 4mA and the actualprocess value at 20mAfor factory spancalibration.

2) For the -SC specialoption, customer mustspecify the requiredlength of cable inincrements of feet ormeters.

Page 148: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

150 www.gfsignet.com

8059 External Relay Modules

Description+GF+ SIGNET 8059 External RelayModules supplement the output capabili-ties of certain host instruments such as the+GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-ParameterController. AC-powered versions acceptuniversal line voltage, and also provide24 VDC output that can be used to power

Features• External relays

controlled by hostinstrument

• AC and DC poweredversions

• DC power output (ACversions)

• DC power pass-through (DC versions)to simplify wiring

• Digital (S3L) pass-through to simplifysensor wiring

• Red LED annuncia-tors for each relay

• Green LED indicatorsfor power anddigitial (S3L) datatransfer

• Relays may be testedlocally, and also viathe host instrument

the host instrument or other device(s). Thehost instrument controls relay operation byway of a single digital (S3L) connection. Thecompact plastic housing is DIN rail mount-able and includes LED annunciators foreach relay, plus one each for power-onand data transfer or test mode.

Compatible InstrumentsThe +GF+ SIGNET 8059External Relay Module iscompatible with the followinginstruments:

8250 8900

See individual catalog pages formore information.

System OverviewE171559

C US

®

LR092369

+GF+ SIGNET 8900 Multi-Parameter Controller(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

4-2

0 m

A

Inp

ut

N/C

3

Loop1 -

2

Loop1 +

1

á S

IGN

ET

S L

Ou

tpu

t

3

7 +

5V

DC

8 S

L

9 G

ND

3

8058 4-2

0 m

A to S

L C

onvert

er

3

3-8

058.6

10B

35VDC MAX

N

/C 6

Loop2 -

5

Loop2+

4

3 2 1 6 5 4

7 8 9

Loop1PWR

á SIGNET

N/C

S LDATA

3

Loop2PWR

4-2

0 m

A

Inp

ut

N/C

3

Loop1 -

2

Loop1 +

1

á S

IGN

ET

S L

Ou

tpu

t

3

7 +

5V

DC

8 S

L

9 G

ND

3

8058 4-2

0 m

A to S

L C

onvert

er

3

3-8

058.6

10B

35VDC MAX

N

/C 6

Loop2 -

5

Loop2+

4

3 2 1 6 5 4

7 8 9

Loop1PWR

á SIGNET

N/C

S LDATA

3

Loop2PWR

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Level

Level+10.00 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

+GF+ SIGNET 8250 Level Transmitter(sold separately)

Any +GF+ SIGNET sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signal Converter (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8058 Signal Converter (sold separately)

Any sensor with4 to 20 mA output (sold separately)

Level sensors with4 to 20 mA output (sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 8059 External Relay Module

Page 149: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

151www.gfsignet.com

Oth

er

Pro

du

ctsDimensions Specifications

Input: Digital (S3L) via host instrumentType: DIN rail mountableTerminals: Standard screw-type

MaterialEnclosure: Noryl® UL 94 V-O

ElectricalPower Requirements:• 8059-2AC, -4AC:

100-240 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz, 20VA• 8059-2, -4: 12 to 24 VDCDC output• 8059-2AC, -4AC:

24 VDC regulated, 300 mA• 8059-2:

Pass-through: DC input minus 0.7 volts(12VDC in =11 .3 VDC out)

Ordering Information

3-8059-2 159 000 7703-8059-2AC 159 000 771

Model 8059Ordering Information:1) Use an RC filter kit to

protect relays fromvoltage spikes

2) DIN railing and clips areavailable for mounting arelay module.

3) The -AC version willsupply enough voltage topower the 8900 whenusing the 12-24 VDCpower module.

Electrical (continued)Isolation: > 5,000 VrmsRelays:

Type: SPDT 250VAC/30VDC/5AResolution: 2 ms (in pulse mode)Response Time: < 100 msAnnunciators: Red LED, 1 per relay

EnvironmentalOperating Temperature:

-10°C to 55°C (14°F to 131°F)Storage Temperature:

-20°C to 85°C (-4°F to 185°F)Relative Humidity:

0 to 90% (non-condensing)Maximum Altitude: 2,000 m (6,561 ft.)

Shipping Weight: 0.37 kg (0.8 lb.)

Standards and approvals• CE, CSA, UL listed• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000 for

Quality and ISO 14001:1996 forEnvironmental Management

Mfr. Part No. Code

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

89 mm

(3.5 in.)

57 mm

(2.25 in.)

NC C NO

RELAY ANC C NO

RELAY B

+ S3L - + S3L -OUTPUT 24VDC

+ -AC INPUT

Model 3-8059 Module

DATA

POWER

TEST A

TEST B

Relay A

Relay B

INPUT PASS-THRUL N

‡ SIGNET

108 mm

(4.25 in.)

3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter Kit for relay use (2 pieces)6205-0002 159 000 858 DIN Rail, 1 meter6205-0003 159 000 859 End Clips, DIN Rail

3-8059-4 159 000 7723-8059-4AC 159 000 773

Mfr. Part No. Code

3-8059

-2

-4

-

-AC

3-8059 -2 Example Part Number

12 to 24 VDC with pass-through DC output (minus 0.7 volts)

100 to 240 VAC with 24 VDC output

Part Number

External Relay Module

2 Relay module

4 Relay module

Relay Options - Choose one

Power input and output options - Choose one

Noryl® is a registered trademark of GE Plastics

Side View

Face View (3-8059-2 Shown)

Page 150: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

152 www.gfsignet.com

Features• Regulated 24VDC

output voltage

• Five output capacities:300mA, 600mA, 1.3A,2.1A and 4.2A

• DIN rail or surface mount

• Universal AC input (85to 264VAC)

• DC compatible input(105 to 370VDC)

• Fused input

• Auto resetting outputovercurrent protection

• Unique spring-up,finger-safe terminals

• Short-circuit protection

• Output voltage adjust(+/- 10%)

• Light-weight plastichousing

ApplicationPerfect for use with:• +GF+ SIGNET Instru-

ments• Electromagnetic Flow

Sensors• Vortex Flow Sensors• Suitable for Electric

Actuated Valves,including Solenoid

• Suitable for poweringpassive outputs andrelays

System Overview

7300 Switching Power Supplies

Description+GF+ SIGNET 7300 Switching PowerSupplies provide regulated outputvoltage in compact and lightweightplastic housings that can be DIN Rail orsurface mounted. The series includes fivedifferent output capacities from 300mAto 4.2A (7.5W to 100W), all of which

accept universal AC line voltage inputand meet worldwide standards forperformance and safety. These unitsmeet the power requirements for a singlesystem, multiple +GF+ SIGNET instru-ments or other devices requiring 24VDCoperation.

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Universal Adapter Kit(3-8050)(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount Integral Mount

+GF+ SIGNET Instrument(sold separately)

External Relay

+GF+ SIGNET 8059(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET Integral Adapter Kit(3-8052)(sold separately)

Vortex Sensor ElectromagneticSensor

8900 passiverelays andoutputs+GF+ SIGNET

7000 shown(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET 2550 shown(sold separately)

7300 SwitchingPower Supplies

NC C NO

RELAY ANC C NO

RELAY B

+ S3L - + S3L -OUTPUT 24VDC

+ -AC INPUT

Model 3-8059 Module

DATA

POWER

TEST A

TEST B

Relay A

Relay B

INPUT PASS-THRU

‡ SIGNET

L N

+GF+

XX DN XX X

XX

+GF+ SIGNET sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET sensor(sold separately)

+GF+ SIGNET sensor(sold separately)

Compatible InstrumentsThe +GF+ SIGNET 7300Power Supply is compatible withthe following instruments:5075 5900 85505500 8059 87505600 8250 88505700 8350 88605800CR 8450 8900

Compatible Sensors:2550 7000 70022560 7001

See individual catalog pages formore information.

E171559

C US

®

LR092369

Page 151: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

153www.gfsignet.com

Oth

er

Pro

du

cts

7300-7524 7300-1524 7300-3024 7300-5024 7300-1024

Output Capacity 300mA 600mA 1.3A 2.1A 4.2A

General

Operation Indicator

Dielectric Strength

Insulation Resistance

Termination

Materials

Mounting

Dimensions (L/W/H) 75/45/70mm 75/45/95mm 75/90/95mm 75/90/95mm 75/145/95mm

2.9/1.7/2.7 in. 2.9/1.7/3.7 in. 2.9/3.5/3.7 in. 2.9/3.5/3.7 in. 2.9/5.7/3.7 in.

Package Dimensions (L/W/H)

108/82/51mm 133/89/51mm 133/95/89mm 133/95/89mm 209/101/89mm

4.25/3.25/2.0 in. 5.25/3.5/2.0 in.5.25/3.75/3.5

in5.25/3.75/3.5 in. 8.25/4.0/3.5 in.

Input

Input Voltage

Input Current (typical) 0.17A @ 100VAC 0.3A @ 100VAC0.68A @ 100VAC

1.15A @ 100VAC 2.5A @ 100VAC

Internal Fuse Rating 2A 2A 3.15A 3.15A 4A

Inrush Current

Leakage Current (at no load)

Typical Efficiency 75% at 24V 79% at 24V 75% at 24V 79% at 24V 85% at 24V

Overvoltage Protection

Output

Voltage & Current Ratings

24V, 0.3A 24V, 0.6A 24V, 1.3A 24V, 2.1A 24V, 4.2A

Voltage Adjustments

Output Holding Time

Rise Time

Fluctuation due to Input Voltage change

Fluctuation due to Load Change

Fluctuation due to Ambient Temperature Change

Ripple Voltage

Overload Protection

Shipping Weight .40 lbs. (.18kg) .48 lbs. (.22kg) .92 lbs. (.42kg) .98 lbs. (.44kg) 1.54 lbs. (.70kg)

Environmental

Operating Temperature

Storage Temperature

Operating Humidity

Vibration Resistance

Shock Resistance

2% peak to peak maximum (including noise)

LED

0.4% maximum

1.5% maximum

0.05% maximum

20 minutes maximum (at full rated input and output)

200 minutes maximum (at full rated input and output)

100 to 240VAC nominal (85 to 264VAC), 50/60Hz (47 to 63Hz)

Between input and output terminals: 3,000VAC, 1 minute

110 to 340VDC nominal (105 to 370VDC)

50A maximum (at cold start at 200VAC

Between input terminals and housing: 2,000VAC, 1 minute

Between output terminals and housing: 500VAC, 1 minute

Between input and output terminals/input terminals and housing: 100M‰ min. (500VDC megger)

± 10% (V.ADJ screw on top)

Ouputs turn off at 105% (typical)

0.75mA maximum (60Hz, measured in conformance with UL, CSA, VDE)

294m/s2, 3 shocks in each of 6 directions

Spring-up, fingersafe terminals with captive M3.5 screws

Housing: PPHOX (polyphenylene oxide)

DIN Rail or Surface Mount

-10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) - see derating curves

-30°C to 85°C (-22°F to 185°F)

20% to 90% relative humidity (no condensation)

45m/s2, 10 to 55Hz, 2 hours on each of 3 axes

120% typical (Zener-limiting)

Standards and Approvals

• EN50081-2• EN50082-2• EN60529• EN60950• CE, UL, UL508 Listed

Specifications

Page 152: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

154 www.gfsignet.com

7300-1024

8911 71014 1213

200-240V

Top View

75 mm

(2.9 in.)

145 mm

(5.7 in.)

95 mm

(3.7 in.)

Front View

7300-30247300-5024

V.ADJ

DC ON

90 mm

(3.5 in.)

75 mm

(2.9 in.)

Face View

78

10

69

90 mm

(3.5 in.)

Top View

7300-1524

95 mm (3.7 in.)

V.ADJ

DC ON

45 mm (1.8 in.)

75 mm

(2.9 in.)

Side View Face View

7300-7524

Dimensions

DC ON

V.ADJ

75 mm

(2.9 in.)

45 mm

(1.8 in.)

70 mm

(2.8 in.)

Side View Face View

Page 153: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

155www.gfsignet.com

Oth

er

Pro

du

cts

Installation

The innovative terminals on these +GF+ SIGNET power supplies use a special spring-loaded screw. This makes installation as easy as pushing down and turning with ascrewdriver. Installation time is cut in half since the screws do not need to be backedout to install wiring. The screws are held captive once installed and are 100% finger-safe. Screw terminals accept bare wire or ring or fork connectors.

1) Insert the wire connector into the sloton the side of the power supply.

2) Using a Phillips screwdriver, pushdown and turn the screw.

Ordering Information

7300-7524 159 000 6877300-1524 159 000 6887300-3024 159 000 689

Accessories and Replacement PartsDIN rail, in one meter lengths (1000mm), and DIN rail clips are available. The stan-dard packaging of these power supplies are to be fastened to DIN rails, and acces-sory clips will keep the supplies from sliding if the rail itself is mounted vertically, forexample. Contact the factory for more details.

Mfr. Part No. Code

7300-5024 159 000 6907300-1024 159 000 691

Mfr. Part No. Code

7300

-7524

-1524

-3024

-5024

-1024

7300 -3024 Example Part Number

Part Number

24 VDC Power Supply

15 W, 600 mA

Power and Input Current Options - Choose one

7.5 W, 300 mA

100 W, 4.2 A

30 W, 1.3 A

50 W, 2.1 A

6205-0002 159 000 858 1-meter length DIN Rail6205-0003 159 000 859 End clips for DIN Rail

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Page 154: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

156 www.gfsignet.com

Installation of Flow Sensors: Paddlewheel

• The correct location of the sensor inthe piping system helps to ensure aproper flow profile in the pipe. It ishighly recommended to have suffi-cient straight pipe immediatelyupstream of the sensor to create “fullydeveloped turbulent flow.” Such aflow profile provides the stabilityrequired for the paddlewheel to

10x I.D. 5x I.D.

Inlet Outlet

Flange

15x I.D. 5x I.D.

Reducer

20x I.D. 5x I.D.

90° Elbow

50x I.D. 5x I.D. 40x I.D. 5x I.D. 25x I.D. 5x I.D.

2 x 90° Elbow

2 x 90° Elbow3 dimensions

Valve/Pump

II. Mounting AnglePaddlewheel sensors are affected by the mounting angle due to the effect of gravityincreasing the friction between rotor and bearing surfaces. Air entrapment andsediments within the pipe may also adversely affect sensing accuracy and/or impedeoperation.

-45°

ProcessPipe

+45°

Upward FlowRecommended

Paddlewheels in Vertical pipes:• Mount the sensor in a pipe with an

upward flow. This position is recom-mended for all scenarios, as itprovides an absolutely full pipe, andany effects of upstream obstructionsare mitigated by gravity.

Paddlewheels in Horizontal pipes:• ±45° from vertical is the recom-

mended sensor mounting angle toavoid air bubbles (pipe must be full).With the sensor at greater angles, thedrag created by the rotor restingagainst the sensor body may compro-mise performance at the lower end ofthe operating range.

Flow Installation Tips:• Use +GF+ SIGNET

fittings for properinsertion into theprocess flow.

• Recommendedupstream distances arestated as a multiplier ofthe I.D. (inner diameter)dimension of the pipe.Note that thesemultipliers are differentfor each example anddepend upon theupstream obstruction.

• Paddlewheel sensorscan be used for allwater-like fluids withlittle or no particulates(<100 micron indiameter/length), andnon-ferrous, non-foulingin nature.

• Always use thesesensors in full pipes.

• Always maximize thedistance betweensensors and pumpsources.

I. Piping Location

measure accurately.• The diagrams below illustrate the

minimum distances that are recom-mended to mount plastic and metalpaddlewheel sensors.

• In all scenarios, it is recommended tochoose a location with as muchstraight, uninterrupted pipe lengthupstream of the sensor as possible.

• Vertical installations with downwardflow are generally not recommended.

• Straight up installations may experi-ence interference from entrained airat the top of the pipe.

• Inverted installations are often subjectto blockage due to sediments in thepipe. Mounting sensors in the bottomof the pipe is NOT recommended ifsediments are likely to be in the pipe.

K-FactorsK-Factors are calibration values (pulsesper unit of volume) used to convert flowsensor output frequencies to flow rates.+GF+ SIGNET publishes K-factors forwater only in gallons (pulses per gallon)and liters (pulses per liter) for all sensors,

in all applicable pipe sizes and materi-als, and/or all applicable installationfitting sizes and materials. K-factors forfluids other than water must be deter-mined empirically, typically on-site usinga secondary standard.

Note that K-factors arepublished for pipe sizes of DN15 to DN 300 (0.5 in. to 12in.). For other pipe sizes,statistical K-factors may beavailable. Contact TechnicalSupport for more information.

Page 155: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

157www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

515 and 2536 Rotor-X• This section outlines the installation

fittings available from +GF+ SIGNETfor the 525 and 2536 Rotor-X familyof flow sensors. The fitting controls thelocation of the paddlewheel insidethe pipe, which in turn determines thecalibration constant (K-factor).

• 0.5 to 4 in. versions• PVC or CPVC• Available with or without pipe extensions

• Available in 10 and 12 in. sizes only• Cut 2.5 in. hole in pipe• Weld in place using solvent cement

• 2 to 4 in., cut 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe• 6 to 8 in., Cut 2-1/8 in. hole in pipe

• Available in 10 and 12 in. sizes only• Cut 2.25 in. hole in pipe

• 2 to 4 in., cut 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe• Over 4 in., Cut 2-1/8 in. hole in pipe• 2 inch to 8 in. PVDF insert• > 8 in. PVC insert

DescriptionType

Plastic Tees

PVCGlue-onSaddles

Clamp-onSaddles

PPClamp-onSaddles

IronStrap-onSaddles

Carbon steel &stainless steelWeld-onWeldolets

Iron, Carbon Steel,316 SS ThreadedTees

DescriptionType

Fiberglass tees &saddles

MetricWaferFitting

MetricUnionFitting

• 0.5 to 2 in. versions• Mounts on threaded pipe ends• Wetted PVDF insert

• 2 to 4 in., cut 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe• Over 4 in., Cut 2-1/8 in. hole in pipe• 1 .5 in. to 8 in. PVDF insert• > 8 in. PVC insert

• 1 .5 in. to 8 in. PVDF insert• > 8 in. PVC insert• Special order over 12 in.

• For pipes DN 65 to 200 mm• PP, PVDF, PVC

• For pipes DN 15 to 50 mm• PP or PVDF• Socket fusion equipment required

Flow Installation Tips:• Ensure that all wetted

materials are chemicallycompatible with theprocess liquid.

• Pressure and temperatureratings are reduced whenplastic flow sensors aremounted in metal pipingsystems.

• The flow sensor isdesigned to fit tightly intothe fittings. Lightlylubricate o-rings with anon-petroleum basedlubricant to ease theinstallation.

• Cut the cable to thedesired length if too long.

Do not coil extra cable.

525-2 Metalex Flow SensorUse the 525-2 and one of these weld-onfittings for stainless steel pipes from DN32 (1 .25 inches) up to DN 300 (12inches) in diameter.

525-3 Metalex Flow SensorThe 525-3 is the longest metalex flowsensor. It requires one of the strap-onsaddles for pipes from 2 inches up to 12inches in diameter.

SIGNET

Mini-Tap Fitting,hardware included

525-2Sensor

Wetted fitting materials: 316 SS (1.4401) & 347 SS

SIGNET

Saddle Fitting,hardware included

525-3Sensor

Wetted fitting materials:Ductile Iron, 347 SS,Carbon steel,Buna-N/Neoprene

Tee Fitting,hardware included

SIGNET

525-1Sensor

Wetted fitting materials:316 SS (1.4401)

525 Metalex• This section outlines the installation fittings available from +GF+ SIGNET for the

525 Rotor-X family of flow sensors. The fitting controls the location of the paddle-wheel inside the pipe, which in turn determines the calibration constant (K-factor).

• Refer to the fittings section page 180 through 192 of this catalog for a completelisting of part numbers.

Installation of Flow Sensors: PaddlewheelIII. Installation Fittings

• Refer to the fittings section on page180 of this catalog for a completelisting of part numbers.

Consult a qualified welder to install metalex fittings.Use of saddle fittings reduces the pressure rating for the 525 sensor.

525-1 Metalex Flow SensorThe smallest Metalex Flow Sensor (525-1)must be installed into a specially con-structed tee fitting with socket-weldpiping connections.

"H"

Fixed DepthThe insertion depth of apaddlewheel in a flowstream is critical and mustbe achieved and main-tained to ensure accurateflow measurements. +GF+SIGNET installation fittingsfor Rotor-X and Metalexpaddlewheel flow sensorsset this depth automaticallyand facilitate the use ofconvenient K-factors(calibration values)published in individualsensor instruction manuals.

The H-dimension controls theinsertion depth and they arecritical for proper seating of theflow sensor into the pipe. Thesedimensions can be found listedin the flow sensor instructionmanuals.

Page 156: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

158 www.gfsignet.com

3519 Wet-tap Valve

3519 Wet-Tap Valve• The 3519 Wet-Tap consists of a

flange and support plate that threadsonto the pipe fitting insert, and a PVCball valve through which an extendedlength, wet-tap style sensor is insertedinto the pipe.

• The +GF+ SIGNET 3519 Wet-TapValve mounts directly onto standard+GF+ SIGNET installation fittings forthe 515 and 2536 flow sensors. Thewet-tap sensors are identified in theirpart number as -P3, -P4 and -P5,depending on the pipe size.

• No special tools are required toinstall the 3519.

ValveOpen/C lose

• The +GF+ SIGNET 2517 and 2540Metal High performance flow sensorsaccommodate hot-tap installations.Because these sensors are adjustable,there is only one extended lengthsensor used for all pipe sizes

• The valve for Hot-Tap sensors can beinstalled while the pipe is full if a hot-tap drill is used. Consult with yourpiping supplier for informationregarding drills.

• To install the 2540 or 2517 Hot-tapsensors, you will need a hot-tapdrilling machine, a ball or gate valve,a pipe nipple with 1 .25 inch threadsand the +GF+ SIGNET Hot-Tapinstallation tool.

customer suppliednipple: 32 x 50 mm(1.25 x 2 in.)

customer suppliedball or gate valve

Process Pipe (side view)

installation tool

sensor flange

Flow Under Pressure

sensor fitting

isolation valve

sensor body

2517or2540

2517 and 2540 Hot-Tap

3719 Wet-Tap valve with a515 Paddlewheel Sensor

Before insertion

After insertion

Installation toolJ3-1500.663J

(purchased separately)

• The 3519 Wet-Tap valve can only beinstalled in an empty pipe. Onceinstalled, the sensor can be removedand re-inserted while the process isactive.

• The necessary valve and pipe nippleare not available from +GF+ SIGNET.You can purchase these standardhardware items from any local sup-plier.

• Hot-Tap sensors can be installed andremoved without process shutdown.Care must be taken while removingsensor under process conditions. TheInstallation tool serves to hold thesensor against the line pressure as it isretracted or inserted into the pipe.

• The Hot-Tap installation fitting has ableed valve to relieve the pressurewhen retracting the sensor.

Installation of Flow Sensors: PaddlewheelIV. Wet-Tap and Hot-Tap Installation

Page 157: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

159www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

• Both include a fitting with 1 .5 in. NPTor ISO 7/1-R1 .5 male threads.

• Both sensors install into standard 1 .5inch pipe fittings. No custom fittingsare required.

• Both sensors are available in ex-tended-length versions to accommo-date Hot-Tap installations.

• Both require the installer to measureand secure the sensor at a specifiedheight for accurate operation.

• The 2540 is a radio frequency sensorwhich requires 5 to 24 VDC while the2517 is a self-powered flow sensor, sono power is required for operation.

• The 2540 is constructed of 316Stainless Steel (1 .4401), while the2517 is constructed of CuZn38Pb1free cutting brass.

• The 2540 has a minimum operatingflow rate of 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) while the2517 has a minimum operation flowrate of 0.5 m/s (1/6 ft/s).

• The 2540 features removable elec-tronics, so the sensor can be com-pletely replaced without removing thesteel housing from the pipe while the2517 is a completely encapsulatedproduct, with no serviceable partsexcept for the rotor and pin options.

BlackNylonBushing

1) Remove the black Nylon® bushing toexpose the female threads at theback end of the flow sensor. Use astandard medium size screwdriver topry the bushing up and out of theport. Slide it up and off the entirelength of the cable, or cut it awaycarefully so as not to knick the cablejacket.

Conduit Adapters(suitable for all plastic and metalPaddlewheel Sensors)

Cable Gland(Liquid Tight Connector)

Cable Glands and Conduit adapter kits are available to install on Models 515, 2536,525, and 2517 when used in wet environments. These items protect against moistureentering the back end of the sensor. Follow these simple instructions to prolong thelife of the sensor. Conduit adapters are included with the 2540 sensors.

Installation of Flow Sensors: PaddlewheelIV. Wet-Tap and Hot-Tap Installation, continued

Differences between the 2517and the 2540 Flow Sensors:

Similarities between the2517 and the 2540 Flow Sensors:

V. Cable glands and conduit adapter kits

4) For conduit adapters, thread thecable through the adapter andtighten the adapter into the sensorfitting.

3) For liquid-tight glands, tighten thecompression fitting onto the fittingsufficiently to achieve a seal aroundthe cable.

2) Thread the gland or conduit adapterover the cable and screw the 1/2 in.NPT male threads into the top of thesensor in place of the bushing.

2517 2540

Page 158: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

160 www.gfsignet.com

1) Hold the sensor upside down andhold the rotor still.

2) Place the tip of a medium bladescrewdriver between the rotor andthe sensor body.

3) Turn the screwdriver blade 90° to flexthe “ear” back just enough to anglethe rotor pin out of one side.

Procedure for plastic paddlewheel sensors

NOTE:Do not flex the ear more than required to remove the pin. If it cracks, it cannot be repaired!

Procedure for metal paddlewheel sensors

1) With a small pair of needle-nosepliers, firmly grip the center of therotor pin (shaft) and with a twistingmotion, bend the rotor pin into an "S"shape. This should pull the ends ofthe pin out of the retainers and freethe rotor assembly.

2) Remove retainer from each side bygently tapping it inwards using apunch. Install a new retainer with itsrotor pin clearance hole inward. Onlyinstall one retainer at this time.

3) Insert the new rotor assembly andbearings into the rotor housing of thesensor and place the new rotor pin(shaft) through the open end of therotor housing, through the rotor andbearings, and into the previouslyinstalled retainer.

4) Tap the second retainer (rotor pinclearance hole inwards) into the holewhile lining up the rotor pin with thecenter of the retainer hole. Thiscompletes the rotor replacementprocedure.

Installation of Flow Sensors: Paddlewheel

VI.Rotor Replacement

Rotor Pin

1

2

3

4

Punch

Retainer

Rotor Pin

Existing Retainer New

BearingsRotorAssembly

Page 159: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

161www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

• The location of the sensor in thepiping system determines the flowprofile that the sensor is monitoring.The ideal location is to havesufficient straight pipe immediatelyupstream of the sensor to create“fully developed turbulent flow.”Such a flow profile provides thestability required for the sensor tomeasure accurately.

• The diagrams below illustrate theminimum distances recommendedfrom various obstructions.

• In all scenarios, it is recommended tochoose a location with the maximumlength of straight, uninterrupted pipe.

II. Mounting AngleThe mounting angle of the sensor may affect the performance of the system.

FLOW

D

2507 In-Line Rotor

2100 Turbine Flow Sensor

30°&30°&

Vertical mounting is &NOT recommended

2000 Micro Flow Sensor

Installation of Flow Sensors: In-Line Rotors,Turbines, Magnetic and UltrasonicI. Piping Location

• Six common installation configura-tions are shown below as guidelinesto help you select the best location inyour piping system for the flow sensor.Always maximize distance betweensensors and pump sources.

• Never install immediately down-stream of valves, fittings, etc.

• Observe minimum Reynolds Number(see Technical Reference section).

• The flow sensors are not for bi-directional operation.

FLOW

100-150 mm (4-6 in.) 100-150 mm (4-6 in.)

FLOW

Pipe FittingAdapters (included)

Hand tightenonly!

CouplingPipe or tubing

Mounting tabs (3)

• For optimal performance of the 2507,a straight flow run of at least 100 to150mm (4 to 6 in.) should be allowedbefore and after the sensor.

2507 Mini-Flow

Sensor

10x I.D. 5x I.D.

Inlet OutletFlange

20x I.D.

90° Elbow

5x I.D.

25x I.D.

2 x 90° Elbow

5x I.D. 40x I.D. 5x I.D.

2 x 90° Elbow&&

15 x id 5 x id

Reducer

Inlet Outlet

50 x id 5 x id

Inlet Outlet

Valve/Pump

FLOW

Turbine Flow Sensors• All mounting angles are acceptable

for these sensors if the basic param-eters are met: the pipe must be fullwith no entrapped air.

• Install the sensor with the arrowpointing in the direction of the flowof liquid.

In-line Rotors:• +GF+ SIGNET Models 2507 and

2000 flow sensors are designed to bemounted on a flat surface, althoughthe sensors may be tilted up to ±30° ifnecessary.

• Installation in excess of 30° will affectthe accuracy of the sensor.

• For Model 2507, two pipe fittingadapters (included) convert thestraight threads G-1/4 in. to 1/4 in.NPT.

• These sensors should be installedsecurely to their supporting surface toprevent vibrations from affecting theperformance.

Page 160: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

162 www.gfsignet.com

Ultrasonic Doppler Flow Sensors

The 3300 Ultrasonic Doppler is offered intwo different styles, strap mount andinsertion mount.• The strap mount is inserted inside the

pipe and placed on the bottom.• The insertion mount is threaded into

the top of the pipe.

Strap Mount Transducer Insertion Mount Transducer

Magnetic Flow Sensors• All mounting angles are acceptable

for these sensors if the basic param-eters are met: the pipe must be fullwith no entrained air.

"H"

Direction of Flow

Process Pipe

Process Pipe

Pipe Top View

Pipe Side View

FLOW

+GF+ SIGNETGEORGE FISCHER +GF+

Align MagmeterJwith pipe ± 1°J

Sensor mounts in Jstandard 2" NPT Jor ISO female thread JJ

FLOW

DualJO-ringJSeals

Metal Jsensor JnutYellow ring nutJ

attaches sensorJto +GF+ SIGNETJ

fitting from J0.5 to 4 in.

FLOW

Fitting

Cable gland orJconduit connection

J

J

2550

2560

Any angle acceptable

II. Mounting Angle, continuedThe mounting angle of the sensor may affect the performance of the system.

• On horizontal pipe runs sensor maybe mounted in any position aroundthe pipe. If air bubbles or sedimentsare expected; mount at a slightangle.

• On vertical pipe runs sensor may bemounted in any orientation withUPWARD flow preferred to ensure afull pipe.

Direction of Flow

Optional built-inJpressure sensorJ

(for partially filled pipes)

Mounting Strap

View of Cross-Section of Typical Pipe Installation

Inside of Pipe Wall

Direction of Flow

In both cases, the liquid should beflowing towards the transducer. Both aredesigned to work with entrained air andsolids in the fluid stream. For strap-mountsensors, partial full pipe or channel isacceptable. For insertion style sensors,the pipe must be full. Any mountingangle is acceptable.

Page 161: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

163www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

• Install the sensor with the arrowpointing in the direction of the flow.These flow sensors are not for bi-directional operation.

PipeUnion nut

BCF/IR +GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

O-Ring,Jwhite

O-Ring,Jwhite

FlowEndJConnector

Pipe Union nutEnd J

Connector

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

O-RingO-RingFlow

Connector Kit Sensor available in JPP, PVC, PVDF

PipeUnion nut

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

O-RingO-RingFlow

EndJConnector

IR/Butt FusionJConnector Kit

• Fusion Socket or Solvent CementSocket

Fusion socket version:Available in HP-PVDF, PVDF, or PP.A George Fischer Socket FusionJoining Machine is required to installthe end connectors on the pipeline.Refer to the joining machine manualfor installation details.

Solvent socket version:Available in PVC. Follow the PVCcement manufacturer's recommenda-tions for preparation and installation.

• BCF/IR FusionA George Fischer HP BCF/IR FusionJoining Machine is required to install theend connections. Refer to the BCF/IRfusion joining machine manual forinstallation details.

III. End Connector Options

II. Mounting Angle+GF+ SIGNET Vortex Flow Sensors may be mounted at any angle, and in eitherhorizontal or vertical pipe runs, with upward flow preferred in the case of vertical runs.

10 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

Inlet OutletFlange

15 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

Reducer

15 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

90° Elbow

25 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 25 x I.D. 5 x I.D. 20 x I.D. 5 x I.D.

2 x 90° Elbow2 x 90° ElbowJ3 dimensionsValve/Pump

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

+GF+

XX DN XX XJXX

Vortex Installation Tips:• Sensors must be used

in full pipes.• Sensors may be

mounted at any angle.• Observe minimum

Reynolds Number andBack Pressure require-ments.

• Never install immedi-ately downstream ofvalves, fittings, etc.

• For optimal perfor-mance, it is recom-mended to choose apiping location withthe maximum length ofstraight un-interruptedpipe lengths upstreamof the sensor.

• IR/Butt FusionAvailable in PVDF or PP. A GeorgeFischer IR weld or Butt Fusion JoiningMachine is required to install the endconnections. Refer to the IR weld or buttfusion joining machine manual forinstallation details.

Backpressure CalculationMinimum downstream pipebackpressure levels arerequired to preventcavitation within the sensor.The minimum back pressureis calculated by thefollowing formula:

2.7 x ∆P + 1 .3 x Pv

∆P: Pressure drop acrosssensor.

Pv: Liquid vapor pressureat operating tempera-ture.

1) Using Pressure DropGraph, from page 229,find ∆P by locating yourmaximum flow rate onspecific sensor size line.

2) Using the Liquid VaporPressures Chart, find Pvat operating tempera-ture.

3) Calculate minimumback pressure neededusing formula.

Installation of Flow Sensors: VortexI. Piping Location

• Recommended upstream distances arestated as a multiplier of the I.D. (innerdiameter) of the pipe. Note that thesemultipliers vary and depend upon thetype of obstruction.

• Follow these recommended distances toensure a good flow indication.

Page 162: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

164 www.gfsignet.com

• Proper alignment of the sensor withgaskets and flanges is necessary toassure a uniform flow profile throughthe sensor.

• Space flanges in the piping systemaccording to the length of the vortexflow sensor body.

3" Flange ISO 16 M16 (5/8" - 11) 70 mm (2.75") 40 ± 5 Nm ( 30 ± 4 lbf-ft)

3" Flange ANSI 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 70 mm (2.75") 40 ± 5 Nm ( 30 ± 4 lbf-ft)

4" Flange ISO 16 M16 (5/8" - 11) 80 mm (3.00") 45 ± 5 Nm (33 ± 4 lbf-ft)

4" Flange ANSI 16 M16 (5/8" - 11) 80 mm (3.00") 45 ± 5 Nm (33 ± 4 lbf-ft)

3" Wafer ISO 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 180 mm (7.50") 25 Nm (18.5 lbf-ft)

3" Wafer ANSI 4 M16 (5/8" - 11) 180 mm (7.50") 25 Nm (18.5 lbf-ft)

4" Wafer ISO 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 220 mm (8.50") 30 Nm (22 lbf-ft)

4" Wafer ANSI 8 M16 (5/8" - 11) 220 mm (8.50") 30 Nm (22 lbf-ft)

Sensor Config.# ofBolts

Bolt DiameterApproximateBolt Length

Required Torque

Flange VortexWafer Vortex

• For wafer versions: If the applicationrequires operation outside the range15 to 35° C (59 to 95° F), then theaccessory Spring Kit (3-7002.391) isnecessary to relieve the forces due tothermal expansion of PVDF materialand/or to prevent leakage duringcooling. And if necessary, each boltmust be fitted with a die spring. Theaccessory spring kit contains four (4)springs, so two kits may be required.Check the table above to determinethe number of bolts for your configu-ration. Bolt length approximationsshown in the table above includesensor length, width dimensions fortwo each flange adapters, flangerings and gaskets, all typical of PVDFpiping system components, plus nutsand washers. If the accessory SpringKit will be used, bolt length require-ments increase by 60 mm (2.5 inches.)

• For flange versions: Bolt length ap-proximations shown in the table aboveinclude width dimensions for twoflange adapters, two flange rings anda gasket, all typical of PVDF pipingsystem components, plus nuts andwashers.

IV. Flange Options for 7002 Large Diameter Vortex

Installation of Flow Sensors: Vortex

• Observe torque recommendations.• Mounting hardware, gaskets and

piping system components (shownwith broken lines in the diagramsbelow) are not furnished with thevortex flow sensors.

Page 163: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

165www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

1) The dual O-ring set at the top of theelectrode fits very tightly into thepreamplifier. Use a small amount oflubricant (non-petroleum based) toassist the assembly.

2) To prevent moisture from migratinginto the preamplifier, backfill theconduit with 3 to 4 inches of sealant.

2714 to 2717/2764 to 2767/2774 to 2777 with 2720/2750/2760 preamplifier

I. Submersible Installation

Sensors are designed to install in tanks by attaching conduit to the 3/4 inch threads atthe top of the accompanying preamplifier or sensor electronics. Installing a sensor cansimply be done by following these steps:

3) Mount electrodes in a location withample clearance to remove them forperiodic cleaning and recalibration.

4) Choose a location that keeps theelectrode glass completely sub-merged at all times.

Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes

Installation Tips• Mount the electrode

near tank outlet away

from reagent addition

areas.

• Place the electrode tip in

pH 4 buffer during

system maintenance or

storage to avoid

dehydration.

Customer supplied:A) 3/4 in. NPT threaded pipeB) J-boxC) Flex conduitD) Quick release pipe clampE) Tank flange

Closedtanks

Open tanks

3 4

1 2

3

Fill with3 to 4 in.of sealant

PreamplifierCustomer suppliedpipe

3/4 in. NPT orISO 7/1-Rc 3/4

Sealant

A. LubricateO-rings

B. Alignmarks

C.

J-Box

A.

B.

C.

C.

E.

B.

A.

D.

Caution: If liquid level is not constant, always ensure liquid contact with electrode tip

2 in. min.

Closedtanks

B.

C.

E.

A.

Open tanks

A.

B.

C.

D.

Page 164: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

166 www.gfsignet.com

Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes

• The Model 2714-2717 sensor capthreads onto +GF+ SIGNET installa-tion fittings for pipes from DN 15 toDN 100 (0.5 in. to 4 in.).

• For larger pipes, install a fitting insertinto any fitting with a 1 .5 in. outlet

• pH and ORP electrodes respond bestin moving fluids up to 3 m/s (10 ft./s)

• pH electrodes must be mounted atleast 30° from horizontal to ensureproper sensing. Mounting angles lessthan 30° will impede performance.

• Electrodes must always be immersedin liquid. Keep pipe full at all times toavoid dehydration.

• Refer to page 210 for more information.

1

Preamplifier

2

P31515-0V200 PVDF Fitting insertP31515-0P200 PVC Fitting insert

Hand tightenonly!

P31542 Red sensor CapP31542-2 Yellow sensor capP31542-3 Blue sensor cap

A. LubricateO-rings

B. AlignmarksC.

Step Step

J-Box J-Box(Customer Supplied)

OR

+GF+ SIGNET Installation Fitting DN 15 to DN 100

(1/2" to 4")

II. In-Line Installation

2714/2715/2716/2717 pH/ORP Electrodes with 2720 Preamplifier

2754-2757/2764-2767/2774-2777 pH/ORP Electrodes with 2750 or2760 Preamplifier

• Available in 1/2 in. to 4 in. sizes

• PVC, CPVC w/solvent cement socket

• PVDF and PP w/union end fittings

Plastic tees

PVC saddles• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizes

• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe

• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizes

• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe

Type Description

Iron

strap-on

saddles

Carbon steel

weldolets

• Available in 2 in. to 4 in. sizes

• Requires 1-7/16 in. hole in pipe

• Install by certified welder only

• Available in 1/2 in. to 2 in. sizes

• Female NPT ends

Carbon steel

threaded tees

Universal

pipe adapters• Use for installation in pipes > 4 in. (1-1/4 in. NPT)

• PVC, CPVC, or PVDF versions

• Specify socket or 1-1/4 inch NPT male threads

(socket version shown here)

Type Description

III. Installation Fittings compatible with Models 2714-2717 and 2754-2757 pH/ORP Electrodes

See Fittings Section for more information

• Models 2764-2767 and 2774-2777feature a thread close to the sensorend which allows the sensor to threaddirectly into a standard NPT pipe tee.

• Electrodes must be immersed inliquid. Keep pipe full at all times toavoid dehydration.

• Observe mounting angle require-ments for models 2764-2767.

• Any mouning angle is acceptable forModels 2774-2777.

• Models 2754-2757 utilizes cap fromsensor elec†ronics to mount into+GF+ SIGNET installation fittings forpipes from DN15 to DN100 (1/2 in. to4 in.).

2750-1 or -2Sensor Electronics

275X Electrodemounted in fitting

+GF+ SIGNET InstallationFitting DN 15 to DN 100(1/2" to 4")

In-line Installation

1

2

Step

Step

J-Box and conduit

(customer supplied)

2760

Preamplifier

Electrode

Fitting

(customer supplied)

Installation Tips• Use pipe adapters to

install electrodes into pipe

sizes larger than DN100

(4 inches)

• Adapters are designed to

either glue into a plain

socket tee (specify socket)

or thread into a 1 .25 inch

threaded tee (specify

threaded).

Page 165: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

167www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

IV. Mounting Angle

• Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757, and2764-2767 must be mounted at least30° from the horizontal to ensureproper sensing. Sensors mounted atless than 30° will impede perfor-mance.

• Models 2774-2777 may be mountedat any angle without affecting theperformance.

Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes

In-Line Installation• It is recommended that you do not

install standard electrodes within 30°of horizontal.

30°30°

YES YES

NO

NONO

60°-60°

Sensor Mounting - Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757, 2764-2767

Sensor Mounting - Models 2774-2777

0°Horizontal

Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

Yes

• Models 2774-2777 pH/ORP elec-trodes are designed to be mounted inany position, even upside-down.

Page 166: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

168 www.gfsignet.com

Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes

a

b

c

d

e

a

b

f

g

h

V. 3719 Wet-tap Overview

a) 3719 pH/ORP Wet-Tapb) Low Profile PP Clamp-on Saddle

Fitting (ASTM sizes 2.5 to12 in.)c) 271x-WT Twist-Lock pH or ORP

Electrode (“Twist-Lock” refers to theelectrode connector style)

d) 2720 Twist-Lock Preamplifiere) +GF+ SIGNET pH/ORP Instrument

Installation Tips:

• Provide 0.6 m (20 in.)

minimum clearance from

the top of the pipe for

electrode removal.

• The 3719 can be

mounted in any orienta-

tion, including horizontal

and inverted.

• Use caution when

removing inverted sensors.

Residual fluid may be

present in the retraction

housing.

• Keep electrode connector

clean and dry at all times.

• For reliable in-line

measurements of pH and

ORP, it is imperative to

position the electrode tip

into the process stream.

• Because of its compact

“short stroke” design, the

3719 requires low-profile

fittings to assure proper

positioning in pipe sizes

DN 65 to DN 300 (2.5

to 12 inches).

• It is strongly recom-

mended to use the low

profile PP clamp-on

saddle fittings.

f) 275x-WT DryLoc™ pH or ORP Elec-trode (“DryLoc” refers to the electrodeconnector style)

g) 2750 DryLoc™ pH/ORP Sensor w/ J-Box

h) Output signal options:- digital (S3L)- 4 to 20 mA

All of these components are sold separately.

3719 pH/ORP Wet-tap Installation

• Initial installation must be performedunder non-pressurized conditions.

• The 3719-11 has a 1 .5 in. NPTprocess connection for use withaccessory saddle fittings from 2.5 to 4in.

• The 3719-21 has a 2 in. NPT processconnection for use with accessorysaddle fittings from 6 to 12 in.

• It is possible to install the 3719 intopipe sizes below 2.5 inches bycreating a “flow cell” with standardpiping components.

• One simple solution, using a +GF+SCH 80 PVC tee and reducer bush-ings, is illustrated here.

• Avoid the entrapment of air inside theflow cell.

• Model 3719-12 has an ISO 7/1-R1 .5process connection to fit pipe sizesDN65 to DN100. Installation fittingsare customer supplied.

• Model 3719-22 has an ISO 7/1-R2process connection to fit pipe sizesDN150 to DN300. Installation fittingsare customer supplied.

‡ SCH 80 PVC2" Tee (S x S x S)

1-1/2" NPT Threads

‡ SCH 80 PVCFlush Style ReducerBushings (Spg x S)

2" x 1/2"2" x 3/4"2" x 12" x 11/4"2" x 11/2"

3-3719-11pH/ORP Wet-Tap

‡ SCH 80 PVCFlush Style Reducer Bushing(Spg x FT) 2" x 1-1/2"

3-3719-11pH/ORP Wet-Tap(Fully Inserted)

Installation into pipesizes below 2.5 in.

Page 167: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

169www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

1

2

3 4

OR

OR

The 3719 can be mounted in any orientation, including horizontal and inverted (shownhere with both 2720 preamplifier and 2750 Sensor).

VI. 3719 pH Wet-tap Electrode Installation

Installation of pH/ORP Electrodes

1 . Slide electrode (Twist-Lock or DryLoc™)straight down into electrode piston.Thread electrode into place until con-nector shoulder is flush with top ofelectrode piston. Hand tighten only.

2. Place the Locking Shroud over electrode;turn 1/4-turn clockwise to unlock thepiston, then press down firmly on thelocking shroud to lower the electrodepiston into the pipe.

VII. 3719 Wet-tap mounting angle

3. Turn the Locking Shroud 1/4-turncounterclockwise to lock the piston.

4. Install the 2720 Twist-Lock Preampli-fier or 2750 DryLoc™ pH/ORP Sensoronto the electrode connector (seeindividual operation manuals for moredetail).

The 3719 can be mounted in any orientation,including horizontal and inverted (shown here withboth 2720 preamplifier and 2750 Sensor).

Page 168: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

170 www.gfsignet.com

2819 to 2823/2839-1 to 2842-1 and 2839-2 to 2842-2 with 2850 SensorElectronics

94 mmJ(3.7 in.)

107 mmJ(4.2 in.)JJ

Fill with 75 to 100mm Ł(3 to 4 in.) of sealant

94 mmJ(3.7 in.)JJ

106 mmJ(4.2 in.)

Fill with 70 to 100mm J(3 to 4 in.) of sealant

Fill with 70 to 100mmJ(3 to 4 in.) of sealant

J-Box

• The 8052-xCR NPTMount Junction boxconnects to 3/4 in. pipeor conduit and pro-vides convenient wiringtermination.

• The 8050-xCR Univer-sal Mount junction boxmounts flat onto a wallor can be strapped to apost or pipe andprovides convenientwiring termination.

• Use standard installa-tion hardware toconnect the submersible2850-3 or -4 directly toexternal equipment.

• In aerated vessels installthe electrode in astillwell to prevent airfrom being trappedinside the electrode.

I. Submersible Installation

Installation of Conductivity/ResistivityElectrodes:

1 23

4

• DryLoc™ Electrode with 2850-3Sensor Electronics shown below.

• All mounting brackets, conduit, and J-boxes are customer supplied.

• Conductivity/Resistivity electrodescan be installed into standard 3/4 in.NPT fittings. Additionally, DryLocelectrodes are offered with ISO 7-R3/4 threads.

• The preferred installation for in-lineapplications directs flow straight intothe electrode. This configurationreduces the probability of entrappedair bubbles, and provides the bestcontinuous sampling of the fluidcontent.

• If the electrode is mounted verticallyin a tee, do not recess the orificesinside the tee. Mounting upsidedown may help prevent air entrap-ment.

• An oversized tee or flow cell may behelpful for inline installations.

• At least 4 threads (ANSI B1 .20.1) mustbe engaged to meet pressure ratingper published specifications.

II. In-Line Installation

Installation Tips

• Sensor Models 2819-2823 aremounted similarly, except use a 3/4”MNPT Thread to mount to a 3/4”FNPT pipe thread (customer sup-plied).

Tri-clamp Connections

• Models 2819-2821are offered with 1 to1 .5 inch and 2 inchsanitary fittings.

Gasket & Clamp not supplied

2819, 2820

2821

Page 169: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

171www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

Remote AssemblyThe optional 3-8052-1 Integral kit w/Junction box and 3/4

in. NPT sensor

connection provides a convenientterminal point to extend the 2450 cableover a distance.The kit includes:• 3/4 in. NPT sensor connection• Conduit base and cap with junction

terminals• 3-9000.392-1 liquid tight connector,

0.5 in. NPT

BLK

RED

WHT

SHLD

+

S

-

3-8052-1Junction box, 3/4 in. NPT

3-8250-X, 3-8450-X

3-8052Integral mount kit,3/4 in. NPT

Integral AssemblyThe 3-8052 Integral Kit connects the8450 Pressure Transmitter and 8250 LevelTransmitter directly onto the 2450 sensor.• Use the 2450 sensor with 0.15 m (6

in.) cable and digital (S3L) output.• Apply sealant or PTFE tape to the

process connection threads, afterinspecting threads to ensure integrity.Do not install a sensor with damagedthreads.

• Tighten the sensor 1 .5 turns pastfinger tight into the process connec-tion.

• Use the 2450 sensors with 4.6m (15ft.) cable.

• Mount the sensor to an extensionpipe or watertight conduit usingthread sealant.

• Use a cable gland at the top of theextension to prevent moisture intru-sion/accumulation inside the pipe.

Installation of Pressure SensorsI. Submersible Installation

• DO NOT hermetically seal (i.e.applying silicone sealant or epoxy) tothe back of the sensor. To do so mayintroduce measurement errors result-ing from changes in atmosphericpressure and/or temperature.

II. In-Line Installation

Installation Tips• 8050-1 and 8050-2

junction boxes can beuseful for this installationoption.

• The 2450 can be mounted in a pipe-tee using the threads closest to thesensing end.

• The sensor can be mounted with orwithout an integral mount kit. This kitmounts a junction box or an instru-ment.

• See below for more information oninstrument integral mount and junctionbox/remote mount examples.

Installation Tips• Sensors can be mounted

into any DN 20 (3/4 in)FNPT pipe tee (customersupplied)

cable gland

Page 170: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

172 www.gfsignet.com

Remote Assembly• The optional 3-8052-1 Integral Junction

box with 3/4 in. process connectionoffers a convenient terminal point toextend the 2350 cable over a distance.

The kit includes:• 3/4 in. NPT process connection• Conduit base and cap with junction

terminals• 3-9000.392-1 liquid tight connector, 0.5

in. NPT• Apply sealant or PTFE tape to the

process connection threads, afterinspecting threads to ensure integrity.Do not install a sensor with damagedthreads.

• Tighten the sensor 1 .5 turns past fingertight into the process connection.

Integral Assembly• The 3-8052 Integral Kit connects the

8350 Temperature Transmitter directlyonto the 2350 sensor with 0.15 m (6in.) cable and (S3L) output.

• Apply sealant or PTFE tape to theprocess connection threads, afterinspecting threads to ensure integrity.Do not install a sensor with damagedthreads.

• Tighten the sensor 1 .5 turns pastfinger tight into the process connec-tion.

• Use the 2350 sensor with 4.6m (15 ft.)cable.

• Mount the sensor to an extensionpipe or watertight conduit usingthread sealant.

• Use a cable gland at the top of theextension to prevent moisture intru-sion/accumulation inside the pipe.

BLK

RED

WHT

SHLD

+

S

-

3-8052-1Integral junction box,3/4 in. NPT

Fill withJ75 to 100 mmJ(3 to 4 in.)Jof sealant

3-8350

3-8052Integral mount kit

Installation of Analytical Sensors: TemperatureI. Submersible Installation

II. In-Line Installation

• For additional defense againstpossible accumulation of condensa-tion at the back seal area of thesensor, fill the lower 75-100 mm (3-4inches) of conduit or extension pipewith a flexible sealant such as sili-cone.

Installation Tips• 8050-1 and 8052-1

junction boxes can beuseful for this installationoption.

• The 2350 can be mounted in a pipe-tee using the threads closest to the sensing end.• The sensor can be mounted with or without an integral kit. This kit mounts a junction

box or an instrument.• See below for mre information on instrument integral mount and junction box/remote

mount examples.

Installation Tips• Sensors can be

mounted into any DN20 (3/4 in.) FNPT pipetee (customer supplied)

Page 171: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

173www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

DC Power -Ground

Black

SensorWireColor

Red

Shield(White)

Frequency DC Power +

Signal Out

Sine Wave Output

Open CollectorOutput

5155252517

2000 21002507 25362540 2550*7000/70017002

Sensormodels

Frequency

Freq. InBlack

Freq. InRed

Iso. GndShld

Sensor PwrSensor V+

Freq. InSensor In

Iso. GndSensor Gnd

InstrumentMarking

InstrumentMarking

• Most +GF+ SIGNET Flow sensors aresupplied with a standard 7.6 m (25ft.) length of cable except the 2100Turbine, which has 4.6 m (15 ft.)

• The Vortex 7000, 7001, 7002, and theMagmeter 2550 are not supplied withcable.

• Sensors with AC sine wave outputs(515, 525, 2517) may extend cable toa maximum 60 m (200 ft.)

• Sensors with open collector outputs(2000, 2100, 2507, 2536, 2540, 2550,7000, 7001, 7002) may extend cableto a maximum 300 m (1000 ft.)

* The 7000 and 7002 have short Black, Red and White wires pre-connected from the sensor to a terminal block labeled +, - andGROUND.

See Sensor/Instrument Compatability Matrix on page 7.

I. Flow sensor cable details and connection to instrumentation

Wiring Information: Sensors & Electrodes

• Maintain all cable shielding throughsplices or terminal connections.

• Cable should be 2 conductor twistedpair with shield, 18 to 22 AWG.

• +GF+ SIGNET Flow sensors usecable with Black, Red and Shieldconductors. To facilitate wiring, most+GF+ SIGNET instruments havewiring terminals that are labeled withthese same colors.

pH/ORP Wiring

2750/2760 Submersible version2720

Silver (earth ground)

BrownBlueGreenWhiteRedBlack

(mV Input)(Iso. Gnd) (T+)(T-)(V+)(V-)

II. Wiring Connections for Analytical Electrodes and Instruments

Preamplifier Instrument

+5 VDC

S3L data

Signal Ground

Black

Red

White

Shield

OptionalEarth Ground

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Sensor Electronics Instrument

S3L Connections

Flow Sensor Wiring Matrix

Page 172: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

174 www.gfsignet.com

Loop Input

Loop Input

4-20 mA Device(PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)

+

-

Power SupplyDC 12 - 24 V

+

-

Black

Red (no connection)

White

Shield (optional earth gnd)

Green (No Connection)

Brown (No Connection)

4-20 mA Device(PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)

Power SupplyDC 12 - 24 V

+-

SW2

RunCalSW1

SW3

D1

OPEN

4 3 2 1 J1

Blk

Red

Wht

Grn

Brn

V-

V+

SW2

Run

Cal

SW1

SW3

D1

OPEN

43

21

J1

Blk Red Wht Grn Brn

V-

V+

Loop Input

Loop Input

-+

pH/ORP Wiring continued2750 In-Line version and 8050/8052 J-Boxes

Sensor Electronics Instrument

SW2SW2

Ru

nR

un

Cal

CalSW1SW1

D1D1BLKBLK

REDRED

WHTWHT

SHLDSHLD

+5 VDC

S3L data

Signal Ground

+

S

-

OptionalEarth Ground

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

+

S

-

Conductivity Wiring2850 In-Line version and 8050/8052 J-Boxes

2850 Submersible version

SW2SW2RunRunCalCalSW1SW1

SW3SW3

D1D1

OPEN OPEN

4 3 2 1 J1J1

BlkBlk

RedRed

WhtWht

GrnGrn

BrnBrn

+5 VDC

S3L data

Signal Return

OptionalEarth Ground

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

V+

V-

V+

V-

Black (+5 VDC)

Red (S3L™ data)

White (signal return)

Shield (earth ground optional)

Green (no connection)

Brown (no connection)

Multi-Parameter

C1 23.45 µS/cmL2 -16.58 ft

Relay 1 Relay 2

ENTER

Sensor Electronics Instrument

To 2850-3, -4Sensors

4 to 20mA Loop Connections

2750 with J-Box 2750 without J-Box

2850 with J-Box 2850 without J-BoxConductivity Wiring

pH/ORP Wiring

Power SupplyDC 12 - 24 V

Loop Input

Loop Input

4-20 mA Device(PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)

-+

+-SW2

Run

Ca

l

SW1

D1BLK

RED

WHT

SHLD

+

S

-

+

S

-

4-20 mA Device(PLC, PC, Recorder, etc.)

Loop Input

Loop Input

-+

Power SupplyDC 12 - 24 V

+-

Black

Red (no connection)

White

Shield

Sensor Electronics Instrument

Page 173: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

175www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Flow Instruments

Terminal 8550-1

Terminal 8550-2

Totalreset

AUXoutput

PLSoutput

1 2Gnd ++

-+

Gnd

Freq

. IN

Sen

. Pw

r.

Freq

. IN

Iso.

Gnd

Std. Sensor

P

aten

t No.

D37

6,32

8

Flo

w

Open Collector Sensor

12-24 V10 W

+GF+ SIGNETModel #3-5075

®

LISTED77CJ

UL®

5075

Red

Blk

Shld

Sensor FInput

Flo

w

‡ SIGNETFModel #3-5090

®J

LISTEDJ77CJ

UL®J

5090

F

Red

Blk

Shld

Sensor FInput

Flo

w

+GF+ SIGNETFModel #3-5090

®F

LISTEDF77CJ

UL®F

+ - N/C

4-20 mA

4-2

0 m

A lo

op

‡ SIGNETFModel #3-5091

5091

Output -

Output +

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

AUXPower -

AUXPower +

4

3

2

1

6

5

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

Sensr IN(RED)

Sensr V+(BLACK)

9

8

7

Terminal 8550-3

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

AUXPower -

AUXPower +

4

3

2

1

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

Sensr IN(RED)

Sensr V+(BLACK)

13

12

11

Relay 2(NO)

Relay 2(COM)

Relay 2(NC)

Relay 1(NO)

Relay 1(COM)

Relay 1(NC)

10

9

8

7

6

5

Output 2-

Output 2+

Output 1-

Output 1+

10

9

8

7

Loop 2-

Loop 2+

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

AUXPower -

AUXPower +

6

5

4

3

2

1

Snsr 2 Gnd(SHIELD)

Snsr 2 IN(RED)

Snsr 2 V+(BLACK)

Snsr 1 Gnd(SHIELD)

Snsr 1 IN(RED)

Snsr 1 V+(BLACK)

16

15

14

13

12

11

F

-++

NCCNO NCCNO+FF

Freq

. IN

Sen

. Pw

r.

Freq

. IN

Iso

. G

nd

Std. Sensor

BatchOption

Pa

ten

t N

o. D

3

76

,32

8

B

atc

h

Open Collector FSensor

12-24 VF

10 WF

F

‡ SIGNETFModel #3-5600

Rsm

RTN

Gn

d

Sta

rt

Sto

p

RemoteCNT/EOBF

outputCurrentFoutput

-

5600

5500

4-20 FmA

TotalFreset

AUXFoutput

PLSFoutput

1 2Gnd -+++

NCCNO NCCNO-+FF

Gnd

Freq

. IN

Sen. Pw

r.

Freq

. IN

Iso

. G

nd

Std. Sensor

Relay 1Relay 2

Pa

ten

t N

o. D

37

6,3

28

F

low

Open Collector FSensor

12-24 VF10 WF

F

+GF+ SIGNETFModel #3-5500

®F

LISTEDF77CJ

UL®F

rFw

1 2 3 4 5 6

+

-

+

-

RED

BLACK

SHIELD

#1 #2

TotalizerRemote reset

Connect shieldto Ground wire

8150 Battery Powered Flow Totalizer

Wiring Information: Instruments

Wiring Information• The terminal blocks for

the 8550 are notlabeled on the back ofthe unit. An adhesivelabel is supplied withthe instruments withterminal descriptions toserve as a remoteterminal display to aidelectrical installations.

• The 8150 BatteryPowered Flow Totalizeris compatible only withthe AC output sensors,515, 525 and 2517.The wiring is shownhere. See OperationManual for moreinformation.

Page 174: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

176 www.gfsignet.com

Output -

Output +

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

2

1 4

3

EarthGND

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

V-(BLACK)

V+(RED)

8

7

6

5

Temp -(WHITE)

Temp +(GREEN)

Iso. GND(BLUE)

mV Input(BROWN)

12

11

10

9

Terminal 8750-1

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

AUXPower -

AUXPower +

4

3

2

1

EarthGND

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

V-(BLACK)

V+(RED)

14

13

12

11

Temp -(WHITE)

Temp +(GREEN)

Iso. GND(BLUE)

mV Input(BROWN)

18

17

16

15Relay 2(NO)

Relay 2(COM)

Relay 2(NC)

Relay 1(NO)

Relay 1(COM)

Relay 1(NC)

10

9

8

7

6

5

Terminal 8750-2

EarthGND

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

V-(BLACK)

V+(RED)

12

11

10

9

Temp -(WHITE)

Temp +(GREEN)

Iso. GND(BLUE)

mV Input(BROWN)

16

15

14

13Output 2-

Output 2+

Output 1-

Output 1+

8

7

6

5

Loop 2 -

Loop 2 +

System PwrLoop 1 -

System PwrLoop 1 +

4

3

2

1

Terminal 8750-3

pH/ORP

12-24 V10 W

NCCNO NCCNO-+

V +

Red

Wire V -

Blac

k w

ire -+T -

Whi

te w

ireT +

Gre

en w

ire

Iso.

Gnd

Blue

wire

mV

Inpu

tBr

own

wire

4-20 mA

Relay 1Relay 2

Pat

ent N

o. D

376

,328

p

H/O

RP

®

Model PHCN-5700

5700

RELAY 1 RELAY 2 RELAY 3 RELAY 4

N/C N/O COM N/C N/O COM N/C N/O COM N/C N/O COM

RE

LA

Y 3

,4

OP

EN

C

OL

L 3

,4

- O

PE

N C

OLL

4

+ O

PE

N C

OLL

4

- O

PE

N C

OLL

3

+ O

PE

N C

OLL

3

- L

OO

P 2

+ L

OO

P 2

- L

OO

P 3

+ L

OO

P 3

- L

OO

P 1

+ L

OO

P 1

SH

LD

ISO

GN

D

TEM

P 1

SG

NL

1

SH

LD

ISO

GN

D

TEM

P 2

SG

NL

2

POWER

OU

TPU

T O

PTI

ON

L

N

-+

11 - 24V 0.5 A

L

N

-+

100 - 240V 50-60Hz, 20VA

~

LISTEDE171559LU

LR92369

8860

Output -

Output +

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

4

3

2

1

6

5

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

Iso. Gnd(BLACK)

Temp. IN(WHITE)

Signal IN(RED)

10

9

8

7

AUXPower -

AUXPower +

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

AUXPower -

AUXPower +

4

3

2

1

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

Iso. Gnd(BLACK)

Temp. IN(WHITE)

Signal IN(RED)

14

13

12

11

Relay 2(NO)

Relay 2(COM)

Relay 2(NC)

Relay 1(NO)

Relay 1(COM)

Relay 1(NC)

10

9

8

7

6

5

Sensr Gnd(SHIELD)

Iso. Gnd(BLACK)

Temp. IN(WHITE)

Signal IN(RED)

14

13

12

11

Output 2-

Output 2+

Output 1-

Output 1+

10

9

8

7

Loop 2-

Loop 2+

System PwrLoop -

System PwrLoop +

AUXPower -

AUXPower +

6

5

4

3

2

1

Terminal 8850-1 Terminal 8850-2

Terminal 8850-3

Conductivity

4-20 mA

-+

NCCNO NCCNO-+

Relay 1Relay 2

12-24 V10 W

Pat

ent N

o. D

376

,328

Pat

ent N

o. 5

,708

,363

Con

duct

ivity

Sign

al IN

Red

wire

Iso.

Gnd

Blac

k w

ire

Shld

Silv

er w

ire

Tem

p. IN

Whi

te w

ire

®

Model CDCN-5800

5800CR

III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Analytical Instruments

Wiring Information: Instruments

4-20 mA

-+

NCCNO NCCNO-+

Relay 1Relay 2

12-24 V10 W

Pat

ent N

o. D

376

,328

Pat

ent N

o. 5

,708

,363

Sal

inity

+GF+ SIGNETModel #3-5900

¤

LISTED77CJ

UL¤

Sig

nal I

NR

ed w

ire

Iso.

Gnd

Bla

ck w

ire

Shl

dS

ilver

wire

Tem

p. IN

Whi

te w

ire

5900

Page 175: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

177www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

8250-3JI/O Terminals

Sensor GndJ

Sensor INJ

Sensor V+J

Sensor GndJ

Sensor INJ

Sensor V+

18J

17J

16J

15J

14J

13

7J6J5

Silver (Sensr Gnd)JRed (Sensr IN)JBlack (Sensr V+)

13J12J11

Silver (Sensr Gnd)JRed (Sensr IN)JBlack (Sensr V+)

Silver (Snsr 2 Gnd)J

Red (Snsr 2 IN)J

Black (Snsr 2 V+)J

Silver (Snsr 1 Gnd)J

Red (Snsr 1 IN)J

Black (Snsr 1 V+)J

J

16J

15J

14J

13J

12J

11

Temperature

Terminal 8350-1

Terminal 8350-2

Terminal 8350-3

Pressure

7J6J5

Silver (Sensr Gnd)JRed (Sensr IN)JBlack (Sensr V+)

Terminals

Terminal 8450-1

13J12J11

Silver (Sensr Gnd)JRed (Sensr IN)JBlack (Sensr V+)

Terminals

Terminal 8450-2

Terminals

Silver (Snsr 2 Gnd)J

Red (Snsr 2 IN)J

Black (Snsr 2 V+)J

Silver (Snsr 1 Gnd)J

Red (Snsr 1 IN)J

Black (Snsr 1 V+)J

J

16J

15J

14J

13J

12J

11

Terminal 8450-3

Level

GndJ

I/OJ

V+J

J

13J

12J

11

The TOTAL cable length connected to the 8250 input/output terminals must not exceed 122 m (400 ft.)

Terminal 8250-2 Terminal 8250-3

III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Analytical Instruments

Wiring Information: Instruments

Page 176: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

178 www.gfsignet.com

III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Instruments

Wiring Information: Instruments

8900 Multi-Parameter

3-8900.621CI/O Module 3-8900.401-X1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

+5VDC (Black)Freq. Input (Red)

GND (Shield)+5VDC (Black)

Freq. Input 2 (Red)S L (Red)

GND (White/Shield)+5VDC (Black)

S L (Red)GND (White/Shield)

3

3

Analog Output 1

Analog Output 2

(if applicable)

(if applicable)

FrequencyInput

1

FrequencyInput 2

ORS3LInput

2

S3LInput

1

+-

+-

3-8900.621C

I/O Module 3-8900.401-X

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

+5VDC (Black)Freq. Input (Red)

GND (White/Shield)+5VDC (Black)

Freq. Input 2 (Red)S L (Red)GND (White/Shield)

+5VDC (Black)S L (Red)GND (White/Shield)

3

3

Analog Output 1Analog Output 2

(if applicable)

(if applicable)

FrequencyInput1

FrequencyInput 2ORS3LInput

2

S3LInput1

+-

+-

OU

T 2

O

UT

1

PO

WE

R C

OM

M P

OR

T /

OU

T 4

O

UT

3

RE

LA

Y 2

R

ELA

Y 1

RE

LA

Y 4

R

ELA

Y 3

C

NO

NC

NO

NC

C

SE

NS

OR

IN

PU

TS

C

NO

NC

NO

NC

C

3

3

+

-

N

L

+

-

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

+

-

3-8900.620

100 - 240VAC 50-60Hz, 24VA MAX

~11 - 24 VDC 0.7 A MAX.

N

L

+

-

Power Connection

DO NOT attempt to connect bothAC and DC at the same time

C

NO

NC

NO

NC

C

Solid State RelaysRating:

50 mA 30V

Mechanical RelaysRating:

5A 250 VAC5A 30 VDC

~

+

-

+

-~

CAUTION

Signal Type: FrequencySignal Type: FrequencySignal Type: FrequencySignal Type: FrequencySignal Type: FrequencyThe maximum allowable cable length for flow sensors with frequency output is dependent uponthe output signal strength of the sensors themselves, and the degree to which the signals aresusceptible to EMI or “noise”. This is largely a function of whether the sensors are self-powered,or powered by an external source.

All of the sensors in the table below are compatible with the 8900. The three models limited to60 m (200 ft.) are self-powered sensors. The 8900 automatically provides power to the othersvia the I/O Module (normal sensor wiring).

These maximum recommended cable lengths apply to individual sensors and are completelyindependent of one another. Additionally, these cable lengths have no relevance to any digital(S3L) devices that may also be connected to the I/O Module.

Maximum Cable Lengths for all sensorsMaximum Cable Lengths for all sensorsMaximum Cable Lengths for all sensorsMaximum Cable Lengths for all sensorsMaximum Cable Lengths for all sensorsused with the 8900used with the 8900used with the 8900used with the 8900used with the 8900The I/O Module (3-8900.401-x) supportsfrequency and S3L signal types. These signaltypes are fundamentally different from oneanother, and the rules governing maximumcable lengths also differ, so the two typesmust be treated separately. Refer to thefollowing two sections as necessary todetermine the cable length limitations of anysystem.

Maximum cable length 515 525 2000 2100 2507 2517 2536 2540 2541 2550 7000 7002

60 m (200 ft.) x x x 305 m (1000 ft.) x x x x x x x x x

+GF+ SIGNET Flow sensor models with frequency output

Page 177: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

179www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

n&

Wirin

g

Signal Type: Digital (S3L)

The total maximum allowable cable lengthfor all digital (S

3L) devices in a system is

primarily dependent upon the connectinginstrument, not the sensors or external relaysthemselves. From an instrument’s EMI filtering

In order to use this table, the total maximumcurrent consumption of all the digital (S3L)devices in the system must be known. Referto the current consumption table and add theappropriate mA values to find the total.Round up to the nearest column heading inthe cable length table, or extrapolatebetween columns to approximate the

The Maximum Current table above appliesonly to digital (S3L) devices powered by the8900 (normal sensor wiring). If an auxiliarypower source more local to the sensor is

maximum allowable cable length for all S3Ldevices in the system (regardless oftopology). Notice the influence of wire sizeand capacitance on maximum allowablecable lengths. Proper cable selection isimperative, especially when long runs arerequired in an installation.

used, then wire size may be reduced andS3L wiring distances may be substantiallyincreased. Contact your local +GF+ salesoffice for more information.

capability, and its capacity to provide powerto these devices, maximum cable lengthguidelines can be established. For the 8900,these guidelines are defined here.

Multi-Parameter (continued)

III. Rear Terminal Views +GF+ SIGNET Instruments

S3L DeviceCurrent Consumption

per Device

2350 Temperature Sensor 1 mA

2450 Pressure Sensor 1 mA

2750 and 2760 pH and ORP Sensors 3 mA

2850 Conductivity Sensor 2 mA

8059 External Relay Module * 1 mA

Maximum Current Consumption for S3L Devices

* The S3L communication link between the 8900 and the 8059 is powered by the 8900 and consumes 1 mA maximum. However, the 8059 External Relay Module always requires a separate power source for its operation.

Page 178: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

180 www.gfsignet.com

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-H0P51530-P0P51530-P3P51530-S0P51530-T0P51530-V0

3-2536-P03-2536-P33-2536-T03-2536-V0

3-8510-P03-8510-T03-8510-V0

3-8512-P03-8512-T03-8512-V0

3519/515-P33519/2536-P3

Flow Sensors

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

Installation Tips:Using the fittings onpages 180 through 194will insure that the sensors:• Meet printed

specifications• Insert to proper depth

into the pipe• Install easily and

quickly

CPVC Tees SCH 80 - w/Pipe*

Part No. Code Size L H o.d.

CPV8T005 159 000 408 0.50 in. 14 3.6 0.84CPV8T007 159 000 410 0.75 in. 14 3.8 1 .05CPV8T010 159 000 412 1 .00 in. 17 4.0 1 .32CPV8T012 159 000 414 1 .25 in. 20 4.4 1 .66CPV8T015 159 000 416 1 .50 in. 24 4.6 1 .90

*Pipe lengths included with these fittings do not satisfy straight-run requirementsfor all installation configurations.

pH/ORP Sensors

3-27143-2714-HF3-27153-27163-2716-DI3-27173-27543-2754-HF3-27553-27563-2756-DI3-2757

PV8S020 159 000 637 2.00 in. 4.00 5.0 2.375 1 .43PV8S025 159 000 638 2.50 in. 4.75 5.4 2.875 1 .43PV8S030 198 150 577 3.00 in. 5.00 6.0 3.500 1 .43PV8S040 198 150 578 4.00 in. 5.00 7.0 4.500 1 .43

PVC Clamp-on Saddles SCH 80

Part No. Code Size L H d C

• Mounts on PVC pipe• C - Clearance dimension• EPDM O-ring

PV8T005F 159 000 527 0.50 in. 3.75 3.6 0.85PV8T007F 159 000 529 0.75 in. 3.75 3.8 1 .06PV8T010F 159 000 531 1 .00 in. 4.26 4.0 1 .33PV8T012F 159 000 533 1 .25 in. 4.36 4.4 1 .67PV8T015F 159 000 535 1 .50 in. 4.90 4.6 1 .91

PVC TEES SCH 80 - Fitting only

Part No. Code Size L H i.d.

*Pipe lengths included with these fittings do not satisfy straight-run requirementsfor all installation configurations.

CPVC Tees SCH 80 - Fitting only

Part No. Code Size L H i.d.

CPV8T005F 159 000 409 0.50 in. 3.75 3.6 0.85CPV8T007F 159 000 411 0.75 in. 3.75 3.8 1 .06CPV8T010F 159 000 413 1 .00 in. 4.26 4.0 1 .33CPV8T012F 159 000 415 1 .25 in. 4.36 4.4 1 .67CPV8T015F 159 000 417 1 .50 in. 4.90 4.6 1 .91

PV8T005 159 000 526 0.50 in. 14 3.6 0.84PV8T007 159 000 528 0.75 in. 14 3.8 1 .05PV8T010 159 000 530 1 .00 in. 17 4.0 1 .32PV8T012 159 000 532 1 .25 in. 20 4.4 1 .66PV8T015 159 000 534 1 .50 in. 24 4.6 1 .90PV8T020 198 801 415 2.00 in. 24 5.0 2.38PV8T025 198 801 573 2.50 in. 24 5.4 2.88PV8T030 198 801 416 3.00 in. 24 6.0 3.50PV8T040 198 801 436 4.00 in. 24 7.0 4.50

Part No. Code Size L H o.d.

PVC TEES SCH 80 - w/Pipe*

Page 179: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

181www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

nFittin

gs

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-H0P51530-P0P51530-P3P51530-S0P51530-T0P51530-V0

3-2536-P03-2536-P33-2536-T03-2536-V0

3-8510-P03-8510-T03-8510-V0

3-8512-P03-8512-T03-8512-V0

3519/515-P33519/2536-P3

Flow Sensors

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

pH/ORP Sensors

3-27143-2714-HF3-27153-27163-2716-DI3-27173-27543-2754-HF3-27553-27563-2756-DI3-2757

BSP PVC-U Tee Fittings

Part No. Code Size H H1 L L1 d

PVAT005 198 150 494 0.5 in. 145 225 128 90 20PVAT007 198 150 495 0.75 in. 148 228 144 100 25PVAT010 198 150 496 1 .0 in. 151 231 160 110 32PVAT012 198 150 497 1 .25 in. 155 235 168 110 40PVAT015 198 150 498 1 .5 in. 159 239 188 120 50PVAT020 198 150 499 2.0 in. 164 244 212 130 63

• FPM O-ring• These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office

BSP PVC-U Saddle Fittings

Part No. Code Size D H H1 L d

PVAS030 198 150 550 3.0 in. 39 175 255 105 90PVAS040 198 150 551 4.0 in. 39 184 264 105 110

• EPDM Gasket• These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office

IR8S020 198 801 425 2.00 in. 5.5 2.35 2.56 1 .44IR8S025 198 801 426 2.50 in. 5.5 2.44 2.91 1 .44IR8S030 198 801 427 3.00 in. 6.5 2.97 3.54 1 .44IR8S040 198 801 420 4.00 in. 7.5 3.74 4.55 1 .44

Iron Strap-on Saddle

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• Buna Nitrile O-ring• For use with SCH 80 metal pipe (ASTM)

Part No. Code Size H o.d. o.d. Cmin max

Carbon Steel Threaded Tees with NPT Threads

Part No. Code Size L H(NPT)

CS4T005 198 801 459 0.50 in. 3.6 4.0CS4T007 198 801 460 0.75 in. 3.6 4.2CS4T010 198 801 461 1 .00 in. 3.6 4.2CS4T012 198 801 462 1 .25 in. 3.8 4.5CS4T015 198 801 419 1 .50 in. 4.1 4.8CS4T020 198 801 463 2.00 in. 4.9 5.3

• PVDF insert - all sizes

• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe(ASTM)

Page 180: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

182 www.gfsignet.com

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)

Part No. Code Size L H(NPT)

316 SS (1 .4401) Threaded Tees with NPT Threads w/ PVDF insert

Brass Threaded Tee w/NPT Threads and PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size NPT L H

BR4T010 198 801 770 1 .00 in. 1 .0 3.36 2.40BR4T012 198 801 771 1 .25 in. 1 .25 3.42 2.67BR4T015 198 801 772 1 .50 in. 1 .50 3.46 2.97BR4T020 198 801 773 2.00 in. 2.0 3.68 3.53

CR4T005 198 801 554 0.50 in. 3.6 4.0CR4T007 198 801 555 0.75 in. 3.6 4.2CR4T010 198 801 556 1 .00 in. 3.6 4.2CR4T012 198 801 783 1 .25 in. 3.8 4.5CR4T015 198 801 784 1 .50 in. 4.1 4.8CR4T020 198 801 785 2.00 in. 4.9 5.3

• PVDF insert - all sizes

• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)

• PVDF insert - all sizes

• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-H0P51530-P0P51530-P3P51530-S0P51530-T0P51530-V0

3-2536-P03-2536-P33-2536-T03-2536-V0

3-8510-P03-8510-T03-8510-V0

3-8512-P03-8512-T03-8512-V0

3519/515-P33519/2536-P3

Flow Sensors

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

pH/ORP Sensors

3-27143-2714-HF3-27153-27163-2716-DI3-27173-27543-2754-HF3-27553-27563-2756-DI3-2757

Copper Sweat-on Tee w/PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size L H i.d.

CUKT005 198 801 687 0.50 in. 3.15 3.57 0.62CUKT007 198 801 688 0.75 in. 2.96 3.52 0.87CUKT010 198 801 689 1 .00 in. 3.23 3.80 1 .12CUKT012 198 801 690 1 .25 in. 4.16 4.12 1 .38CUKT015 198 801 691 1 .50 in. 4.43 4.34 1 .63CUKT020 198 801 418 2.00 in. 5.31 4.86 2.11

• No insert up to 1 in., over 1 in. - PVDF insert

• For use with copper pipe (SCH K)

Galvanized Iron Threaded Tee w/NPT Threads and PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size NPT L H

IR4T010 198 801 421 1 .00 in. 1 .0 3.4 4.1IR4T012 198 801 422 1 .25 in. 1 .25 3.56 4.34IR4T015 198 801 423 1 .50 in. 1 .50 3.75 4.67IR4T020 198 801 424 2.00 in. 2.0 3.90 5.05

• PVDF insert - all sizes

• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)

Page 181: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

183www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

nFittin

gs

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 4 inch pipe fittings)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-H0P51530-P0P51530-P3P51530-S0P51530-T0P51530-V0

3-2536-P03-2536-P33-2536-T03-2536-V0

3-8510-P03-8510-T03-8510-V0

3-8512-P03-8512-T03-8512-V0

3519/515-P33519/2536-P3

Flow Sensors

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

pH/ORP Sensors

3-27143-2714-HF3-27153-27163-2716-DI3-27173-27543-2754-HF3-27553-27563-2756-DI3-2757

Part No. Code Size W H C

Brass Brazolet w/PVDF insert

BR4B025 198 801 794 2.5 in. 2.50 2.96 1 .438BR4B030 198 801 795 3.0 in. 2.55 2.90 1 .438BR4B040 198 801 796 4.0 in. 2.50 2.75 1 .438

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• For use with copper pipe (SCH 40 ASTM)

316 SS (1.4401) Weldolets w/PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size W H C

CR4W025 198 801 786 2.50 in. 2.96 2.50 1 .44CR4W030 198 801 787 3.00 in. 2.90 2.55 1 .44CR4W040 198 801 788 4.00 in. 2.50 2.75 1 .44

• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• For use with SCH 40 metal pipe (ASTM)• C - Clearance dimension

FPS030 159 000 441 3.00 in. 5.9 4.5 3.50 1 .44FPS040 159 000 442 4.00 in. 8.0 4.5 4.50 1 .44

Fiberglass Glue-on Saddles

Part No. Code Size L H o.d. C

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC• Mounts on fiberglass pipe

Fiberglass Glue-on Tees

• PVDF insert - all sizes

Carbon Steel Weld-on Weldolets

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

Part No. Code Size L H i.d.

FPT015 159 000 446 1 .50 in. 5.5 4.7 1 .92FPT020 159 000 447 2.00 in. 7.7 8.0 2.38

Part No. Code Size H W CCS4W025 198 801 464 2.50 in. 2.96 2.50 1 .44CS4W030 198 801 557 3.00 in. 2.90 2.55 1 .44CS4W040 198 801 552 4.00 in. 2.75 2.50 1 .44

Page 182: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

184 www.gfsignet.com

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 5 to 8 inch pipe fittings)

PVC Clamp-on Saddle SCH 80

Part No. Code Size L H d C

PV8S060 198 150 579 6.00 in. 5.00 10.0 6.625 2.25PV8S080 159 000 639 8.00 in. 5.00 11 .5 8.625 2.25

• Mounts on PVC pipe• C - Clearance dimension• EPDM O-ring

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-P1P51530-P4P51530-T1P51530-V1

3-2536-P13-2536-V13-2536-P4

3-8510-P13-8512-P1

3519/515-P43519/2536-P4

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

Flow Sensors

BSP PVC-U Clamp-on Saddle

Part No. Code Size D H H1 L d

PVAS060 198 150 554 6.0 in. 39 224 339 120 160

• EPDM Gasket• These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office

Brass Brazolet w/PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size W H C

Part No. Code Size W H C

CS4W050 198 801 465 5.00 in. 3.50 3.98 2.25CS4W060 198 801 553 6.00 in 3.50 4.00 2.25CS4W080 198 801 574 8.00 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25

BR4B050 198 801 797 5.0 in. 3.50 3.98 2.25BR4B060 198 801 798 6.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25BR4B080 198 801 799 8.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• For use with copper pipe SCH 40 (ASTM)

Carbon Steel Weldolets w/PVDF insert

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

Page 183: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

185www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

nFittin

gs

Part No. Code Size W H C

316 SS (1.4401) Weldolets w/PVDF insert

CR4W050 198 801 789 5.00 in. 3.50 3.98 2.25CR4W060 198 801 790 6.00 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25CR4W080 198 801 791 8.00 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 5 to 8 inch pipe fittings)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-P1P51530-P4P51530-T1P51530-V1

3-2536-P13-2536-V13-2536-P4

3-8510-P13-8512-P1

3519/515-P43519/2536-P4

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

FPS060 159 000 443 6.00 in. 8.0 6.5 6.62 2.25FPS080 198 801 417 8.00 in. 10.0 8.0 8.62 2.25

Fiberglass Glue-on Saddles

Part No. Code Size L H o.d. C

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC• Mounts on fiberglass pipe

Flow Sensors

Part No. Code Size H o.d. o.d. Cmin. max.

IR8S050 198 801 429 5.00 in. 9.0 4.74 5.63 2.25IR8S060 198 801 430 6.00 in. 10.5 5.94 6.70 2.25IR8S080 198 801 431 8.00 in. 12.0 7.69 8.72 2.25

Iron Strap-on Saddle

• Buna Nitrile O-ring• For use with SCH80 metal pipe (ASTM)

• For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

Page 184: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

186 www.gfsignet.com

Part No. Code Size H o.d. o.d. Cmin. max.

Part No. Code Size L H o.d. c

PP Clamp-On Saddle Fittings

PVC Glue-On Saddle Fittings SCH 80

Part No. Code Size W H o.d. C

PV8S100 159 000 695 10 in. 9.0 5.43 10.75 2.25PV8S120 159 000 696 12 in. 9.0 5.15 12.75 2.25

PPS100 159 000 693 10 in. 7.04 16.75 10.75 2.25PPS120 159 000 694 12 in. 9.68 18.18 12.75 2.25

IR8S100 198 801 432 10.0 in. 18.0 10.64 12.12 2.25IR8S120 198 810 433 12.0 in. 20.0 12.62 14.32 2.25

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 10 to 12 inch pipe fittings)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-P2P51530-P5P51530-V2

3-2536-P23-2536-P5

3519/515-P53519/2536-P5

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

Iron Strap-on Saddle

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• Buna Nitrile O-ring• For use with SCH80 metal pipe (ASTM)

Flow Sensors

• Buna Nitrile O-ring

Page 185: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

187www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

nFittin

gs

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 10 to 12 inch pipe fittings)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-P2P51530-P5P51530-V2

3-2536-P23-2536-P5

3519/515-P53519/2536-P5

Wet-tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

Part No. Code Size W H C

Brass Brazolet w/PVDF insert

316 SS (1.4401) Weldolets w/PVDF insert

Carbon Steel Weldolets w/PVDF insert

Part No. Code Size W H C

Part No. Code Size W H C

CR4W100 198 801 792 10.0 in. 4.00 3.50 2.25CR4W120 198 801 793 12.0 in. 7.00 3.50 2.25

CS4W100 198 801 575 10.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25CS4W120 198 801 576 12.0 in. 3.50 7.00 2.25

BR4B100 198 801 800 10.0 in. 3.50 4.00 2.25BR4B120 198 801 801 12.0 in. 3.50 7.00 2.25

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC insert• For use with copper pipe SCH40 (ASTM)

Flow Sensors

Part No. Code Size L H o.d. C

FPS100 159 000 444 10.0 in. 12.0 8.5 10.75 2.25FPS120 159 000 445 12.0 in. 12.0 8.5 12.75 2.25

Fiberglass Glue-on Saddles

• C - Clearance dimension• Up to 8 in. - PVDF insert, over 8 in. - PVC• Mounts on fiberglass pipe

• Special order over 12 in.• For use with SCH40 metal pipe (ASTM)

Page 186: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

188 www.gfsignet.com

P526-2005 198 840 501 0.50 in. 2.0 2.4 3.0 0.850P526-2007 198 840 502 0.75 in. 2.0 2.4 3.0 1 .060P526-2010 198 840 503 1 .00 in. 2.0 2.4 3.0 1 .325

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P525-1 P525-15P525-2 P525-25P525-3 P525-35

Standard Model 525

Installation Fittings (for Sensors used in 0.5 to 12 inch pipe fittings)

Part No. Code Size W H C

Metalex Weld-On Mini-Tap (1.4401)

Metalex Socket Weld Mini-Tap (1.4401)

Part No. Code Size L W H i.d.

P526-2012 159 000 494 1 .25 in. 1 .66 2.25 1 .062P526-2015 198 840 506 1 .50 in. 1 .66 2.20 1 .062P526-2020 159 000 495 2.00 in. 1 .66 2.17 1 .062P526-2025 159 000 496 2.50 in. 1 .66 2.10 1 .062P526-2030 159 000 497 3.00 in. 1 .66 2.0 1 .062P526-2040 159 000 498 4.00 in. 1 .66 1 .95 1 .062P526-2050 159 000 499 5.00 in. 1 .66 1 .83 1 .062P526-2060 159 000 500 6.00 in. 1 .66 1 .75 1 .062P526-2080 159 000 501 8.00 in. 1 .66 1 .56 1 .062P526-2100 159 000 502 10.0 in. 1 .66 1 .35 1 .062P526-2120 159 000 503 12.0 in. 1 .66 1 .15 1 .062

•For use with SS pipe

W

H

L

i.d.

• For use with SS pipe• Gasket Klinger C4401 Thermoseal

Flow Sensors

Metalex Strap-On Saddle (1 .4401)

P526-1020 159 000 484 2.00 in. 7.0 5.5 2.35 2.56P526-1025 159 000 485 2.50 in. 7.0 5.5 2.44 2.91P526-1030 159 000 486 3.00 in. 7.5 6.0 2.97 3.54P526-1040 159 000 487 4.00 in. 8.0 7.0 3.74 4.55P526-1050 159 000 488 5.00 in. 10.0 8.0 4.74 5.63P526-1060 159 000 489 6.00 in. 10.5 9.5 5.94 6.70P526-1080 159 000 490 8.00 in. 12.75 12.0 7.69 8.72P526-1100 159 000 491 10.00 in. 14.5 15.0 10.64 12.12P526-1120 159 000 492 12.00 in. 17.0 17.0 12.62 14.32

Part No. Code Size H W o.d. o.d.min. max.

• Buna Nitrile O-ring

Page 187: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

189www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

nFittin

gs

Installation Fittings (for pipe sizes DN 15 to DN 50)

Metric PP Union Tee Fittings

Metric PVDF Union Tee Fittings

Part No. Code DN L H d

Part No. Code DN L H d

SFMT005 198 150 529 15 mm 128 97 20SFMT007 198 150 530 20 mm 142 105 25SFMT010 198 150 531 25 mm 156 110 32SFMT012 198 150 532 32 mm 160 120 40SFMT015 198 150 533 40 mm 176 130 50SFMT020 198 150 534 50 mm 194 146 63

PPMT005 198 150 522 15 mm 128 97 20PPMT007 198 150 523 20 mm 142 105 25PPMT010 198 150 524 25 mm 156 110 32PPMT012 198 150 525 32 mm 160 120 40PPMT015 198 150 526 40 mm 176 130 50PPMT020 198 150 527 50 mm 194 146 63

•Socket fusion equipment is required to install PVDF and PP union tees.• FPM O-rings

• Socket fusion equipment is required to install PVDF and PP union tees.• FPM O-rings

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-H0P51530-P0P51530-P3P51530-S0P51530-T0P51530-V0

3-2536-P03-2536-P33-2536-T03-2536-V0

3-8510-P03-8510-T03-8510-V0

3-8512-P03-8512-T03-8512-V0

3519/515-P33519/2536-P3

Flow Sensors

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

pH/ORP Sensors

3-27143-2714-HF3-27153-27163-2716-DI3-27173-27543-2754-HF3-27553-27563-2756-DI3-2757

Metric PVC-U Tee Fittings

Part No. Code DN H H1 L L1 d

PVMT005 198 150 480 15 mm 145 225 128 90 20PVMT007 198 150 481 20 mm 148 228 144 100 25PVMT010 198 150 482 25 mm 151 231 160 110 32PVMT012 198 150 483 32 mm 155 235 168 110 40PVMT015 198 150 484 40 mm 159 239 188 120 50PVMT020 198 150 485 50 mm 164 244 212 130 63

• FPM O-ring• These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office

Page 188: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

190 www.gfsignet.com

Installation Fittings (for pipe sizes DN 65 to DN 200)

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-H0P51530-P0P51530-P3P51530-S0P51530-T0P51530-V0

3-2536-P03-2536-P33-2536-T03-2536-V0

3-8510-P03-8510-T03-8510-V0

3-8512-P03-8512-T03-8512-V0

3519/515-P33519/2536-P3

Flow Sensors

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

pH/ORP Sensors

3-27143-2714-HF3-27153-27163-2716-DI3-27173-27543-2754-HF3-27553-27563-2756-DI3-2757

Metric PVC-U Saddle Fittings

Part No. Code DN D H H1 L d

PVMS025 198 150 538 65 mm 30 170 250 105 75PVMS030 198 150 539 80 mm 39 175 255 105 90PVMS040 198 150 540 100 mm 39 184 264 105 110PVMS060 198 150 543 150 mm 39 224 339 120 160PVMS080 198 150 545 200 mm 39 251 366 120 225

• EPDM Gasket• These fittings are only available from your local George Fischer sales office

PPMT025 198 150 560 65 mm 46 175 75 142PPMT030 198 150 561 80 mm 49 194 90 160PPMT040 198 150 562 100 mm 56 220 110 186PPMT050 198 150 563 125 mm 64 265 140 215PPMT060 198 150 564 150 mm 70 297 160 240PPMT080 198 150 565 200 mm 71 352 225 297

Metric PP Wafer Fittings

Metric PVDF Wafer Fittings

Part No. Code DN W H d B

SFMT025 198 150 571 65 mm 46 175 75 142SFMT030 198 150 697 80 mm 49 194 90 160SFMT040 198 150 573 100 mm 56 220 110 186SFMT050 198 150 574 125 mm 64 265 140 215SFMT060 198 150 575 150 mm 70 297 160 240SFMT080 198 150 576 200 mm 71 352 225 297

• Not compatible with integral mount transmitters due to limited clearancebetween flange rings• FPM O-ring

• Not compatible with integral mount transmitters due to limited clearancebetween flange rings• FPM O-ring

Part No. Code DN W H d B

Page 189: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

191www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

nFittin

gs

N/A 198 801 230 110.8 mm 39 6 -X0 125 x 7.1

N/A 198 801 232 114.4 mm 39 10 -X0 140 x 12.8

N/A 198 801 232 141 .8 mm 39 6 -X0 160 x 9.1

N/A 198 801 232 150 mm 39 3.2 -X0 160 x 5.0

N/A 198 801 233 192 mm 39 4 -X0 200 x 4.0

N/A 198 801 231 211 mm 39 3.2 -X0 225 x 7.0

N/A 198 801 251 203 mm 39 10 -X1 225 x 10.8

N/A 198 801 234 235.4 mm 39 6 -X1 250 x 7.3

N/A 198 801 235 248.2 mm 39 6 -X1 280 x 15.9

N/A 198 801 235 279.2 mm 39 6 -X1 315 x 17.9

Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mmbar Type

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-H0

P51530-P0

P5130-P3

P5130-S0

P5130-T0

P5130-V0

3-2536-P0

3-2536-P3

3-2536-T0

3-2536-V0

3-8510-P0

3-8510-T0

3-8510-V0

3-8512-P0

3-8512-T0

3-8512-V0

3519/515-P3

3519/2536-P3

Flow Sensors

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

pH/ORP Sensors

3-2714

3-2714-HF

3-2715

3-2716

3-2716-DI

3-2717

3-2754

3-2754-HF

3-2755

3-2756

3-2756-DI

3-2757

PVC Weld-on Fittings

Installation Fittings (Plastic and Steel weld-on Fittings )

N/A 198 801 254 61 .2 mm 39 10 -X0 75 x 6.9

N/A 198 801 254 79.8 mm 39 6 -X0 90 x 5.1

N/A 198 801 257 102.2 mm 39 10 -X0 125 x 11 .4

N/A 198 801 257 124 mm 39 6 -X0 140 x 8.0

N/A 198 801 257 131 .2 mm 39 3.2 -X0 140 x 4.4

N/A 198 801 256 159.6 mm 39 6 -X0 180 x 10.2

N/A 198 801 248 199.4 mm 39 6 -X0 225 x 12.8

N/A 198 801 253 248.2 mm 39 6 -X1 280 x 15.9

N/A 198 801 253 290.6 mm 39 4 -X1 315 x 12.2

N/A 198 801 252 315 mm 39 6 -X1 355 x 120.0

Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mmbar Type

PP Weld-on Fittings

Page 190: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

192 www.gfsignet.com

Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mmbar Type

N/A 198 801 249 61 .2 mm 39 10 -X0 75 x 6.9

N/A 198 801 249 79.8 mm 39 6 -X0 90 x 5.1

N/A 198 801 236 97.4 mm 39 6 -X0 110 x 6.3

N/A 198 801 237 102.2 mm 39 10 -X0 125 x 11 .4

N/A 198 801 236 110.8 mm 39 6 -X0 125 x 7.1

N/A 198 801 237 131 .2 mm 39 3.2 -X0 140 x 4.4

N/A 198 801 238 114.4 mm 39 10 -X0 140 x 12.8

N/A 198 801 237 124 mm 39 6 -X0 140 x 8.0

N/A 198 801 239 130.8 mm 39 10 -X0 160 x 14.6

N/A 198 801 238 141 .8 mm 39 6 -X0 160 x 9.1

N/A 198 801 240 147.2 mm 39 10 -X0 180 x 16.4

N/A 198 801 238 150 mm 39 3.2 -X0 160 x 5.0

N/A 198 801 239 159.6 mm 39 6 -X0 180 x 10.2

N/A 198 801 241 163.6 mm 39 10 -X0 200 x 18.2

N/A 198 801 240 177.2 mm 39 6 -X0 200 x 11 .4

N/A 198 801 239 187.6 mm 39 3.2 -X0 200 x 6.2

N/A 198 801 241 199.4 mm 39 6 -X0 225 x 12.8

N/A 198 801 242 184 mm 39 10 -X1 225 x 20.5

N/A 198 801 242 221 .6 mm 39 6 -X1 250 x 14.2

N/A 198 801 243 248.2 mm 39 6 -X1 280 x 15.9

N/A 198 801 244 279.2 mm 39 6 -X1 315 x 17.9

N/A 198 801 243 290.6 mm 39 4 -X1 315 x 12.2

N/A 198 801 245 314.8 mm 39 6 -X1 355 x 20.1

N/A 198 801 246 354.6 mm 39 6 -X1 400 x 22.7

N/A 198 801 245 369.2 mm 39 4 -X1 400 x 15.4

N/A 198 801 247 399 mm 39 6 -X1 450 x 25.5

N/A 198 801 250 443.4 mm 39 6 -X2 500 x 28.3

N/A 198 801 255 581 .4 mm 39 4 -X2 630 x 24.3

Sensors compatible with

Fittings on this page:

P51530-P1

P51530-P4

P51530-T1

P51530-V1

3-2536-P1

3-2536-V1

3-2536-P4

3-8510-P1

3-8512-P1

3519/515-P4

3519/2536-P4

Integral Mount Model 8510 &Model 8512

Wet-Tap Model 3519

Standard Model 515 &Model 2536

Flow Sensors

PE Weld-on Fittings

Installation Fittings (Plastic and Steel weld-on Fittings )

N/A 198 801 268 ≥ 50 mm 37 N/A -X0 N/A

N/A 198 801 269 ≥ 300 mm 37 N/A -X1 N/A

Part No. Code DN D PN Sensor d x s mmbar Type

SS Weld-on Fittings (1 .4435)

Page 191: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

193www.gfsignet.com

Insta

llatio

nFittin

gs

Insert Part No. Code Description

P31515-0V200 159 000 459 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVDF

P31515-0C200 159 000 631 Pipe Adapter Insert, CPVCP31515-0P200 159 000 630 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVCP31520-1V 159 000 460 Pipe Adapter InsertP31520-2P 159 000 461 Pipe Adapter InsertP31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, PolyproP31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF metricP31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDFP31671-1 159 000 465 Insert, PVDF 1.5 in.

Fitting Insert Reference

FOR YOUR SAFETY: Always confirm the chemical compatibilityand the maximum pressure/temperature specifications for fittingand sensor selection prior to purchase. Failure to do so may resultin property damage and/or serious personal injury.

Fitting Part No.

BR4B025BR4B030BR4B040BR4B050BR4B060BR4B080BR4B100BR4B120

BR4T010BR4T012BR4T015BR4T020

CUKT005CUKT007CUKT010CUKT012CUKT015CUKT020

CR4T005CR4T007CR4T010CR4T012CR4T015CR4T020

CS4T005CS4T007CS4T010CS4T012CS4T015CS4T020

FPT015FPT020

DescriptionBrazolet, BrassBrazolet, BrassBrazolet, BrassBrazolet, BrassBrazolet, BrassBrazolet, BrassBrazolet, BrassBrazolet, Brass

Tee, BrassTee, BrassTee, BrassTee, Brass

Tee, CopperTee, CopperTee, CopperTee, CopperTee, CopperTee, Copper

Tee, SSTee, SSTee, SSTee, SSTee, SSTee, SS

Tee, Carbon SteelTee, Carbon SteelTee, Carbon SteelTee, Carbon SteelTee, Carbon SteelTee, Carbon Steel

Tee, FiberglassTee, Fiberglass

Insert Part No.P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-2PP31520-2P

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200

Not applicableNot applicableNot applicableP31515-0V200P31671-1P31520-1V

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31671-1P31520-1V

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200

Brazolet Fittings

Tee Fittings

Fitting Accessories

Ordering Notes:1) If insert is intended foruse with +GF+ SIGNETinstallation fittings, specifyfitting part number at thetime of purchase.

2) If insert is not for use with+GF+ SIGNET installationfittings, specify thefollowing at the time ofpurchase:• Outside diameter (o.d.) of

pipe• Thickness of pipe• Dimension from top of

pipe to top of installationfitting when installed.

Page 192: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

194 www.gfsignet.com

Tee, IronTee, IronTee, IronTee, Iron

Weldolet, SSWeldolet, SSWeldolet, SSWeldolet, SSWeldolet, SSWeldolet, SSWeldolet, SSWeldolet, SS

Weldolet, Carbon SteelWeldolet, Carbon SteelWeldolet, Carbon SteelWeldolet, Carbon SteelWeldolet, Carbon SteelWeldolet, Carbon SteelWeldolet, Carbon SteelWeldolet, Carbon Steel

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-2PP31520-2P

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-2P

P31520-2P

IR4T010IR4T012IR4T015IR4T020

CR4W025CR4W030CR4W040CR4W050CR4W060CR4W080CR4W100CR4W120

CS4W025CS4W030CS4W040CS4W050CS4W060CS4W080CS4W100

CS4W120

Fitting Insert Reference

Fitting Part No. Description Insert Part No.

Tee Fittings

FPS030FPS040FPS060FPS080FPS100FPS120

IR8S020IR8S025IR8S030IR8S040IR8S050IR8S060IR8S080IR8S100IR8S120

PPS100PPS120PV8S020PV8S025PV8S030PV8S040PV8S060PV8S080PV8S100PV8S120

Saddle, FiberglassSaddle, FiberglassSaddle, FiberglassSaddle, FiberglassSaddle, FiberglassSaddle, Fiberglass

Saddle, IronSaddle, IronSaddle, IronSaddle, IronSaddle, IronSaddle, IronSaddle, IronSaddle, IronSaddle, Iron

10" Clamp-on Fitting, PP12" Clamp-on Fitting, PPSaddle, PVCSaddle, PVCSaddle, PVCSaddle, PVCSaddle, PVCSaddle, PVC10" Glue-on Saddle, PVC

12" Glue-on Saddle, PVC

Saddle Fittings

31515-0V200P31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-2PP31520-2P

P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31515-0V200P31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-1VP31520-2PP31520-2P

P31520-2PP31520-2PNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicable

Weldolet Fittings

Ordering Notes:1) If insert is intended foruse with +GF+ SIGNETinstallation fittings, specifyfitting part number at thetime of purchase.

2) If insert is not for use with+GF+ SIGNET installationfittings, specify thefollowing at the time ofpurchase:• Outside diameter (o.d.) of

pipe• Thickness of pipe• Dimension from top of

pipe to top of installationfitting when installed.

Page 193: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

195www.gfsignet.com

Accessories &

Repla

cement

Parts

3-0000.596 159 000 641 Heavy Duty Wall Mnt. Bracket for all instruments(panel mount version)

3-0000.596-1 159 000 892 Heavy Duty Wall Mount 5075, 5090, 5091,when used with back cover 5500, 5600, 5700,3-5000.395 or when used 5800CR, 5900with back cover 8250, 8350, 8450,3-8050.395 8550, 8750, 8850

(panel mount versions)3-0000.596-2 159 000 893 Heavy Duty Wall Mnt. Bracket 8860 and 8900

when used with back cover3-8050.395

3-5000.390 159 000 323 Installation Kit 5075, 5090, 5091,5500, 5600, 5700,5800CR, 5900

3-5000.395 198 840 227 Splashproof Back Cover Kit 5075, 5090, 5091,5500, 5600, 5700,5800CR, 5900

3-5000.399 198 840 224 5" x 5" Adapter Kit 5075, 5090, 5091,5500, 5600, 5700,5800CR, 5900, 8900

3-5000.598 198 840 225 Mounting Bracket all instruments(panel mount version)

3-8050 159 000 184 Universal Mount Kit 8550, 8750, 8850,8350, 8450, 8250(pipe, wall, tank mountversion)

3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box 8550, 8750, 8850,8350, 8450, 8250(pipe, wall, tank mountversion)

3-8050.392 159 000 640 200 Retrofit Adapter 5075, 5090, 5091,5500, 5600, 5700,5800CR, 5900, 8900

3-8050.395 159 000 186 Splashproof rear cover 8550, 8750, 8850,8860, 8350, 8450,8250, 8900 (panelmount version)

3-8051 159 000 187 Flow sensor Integral Mount Kit 8550 (integral version)3-8052 159 000 188 3/4 in. Integral Mount Kit 8350, 8450, 8850

(integral version)3-8052-1 159 000 755 3/4 in. Junction Box 8350, 8450, 8850

5 x 5 Adapter Kit(3-5000.399)

Mounting Bracket(3-5000.598)

Heavy DutyWall Mount Brackets(3-0000.596, 3-0000.596-1,3-0000.596-2)

Splashproof Back Cover(3-5000.395, 3-8050.395)

Instrument Accessories and Replacement Parts

Universal Mount Kit(3-8050)

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Instrument mounting

Liquid Tight Connector Kits (for all instruments and junction boxes.)

3-9000.392 159 000 368 Liquid tight connector kit for rear cover All instruments(includes 3 connectors)

3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 pc.) All instruments3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 pc.) All instruments

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Note: Not all accessoriesshown pictorially.

Liquid Tight Connectors(3-9000.392 (3 sets per kit),3-9000.392-1 (1 set per kit),3-9000.392-2 (1 set per kit))

Integral Mount Kit(3-8051)

Integral Mount Kit(3-8052)

Page 194: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

196 www.gfsignet.com

7300-7524 159 000 687 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications7.5 W, 300 mA

7300-1524 159 000 688 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications15 W, 600 mA

7300-3024 159 000 689 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications30 W, 1 .3 A

7300-5024 159 000 690 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications50 W, 2.1 A

7300-1024 159 000 691 24 VDC Power Supply See instrument specifications100 W, 4.2 A

3-8050.396 159 000 892 RC Filter Kit 8550, 8750, 8850, 8860,(for use with relays) 8250, 8350, 8450

3-5000.075 159 000 321 Power Supply 110V/24V 5000 Series Instruments7400-0010 198 829 024 Battery 51007400-0011 159 000 022 Lithium Repl. Battery 81503-8058-1 159 000 966 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8900

Converter (Wire Mount)3-8058-2 159 000 967 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8900

Converter (DIN Mount)3-8058-1S special order 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8250, 8350, 8450

Converter (Wire Mount)3-8058-2S special order 4 to 20 mA to Digital 8250, 8350, 8450

Converter (DIN Mount)

Instrument Accessories and Replacement Parts(Continued)

Power Supply, RC Filter, Batteries, and 4 to 20 mA to Digital Signal Converter.

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Instrument Tags

3-5090.611 198 840 228 Unit tags 50903-5091 .611 159 000 339 Unit tags 50913-5500.611 198 840 230 Unit tags 5075, 5500, 5600, 5800CR

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Instrument Dial and Window Kits

3-5500.390 159 000 347 Dial Kit 5075, 5500, 5600, 5800CR3-5090.390 159 000 334 Dial Kit 50903-5000.396 159 000 325 Window Kit 5090, 50913-5000.397 159 000 326 5000 Series 5075, 5090, 5091, 5500, 5600,

Window Kit 5700, 5800CR, 59003-5000.398 159 000 646 Protective overlay 5075, 5090, 501, 5500, 5600,

kit (10 pieces) 5700, 5800CR, 59003-5000.525-1 198 840 226 Bezel 5075, 5090, 501, 5500, 5600,

5700, 5800CR, 5900

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Multi-Parameter Accessories and Replacement Parts

3-8900.390 159 000 891 DB-9 Crossover Cable 89003-8900.391 159 000 918 Rear Panel 8900

w/captive screws3-8900.561 159 000 919 Front face panel gasket 89003-8900.602 159 000 904 2 two-terminal plug 89003-8900.604 159 000 903 4-terminal plug 89003-8900.606 159 000 905 6-terminal plug 89003-8900.614 159 000 902 14-terminal plug 8900

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

5000 series WindowKit (3-5000.397)

Bezel (3-5000.525-1)

Protective Overlay Kit(3-5000.398)

5090 and 5091 WindowKit (3-5000.396)

Dial kit (3-5090.390)

Unit Tags (3-5090.611 shown)

200 Retrofit Adapter(3-8050.392)

SPAN

0

1

23

8

67

54

9

10SPAN

0

1

2

SPAN

0

1

2

SPAN

0

1

23

8

67

54

9

10

Page 195: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

197www.gfsignet.com

Accessories &

Repla

cement

Parts

M1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, Titanium 515, 2536M1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-C 515, 2536M1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, Tantalum 515, 2536M1546-4 198 820 015 Pin, Stainless Steel 316 (1 .4401) 515, 2536P51545 198 820 016 Pin, Ceramic 2536

M1538-2 198 801 181 Rotor, PVDF Black 515P51547-3 159 000 474 Rotor, PVDF Natural 515P51550-3 198 820 043 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 515M1538-4 198 820 018 Rotor, Tefzel® 515

3-0515.322-1 198 820 059 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 5153-0515.322-2 198 820 060 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 5153-0515.322-3 198 820 017 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel® 5153-2507.080-2 159 000 254 Rotor 2507

P52509 198 801 501 Rotor kit (rotor, stainless steel pin, 525, 2536bearings, retainers)

P52509-1 159 000 479 Rotor Kit, 316SS (1 .4401) Pin 2517P52509-2 159 000 480 Rotor kit (rotor, tungsten 525

carbide pin, bearings, retainers)P52509-3 159 001 068 Rotor kit (rotors, tungsten 2517

carbide pin, bearings, retainers)3-2540.320 198 820 040 Rotor Kit, 2540 Peek Bearing 2540

(old version)3-2540.321 159 000 623 Rotor Kit, 2540 Tungsten 2540

Carbide Pin (new version since1 .1 .2000)

3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black 25363-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural 25363-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, Tefzel® 2536

3-2536.321 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural 25363-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black 25363-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural 25363-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel® 25363-2000.390 159 000 248 Replacement Rotor Kit 2000

Flow Sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Rotor pin

Sleeved Rotor (pin not included)

Rotor

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Rotor Pins

Rotors and Rotor Kits

Rotor Kit (P52509)

Rotor Shafts

P52504-1 198 801 500 Rotor Shaft, Stainless steel 316 (1 .4401) 525(optional)

P52504-2 198 820 023 Rotor Shaft, Tungsten Carbide 525(standard)

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Bearings

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

P52503 198 820 013 Bearing, Fluoroloy B®/PTFE 525, 25173-2540.520 159 000 648 Bearing, Flouroloy B®/PTFE 2540

Page 196: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

198 www.gfsignet.com

3-2100.390-1L 159 000 015 Turbine Lo Flow with FPM O-rings 2100(replacement body)

3-2100.390-1H 159 000 016 Turbine Hi Flow with FPM O-rings 2100(replacement body)

3-2100.390-2L 159 000 017 Turbine Lo Flow with EPDM 2100O-rings (replacement body)

3-2100.390-2H 159 000 018 Turbine Hi Flow with EPDM 2100O-rings (replacement body)

3-2100.390 159 000 014 Electronics Module with cable 2100

3-0000.393 159 000 618 Liquid Tight Connector Kit 7000, 7002with PG13.5 to NPT Adapter

3-1500.663 198 820 039 Hot-Tap Installation Tool 2517, 2540(See page 162 for more information)

3-2550.355 159 000 296 Magmeter Installation Tool 25503-8050 159 000 184 Universal Adapter Kit 7000, 70023-8055 159 000 629 HPV/IVS Retro Kit 70001203-1121 198 864 920 Base Seal 7000, 7001P31520-1V 159 000 460 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVDF 5 in. to 8 in. pipe fittingsP31520-2P 159 000 461 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVC 5 in. to 8 in. pipe fittingsP31536 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro 515, 2536P31536-1 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF Metric 515, 2536P31536-2 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF 515, 2536P31542 198 801 630 Sensor Cap, Red 515P31542-2 198 840 232 Sensor Cap, Yellow 2560P31542-3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, Blue 2536P31671-1 159 000 465 Pipe Adapter Insert, PVDF 1 .5 in. 1 .5 in. pipe fittingsP31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap 515, 2517,

2536, 25402450-0620 198 820 051 Cover screw 20003-2541 .260-1 159 000 849 Standard replacement 2540

electronics module3-2541 .260-2 159 000 850 Hot-Tap replacement 2540

electronics moduleP52527 159 000 481 Retainers, Stainless steel 525, 2540P52628 159 000 504 Fitting cap kit (cap and gasket) 5251500-0101 159 000 239 Cable Connector 2550, 2560

(0.125 to 0.187 o.d.)P51589 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit 515, 525,

2517, 2536, 25405523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. 515, 2517, 2507,

w/shield, 22 AWG 2000, 25405523-0322 159 000 761 Cable (per foot), 3 cond. 8058

w/shield, 22 AWG5523-3222 159 000 393 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. 525

w/shield, 22 AWG3-2517.567 159 000 269 Shaft Retainer 25176400-0020 159 000 647 Fuse, Slo-Blo 25503-7002.391 159 000 692 Spring Kit (includes four springs) 70023-8051 159 000 187 Transmitter Integral Adapter 515, 2536

(see system over view for graphics)

Conduit Adapter Kit

Sensor Plug

Flow Sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts

HPV/IVS Retro Kit (3-8055)

Liquid Tight Connector kit(3-0000.393)

Turbines

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Miscellaneous

In-line Rotors

3-2507.081-2 198 801 502 2 mm Insert 25073-2507.081-3 198 801 503 3 mm Insert 25073-2507.081-4 198 801 558 4 mm Insert 25073-2507.080-5 159 000 256 DIN Connector 2507

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Sensor Cap

Page 197: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

199www.gfsignet.com

Accessories &

Repla

cement

Parts

1220-0018 159 000 019 O-rings FPM(2 required per sensor) 21001220-0021 198 801 186 O-Ring, FPM-Viton® 515, 25361220-0029 198 820 049 Cover O-ring 20001223-0151 159 000 236 Cap O-ring 7000, 70011220-0121 159 000 852 O-ring, Viton® 2517, 25401224-0018 159 000 020 O-rings EPDM (2 required per sensor) 21001224-0021 198 820 006 O-Ring, EPDM 515, 2536, 2517, 25401228-0021 198 820 007 O-Ring, FPM-Kalrez® 515, 2536, 25403-2507.080-3 159 000 255 Quad Ring 25073-7000.390-01 159 000 563 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, EPDM 7000, 70013-7000.390-02 159 000 564 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, EPDM 7000, 70013-7000.390-03 159 000 565 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, EPDM 7000, 70013-7000.390-04 159 000 566 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, EPDM 7000, 70013-7000.390-05 159 000 567 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, EPDM 7000, 70013-7000.390-06 159 000 568 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, EPDM 7000, 70013-7000.390-07 159 000 569 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM 7000, 70013-7000.390-08 159 000 570 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM 7000, 70013-7000.390-09 159 000 571 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM 7000, 70013-7000.390-10 159 000 572 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”, FPM 7000, 70013-7000.390-11 159 000 573 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM 7000, 70013-7000.390-12 159 000 574 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM 7000, 70013-7000.390-13 159 000 575 O-ring, DN15, 0.5”, FPM-HP 7000, 70013-7000.390-14 159 000 576 O-ring, DN20, 0.75”, FPM-HP 7000, 70013-7000.390-15 159 000 577 O-ring, DN25, 1 .0”, FPM-HP 7000, 70013-7000.390-16 159 000 578 O-ring, DN32, 1 .25”,FPM-HP 7000, 70013-7000.390-17 159 000 579 O-ring, DN40, 1 .5”, FPM-HP 7000, 70013-7000.390-18 159 000 580 O-ring, DN50, 2.0”, FPM-HP 7000, 7001P52618 159 000 493 Gasket 5251222-0032 159 000 234 PTFE Coated O-ring 7000, 70011222-0439 159 000 235 Gasket, outer cover 2550

3-3300.100 159 000 972 3300 Electronics only 3300, 35003-3200.075 159 000 973 Battery - sealed lead acid 6V 12 Ah 3300, 3500

(Panasonic LC-R0612P)3-3200.390 159 000 974 Flowmeter mounting kit 3300, 35003-3200.076 159 000 975 Solar panel - Solarex 6V 5W MSX5V6 3300, 35003-3200.395 159 000 976 Solar panel mounting kit 3300, 35003-3200.090 159 000 977 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CD 3300, 3500

Doppler operating system andinstructions (Win32)

3-3200.091 159 000 978 +GF+ SIGNET FloCom™ CE CD 3300, 3500for Pocket PCs

3-3200.391 159 000 979 Communication cable 3300 to PC 3300, 35003-3200.392 159 000 980 Communication cable 3300 to Pocket PC 3300, 35003-3200.393 159 000 981 One 4 to 20mA output module, 3300, 3500

internally mounted3-3300.393 159 000 982 Four 4 to 20mA output module, 3300, 3500

externally mounted enclosure3-3500.391 159 000 983 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - 3300, 3500

stainless steel3-3500.392 159 000 984 Strap-in sensor mounting plate - 3300, 3500

polypropylene3-3500.398 159 000 985 Strap-in sensor plate mounting kit 3300, 35003-3500.390 159 000 986 Adjustable strap poly - 3300, 3500

300mm to 450mm pipe3-3500.393 159 000 987 Adjustable strap poly - 3300, 3500

225mm to 300mm pipe3-3500.397 159 000 988 Adjustable strap poly - mounting kit 3300, 3500

(machine screws, wire ties, and metal buckle)

Flow Sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts

Spring Kit(shown with sensor)

Flare Ends

Hose Barb

Socket

O-RingO-Ring

2100 Turbine

ElectronicsModule

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

O-Rings and Gaskets

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Ultrasonic

Page 198: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

200 www.gfsignet.com

Analytical SensorAccessories and Replacement Parts

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

pH/ORP Calibration Accessories

3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester All pH Instruments(includes bypass adapter)

3-2759.390 159 000 763 Bypass Adapter Cable All pH Instruments3-2759.391 159 000 764 Adapter Cable for use w/2750 2750, 27603-2759.393 159 000 765 Adapter Cable for use w/2720 27203-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit All pH Sensors

1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM 2714, 2715, 2716, 27172754, 2755, 2756, 2757

1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPDM 2714, 2715, 2716, 27172754, 2755, 2756, 2757

1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, Kalrez® 2714, 2715, 2716, 27172754, 2755, 2756, 2757

5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 24 AWG, 6-conductor 2720, 2760, 2750(specify length in feet or meters)

3-2721 198 864 610 Remote pH/ORP preamplifier 2714, 2715, 2716, 27173864-0001 159 001 007 Replacement Salt Bridge 2764-27673864-0002 159 001 008 Replacement Reference 2764-2767

Electrolyte Solution 500 ml2120-0015 159 001 009 CPVC Adapter, 2764-2767

1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT2122-0015 159 001 010 316 SS (1 .4401) Adapter, 2764-2767

1 .5 in. MNPT to 1 in. FNPT

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

pH/ORP Electrode Mounting

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

pH/ORP Miscellaneous

P31515-0P200 159 000 630 PVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. o.d. 2714, 2715, 2716, 27172754, 2755, 2756, 2757

P31515-0C200 159 000 631 CPVC Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. o.d. 2714, 2715, 2716, 27172754, 2755, 2756, 2757

P31515-0V200 159 000 459 PVDF Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. o.d. 2714, 2715, 2716, 27172754, 2755, 2756, 2757

P31542 198 801 630 Red sensor cap for in-line 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717installations

P31542-2 198 840 232 Yellow sensor cap for in-line 2560P31542-3 159 000 464 Blue sensor cap for in-line 2714, 2715, 2716, 2717

installations

pH/ORP System Testerwith Bypass Cable

2750/2760 Adapter Cable

2720 Adapter Cable

Pipe Adapter, 1 .25 in. OD

Sensor Cap

Remote Preamplifier 2721

Pipe Adapter, 1 .5 in. to 1 in. FNPT

(Socket weldversion shown)

Page 199: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

201www.gfsignet.com

Accessories &

Repla

cement

Parts

3-2830 159 000 628 Conductivity Certification Tool All Conductivity Instr.3-2831 159 000 888 Conductivity Certification Tool 2850

2007-0225 159 000 812 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap2.5 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)

2007-0230 159 000 813 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap3 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)

2007-0240 159 000 814 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap4 in. x 1 .5 in. (ASTM, NPT)

2007-0260 159 000 815 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap6 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)

2007-0280 159 000 816 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap8 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)

2007-0210 159 000 817 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap10 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)

2007-0212 159 000 818 PP Clamp-on Saddle, 3719 Wet-Tap12 in. x 2 in. (ASTM, NPT)

Mounting Saddles for Wet-Tap

1220-0114 159 000 854 3719 O-ring, FPM (spare part) 3719 Wet-Tap3-3719.390 159 000 855 3719 Locking Shroud (spare part) 3719 Wet-Tap1220-9458 159 000 927 3719 O-ring, FPM (spare part) 3719 Wet-Tap

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

Wet-Tap Replacement Parts

Analytical Sensor Accessories and Replacement Parts

PP Clamp-on Saddle

Conductivity (Resistivity) Calibration

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

3-2842.390 159 000 925 2842 Replacement Insulator 28423-2820.392 198 840 222 1/2 in. NPT fitting, 316SS 2820-1, 2821-13-2820.390 198 840 223 3/4 in. NPT fitting, 316SS 2822-13-2820.391 198 840 221 3/4 in. NPT fitting, Polypro 2819-1, 2820-1, 2821-16205-0002 159 000 858 DIN Rail (1m length) 8058, 8059, 73006205-0003 159 000 859 End Clips for DIN Rail 8058, 8059, 73005523-0222 159 000 392 Cable (2 Conductors 8058, 8059, 7300

plus shield, 22 AWG, Red/Black)3-8050-2 159 000 754 Universal Mount Junction Box 2750

with EasyCal3-8052-2 159 000 756 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box 2750

with EasyCal3-8050-1CR 159 000 889 Universal Mount Junction Box 2850

with CR Cell Ranges3-8050-2CR 159 000 802 Universal Mount Junction Box 2850

with CR EasyCal3-8052-1CR 159 000 890 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box 2850

with CR Cell Ranges3-8052-2CR 159 000 803 3/4 in. NPT Mount Junction Box 2850

with CR EasyCal

Miscellaneous

Mfr. Part No. Code Description Compatibility

2831 Conductivity CertificationTool

2830 Conductivity CertificationTool

NPT Fitting

2842 Replacement Insulator

Page 200: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

202 www.gfsignet.com

Technical Reference Section: Flow

All of the flow sensors featured in the +GF+ SIGNET catalog belong to the broadcategory of velocity-based flow measurement devices. This vast offering includespaddlewheel, electromagnetic, vortex, in-line rotor, and turbine flow sensors. Prin-ciples of operation vary considerably for each type, but some very important installa-tion considerations are common throughout. The following discussion plus thegeneral selection guidelines at the front of the catalog should help the user choosethe appropriate sensor type and obtain optimal flow measurement results.

Velocity-based Flow Measurement Technologies

All manuals, data sheets, and additional helpful information are available atwww.gfsignet.com.

Fully Developed Turbulent FlowVelocity-based flow sensors depend onfully developed turbulent flow foraccurate and repeatable measurements.Fully developed turbulent flow occurs inNewtonian fluids with a ReynoldsNumber (Re) greater than 4,500. Lowflow rates, viscous liquids, and largepipe sizes make fully developed turbu-lent flow more difficult to achieve. Theopposite is also true. That is, for a givenset of conditions, simply reducing thepipe size to increase the local flowvelocity will produce a higher ReynoldsNumber.

Note: Vortex sensors require higher minimumthresholds than paddlewheel sensors.

Fully Developed 22Velocity Profile

Re = 3,162.76 x Q x Sg/(µ x ID)where: Q = Flow Rate in US GPM

Sg = Specific Gravity

µ = Dynamic Viscosity in Centipoise (cP)

ID = pipe inside diameter in inches

Re = DN x V/νwhere: DN = pipe inside diameter (m)

V = flow velocity (m/s)

ν = kinematic viscosity (m2/s)

(ν of water = 1 x 10-6 m2/s)

OR

Principles of Operation

• Electromagnetic flow sensors, like+GF+ SIGNET’s Models 2550 and2560, operate on Faraday’s principleof electromagnetic induction, andhave no moving parts. As fluid (mustbe conductive) moves through themagnetic field produced at thesensor tip, a voltage occurs that isdirectly proportional to the fluidvelocity. Internal electronics thenconvert this voltage into a frequencyand/or a 4 to 20 mA output. +GF+SIGNET electromagnetic flow sensorsare insertion-style, suitable for use ina wide range of pipe sizes.

Fully Developed 22Flow Profile

2550 or 2560

Re: Reynolds Number

Page 201: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

203www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

2) Transistor-type sensors output asignal typical of powered sensorssuch as the Model 2536, 2540,and all other +GF+ SIGNETpowered flow sensors withfrequency output.

• In-Line Rotor flow sensors like the+GF+ SIGNET Models 2000 and2507 are similar to paddlewheelsensors, except the rotor is positionedin a flow cell. These types of sensorshave a transistor-type output signaland are able to measure lower flowrates.

SIGNET

FLOW

2000 2507

515 525 2517

2536 2540

Principles of Operation (continued)

Technical Reference Section: Flow

Volts

Hz

• Paddlewheel flow sensors are insertion devices, mounted perpendicular to thepiping system, and rely upon the energy in the flow stream to spin a rotor(paddlewheel) around a stationary shaft. Most paddlewheel flow sensors utilizerotors with magnets embedded in each blade. The magnets are typically usedeither in conjunction with a coil internal to the sensor housing to produce asinusoidal output (self-generating, non-powered sensors), or to trigger an internalelectronic switch to produce a square-wave output (transistor-type, poweredsensors). Either way, the resulting frequency is directly proportional to the fluidvelocity.

1) Sinusoidal sensors output a signaltypical of self-generating, non-powered paddlewheel sensorssuch as the Model 515, 525, or2517. The frequency andamplitude (voltage) both varydirectly with flow rate.

3.3 to 24 VDC

0 VDC

Sinusoidal output

Square wave output

Page 202: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

204 www.gfsignet.com

• Vortex flow sensors have no movingparts and utilize a naturally occurringphenomenon in which whirlingmasses of liquid, or vortices, are sheddownstream of a stationary objectwithin a flow stream, and at a ratedirectly proportional to the velocity ofthe flow stream. Each vortex causesa local pressure fluctuation that canbe detected. +GF+ SIGNET Models7000 and 7001 Vortex Flow Sensors,sizes DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2in.), develop vortices around a

bluff bodyultrasonic transducers

sound waves

vortices shed from bluff body (3 shown, using dashed lines)

flow2

The vortices caused by the bluff body affect the ultrasonic signal sent across the pipe. Changes in the ultrasonic waves are detected.

Model 7000/7001Vortex Flow Sensors DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2 in.)

Model 7002 Vortex Flow Sensors DN 80 and DN 100 (3 in. and 4 in.)

Principles of Operation (continued)

• Turbine flow sensors are full-boredevices designed for low-flowmeasurements. +GF+ SIGNETModel 2100 is offered in 6.4 mm and12.7 mm (1/4 in. and 1/2 in.) linesizes. Many self-aligning end-connector options are available forinstallation simplicity and applicationversatility. Similar to paddlewheels,they rely upon the energy in the flow

"bluff body"

Vortices

Piezoelectric sensor

Fluid flo

w

Sensor is shown without2its usual Cap and Adaptor

narrow bluff body and direct them toan encapsulated piezoelectric sensor.+GF+ SIGNET Model 7002 VortexFlow Sensors, sizes DN 80 and DN100 (3 in. and 4 in.), utilize a state-of-the-art ultrasonic technique fordetecting vortices shed by a bluffbody. Factory calibration andelectronic conditioning produce anextremely accurate and reliableoutput that is strictly proportional tothe fluid flow rate.

+GF+

XX DN XX X2XX

2100

Flow Flow Flow

Technical Reference Section: Flow

D

stream to spin a rotor (turbine). Thedifference is that the shaft is in thecenter of, and parallel to, the flowstream. The velocity of the fluid spinsthe turbine for detection by externalelectronic circuitry, producing atransistor-type square wave outputwith a frequency directly proportionalto the flow rate.

Page 203: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

205www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

Particles

Direction of Flow

Optional built-in2pressure sensor2

(for partially filled pipes)

Ultrasonic beams

Mounting Strap

View of Cross-Section of Typical Pipe Installation

• Ultrasonic Doppler sensors have atransducer that emits an acousticsignal which penetrates the fluid flowand is returned after reflecting fromparticles and air bubbles within theflow. The difference in frequency isproportional to the stream velocity.

In full or partially full pipes, thevelocity of the flow stream variesmarkedly across the cross-section ofthe pipe. Typically, velocity is zeroalong the wall of the pipe andincreases to a maximum at or aboutthe center of the pipe. The +GF+SIGNET 3300 instrument receivesreflected frequencies from particlesmoving at these different velocitiesand then calculates the averagevelocity of the stream.

Depth is measured with a ceramic-based pressure transducer integrallymounted in a surface mount velocitysensor.

Principles of Operation (continued)

Strap Mounted Transducer3500.31X-X

Insertion Mounted Transducer3500.320-X3500.330-X

Technical Reference Section: Flow

Page 204: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

206 www.gfsignet.com

Flow Range Charts (GPM)

Paddlewheel and Electromagnetic Sensors+GF+ SIGNET Models 515, 525, 2517, 2536, 2540, 2550, 2560GPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 450 (1/2 in. to 18 in.) pipe sizes

Vortex Sensors+GF+ SIGNET Models 7000 and 7001GPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2 in.) pipe sizes

See page 206 for Flow Range Charts for sizes DN 80 to DN 100 (3 in. to 4 in.)

Technical Reference Section: Flow

MIN/MAX Flowrates in Gallons per minute (GPM)

Insertion Paddlewheel Electromagnetic

Pipe Size Pipe Size 3-2536-XX 3-2540 P51530-XX P525-X 3-2550 3-2560

(in.) (mm) 3-8512-XX 3-8510-XX 3-2517Velocity 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 1 to 20 fps 1.6 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps

Range 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.3 to 6 m/s 0.5 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s0.5 d20/DN15 0.3 0.3 1 1.6 - 0.3

19 19 19 19 - 190.75 d25/DN20 0.5 0.5 1.7 2.7 - 0.5

34 34 34 34 - 341 d32/DN25 0.8 0.8 2.7 4.4 - 0.8

54 54 54 54 - 541.25 d40/DN32 1.4 1.4 4.7 7.4 - 1.4

94 94 94 94 - 941.5 d50/DN40 1.9 1.9 6.4 10.1 - 1.9

127 127 127 127 - 1272 d63/DN50 3.2 3.2 10.6 16.8 3.2 3.2

210 210 210 210 210 2102.5 d75/DN65 4.5 4.5 15 24 4.5 4.5

300 300 300 300 300 3003 d90/DN80 7 7 24 37 7 7

461 461 461 461 461 4614 d110/DN100 12 12 40 63 12 12

794 794 794 794 794 7945 d140/DN125 19 19 63 100 19 -

1247 1247 1247 1247 1247 -6 d160/DN150 27 27 91 144 27 -

1801 1801 1801 1801 1801 -8 d225/DN200 47 47 156 250 47 -

3119 3119 3119 3119 3119 -10 d280/DN250 74 74 246 393 74 -

4915 4915 4915 4915 4915 -12 d315/DN300 105 105 349 559 105 -

6977 6977 6977 6977 6977 -14 d400/DN350 127 127 422 - - -

8432 8432 8432 - - -16 d450/DN400 166 166 551 - - -

11015 11015 11015 - - -18 d500/DN450 210 210 698 - - -

13942 13942 13942 - - -

Based on Sch 40 metal pipe (ASTM); values will vary due to pipe material, size, and schedule

GPM

Velocity 0.5 to 4 meters/sec 0.4 to 4 meters/sec 0.3 to 4 meters/secRange 1.64 to 13.12 feet/sec 1.31 to 13.12 feet/sec 0.98 to 13.12 feet/sec

Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)

Sensor 0.5 d20/DN15 0.75 d25/DN20 1 d32/DN25 1.25 d40/DN32 1.5 d50/DN40 2 d63/DN50Materials Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max

PVDF 1.32 10.48 2.36 18.94 3.11 31.12 5.60 55.89 7.07 94.24 11.30 150.64PP 1.32 10.48 2.36 18.94 3.11 31.12 4.79 47.86 5.68 75.74 9.15 122.03

PVC Sch 80 1.13 8.42 2.02 15.25 2.63 25.21 4.94 47.86 5.11 66.35 8.61 112.36PVC Metric 1.39 11.21 2.49 19.93 3.36 33.67 5.42 54.23 6.28 83.71 10.10 134.66

Page 205: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

207www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

Flow Range Charts (LPM)

Paddlewheel and Electromagnetic Sensors+GF+ SIGNET Models 515, 525, 2517, 2536, 2540, 2550, 2560LPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 450 (1/2 in. to 18 in.) pipe sizes

Vortex Sensors+GF+ SIGNET Models 7000 and 7001LPM Flow Rates for DN 15 to DN 50 (1/2 in. to 2 in.) pipe sizes

See page 206 for Flow Range Charts for sizes DN 80 to DN 100 (3 in. to 4 in.)

Technical Reference Section: Flow

MIN/MAX Flowrates in Liters per minute (LPM)

Insertion Paddlewheel Electromagnetic

Pipe Size Pipe Size 3-2536-XX 3-2540 P51530-XX P525-X 3-2550 3-2560(in.) (mm) 3-8512-XX 3-8510-XX 3-2517

Velocity 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 1 to 20 fps 1.6 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fps 0.3 to 20 fpsRange 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.3 to 6 m/s 0.5 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s 0.1 to 6 m/s

0.5 d20/DN15 1 1 4 6 - 172 72 72 72 - 72

0.75 d25/DN20 2 2 6 10 - 2129 129 129 129 - 129

1 d32/DN25 3 3 10 17 - 3204 204 204 204 - 204

1.25 d40/DN32 5 5 18 28 - 5356 356 356 356 - 356

1.5 d50/DN40 7 7 24 38 - 7481 481 481 481 - 481

2 d63/DN50 12 12 40 64 12 12795 795 795 795 795 795

2.5 d75/DN65 17 17 57 91 17 171136 1136 1136 1136 1136 1136

3 d90/DN80 26 26 91 140 26 261745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745

4 d110/DN100 45 45 151 238 45 453005 3005 3005 3005 3005 3005

5 d140/DN125 72 72 238 379 72 -4720 4720 4720 4720 4720 -

6 d160/DN150 102 102 344 545 102 -6817 6817 6817 6817 6817 -

8 d225/DN200 178 178 590 946 178 -11805 11805 11805 11805 11805 -

10 d280/DN250 280 280 931 1488 280 -18603 18603 18603 18603 18603 -

12 d315/DN300 397 397 1321 2116 397 -26408 26408 26408 26408 26408 -

14 d400/DN350 481 481 1597 - - -31915 31915 31915 - - -

16 d450/DN400 628 628 2086 - - -41692 41692 41692 - - -

18 d500/DN450 795 795 2642 - - -52770 52770 52770 - - -

Based on Sch 40 metal pipe (ASTM); values will vary due to pipe material, size, and schedule

LLLLPPPPMMMMVVVVeeeelllloooocccciiiittttyyyy 0.5 to 4 meters/sec 0.4 to 4 meters/sec 0.3 to 4 meters/secRRRRaaaannnnggggeeee 1.64 to 13.12 feet/sec 1.31 to 13.12 feet/sec 0.98 to 13.12 feet/sec

Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size Pipe Size(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm)

SSSSeeeennnnssssoooorrrr 0.5 d20/DN15 0.75 d25/DN20 1 d32/DN25 1.25 d40/DN32 1.5 d50/DN40 2 d63/DN50MMMMaaaatttteeeerrrriiiiaaaallllssss MMMMiiiinnnn MMMMaaaaxxxx MMMMiiiinnnn MMMMaaaaxxxx MMMMiiiinnnn MMMMaaaaxxxx MMMMiiiinnnn MMMMaaaaxxxx MMMMiiiinnnn MMMMaaaaxxxx MMMMiiiinnnn MMMMaaaaxxxx

PVDF 4.98 39.66 8.94 71.70 11.76 117.78 21.18 211.56 26.76 356.70 42.78 570.18PP 4.98 39.66 8.94 71.70 11.76 117.78 18.12 181.14 21.48 286.68 34.62 461.88

PVC Sch 80 4.29 31.86 7.63 57.73 9.97 95.43 18.70 181.14 19.35 251.12 32.57 425.29PVC Metric 5.28 42.42 9.42 75.42 12.72 127.44 20.52 205.26 23.76 316.86 38.22 509.70

Page 206: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

In-line Rotor and Turbine Sensors+GF+ SIGNET Models 2000, 2100, and 2507GPM and LPM Flow Rates

Flow Range Charts (GPM and LPM)

Vortex Sensors+GF+ SIGNET Model 7002GPM and LPM Flow Rates for DN 80 (3 in.) sensors

+GF+ SIGNET Model 7002GPM and LPM Flow Rates for DN 100 (4 in.) sensors

Technical Reference Section: Flow

GPM LPM

Model and Size: Description Min Max Min Max

3-2000-1X Micro Flow - Low 0.030 0.700 0.110 2.600

3-2000-2X Micro Flow - High 0.300 3.200 1.130 12.110

3-2100-XL and -31 Kits Turbine Low - 1/2" Tubing 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800

3-2100-XL and -32 Kits Turbine Low - 3/8" Tubing 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800

3-2100-XL and -33 Kits Turbine Low - 1/4" Tubing 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800

3-2100-XL and -34 thru -38 Kits Turbine Low - 1/2" Pipe 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800

3-2100-XL and -40 Kit Turbine Low - 1/2" Flare 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800

3-2100-XL and -41 Kit Turbine Low - 3/8" Flare 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800

3-2100-XL and -42 Kit Turbine Low - 1/4" Flare 0.100 1.000 0.380 3.800

3-2100-XH and -31 kits Turbine High - 1/2" Tubing 0.800 10.000 3.000 38.000

3-2100-XH and -34 thru -38 Kits Turbine High - 1/2" Pipe 0.800 10.000 3.000 38.000

3-2100-XH and -40 kit Turbine High - 1/2" Flare 0.800 7.000 3.000 27.000

3-2507.100-2V Mini-Flow - 2mm Insert 0.106 0.740 0.500 2.800

3-2507.100-3V Mini-Flow - 3mm Insert 0.198 1.123 0.750 4.250

3-2507.100-4V Mini-Flow - 4mm Insert 0.330 1.585 1.250 6.000

3-2507.100-6V Mini-Flow - 6mm Insert 0.792 3.170 3.000 12.000

m/s ft/s lpm gpm

0 0 0 0 4.00 mA 0 Hz Below 0.2 m/s, the

0.1 0.33 43.4 11.47 4.00 mA a1.9 Hz output is 4.0 mA0.2 0.66 86.8 22.93 4.80 mA 3.8 Hz0.5 1.64 217 57.33 6.00 mA 9.4 Hz1 3.28 434 114.66 8.00 mA 19 Hz

1.5 4.92 651 171.99 10 mA 28 Hz2 6.56 868 229.33 12.00 mA 38 Hz

2.5 8.2 1085 286.66 14.00 mA 47 Hz3 9.84 1302 343.99 16.00 mA 56 Hz

3.5 11.48 1519 401.32 18.00 mA 66 Hz4 13.12 1736 458.65 20.00 mA 76 Hz

and the frequency output will be:

Beyond 4 m/s, the current output is 20.00 mA

At this velocity: the flow rate will be: and the current output will be:

m/s ft/s lpm gpm

0 0 0 0 4.00 mA 0 Hz Below 0.2 m/s, the

0.1 0.33 28.64 7.57 4.00 mA a1.9 Hz output is 4.0 mA0.2 0.66 57.28 15.13 4.80 mA 4.6 Hz0.5 1.64 143.2 37.83 6.00 mA 12 Hz1 3.28 286.4 75.67 8.00 mA 23 Hz

1.5 4.92 429.6 113.5 10 mA 35 Hz2 6.56 572.8 151.33 12.00 mA 47 Hz

2.5 8.2 716 189.17 14.00 mA 58 Hz3 9.84 859.2 227 16.00 mA 70 Hz

3.5 11.48 1002.4 264.83 18.00 mA 82 Hz4 13.12 1145.6 302.67 20.00 mA 93 Hz

and the frequency output will be:

Beyond 4 m/s, the current output is 20.00 mA

At this velocity: the flow rate will be: and the current output will be:

208 www.gfsignet.com

Page 207: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

209www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

Technical Reference Section: pH/ORPInformation in this section addresses frequently asked questions regarding pH & ORP and is provided as REFER-ENCE ONLY to supplement procedures and recommendations specifically outlined in individual product instructionmanuals. All manuals, data sheets, and additional helpful information are available at www.gfsignet.com.

Common Acids1M HCl: 0.0 pHSulfuric Acid: 0.3 pHLemon Juice: 2.0 pHVinegar: 3.0 pHWine: 3.5 pHBeer: 4.5 pHMilk: 6.0 pH

2 +++

Definition of pHpH is defined as the negative logarithmof the Hydrogen ion concentration inaqueous solutions. The common pHscale ranges from 0 to 14, with 7 beingneutral water (H

2O). At pH 7, Hydrogen

ions (H+) exist in equal concentration toHydroxyl ions (OH-). A solution is

considered to be acidic if the concentra-tion of H+ exceeds that of OH-, and isindicated by pH values below 7. Con-versely, a solution is considered to bebasic if the concentration of H+ is lessthan that of OH-, and is indicated by pHvalues above 7.

pH Scale

Definition of ORPORP is an abbreviation for Oxidation-Reduction Potential. Oxidation is a termused to denote the occurrence of amolecule losing an electron. Reductionoccurs as a molecule gains an electron.The “potential” is simply an indication ofa solution’s propensity to contribute oraccept electrons. ORP reactions (some-times referred to as REDOX) always takeplace simultaneously. There is neveroxidation without reduction, and ORPelectrodes are used to detect electronsexchanged by molecules as thesereactions occur.

Both pH and ORP electrodes producevoltages that depend on the solutions incontact with their sensing ends. MostpH electrodes, including the +GF+SIGNET brand, are designed to pro-duce 0 mV at pH 7, positive mV belowpH 7 (associated with the charge of theHydrogen ion, H+) and negative mVabove pH 7 (associated with the chargeof the Hydroxyl ion, OH-). According tothe Nernst Equation, the interval be-tween each pH unit is approximately59.16 mV at 25°C. This “raw” output isconverted to a pH value by the display

instrument. The ORP scale is typically -1000 mV to +1000 mV, and the elec-trodes produce these values directly.

Whereas pH is a specific measure of theHydrogen ion concentration in solution,ORP only provides relative measures ofchemicals and cannot discriminate onefrom another. Although non-specific, it isa very useful and inexpensive method ofmonitoring and controlling the activity ofsuch compounds as chlorine, ozone,bromine, cyanide, chromate, and manyother chemical reactions.

It is worth noting that TemperatureCompensation, very important foraccurate pH measurement, is NOT usedin ORP measurements. Temperaturedoes indeed affect the reactionarypotential of all chemicals, some to agreater extent than others. But even ifthe affects of temperature could beprecisely known in all of the manydifferent REDOX reactions, it would notbe desirable to remove them from themeasurement. True ORP is the directmeasurement of electrons in transitduring Oxidation-Reduction reactions,regardless of temperature.

Common BasesEgg Whites: 7.5 pHSeawater: 8.0 pHSodium Bicarbonate: 8.4 pHAmmonia: 11 .6 pHPhoto Developer: 12.0 pH0.1M NaOH: 13.0 pHLye: 14.0 pH

(Theoretical: 59.16 mV/pH @ 25°C)

Page 208: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

210 www.gfsignet.com

Technical Reference Section: pH/ORPPrinciple of Operation

Reference Chamber withelectrolyte

Temperature element(Embedded in electrode plastic body)

Reference silver chlorideelement

Porous reference junction

pH/ORP electrode

• Standard pH/ORP electrodes arealso commonly called combinationelectrodes; a pH/ORP measuringelectrode and a reference measuringelectrode are combined in a singlebody. The pH/ORP sensor measuresthe amount of hydrogen ions in theliquid. The pH signal is measuredagainst the steady reference signal.Various chemical elements leachingthrough the porous reference junctioncan react with the referenceelectrolyte, dilute the electrolytesolution, or attack the silver chlorideelement; in either case, it will disturbthe steady reference signal. Strayelectrical currents will also affect thesteady reference signal. Atemperature element is also built intothe pH/ORP combination electrode.Instruments interpret and temperaturecompensate the pH/ORP andreference signals into pH/ORPreadings at 25°C (77°F).

Standard pH/ORP Electrode+GF+ SIGNET offers three different groups ofStandard pH/ORP Electrode Models. Models2714-2717, 2754-2757, and 2774-2777

• Differential pH/ORP electrodesfunction similar to the standard(combination) electrodes, but thereference design is modified andthere is a third electrode, the solutionground. The pH and referenceelectrodes are measured against thesolution ground. The solutionground drains stray currents awayfrom the reference element, hencemaintaining a steady signal at alltimes. The reference salt bridgeslows or stops various chemicalelements from leaching into thereference chamber. Chemicals thatleach in may dilute the electrolyte butwill not react with the glass-encasedreference silver chloride element.The reference electrolyte can berefreshed if it is diluted or depleted.The temperature element isembedded in the pH/ORP electrodefor an extremely quick response.

Differential pH/ORP Electrode+GF+ SIGNET offers one group of Differential pH/ORP Electrodes, Models 2764 - 2767

Cutaway of 2716 pH electrode

Cutaway of 2776 pH electrode

Cutaway of 2766 pH electrode

Reference silver chlorideelement

Reference Chamber withelectrolyte

Porous reference junction

Temperature element(Embedded in pH/ORPglass stem)

pH/ORP electrode

Page 209: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

211www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

+GF+ SIGNET offers what is called combination pH/ORP electrodes; that is, there isa combination of three or four electrodes built into one common body that measuresthe pH or ORP of the solutions. These electrodes are the pH/ORP sensing element,temperature sensing element (pH only), the reference, and sometimes a solutionground. An electrical path between the process solution, reference electrode, andthe pH/ORP sensing electrode must always be present to complete the measuringcircuit. When the circuit is broken or interrupted, the result is a faulty reading. Thereare only a few things in a chemical process that would affect the glass-sensingelement. These include concentrations of HF, constant high temperatures, and par-ticles that can break the glass.

On the other hand, there are many problems that can occur with the referenceelectrode. The reference silver chloride sensing element (wire) is exposed to theprocess liquid via the primary porous reference junction, which is in constant contactwith the process and allows liquid to pass through to the reference electrolyte.Because of the direct contact with the process liquid, the reference electrolyte andreference silver chloride sensing element can react with chemicals in the process.Many application liquids do not chemically react with the reference and therefore astandard electrode will perform well in this scenario. However, there are otherprocess chemicals that will easily attack the reference and therefore, a differentialstyle electrode should be used. There are three advantages of the differential electrode:

Standard versus Differential pH/ORP Electrodes:

Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP

A general rule of thumb is to use a differential electrode if you have mercury, copper,lead, chlorate, bromine, iodine, cyanide, or sulfide compounds in the process liquid.Differential electrodes may also be useful in processes that have oil, grease, and dirtthat builds up on the reference junction because it is easily replaced.

See Model 2764-2767 Differential pH/ORP catalog pages for more information on standard versusdifferential electrodes.

1. If the process chemicals attack theKCl electrolyte, the referenceelectrolyte chamber is refillable.

2. If the reference junction becomesclogged by chemical reactionsbetween the KCl and the processchemicals, the reference salt bridge isreplaceable.

3. If there are stray currents or if thereare process chemicals that attack thesilver chloride wire in the standardelectrodes, it will not attack it in thedifferential electrode because thewire is encased in a glass electrode.

Page 210: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

212 www.gfsignet.com

Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP

• It is important that the sensing end ofpH and ORP electrodes remain wet,for they may be permanentlydamaged if allowed to dehydrate.This is true for both in-line andsubmersible installation configurations.However, be careful to keep theelectrical interconnection betweenelectrode and preamplifier dry andclean at all times. Moisture in this areacan also cause permanent damage.

• Some pH and ORP electrode modelsshould be installed greater than ±30°above the horizontal plane, so theinternal solutions remain in contactwith the sensing ends. Otherelectrodes allow horizontal or invertedinstallation. See individual sensormodels for more information.

• pH control is best when performed ina tank. This is especially true inneutralization applications since it isvery important for reagents to mixthoroughly with waste fluids, and tobe allowed adequate time for thereactions to occur. Limitingadjustments to fewer than 3 pH unitsper stage, and sizing tanks to provideat least 10 minutes retention time, willincrease the probability of producingsafe effluents.

• For bulb-style pH and ORP electrodes,significant natural self-cleaning byturbulent eddies is achieved atvelocities of 1.5m/s or more (5 ft/s).Flat surface electrodes get adequateself-cleaning at velocities of 0.3 to0.6m/s (1 to 2 ft/s). In all cases,exposure to velocities greater than3m/s (10 ft/s) can cause excessivemeasurement noise and electrodewear and should be avoided.

• Simply stated, the aging of pH andORP electrodes (i.e., referencedepletion and decreased glasssensitivity) results from a series ofchemical reactions. And as a generalrule, the rates of chemical reactionsdouble with every increase of 10°C(50°F). This means shorter lifeexpectancy for all pH and ORPelectrodes as applicationtemperatures increase.

Installation and Application Tips

• HF acid and strong caustics etch pHglass. High concentrations,especially at high temperatures,destroy electrodes quickly. Forapplications containing tracequantities of HF (<2%), use the +GF+SIGNET 3-2714-HF or 3-2754-HFelectrode. This electrode has apolymeric constituent in the pH glassthat resists attack by HF and extendsthe service life considerably over“normal” electrodes.

• In applications where processtemperatures will drop below 10 °C(50 °F), use the bulb-style electrodesin place of the Flat style electrode.This is a function of the electricalimpedance of the glass that increasesdramatically as temperaturedecreases.

• Proper electrode placement within atank is also very important.Electrodes should be mounted inwell-mixed areas, away from reagentand waste introduction. It is usuallyadvisable to position the electrodenear the discharge outlet of the tank.

• In-line pH control is notrecommended because it is verydifficult to determine the amounts ofreagent necessary to achieve adesired reaction if both pH and floware variables. However, in-line pHmonitoring is very common anduseful.

Page 211: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

213www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

• Cleaning pH and ORP electrodesand calibrating the systems shouldbe done regularly. The requiredfrequency is application-dependent,but once/week for cleaning, andtwice/month for calibration isrecommended.

• Isopropyl alcohol may be used forremoving mild grease and oils fromthe pH sensitive glass or from themetallic tips of ORP electrodes. Use5% HCl on porous referencejunctions clogged with hard waterdeposits, or other solvents/detergentsas necessary. Always consider theelectrode’s materials of constructionwhen selecting a cleanser.

Technical Reference Section: pH/ORP

ORP Values of Standard pH Buffers Saturated with Quinhydrone

• The purpose of calibration is tocompensate the system for thecontinual changes occurring withinthe electrodes. Like batteries, all pHand ORP electrodes eventuallydeplete and must be replaced. Agood time to determine the conditionof an electrode is after cleaning andduring calibration. Note the mVreadings in pH buffers and replacethe electrode if its actual mV outputdiffers more than 50 mV from thesetheoretical values: pH 7 = 0 mV, pH4 = +177 mV, pH 10 = -177 mV.Replace an ORP electrode if its actualmV output differs more than 50 mVfrom the theoretical values in thetable below:

Maintenance Tips

• The typical shelf-life recommendation for +GF+ SIGNET pH and ORP electrodes is12 months at 25°C (77°F). Refrigeration will extend this period, but do not allowthem to freeze! Expansion of internal solutions during freezing can causepermanent damage to the electrodes. The risk of putting older electrodes intoservice is the possible disappointment of shorter than expected service-life. All+GF+ SIGNET pH and ORP electrodes are marked with date codes to identify thedate of manufacture.

Page 212: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

214 www.gfsignet.com

Technical Reference Section:Conductivity/Resistivity

Conductivity is a measure of the abilityof a material to convey an electriccurrent. The proper term for this abilityof a solution is electrolytic conductivitysince only ions conduct electric current insolution. When dissolved in solution,many substances such as salts, acidsand bases dissociate into ions. Electro-lytic conductivity (or simply conductivity)is therefore an indirect measure of theionic concentration of a solution. Gen-erally, conductivity increases and de-creases with the concentration of ions.

Unlike pH, which is a specific measure ofHydrogen ion concentration, conductiv-ity is a non-selective measurement of allthe dissolved ionic species in a solution.As such, it is a highly utilized parameterin water, wastewater and industrialprocess analyses. For example, conduc-tivity is used to monitor the salt load ofwaters entering treatment facilities, tomonitor and control the quality ofdrinking water and ultra-pure water, andto otherwise detect contaminants inindustrial processes.

According to the International StandardsOrganization (ISO) the unit of conduc-tance is the Siemens (S), after Wernervon Siemens (1816-1892). However, thefollowing three separate units of mea-sure are commonly used to expressconductivity: Siemens/cm (S/cm), mhos/cm, and µS/cm. For any given measure-ment Siemens/cm and mhos/cm are

1 µS1 MΩ

10 µS100 KΩ

1,000 µS 10,000 µS

50,000 µS 200,000 µS

100 µS10 KΩ 400,000 µS

100,000 µS0.055 µS18.3 MΩ

BottledWater

BrackishSea Water(Salinity)

UPW @ 25°C

Cooling TowerWaste Waters

Deionization Regen. ChemicalsAlkali Cleaners, Acids/BasesRinse

Water

0.01 Cell

0.10 Cell

1 .0 Cell

10.0 Cell

0.010 µS100 MΩ

Information in this section addresses frequently asked questions regarding Conductiv-ity (Resistivity) and is provided as REFERENCE ONLY to supplement procedures andrecommendations specifically outlined in individual product instruction manuals.All manuals, data sheets, and additional helpful information are available atwww.gfsignet.com.

exactly equal; they are merely differentlabels for the same value. The denomi-nator in these units (cm) is sometimestruncated but is always assumed to bepresent.

Ohm·cm is a unit of resistivity (the inverseof conductivity) and is frequently re-placed by “Ω” the symbol for electricalresistance. Units of resistivity are mostcommonly associated with ultra-purewater measurements in the millions ofohm·cm, or MΩ (megohms).

Some users will also find it desirable toexpress conductivity in terms of parts permillion (PPM) or parts per billion (PPB) oftotal dissolved solids (TDS). +GF+SIGNET instruments accommodate thisby allowing the entry of a TDS factor toconvert from standard units of conductiv-ity. (See the instruction manual of anycurrent +GF+ SIGNET conductivityinstrument for details.)

Conductivity is a measurement param-eter with a very wide range. For ex-ample, ultra-pure water has a theoreticalmaximum resistivity of approximately18.3 MΩ, approximately 0.055 µS(microsiemens), whereas concentratedacids and bases can exceed 400,000µS. Despite the wide-ranging possibili-ties most applications for conductivitymeasurement are much narrower. Tapwater, for instance, typically measuresbetween 50 and 1,000 µS.

Definition of Conductivity and Resistivity

Page 213: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

215www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

Most conductivity electrodes consist oftwo measuring half-cells. The geometryof the half-cells can be tailored toprovide highly accurate measurementsover a specific conductivity range. Cellconstants help to describe electrodegeometry for the purpose of selectingthe appropriate electrode for a givenapplication. A cell constant is definedas the length between the two half-cellsdivided by the area of the cells.

Half Cells

+++

++

+

+

+

+

ACVoltage

+

+

++

+ +

+ +

+

z

y

x

Conductivity Cell Constant = =

As an example, When x = y = z = 1cm the cell constant becomes = 1cm-1

Solutions of very low conductivity (high resistivity) such as ultra-pure water are bestmeasured with half-cells that are very close together (i.e., cell constant = 0.01cm-1).Highly conductive solutions should be measured with half-cells that are farther apartand that have relatively little cross sectional area between them (i.e., cell constant =20.0cm-1).

Technical Reference Section:Conductivity/Resistivity

Principle of operation

LengthCSA*

zxy

1cm1cm2

Temperature CompensationThe conductivity of a solution is highlydependent upon temperature. There-fore, conductivity measurements arealmost always converted to an equiva-lent conductivity at the common refer-ence temperature of 25°C (77°F). This isaccomplished by means of temperaturecompensation algorithms in the instru-ments, which require temperature aswell as conductivity measurement input.To simplify and facilitate this requirementall +GF+ SIGNET conductivity elec-trodes contain high-quality temperaturesensing elements intelligently positionedfor quick and accurate response.

Temperature effects on conductivity aremore or less linear for normal water-based solutions, hovering around 2%per °C. However, the actual linearrelationship varies considerably with theionic composition of the solution and

can range from less than 1% to morethan 3% per °C. This is true of regionalground water sources as well as forother solutions such as brackish water,acids and bases. +GF+ SIGNETinstruments allow the entry of customlinear compensation coefficients forthese applications. See the instructionmanual of any +GF+ SIGNET conduc-tivity instrument for details.The conductivity or resistivity of purewater is not a linear function withrespect to temperature. In fact, thelatest +GF+ SIGNET conductivityinstruments utilize a sophisticatedpolynomial to compensate for thepeculiar effects. For seamless measure-ment accuracy all current +GF+ SIG-NET conductivity instruments switchautomatically between linear and pure-water compensation as certain mea-surement thresholds are crossed.

* CSA is cross sectional area.

Temperature Compensation ExceptionOne exception to the requirement for temperature compensation has been establishedby USP (United States Pharmacopeia), which prescribes limits of acceptability for ultra-pure water quality based upon non-compensated measurements. This methodology isused to eliminate measurement variances that may result from differences in the pure-water temperature compensation algorithms used by different manufacturers ofconductivity measurement equipment. A more thorough treatment of the USP standardand instrument functionality can be found in the instruction manuals of the following+GF+ SIGNET conductivity instruments: Model 8900 Multi-Channel, Multi-ParameterController (Appendix D), model 8860 Dual Channel Conductivity/Resistivity Controller.

Page 214: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

216 www.gfsignet.com

Most +GF+ SIGNET conductivity electrodes are supplied with a standard 4.6 m (15ft.) of cable. Generally, this can be extended up to a maximum of 30 m (100 ft.). Ifsplicing in the field, then use good quality 3-conductor shielded 22 AWG cable andbe sure to maintain the shield through the splice. Electrode cable should be routedseparately from power wiring. The maximum allowable cable length for resistivitymeasurements above 10 MΩ (below 0.1 µS) is 7.6 m (25 ft.), except for the model2850 Conductivity Sensor which allows cable lengths of almost 915 m (3,000 ft.) forall measurements.

The primary purpose of calibration is to compensate the system for possible changesoccurring to the electrode’s cell constant. Since the cell constant accuracy of all+GF+ SIGNET conductivity electrodes is tightly controlled, and since brand newelectrodes should be allowed to “soak” overnight prior to calibration, “out-of-the-box”calibration of conductivity systems is not recommended.

• In-Line InstallationFor in-line configurations it is best toinstall the electrode in the “dead leg”of a tee fitting. That is, use a teefitting in place of an elbow andinstall the electrode in the horizontalplane. Best results will be obtained iffluid flows into and around, then upand away from the electrode. Besure that at least one of the holes ina flow-through electrode is facingupward to allow air bubbles toescape.

• Submersible InstallationWhen conductivity electrodes aresubmerged in tanks beware ofmechanical mixers, sparges, andinlets as potential sources of airbubbles. Baffles may be used tocreate more favorable conditions forreliable continuous conductivitymeasurements. If the application issuch that sediment is likely toaccumulate on the bottom of thetank, then position the electrode toavoid it being smothered by debris.

Technical Reference Section:Conductivity/Resistivity

The two basic installation configurations for conductivity electrodes are in-line andsubmersible. In-line configuration refers to installation into a piping system as op-posed to submersion in a tank. In either case the primary considerations are tominimize the propensity for air entrapment inside and/or around the electrode and toposition the electrode for representative exposure to the process.

Upward flow is the preferred installation whenmounting the sensor in a tee

Mounting a submersed sensor on the side of thebaffle that is free of air bubbles is preferred

Installation and Application Tips

Page 215: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

217www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

Technical Reference Section:Conductivity/Resistivity

Maintenance TipsConductivity electrodes are not inher-ently perishable as pH and ORP elec-trodes. This means system calibrationsand electrode replacements are typi-cally not required as frequently. How-ever, depending upon the application,conductivity electrodes may requireperiodic cleaning to remove coatings,algae growth, scale build-up, etc. Useisopropyl alcohol for removing mildgrease and oils, and/or other cleansingagents as necessary. Always considerthe electrode’s materials of constructionwhen selecting a cleanser.

The shelf-life of +GF+ SIGNET conduc-tivity electrodes is limitless. However,oxidation can cause cell constants todrift over time. If there is any doubtabout an electrode’s condition, thenclean it thoroughly before placing it intoservice.

When installing new electrodes, it isrecommended to “soak” the electrodeinto the process solution for several daysbefore the first use. This will condition thesurfaces of the electrode.

Page 216: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

218 www.gfsignet.com

Notice the relay will not de-energizeuntil the setpoint is exceeded by thehysteresis value. This is a programmablevalue and is primarily used to prevent”relay chatter”, which occurs if a relay isset to energize and de-energize at thesame value. Because of hysteresis, andbecause reagent delivery is fairlyconstant while the relay is energized, acondition known as “overshoot” isinherent to the on/off control method.Overshoot refers to the introduction ofmore chemical reagent than is abso-lutely necessary for achieving a desiredadjustment to the process value, andcan be expensive over time.

Proportional control is a popular alter-native to the on/off control method. Thismethod typically makes use of variable-rate metering pumps to reduce over-shoot and improve precision. Establish-ing a proportional control scenariorequires the selection of setpoint(s),deviation range(s) and maximum pulse

= HI setpoint

= Hysteresis

= Relay energized

= Relay de-energized

pH

= LO setpoint

= Hysteresis

= Relay energized

= Relay de-energized

pH

Low limit on/off controlHigh limit on/off relay control

The two most common methods of controlling a process are “on/off” and “propor-tional” control. In on/off control, relay setpoints are defined as either high or lowlimits on the process variable. When the measurement value reaches a limit the relayis energized, typically for the purpose of opening a valve or starting a pump tointroduce a chemical reagent to the process. This should cause the measurementvalue to change in the direction of the setpoint as shown in these on/off controldiagrams:

LO25.302pH

HI27.502pH

02pH

142pH

Maximum Pulse Rate

>Deviation=>3.50 pH

>Deviation=>5.30 pH

11.002pH

LO and HI>7.30 pH02

pH142pH

2

Maximum Pulse Rate

>Deviation=>4.90 pH

>Deviation=>5.20 pH

12.202pH

2.102pH

Dual proportional pulse relay control

rates. The example shown here illus-trates how two relays in ”pulse mode”can be used to proportionally controlpH within a desired range, or to a singlesetpoint. This is called “Dual Propor-tional Control”. Of course, a single relayin proportional pulse mode can be usedto establish a high or low limit and willalso reduce overshoot.

Metering pumps are idle at and be-tween setpoints. When a setpoint isexceeded, the pump begins deliveringreagent at a rate proportional to thedifference between the measurementvalue and the setpoint. The larger thedifference, the faster the delivery. Theprogrammed deviation value defineshow quickly the maximum pulse rate isreached. Depending on the inputrequirements of the metering pump,proportional control can also be accom-plished with scaleable 4 to 20 mAoutputs instead of pulsing relays or opencollectors.

Relay Information

Page 217: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

219www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ceOpen Collector Output

Many +GF+ SIGNET instruments and sensors feature “Open Collector Outputs” forpurposes of signal transmission, alarming, control signal output, etc. Although suchoutputs allow for a lot of wiring flexibility, care must be taken not to destroy thecircuits via incorrect polarity, over-voltage, transients or current overload. Below is anexplanation of proper wiring and dimensioning of related circuit components. Pleasenote that the following recommendations may or may not apply to othermanufacturer’s equipment.

1. FunctionOpen Collector (“OC”) outputs are low powered, solid state switches. Althoughthe term “Open Collector” stipulates the use of bipolar transistors (NPN-type orPNP-type) as a switch, nowadays Field Effect Transistors (FET or MOSFET) areused. Unlike electromechnical switches (e.g. pushbuttons or dry contact relays)these OC switches are very fast, use little power, are inexpensive, do not bounceand do not wear. However, OC’s are also more limited in terms of voltage andcurrent rating as well as being polarized (i.e. they have a “plus” and “minus”terminal and thus DC only switching capability). They are less tolerant to overloadabuse than electromechanical devices. Usually these switches have higherresistance and voltage drop.

2. Sensor WiringA typical example of the need for high speed switching capability is the OCfrequency output of +GF+ SIGNET flow sensors like 3-2536 or 3-2540. Signalfrequencies can reach several hundred pulses per second while voltage andcurrent requirements are small enough, allowing the use of a transistor switch. Foreach output pulse this switch connects the signal output to the negative supply orground terminal of the sensor and is therefore an “NPN” style output. +GF+SIGNET does not produce sensors with PNP style outputs (which connect thesignal output internally to the positive supply terminal).

Most indicating instruments or control system inputs require a signal voltage of 0to 5V (TTL or CMOS logic levels) or 0 to 24V. Therefore, Open Collector outputcircuits must be complemented with a “Pull-Up-Resistor” to function properly.Please see the following example diagram for wiring with a PLC input:

+GF+ SIGNETSensor

+5V to+24V

PowerSupplyGnd

GndGnd

OC-Switch

V+

Input

PLC

Pull-Up-Resistor

Signal

Please note that the voltage connected to the positive sensor supply (V+) mustcorrespond to the required high-level PLC input voltage (i.e. if the high-inputvoltage of the PLC is 24V, then the pull-up must be supplied with 24V). If the inputis “TTL-Level” or “CMOS-Level”, that means 5V for high level, then the pull-upshould not be connected with a supply higher than 5V.

+GF+ SIGNET instruments already have the pull-up-resistor and the sensor powersupply built into the instrument. No external pull-up-resistors are required.

Do not exceed the absolutemaximum voltage rating ofthe OC output as listed inthe sensor specifications,normally 27 or 30 Volt, DConly. This includes changesto power line fluctuations,transients or power supplyinstability, otherwise damageto the OC will occur.

Page 218: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

220 www.gfsignet.com

Open Collector Output (continued)

3. Instrument Output WiringOpen collector control and alarm outputs on +GF+ SIGNET instruments (i.e.ProcessPro® or ProPoint™ series) are electrically isolated from the instrument’spower supply. That means these can be used in the above mentioned NPNconfiguration as well as in PNP configuration, if required. Below are a few samplecircuits:

• PLC Wiring “NPN” style

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument

+5V to+24V

PowerSupplyGnd

Gnd

OC-Switch

Input

PLC

Pull-Up-Resistor

OC+

OC-

• PLC Wiring “PNP” style

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument

+5V to+24V

PowerSupplyGnd

Gnd

OC-Switch

Input

PLCPull-Down-Resistor

OC+

OC-

• Alarm circuit or alarm lamp wiring to a single +GF+ SIGNET instrument

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument

V+

PowerSupply

Gnd

OC-Switch

OC+

OC-

AlarmCircuit

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument

V+

PowerSupply

Gnd

OC-Switch

OC+

OC-

AlarmCircuit+GF+ SIGNET

Instrument

OC-Switch

OC+

OC-

+GF+ SIGNETInstrument

OC-Switch

OC+

OC-

• Alarm circuit or alarm lamp wiring to serve multiple +GF+ SIGNET instruments

Page 219: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

221www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ceOpen Collector Output (continued)

4. Voltage and Current LimitationAs mentioned before, the supply voltage in the OC output circuit MUST be limitedto the specified maximum OC voltage (see operating manual for specificinstrument). The use of a quality regulated 5V, 12V or 24V (depending on theapplication) power supply is recommended. Depending on the stability of themain power line and the location, it may be necessary to use additional over-voltage protection components or lightning arrestors.

Similarly, the current through the Open Collector switch must be limited. TypicalOC outputs allow only for 10 to 50mA switch current (please consult manual).Exceeding this current limit can burn out the OC output components immediately.Please see the following section on how to dimension the loads.

5. Load and Pull-Up/Down Resistor ConsiderationsBy utilizing basic arithmetic and Ohm’s law, one can determine the safe limits ofload resistance. When the OC switch is closed, almost the entire supply voltageis applied to the load, (i.e. the pull-up or pull-down resistor, the alarm horn input, apotential power relay coil or annunciator lamp). The resulting current through theload and through the OC switch, as well, can be calculated as:

(Current) = (Supply Voltage)/(Load Resistance)

• Example 1:The supply voltage is 24V and apull-up-resistor of 10kΩ is used.Current is 24/10,000 = 2.4mA

(If the OC current rating is 10mA, then in thisexample, it would be considered safe.)

• Example 2:The supply voltage is 12V and a hornwith a resistance of 100Ω is usedCurrent is 12/100 = 120mA

(Even if the OC current rating is 50mA, this load willdamage the instrument)

6. Transient ProtectionThere are several “difficult” load cases that must be considered:

• Inductive loadsThese can be power relay orother solenoids, motors, alarmhorn coils, etc. Such loadsgenerate very high voltagespikes when the OC switch isturned off. If such a load isunavoidable, the use of transientsuppression components or RC-Filters (or snubbers) wiredparallel to the load is required.This is critical, as a singletransient pulse may destroy theoutput.

• Capacitive loadsThis type of load should be rarebut can occur if the loadcontains an internal powersupply/regulator that is fed fromthe OC output circuit. In such acase, it must be assured that thein-rush current does not exceedthe OC current rating.

• Incandescent lampsSuch lamps have a very highstart-up current until the filamentglows and the current settles tothe specified value. The use ofincandescent lamps on an OCoutput is not recommended. AnLED type annunciator should beused instead.

Page 220: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

222 www.gfsignet.com

Open Collector Output (continued)

7. “Active High” and “Active Low” SettingDepending on the desired function of the circuit attached to the OC output, it maybe necessary to have the OC output switch turned “on” or “off” when the criteriafor the activation of this output are met.

By default, +GF+ SIGNET instruments are set to operate in “active low” mode. Thismeans when the user-defined condition for the activation is met (e.g. exceeding ofan alarm limit) the OC switch is turned “on”. If wired as standard “NPN-style”output (see previous page) the logic level of the attached control system or PLCinput consequently becomes “low” logic level.

If a high input logic level is required for activation, it can be accomplished in twoways:• to wire the OC output “PNP” style as described in the previous page• to change the OC output function to “active high” in the menu system of the

instrument. Most +GF+ SIGNET instruments allow for this option.

8. Fail-Safe BehaviorNo matter what the setting, all OC outputs of +GF+ SIGNET instruments turn offwhen the instrument loses power. This must be taken into account when evaluatingsystem failure consequences. If the system layout requires a “closed” or “on”condition for the output in case of power loss, a mechanical dry contact relay (NCcontacts) must be used instead of the OC output.

Page 221: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

223www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

Conversion Factors

Nominal Pipe SizesBelow are the NPS (NominalPipe Sizes) inch names and theirmetric equivalents called DN or“diametre nominel”. The metricdesignations conform toInternational StandardsOrganization (ISO).

Metric DN (mm)

NPS (inch)

6 1/88 1/410 3/815 1/220 3/425 132 1.2540 1.550 265 2.580 3100 4150 6200 8250 10300 12350 14400 16450 18500 20550 22600 24650 26700 28750 30800 32900 361000 401100 421200 481400 541500 601600 641800 722000 802200 88

To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by

Gallons (U.S.) fl. oz. (U.S.) 128 Liters fl. oz. (U.S.) 33.81

Gallons (U.S.) cubic in. (in3) 231 Liters cubic in. (in3) 61.02

Gallons (U.S.) cubic ft. (ft3) 0.1336 Liters cubic ft. (ft3) 0.0353

Gallons (U.S.) liters 3.785 Liters Gallons (U.S.) 3785.41

Gallons (U.S.) cubic meter (m3) 0.00379 Cubic meter (m3) cubic ft. (ft3) 35.31

Gallons (U.S.) pounds 8.33 Cubic meter (m3) Gallon (UK) 219.97

Gallons (U.S.) cubic centimeter (cm3 or cc) 3785.41 Cubic meter (m3) Gallons (U.S.) 264.17

Gallons (U.S.) Gallon (UK) 0.833 1 Acre foot Gallons (U.S.) 325,853

Gallons (U.S.) milliliter (mL) 3785.41 Cubic ft. (ft3) Gallon (UK) 6.23

Cubic ft. (ft3) liters 28.32 Cubic ft. (ft3) Gallons (U.S.) 7.48

Cubic ft. (ft3) cubic meter (m3) 0.028317

To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by

psi bar 0.069 bar psi 14.5

psi kPa 6.89 bar kPa 100

psi atmosphere 0.068 bar atmosphere 0.987

psi mm of Hg 51.71 bar mm of Hg 750.06

atmosphere bar 1.013 kPa bar 0.01

atmosphere psi 14.696 kPa psi 0.145

atmosphere kPa 101.325 kPa atmosphere 0.00987

atmosphere mm of Hg 760 kPa mm of Hg 7.5

To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by

Deg F Deg C (F-32)*0.5555 Deg C Deg F C*1 .8+32

To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by

inch meter (m) 0.0254 foot centimeter (cm) 30.48

inch millimeter (mm) 25.4 cm foot (ft.) 0.0328

inch centimeter (cm) 2.54 cm inch (in.) 0.3938

foot meter (m) 0.3048 m foot (ft.) 3.28

foot millimeter (mm) 304.8 m inch (in.) 39.37

To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by

gallon (US)/min m3/h 0.227 m3/h l/s 0.2778

gallon (US)/min l/s 0.063 m3/h ft3/min 0.589

gallon (US)/min ft3/min 0.134 m3/h gallon (US)/min 4.4

ft3/min m3/h 1.699 l/s m3/h 3.6

ft3/min l/s 0.472 l/s ft3/min 2.12

ft3/min gallon (US)/min 7.48 l/s gallon (US)/min 15.85

To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by

ounce(Av.) grams (g) 28.35 grams (g) ounce(Av.) 0.035274

pound(Av.) grams (g) 453.59 grams (g) pound(Av.) 0.0022046

pound(Av.) ounce(Av.) 16

To Convert Into Multiply by To Convert Into Multiply by

Acre Hectare 0.4047 square meter (m2) Hectare 0.0001

Acre square ft. (ft2) 43559.66 square meter (m2) square ft. (ft2) 10.764

Acre square meter (m2) 4046.82 square centimeter (cm2) square ft. (ft2) 0.00108

Acre square kilometer (km2) 0.004047 square inch (in2) square centimeter (cm2 ) 0.155

Equations:

Flow:

To convert fluid velocity into a volumetric flow rate.

GPM = (ID2 x Feet/sec)/0.4084967

To convert volumetric flow rate into fluid velocity.

Feet/sec = (GPM x 0.4084967)/ID2

Conductivity Conductivity = 1/Resistivity

1/Ohm = 1 Siemen = 1 mho

Measured conductivity = [(solution conductivity) x (electrode sectional area)]/ electrode separation

Measured conductivity = Siemen/cm

Area

Flow rate

Weight

Volume

Pressure

Temperature

Length

Page 222: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

224 www.gfsignet.com

Flow & Analytical Application Assistance Form:Please provide as much detail as possible for prompt assistance. Fax the completed form to Technical Support at

your local GF sales office.

Distributor Name: _________________________ Contact: ______________________ Date: ______________

Street Address: ________________________________________________________________________________

City:___________________________________ State/County: _____ Zip/Postal Code: __________________

Country: _______________________________

Telephone: _____________________________ Extension: ________ Fax: ____________________________

E-mail: _________________________________

Description of Application

Pipe Material: Loc./Distance: Upstream of: m/cm (ft./in.)

Downstream of: m/cm (ft./in.)

Pipe Size: _________________ Pipe Schedule: _____________ Pressure: Min.____/____ Max.____/____

Fluid Type:_________________ Conductance (µS) __________ Temperature: Min.____/°____ Max.____/°____

Chemical: Concentration: Viscosity: ____________________

Flow _________________________ Rate: Min. _______ Max. ________ Nominal: _____________________

Required accuracy: ____________________________ Unit of Measure: _______________________________

Proportional addition: ___________________________ pH: Min _____ Max. _____ Nominal: ____ +/- ____

ORP: mV min. ______ mV max. ______ mV nominal _____ +/- ____ Conductance: Min. _____ Max. _____

Resistivity: Min. _________ Max. ___________ TDS ppm Min. __________________ Max. ________________

Display: Analog: ________ Digital: __________ Local (at sensing point)___________ Remote: ______________

Distance: Sensor to Indicator/Control ______________

Power Availability: 110 VAC ___ 220 VAC___ 12 VDC ___ 24 VDC ____ None: ____

Specific Control Options Required: (Check all that apply)

Flow Rate: __________ Totalization: Non-resettable _______ Resettable: ________ Alarms/Qty. _______

Alarm Function: ___________ Batch Control: ________ Batch Quantity: _________ Time: ______________

Sensor Pulse Output: ___________ Scaleable Pulse Output: __________ Isolated 4 to 20 mA: ___________

0 to 5 VDC: ___________________ 0 to 10 VDC: ___________________ Other: _______________________

Sketch of Application:

Page 223: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

225www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lR

efe

ren

ce

Distributor Name: _________________________ Contact: ______________________ Date: ______________

Street Address: ________________________________________________________________________________

City:___________________________________ State/County: _____ Zip/Postal Code: __________________

Country: _______________________________

Telephone: _____________________________ Extension: ________ Fax: ____________________________

E-mail: _________________________________

Please provide description of intended application on separate sheet (include critical factors/tolerances/fill-draincycles, etc.).

Tank Type: Vertical Cylinder Horizontal Cylinder Conical Rectangular

Sensor Mounting: Indoor Outdoor Indicator: Indoor Outdoor Sun Shade

Cable run from sensor to indicator: _______

Available power: _____________________ Amperage: ____________

Fluid type ___________________________ Fluid Viscosity: __________ Fluid Specific Gravity: _______

Vapors: Yes No Agitation: Yes No

Tank Material:_____________ Tank Depth m (ft.): _____ Diameter m (ft.): __ Dimensions: _______________

Tank Radius m (ft.): _________

Fluid temp. range °C (°F): min. ______ max. ____ nominal____ Vessel pressure bar (psi): min___ max___

Output: Continuous Point Output Type: Relay 4 to 20 mA (fixed) 4 to 20 mA (prog.)

Level Application Assistance Form:Please provide as much detail as possible for prompt assistance. Fax the completed form to Technical Support atyour local GF sales office.

A B

Continuous Pressure Sensor DetailPlease indicte your installation, pipedimensions, and sensor location informa-tion.

FOR CONTINUOUS PRESSURE SENSINGMounting: Standpipe to tank bottom Through wall Pipe run exiting tank

A) Example of in-lineinstallation

B) Example of submersibleinstallation

Page 224: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

226 www.gfsignet.com

Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:Flow Sensors

Model 515 Model 2536

Model 3519 Wet Tap Valve Model 525

Model 2540

Page 225: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

227www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lRefe

rence

Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:Flow Sensors

Model 7000/7001

Model 2560

Model 7002

Model 2100

Model 2507

Page 226: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

228 www.gfsignet.com

Pressure Drop Graphs: Flow Sensors

Model 2000 Model 2100

Model 2507

Page 227: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

229www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lRefe

rence

Backpressure Drop Graphs: Flow Sensors

Model 7002

Water Saturation Vapor Pressures at Operating Temperatures

Model 7000-7001BackpressureCalculation:Minimum downstream pipebackpressure levels (fullpipes) are required toprevent cavitation within thesensor. The minimum backpressure is calculated by thefollowing formula:

2.7 x ∆P + 1 .3 x Pv

∆P = Pressure drop acrosssensorPv = Liquid vapor pressureat operating temperature

1) Using Pressure DropGraph, find ∆P bylocating your maximumflow rate on specificsensor size line.

2) Using the Liquid VaporPressures Chart, find Pvat operating tempera-ture.

3) Calculate minimum backpressure needed usingformula.

Page 228: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

230 www.gfsignet.com

Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:Flow Sensor and pH Electrode FittingsPVC and CPVC Tees and Saddles Fiberglass Tees and Saddles

PP and PVDF Tees Saddles Metal Weld-o-lets and Saddle FittingsFor 525 Flow Sensor

Metal Tees 3519 Wet-Tap Valve

Note:The pressure/temperaturegraphs are specifically for the+GF+ SIGNET sensor.During system design thespecifications of all compo-nents must be considered. Inthe case of a metal pipingsystem, a plastic sensor willreduce the system specifica-tion. When using a PVDFsensor in a PVC pipingsystem, the fitting will reducethe system specification.

Page 229: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

231www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lRefe

rence

Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:pH/ORP Electrodes

Models 2764-2767 Models 2774-2777

Model 2754-2757Model 2714-2717 & 2720

Model 3719 Saddles for Model 3719

Page 230: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

232 www.gfsignet.com

Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:Conductivity ElectrodesModels 2819-2823

Models 2839-2842 NPT Models 2839-2842 DryLoc™

Page 231: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

233www.gfsignet.com

Tech

nica

lRefe

rence

Operating Temperature/Pressure Graphs:Temperature/Pressure Sensors

Model 2350

Model 2450

Page 232: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

234 www.gfsignet.com

Glossary+GF+ SIGNET: Brand name of products associated with Excellence in Fluid Measure-ment, manufactured by George Fischer Signet Inc.

4 to 20 mA: A standard analog signal used for the proportional representation of ameasurement variable or process condition.

Absorb: To take up or receive by chemical or molecular action.

AC (Alternating Current): An electric current in which the flow reverses periodically.(Compare direct current (DC).)

Accumulator: See Totalizer

Accuracy: The ability of a measurement to match the actual value of the quantitybeing measured.

Acid: A corrosive liquid (usually in a solution) that dissolves metals and other materi-als. Technically, acidic material produces positive ions in solution. An acid is theopposite of a base and has a pH between 0 to 7. A given amount of an acid addedto the same amount of a base neutralizes the base, producing water and a salt.Common vinegar, for example, is a weak solution of acetic acid.

Adsorption: The clinging of molecules to the surface of particles; the process bywhich activated carbon removes contaminants from water.

Alkali: A caustic mineral often found in large beds in the desert. Alkalis are bases;two common examples are lye and ammonia.

Analog (also analogue): A type of signal in which data is represented by continu-ously variable, measurable, physical quantities, such as current or voltage. 4 to 20 mAis a common analog signal. Opposite of Digital.

Base: A caustic liquid. Technically, a basic material produces negative ions in solu-tion. A base is the opposite of an acid and has a pH of 7 to 14. A given amount of abase added to the same amount of an acid neutralizes the acid; water and a salt areproduced. Alkalis are bases; ammonia is a common base.

Batch Control: The process of dispensing a precise volume of fluid repetitively or inconjunction with another process.

BCF: Bead and Crevice Free; a welding technique for plastic pipes that yields a weldsurface suitable for high purity application requirements.

Blind Transmitter: Any device having 4 to 20 mA output without also having a localdisplay.

Boolean: A logic system treating variables through the operators AND, OR, NOT,and XOR, where each variable can have one of two values, true or false.

Buffer: Typically a solution used as a calibration standard due to its ability to main-tain a stable pH value.

Calibration: Systematic adjustment or recording of the display and/or output of ameasuring instrument for the purpose of conforming to a standard or actual value.

Page 233: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

235www.gfsignet.com

Glo

ssary

of Te

rms

GlossaryCaustic: Any strongly corrosive chemical substance, especially one that attacksorganic matter. A caustic alkali is a metal hydroxide, especially that of an alkali metal;caustic soda is sodium hydroxide, and caustic potash is potassium hydroxide. Mostinorganic acids, e.g., sulfuric acid, are caustic, especially when concentrated.

Cavitation: The formation and collapse of a gas pocket or bubble due to mechani-cal shearing of a fluid.

CE: Conformité Européene. A mark that is affixed to a product to designate that it isin full compliance with all applicable European Union legal requirements.

Cell Constant: 1) the distance between the two electrodes of a conductivity celldivided by their cross-sectional area. 2) A value associated with an effective mea-surement range used in the proper selection of conductivity cells for specific applica-tions.

Condensation: The transformation of water vapor to liquid. Also, a chemical reactionin which two or more molecules combine, usually with the expulsion of water or someother substance.

Conductivity: The measure of the ability of a fluid to conduct an electrical current. Inwater, this ability is due to the presence of ionized substances in solution. Conductiv-ity measurements usually include temperature compensation.

Corrosion: Material deterioration due to chemical attack.

Current (loop) Output: See 4 to 20 mA

DC (Direct Current): Electric current in which electrons flow in one direction only.(Compare alternating current (AC).)

Dead Band:The limits between which the input to an instrument can vary without causing achange to the instrument output.In relay operation: The difference between the increasing and decreasing readingswhen the switch is operated between set point and reset point.See also Hysteresis

DIN: Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V.DIN is a non-governmental organization established to promote the development ofstandardization and related activities in Germany and related markets with the goalof facilitating the international exchange of goods and services, and to developingcooperation in the spheres of intellectual, scientific, technological and economicactivity. Through the European standards organizations CEN and CENELEC, DIN alsopresents the German view in the development of the European standards that arecritical to completion of the single European market.

DN: Diametre Nominal; Term used by DIN standards for the inside diameter of pipes.

Deionization: A purification process by which ionized particles are removed fromwater.

Desalination: Processes that remove salt from water, such as reverse osmosis, ionexchange, distillation and evaporation.

Page 234: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

236 www.gfsignet.com

GlossaryDiffusion: An intermingling of the molecules of liquids or gases.

Digital: A type of signal in which data is represented in numerical form. Opposite ofAnalog.

Dry Contact Closure: Relay. The contacts of a mechanical switch.

DryLoc™: George Fischer Signet Inc. trade name for a versatile and robust connectorscheme between sensor electronics and electrodes.

Dual Proportional Control: See relay control discussion on page 218 (also applies totransistor-type outputs).

EasyCal: The calibration routine in +GF+ SIGNET pH, ORP and some conductivitysystems in which standard buffers or test solutions are automatically recognized bythe instrument.

Effluent: Liquid flowing out of a system, such as a discharge of liquid waste from afactory or water leaving a sewage treatment plant.

Electrode: Primary detection device, typically analytical, requiring or benefiting fromsome secondary conditioning circuitry (e.g., pH and ORP electrodes). 2) Sensor.

Emissions: The potentially disruptive electromagnetic frequencies generated by anelectronic device. Various standards defining allowable limits have been established.

EP, EPDM, EPR: Ethylene-Propylene, Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer,Ethylene Propylene Rubber; A family of synthetic elastomers with excellent resistance toheat, oxidation, ozone and weather aging, and good insulating properties.

FM: Factory Mutual; An organization that sets various product safety standards, espe-cially related to intrinsic safety and explosion proof. Insurance companies look to see ifitems such as cooling towers have earned Factory Mutual Approval and typically offerreduced rates for equipment that has been demonstrated as unlikely to burn in a fire.

Frequency: The number of repetitions that occur in one second. Frequency can beused to describe electrical quantities, sound waves, mechanical vibrations, etc.Frequency is measured in units of Hertz (Hz).In +GF+ SIGNET flow sensors, the output is defined in terms of frequency and used tocalculate Flow Rate.

Hot-Tap: A mechanical assembly that allows the insertion and removal of a sensor orelectrode without the need for system shutdown, and initial installation may beperformed under pressurized conditions. Similar to Wet-Tap.

Hysteresis: In relay Setpoint programming, the difference between the activationpoint and the release point. See also Deadband.

Impedance: A measure of the apparent resistance posed by an electrical circuit toan alternating current (AC).

Immunity: Ability of a device to function without disruption in the presence of electro-magnetic interference.

Page 235: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

237www.gfsignet.com

Glo

ssary

of Te

rms

GlossaryInsertion Flow Sensor: A type of flow sensor that installs through a hole in the wall ofa pipe and converts a local velocity measurement into a calculation of the flow rate inthe pipe. Usually used in comparison to “full bore” or “full line” flow sensor.

Intrinsically Safe: Term used to identify any device, instrument or component that willnot produce any spark or thermal effects under any conditions that are normal orabnormal that will ignite a specified gas mixture. Electrical and thermal energy limitsare at levels incapable of causing ignition. It is common practice to use externalbarriers with intrinsically safe installations.

Ion: An electrically charged atom or group of atoms.

IP65: A European standard for the degree of protection provided by enclosures forsplash proof and dust-proof rating.

IP68: The European standard for degree of protection provided by enclosures forsubmersible and dust-proof rating.

IR: Infrared, refers to a welding technique offered within the range of SYGEF® HPproducts.

ISO: International Organization for Standardization: A voluntary organization thatcreates international standards, including the standards for computers and communica-tions. The American National Standards Institute, ANSI is a member of ISO. An ex-ample of an ISO set of standard codes is the two-character code set to denote coun-tries, e.g., AR = Argentina, AT = Austria, AU = Australia, DE = Germany, SG =Singapore, and US = United States of America. (ISO is not one of the thousands ofacronyms used by computer and communications workers! It is actually a pun basedon the prefix “iso” which means “same” in Greek.)

ISO 14001: International Organization for Standardization environmental standard.

ISO 9001: International Organization for Standardization quality standard.

Isolated/Isolation: Electrical separation between two or more circuits used to preventmeasuring errors, ground loops, or a shock hazard.

K-Factor: In +GF+ SIGNET Flow sensors, the number of pulses generated by thesensor for each unit of volume that passes by the sensor. Usually published in pulsesper gallon and pulses per liter.

Linearity: The extent to which an output (response) is strictly proportional to an input(stimulus).

Loop: In electricity, a complete circuit. Usually used in reference to a 4 to 20 mA loop,an output signal used to control valves, actuators etc.

Loop Impedance: The maximum allowable total electrical resistance of all devices,including wiring, connected to any electrical loop; expressed in Ohms at a specifiedvoltage level, i.e.; 600Ω @ 12 VDC.

Loop output: An analog output signal, usually 4 to 20 mA.

Page 236: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

238 www.gfsignet.com

GlossaryLoop powered: In +GF+ SIGNET products, any instrument that derives operatingpower from a 4 to 20 mA loop.

Magmeter: Electromagnetic flow meter.

Metalex™: Product name of fixed insertion metal paddlewheel flow sensors manu-factured by George Fischer Signet Inc.

Mho: The unit of conductance such that a constant voltage of one volt between itsends produces a current of one ampere in the conductor.

Mini-Tap: Stainless steel installation fittings for use with Metalex flow sensors.

NEMA 4: A standard for enclosures maintained by the National Electrical Manufac-turers Association; NEMA 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use prima-rily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashingwater, and hose-directed water.

NEMA 4X: Same as NEMA 4, with added protection from corrosion.

NEMA 6: A standard for enclosures maintained by the National Electrical Manufac-turers Association; NEMA 6 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use prima-rily to provide a degree of protection in submersible applications.

NIST: National Institute of Standards and Technology.

Non-isolated: Two or more electrical circuits sharing a common ground. Whenseparated by distance or connected to additional circuitry there is increased prob-ability for measurement errors due to ground loops.

Ohm: The unit of measure for electrical resistance. A resistance of 1 ohm will pass 1ampere of current when a voltage of 1 volt is applied.

Open Collector Output: An NPN transistor or FET output generally used to pull asignal from high to low. Device used for frequency, pulse, and alarm outputs.

Operating Temperature: The temperature at which a product is capable of operat-ing; usually a minimum and maximum value.

ORP (Oxidation Reduction Potential): A method of measuring the degree ofcompletion of a chemical reaction by detecting the ratio of ions in the reduced formto those in the oxidized form as a variation in electrical potential measured by anORP electrode.

Paddlewheel: A type of insertion flow sensor (pioneered by George Fischer SignetInc.) that utilizes a bladed rotor to engage the fluid flowing in a pipe. The spinningrotor produces a frequency output directly proportional to the fluid velocity.

PBT: PolyButylene Terephthalate: A semi-crystalline polymer, combining goodstrength and stiffness with low moisture absorption, exceptional thermal stability,excellent electrical insulation properties, outstanding dimensional stability and resis-tance to the effects of a wide range of chemicals, solvents, and oils. Housing materialused in ProcessPro

® instruments.

Page 237: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

239www.gfsignet.com

Glo

ssary

of Te

rms

GlossaryPEEK: PolyEtherEtherKetone; an engineering thermoplastic with excellent mechanical,chemical and water resistance. In +GF+ SIGNET products, the insulator in conductiv-ity electrodes.

Percent Rejection: An indicator of RO system efficiency and membrane condition.Defined as one minus the ratio of the conductivity of RO product water to feed water,expressed as a percentage, and representing the extent to which incoming contami-nants were rejected by the system.

pH: A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution, numerically equal to 7 forneutral solutions, increasing with increasing alkalinity and decreasing with increasingacidity. The pH scale commonly in use ranges from 0 to 14.

Piezoelectric: The generation of electricity or of electric polarity in dielectric crystalssubjected to mechanical stress, or the generation of stress in such crystals subjected toan applied voltage.

Preamplifier: A device used typically to protect the relatively weak output signals ofpH and ORP electrodes from the wide variety of electromagnetic interference commonin most industrial environments.

ProcessPro®: +GF+ SIGNET product name for a group of instruments characterizedby a basic 4 to 20 mA Loop output, for the measurement of Flow, pH/ORP, Conductiv-ity, Pressure and Temperature.

Profibus: A vendor-independent open fieldbus standard used in manufacturing andbuilding automation as well as process control. Utilizes a non-powered two-wire (RS485)network. PROFIBUS is standardized under the European Fieldbus Standard EN 50 170.

ProPoint™: +GF+ SIGNET product name for a group of panel mount instruments forthe measurement of Flow, Batch, pH/ORP, Conductivity/Resistivity, Salinity and others.Characterized by a unique analog and digital display.

Proportional Pulse: In +GF+ SIGNET products, an operating mode for relays andopen-collector outputs that varies the frequency of the pulse in direct proportion toinput variations.

Pull-up resistor: A resistor needed to obtain the high-level voltage signal in a transis-tor-type output circuit.

PWM: Pulse Width Modulation; In +GF+ SIGNET products, an operating mode forrelays and open-collector outputs characterized by varying the time that a pulse is “on”versus the time it is “off”. Also, a method of digitally encoding analog signal levels.

Quinhydrone: A crystalline powder typically added to pH 4 and 7 buffers for thepurpose of producing standard solutions used in the calibration of ORP measuringsystems.

RC Filter: A resistive-capacitive device, often referred to as a “snubber”, designed toprotect instrumentation and relay contacts by capturing the voltage spikes resultingfrom the switching of large inductive loads such as solenoids and motor starters, etc.

REDOX: Reduction/Oxidation; Same as ORP.

Page 238: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

240 www.gfsignet.com

GlossaryRelative Humidity: The amount of moisture in the air as compared with the maximumamount that the air could contain at the same temperature, expressed as a percentage.

Relay: An electromechanical switch.

Repeatability: The extent to which an output (response) repeatedly corresponds toidentical input (stimulus) during dynamic conditions.

Resistivity: The inverse of conductivity (1/conductivity).

Reverse Osmosis: a process that allows the removal of particles as small as ions from asolution. The most common use for reverse osmosis is in purifying water. It is used toproduce water that meets the most demanding specifications that are currently in place.

Reynolds Number: A dimensionless quantity associated with the smoothness of flow of afluid. At low velocities fluid flow is smooth, or laminar, and the fluid can be pictured as aseries of parallel layers, or lamina, moving at different velocities. The fluid friction betweenthese layers gives rise to viscosity. As the fluid flows more rapidly, it reaches a velocity,known as the critical velocity, at which the motion changes from laminar to turbulent, withthe formation of eddy currents and vortices that disturb the flow. The formula can bestated as:

R=dv/µ where d is inside diameter, v is velocity and µ is viscosity.In general,

• R < 2000 = Laminar Flow• R > 2000 < 4500 = Transitional (Indeterminate)• R > 4500 = Fully Developed & Turbulent

(most flow sensors operate best in turbulent flow)

Rotor-X: Family trade name of the original +GF+ SIGNET plastic paddlewheel flowsensors.

RS232: An interface standard between equipment employing serial binary data inter-change.

Ryton®: A registered trademark of Phillips Company. Known as Polyphenylene sulfide

(pps), it is a semi-crystalline polymer that has a highly stable molecular structure, remark-able for its short term and long term thermal stability. It has outstanding resistance toaggressive chemicals and excellent dielectric and insulating properties.

S3L: Acronym for Signet Sensor Serial Link; a digital communication method between+GF+ SIGNET sensors and host instruments.

SafeLoc™: Name coined by George Fischer Signet Inc. to define the unique lockingmechanism used in the +GF+ SIGNET 3719 pH Wet-Tap assembly.

Salinity: A measurement of dissolved salt concentration, as in seawater, typically ex-pressed in parts per thousand (ppt).

Sensor: 1) A primary detection device typically providing direct input to a measurementinstrument (i.e., paddlewheel flow sensor). 2) The combination of an electrode and somesecondary conditioning circuitry (i.e., pH electrode and preamplifier). 3) Electrode.

Page 239: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

241www.gfsignet.com

Glo

ssary

of Te

rms

Sleeved Rotor: An accessory rotor featuring a self-lubricating mechanical sleeve thatreplaces the standard liquid bearing of Rotor-X paddlewheel flow sensors. Sleevedrotors will extend the maintenance interval in applications known to produce prema-ture rotor wear, such as those involving abrasive liquids.

Specific Gravity: Ratio of the mass of a body to the mass of an equal body ofvolume of water at 4°C, or some other specified temperature.

Suspended Solids: Particulate suspended (as opposed to being dissolved) andtypically creating turbid, cloudy conditions in liquid.

TDS: Total dissolved solids.

Totalizer: In flow instrumentation, a permanent or resettable counter for volume suchas gallons or tens of gallons, etc.

Transmitter (two-wire): A device that converts an electrode or sensor input to a 4 to20 mA output using the same two wires for signal transmission as for system power

Turndown Ratio: Dynamic response characteristic. The ratio of a sensor’s maximummeasurement range to its minimum measurement range.

Twist-Lock: +GF+ SIGNET quick and easy connector scheme between the 2720Preamplifier and 2714-2717 pH and ORP electrodes.

Ultrasonic: Designating frequencies of mechanical vibration above the range au-dible to the human ear, i.e., above 20,000 Hz.

Viscosity: The internal friction of a fluid, caused by molecular interaction, whichmakes it resist a tendency to flow.

Voltage (output): A standard analog signal (typically 0 to 5 or 0 to 10 VDC, but lesscommon than 4 to 20 mA) used for the proportional representation of a measurementvariable or process condition.

Vortex shedding: A type of flow measurement device where vortices are formedcontinuously behind a solid body in a stream, and the frequency of the vortices isproportional to the flow rate.

Weldolet: A weld-on branch connection for metal pipe typically used as an installa-tion fitting for insertion-style sensors or electrodes.

Wet-Tap: A mechanical assembly that, after initial installation into a non-pressurizedsystem, allows the insertion and removal of a sensor or electrode without the need forsystem shutdown. Similar to Hot-Tap.

Window (Relay Module): An out-of-range alarm scenario that allows a single relayto be triggered by either a high or a low process condition. For example, a relay inwindow mode can be programmed to trigger if a pH value in a final effluent tankdrops below 6.0 or rises above 8.5.

Glossary

Page 240: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

242

159 000 267 3-2517.102 25

159 000 268 3-2517.103 25

198 840 035 3-2540-1 27

198 840 036 3-2540-2 27

198 840 037 3-2540-3 27

198 840 038 3-2540-4 27

Turbine Flow Sensors

159 000 001 3-2100-1L 29

159 000 002 3-2100-1H 29

159 000 003 3-2100-2L 29

159 000 004 3-2100-2H 29

159 000 005 3-2100-31 29

159 000 006 3-2100-32 29

159 000 007 3-2100-33 29

159 000 008 3-2100-34 29

159 000 009 3-2100-35 29

159 000 010 3-2100-36 29

159 000 011 3-2100-37 29

159 000 012 3-2100-38 29

159 000 633 3-2100-40 29

159 000 634 3-2100-41 29

159 000 635 3-2100-42 29

In-line Rotor Flow Sensors

198 801 732 3-2507.100-2V 33

198 801 733 3-2507.100-3V 33

198 801 734 3-2507.100-4V 33

198 801 736 3-2507.100-6V 33

198 822 000 3-2000-11 31

198 822 001 3-2000-12 31

198 822 002 3-2000-21 31

198 822 003 3-2000-22 31

Insertion Magmeters

159 000 294 3-2550.100-110 35

159 000 296 3-2550.355 35

159 000 632 3-2550.100-110T 35

198 840 024 3-2550.100-111 35

198 840 025 3-2550.100-111T 35

198 840 030 3-2560-2 37

198 840 031 3-2560-1 37

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Paddlewheel Flow Sensors

Part Number Cross Reference

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Paddlewheel Flow Sensors

198 864 504 3-8510-P0 14

198 864 505 3-8510-P1 14

159 000 622 3-8510-T0 14

198 864 506 3-8510-V0 14

198 801 659 P51530-H0 14

198 801 620 P51530-P0 14

198 801 621 P51530-P1 14

198 801 622 P51530-P2 14

198 801 661 P51530-S0 14

198 801 663 P51530-T0 14

198 801 664 P51530-T1 14

198 801 623 P51530-V0 14

198 801 624 P51530-V1 14

198 801 625 P51530-V2 14

198 840 310 P51530-P3 15

198 840 311 P51530-P4 15

198 840 312 P51530-P5 15

198 840 143 3-2536-P0 18

198 840 144 3-2536-P1 18

198 840 145 3-2536-P2 18

198 840 149 3-2536-T0 18

198 840 146 3-2536-V0 18

198 840 147 3-2536-V1 18

198 864 513 3-8512-P0 18

198 864 514 3-8512-P1 18

198 864 518 3-8512-T0 18

198 864 516 3-8512-V0 18

159 000 758 3-2536-P3 19

159 000 759 3-2536-P4 19

159 000 760 3-2536-P5 19

159 000 757 3-3519 21

159 000 822 3519/2536-P3 21

159 000 823 3519/2536-P4 21

159 000 824 3519/2536-P5 21

159 000 819 3519/515-P3 21

159 000 820 3519/515-P4 21

159 000 821 3519/515-P5 21

198 801 494 P525-1 23

159 000 963 P525-1S 23

198 801 495 P525-2 23

159 000 964 P525-2S 23

198 801 496 P525-3 23

159 000 965 P525-3S 23

198 840 003 3-2517.100 25

198 840 007 3-2517.101 25

Page 241: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

243

Part N

o. Cross

Reference

Vortex Flow Sensors

159 000 588 3-7000.391-62 42

159 000 589 3-7000.391-63 42

159 000 590 3-7000.391-64 42

159 000 591 3-7000.391-65 42

159 000 592 3-7000.391-66 42

159 000 124 3-7000-41 42

159 000 125 3-7000-42 42

159 000 126 3-7000-43 42

159 000 127 3-7000-44 42

159 000 128 3-7000-45 42

159 000 129 3-7000-46 42

159 000 130 3-7000-51 42

159 000 131 3-7000-52 42

159 000 132 3-7000-53 42

159 000 133 3-7000-54 42

159 000 134 3-7000-55 42

159 000 135 3-7000-56 42

159 000 136 3-7000-61 42

159 000 137 3-7000-62 42

159 000 138 3-7000-63 42

159 000 139 3-7000-64 42

159 000 140 3-7000-65 42

159 000 141 3-7000-66 42

159 000 148 3-7001-11 42

159 000 149 3-7001-12 42

159 000 150 3-7001-13 42

159 000 151 3-7001-14 42

159 000 152 3-7001-15 42

159 000 153 3-7001-16 42

159 000 154 3-7001-21 42

159 000 155 3-7001-22 42

159 000 156 3-7001-23 42

159 000 157 3-7001-24 42

159 000 158 3-7001-25 42

159 000 159 3-7001-26 42

159 000 160 3-7001-31 42

159 000 161 3-7001-32 42

159 000 162 3-7001-33 42

159 000 163 3-7001-34 42

159 000 164 3-7001-35 42

159 000 165 3-7001-36 42

159 000 166 3-7001-41 42

159 000 167 3-7001-42 42

159 000 168 3-7001-43 42

159 000 169 3-7001-44 42

159 000 170 3-7001-45 42

159 000 171 3-7001-46 42

159 000 172 3-7001-51 42

159 000 173 3-7001-52 42

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

159 000 106 3-7000-11 41

159 000 107 3-7000-12 41

159 000 108 3-7000-13 41

159 000 109 3-7000-14 41

159 000 110 3-7000-15 41

159 000 111 3-7000-16 41

159 000 112 3-7000-21 41

159 000 113 3-7000-22 41

159 000 114 3-7000-23 41

159 000 115 3-7000-24 41

159 000 116 3-7000-25 41

159 000 117 3-7000-26 41

159 000 118 3-7000-31 41

159 000 119 3-7000-32 41

159 000 120 3-7000-33 41

159 000 121 3-7000-34 41

159 000 122 3-7000-35 41

159 000 123 3-7000-36 41

159 000 611 3-7000.391-11 42

159 000 612 3-7000.391-12 42

159 000 613 3-7000.391-13 42

159 000 614 3-7000.391-14 42

159 000 615 3-7000.391-15 42

159 000 616 3-7000.391-16 42

159 000 605 3-7000.391-21 42

159 000 606 3-7000.391-22 42

159 000 607 3-7000.391-23 42

159 000 608 3-7000.391-24 42

159 000 609 3-7000.391-25 42

159 000 610 3-7000.391-26 42

159 000 599 3-7000.391-31 42

159 000 600 3-7000.391-32 42

159 000 601 3-7000.391-33 42

159 000 602 3-7000.391-34 42

159 000 603 3-7000.391-35 42

159 000 604 3-7000.391-36 42

159 000 593 3-7000.391-41 42

159 000 594 3-7000.391-42 42

159 000 595 3-7000.391-43 42

159 000 596 3-7000.391-44 42

159 000 597 3-7000.391-45 42

159 000 598 3-7000.391-46 42

159 000 581 3-7000.391-51 42

159 000 582 3-7000.391-52 42

159 000 583 3-7000.391-53 42

159 000 584 3-7000.391-54 42

159 000 585 3-7000.391-55 42

159 000 586 3-7000.391-56 42

159 000 587 3-7000.391-61 42

Mfr. Part No. Code Page No.

Vortex Flow Sensors

Page 242: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

244

159 000 174 3-7001-53 42

159 000 175 3-7001-54 42

159 000 176 3-7001-55 42

159 000 177 3-7001-56 42

159 000 178 3-7001-61 42

159 000 179 3-7001-62 42

159 000 180 3-7001-63 42

159 000 181 3-7001-64 42

159 000 182 3-7001-65 42

159 000 183 3-7001-66 42

159 000 692 3-7002.391 47

159 000 657 3-7002-2AF 47

159 000 658 3-7002-2AFI 47

159 000 661 3-7002-2AW 47

159 000 662 3-7002-2BF 47

159 000 663 3-7002-2BFI 47

159 000 666 3-7002-2BW 47

159 000 667 3-7002-3AF 47

159 000 668 3-7002-3AFI 47

159 000 671 3-7002-3AW 47

159 000 672 3-7002-3BF 47

159 000 673 3-7002-3BFI 47

159 000 676 3-7002-3BW 47

Ultrasonic Flow

159 000 989 3-3300 51

159 000 990 3-3500.310-1 51

159 000 991 3-3500.310-2 51

159 000 992 3-3500.311-1 51

159 000 993 3-3500.311-2 51

159 000 994 3-3500.312-1 51

159 000 995 3-3500.312-2 51

159 000 996 3-3500.313-1 51

159 000 997 3-3500.313-2 51

159 000 998 3-3500.320-1 51

159 000 999 3-3500.320-2 51

159 001 001 3-3500.320-3 51

159 001 002 3-3500.320-4 51

159 001 003 3-3500.330-1 51

159 001 004 3-3500.330-2 51

159 001 005 3-3500.330-3 51

159 001 006 3-3500.330-4 51

pH and ORP Electrodes

198 844 300 3-2714 79

198 844 305 3-2714-HF 79

198 844 301 3-2715 79

198 844 302 3-2716 79

198 844 306 3-2716-DI 79

198 844 303 3-2717 79

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Vortex Flow Sensors

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

pH/ORP Electrodes198 864 602 3-2720 79

198 864 603 3-2720-2 79

198 864 610 3-2721 79

159 000 747 3-2754 83

159 000 748 3-2754-HF 83

159 000 749 3-2755 83

159 000 750 3-2756 83

159 000 751 3-2756-DI 83

159 000 752 3-2757 83

159 000 955 3-2774 87

159 000 956 3-2774-1 87

159 000 957 3-2775 87

159 000 958 3-2775-1 87

159 000 959 3-2776 87

159 000 960 3-2776-1 87

159 000 961 3-2777 87

159 000 962 3-2777-1 87

159 000 943 3-2764-1 91

159 000 944 3-2764-2 91

159 000 945 3-2764-3 91

159 000 946 3-2765-1 91

159 000 947 3-2765-2 91

159 000 948 3-2765-3 91

159 000 949 3-2766-1 91

159 000 950 3-2766-2 91

159 000 951 3-2766-3 91

159 000 952 3-2767-1 91

159 000 953 3-2767-2 91

159 000 954 3-2767-3 91

159 000 804 3-3719-11 93

159 000 806 3-3719-12 93

159 000 805 3-3719-21 93

159 000 807 3-3719-22 93

159 000 765 3-2759.393 79, 198

159 000 762 3-2759 79, 83, 87, 91, 200

159 000 809 3-2716-WT 79, 93

159 000 811 3-2717-WT 79, 93

159 000 764 3-2759.391 83, 87, 91, 198

159 000 744 3-2750-1 83, 87, 91, 97

159 000 745 3-2750-2 83, 87, 91, 97

159 000 746 3-2750-3 83, 87, 91, 97

159 000 842 3-2750-4 83, 87, 91, 97

159 000 939 3-2760-1 83, 87, 91, 97

159 000 940 3-2760-2 83, 87, 91, 97

159 000 941 3-2760-3 83, 87, 97

159 000 942 3-2760-4 83, 87, 97

159 000 834 3-2756-WT 83, 93

159 000 835 3-2757-WT 83, 93

Page 243: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

245

Part N

o. Cross

Reference

159 000 021 3-2350-1 129

159 000 022 3-2350-2 129

159 000 920 3-2350-3 129

159 000 026 3-2450-1H 131

159 000 024 3-2450-1L 131

159 000 679 3-2450-1U 131

159 000 027 3-2450-2H 131

159 000 025 3-2450-2L 131

159 000 680 3-2450-2U 131

159 000 681 3-2450-3H 131

159 000 682 3-2450-3L 131

159 000 683 3-2450-3U 131

159 000 684 3-2450-4H 131

159 000 685 3-2450-4L 131

159 000 686 3-2450-4U 131

159 000 909 3-2450-5H 131

159 000 907 3-2450-5L 131

159 000 905 3-2450-5U 131

159 000 910 3-2450-7H 131

159 000 908 3-2450-7L 131

159 000 906 3-2450-7U 131

Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes

198 844 010 3-2819-1 107

159 000 651 3-2819-1C 107

159 000 085 3-2819-S1 107

159 000 087 3-2819-S1C 107

159 000 086 3-2819-S2 107

159 000 088 3-2819-S2C 107

159 000 081 3-2819-T1 107

159 000 083 3-2819-T1C 107

159 000 082 3-2819-T2 107

159 000 084 3-2819-T2C 107

198 844 000 3-2820-1 107

159 000 654 3-2820-1C 107

159 000 089 3-2820-S1 107

159 000 091 3-2820-S1C 107

159 000 090 3-2820-S2 107

159 000 092 3-2820-S2C 107

159 000 624 3-2820-T1 107

159 000 655 3-2820-T1C 107

159 000 625 3-2820-T2 107

159 000 656 3-2820-T2C 107

198 844 001 3-2821-1 107

159 000 650 3-2821-1C 107

159 000 093 3-2821-S1 107

159 000 095 3-2821-S1C 107

150 000 094 3-2821-S2 107

159 000 096 3-2821-S2C 107

159 000 626 3-2821-T1 107

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Temperature and Pressure Sensors

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Conductivity/Resistivity Electrodes159 000 652 3-2821-T1C 107

159 000 627 3-2821-T2 107

159 000 653 3-2821-T2C 107

198 844 002 3-2822-1 107

198 844 003 3-2823-1 107

159 000 921 3-2839-1 111

159 000 923 3-2839-1D 111

159 000 922 3-2839-2 111

159 000 924 3-2839-2D 111

159 000 786 3-2840-1 111

159 000 788 3-2840-1D 111

159 000 787 3-2840-2 111

159 000 789 3-2840-2D 111

159 000 790 3-2841-1 111

159 000 792 3-2841-1D 111

159 000 791 3-2841-2 111

159 000 793 3-2841-2D 111

159 000 925 3-2842.390 111

159 000 794 3-2842-1 111

159 000 796 3-2842-1D 111

159 000 795 3-2842-2 111

159 000 797 3-2842-2D 111

159 000 783 3-2850-1 115

159 000 784 3-2850-2 115

159 000 785 3-2850-3 115

159 000 857 3-2850-4 115

159 000 628 3-2830 105, 111, 201

159 000 888 3-2831 111, 115, 201

Instruments

198 825 007 3-5075 53

198 825 000 3-5090 55

198 825 010 3-5091 57

198 825 002 3-5500 59

198 825 006 3-5600 61

159 000 930 3-8150-1P 63

159 000 048 3-8550-1P 65

159 000 050 3-8550-2P 65

159 000 051 3-8550-3 65

159 000 052 3-8550-3P 65

198 825 003 3-5700 99

159 000 053 3-8750-1 101

159 000 054 3-8750-1P 101

159 000 055 3-8750-2 101

159 000 056 3-8750-2P 101

159 000 057 3-8750-3 101

159 000 058 3-8750-3P 101

198 825 005 3-5800CR 117

198 825 008 3-5900 119

159 000 229 3-8850-1P 121

Page 244: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

246

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Instruments

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Instruments159 000 231 3-8850-2P 121

159 000 233 3-8850-3P 121

159 000 677 3-8860 123

159 000 678 3-8860-AC 123

159 000 767 3-8250-2P 133

159 000 768 3-8250-3 133

159 000 769 3-8250-3P 133

159 000 193 3-8350-1P 135

159 000 195 3-8350-2P 135

159 000 196 3-8350-3 135

159 000 197 3-8350-3P 135

159 000 042 3-8450-1P 137

159 000 044 3-8450-2P 137

159 000 045 3-8450-3 137

159 000 046 3-8450-3P 137

159 000 868 3-8900 147

159 000 870 3-8900.401-1 147

159 000 969 3-8900.401-10 147

159 000 970 3-8900.401-11 147

159 000 971 3-8900.401-12 147

159 000 871 3-8900.401-2 147

159 000 872 3-8900.401-3 147

159 000 873 3-8900.401-4 147

159 000 874 3-8900.401-5 147

159 000 875 3-8900.401-6 147

159 000 876 3-8900.401-7 147

159 000 877 3-8900.401-8 147

159 000 968 3-8900.401-9 147

159 000 878 3-8900.402-1 147

159 000 879 3-8900.402-2 147

159 000 880 3-8900.403-1 147

159 000 881 3-8900.403-2 147

159 000 882 3-8900.404-1 147

159 000 883 3-8900.405-1 147

159 000 884 3-8900.405-2 147

159 000 885 3-8900.405-3 147

159 000 869 3-8900-VF 147

159 000 929 3-8150-1 63, 69 127, 141

159 000 931 3-8150-P0 63, 69 127, 141

159 000 932 3-8150-P1 63, 69 127, 141

159 001 011 3-8150-T0 63, 69, 127, 141

159 001 012 3-8150-V0 63, 69, 127, 141

159 000 047 3-8550-1 65, 69, 127, 141

159 000 049 3-8550-2 65, 69, 127, 141

159 000 228 3-8850-1 69, 121, 127, 141

159 000 230 3-8850-2 69, 121, 127, 141

159 000 232 3-8850-3 69, 121, 127, 141

159 000 766 3-8250-2 69, 127, 133, 141

159 000 192 3-8350-1 69, 127, 135, 141

159 000 194 3-8350-2 69, 127, 135, 141

159 000 041 3-8450-1 69, 127, 137, 141

159 000 043 3-8450-2 69, 127, 137, 141

Fittings

159 000 408 CPV8T005 180

159 000 409 CPV8T005F 180

159 000 410 CPV8T007 180

159 000 411 CPV8T007F 180

159 000 412 CPV8T010 180

159 000 413 CPV8T010F 180

159 000 414 CPV8T012 180

159 000 415 CPV8T012F 180

159 000 416 CPV8T015 180

159 000 417 CPV8T015F 180

159 000 441 FPS030 183

159 000 442 FPS040 183

159 000 443 FPS060 185

159 000 444 FPS100 187

159 000 445 FPS120 187

159 000 446 FPT015 183

159 000 447 FPT020 183

159 000 484 P526-1020 188

159 000 485 P526-1025 188

159 000 486 P526-1030 188

159 000 487 P526-1040 188

159 000 488 P526-1050 188

159 000 489 P526-1060 188

159 000 490 P526-1080 188

159 000 491 P526-1100 188

159 000 492 P526-1120 188

159 000 494 P526-2012 188

159 000 495 P526-2020 188

159 000 496 P526-2025 188

159 000 497 P526-2030 188

159 000 498 P526-2040 188

159 000 499 P526-2050 188

159 000 500 P526-2060 188

159 000 501 P526-2080 188

159 000 502 P526-2100 188

159 000 503 P526-2120 188

159 000 526 PV8T005 180

159 000 527 PV8T005F 180

159 000 528 PV8T007 180

159 000 529 PV8T007F 180

159 000 530 PV8T010 180

159 000 531 PV8T010F 180

159 000 532 PV8T012 180

159 000 533 PV8T012F 180

159 000 534 PV8T015 180

Page 245: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

247

Part N

o. Cross

Reference

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Fittings

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Fittings159 000 535 PV8T015F 180

159 000 637 PV8S020 180

159 000 638 PV8S025 180

159 000 639 PV8S080 184

159 000 693 PPS100 186

159 000 694 PPS120 186

159 000 695 PV8S100 186

159 000 696 PV8S120 186

159 000 812 2007-0225 93, 201

159 000 813 2007-0230 93, 201

159 000 814 2007-0240 93, 201

159 000 815 2007-0260 93, 201

159 000 816 2007-0280 93, 201

159 000 817 2007-0210 93, 201

159 000 818 2007-0212 93, 201

198 150 480 PVMT005 189

198 150 481 PVMT007 189

198 150 482 PVMT010 189

198 150 483 PVMT012 189

198 150 484 PVMT015 189

198 150 485 PVMT020 189

198 150 494 PVAT005 181

198 150 495 PVAT007 181

198 150 496 PVAT010 181

198 150 497 PVAT012 181

198 150 498 PVAT015 181

198 150 499 PVAT020 181

198 150 522 PPMT005 189

198 150 523 PPMT007 189

198 150 524 PPMT010 189

198 150 525 PPMT012 189

198 150 526 PPMT015 189

198 150 527 PPMT020 189

198 150 529 SFMT005 189

198 150 530 SFMT007 189

198 150 531 SFMT010 189

198 150 532 SFMT012 189

198 150 533 SFMT015 189

198 150 534 SFMT020 189

198 150 538 PVMS025 190

198 150 539 PVMS030 190

198 150 540 PVMS040 190

198 150 543 PVMS060 190

198 150 545 PVMS080 190

198 150 550 PVAS030 181

198 150 551 PVAS040 181

198 150 554 PVAS060 184

198 150 560 PPMT025 190

198 150 561 PPMT030 190

198 150 562 PPMT040 190

198 150 563 PPMT050 190

198 150 564 PPMT060 190

198 150 565 PPMT080 190

198 150 571 SFMT025 190

198 150 573 SFMT040 190

198 150 574 SFMT050 190

198 150 575 SFMT060 190

198 150 576 SFMT080 190

198 150 577 PV8S030 180

198 150 578 PV8S040 180

198 150 579 PV8S060 184

198 150 697 SFMT030 190

198 801 230 - 191

198 801 231 - 191

198 801 232 - 191

198 801 233 - 191

198 801 234 - 191

198 801 235 - 191

198 801 236 - 192

198 801 237 - 192

198 801 238 - 192

198 801 239 - 192

198 801 240 - 192

198 801 241 - 192

198 801 242 - 192

198 801 243 - 192

198 801 244 - 192

198 801 248 - 191, 192

198 801 249 - 192

198 801 252 - 191

198 801 253 - 191, 192

198 801 254 - 191, 192

198 801 256 - 191, 192

198 801 257 - 191, 192

198 801 415 PV8T020 180

198 801 416 PV8T030 180

198 801 417 FPS080 185

198 801 418 CUKT020 182

198 801 419 CS4T015 181

198 801 420 IR8S040 181

198 801 421 IR4T010 192

198 801 422 IR4T012 192

198 801 423 IR4T015 192

198 801 424 IR4T020 192

198 801 425 IR8S020 181

198 801 426 IR8S025 181

198 801 427 IR8S030 181

198 801 429 IR8S050 185

Page 246: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

248

198 801 430 IR8S060 185

198 801 431 IR8S080 185

198 801 432 IR8S100 186

198 801 433 IR8S120 186

198 801 436 PV8T040 180

198 801 459 CS4T005 181

198 801 460 CS4T007 181

198 801 461 CS4T010 181

198 801 462 CS4T012 181

198 801 463 CS4T020 181

198 801 464 CS4W025 183

198 801 465 CS4W050 184

198 801 552 CS4W040 183

198 801 553 CS4W060 184

198 801 554 CR4T005 182

198 801 555 CR4T007 182

198 801 556 CR4T010 182

198 801 557 CS4W030 183

198 801 573 PV8T025 180

198 801 574 CS4W080 184

198 801 575 CS4W100 187

198 801 576 CS4W120 187

198 801 687 CUKT005 182

198 801 688 CUKT007 182

198 801 689 CUKT010 182

198 801 690 CUKT012 182

198 801 691 CUKT015 182

198 801 770 BR4T010 182

198 801 771 BR4T012 182

198 801 772 BR4T015 182

198 801 773 BR4T020 182

198 801 783 CR4T012 182

198 801 784 CR4T015 182

198 801 785 CR4T020 182

198 801 786 CR4W025 183

198 801 787 CR4W030 183

198 801 788 CR4W040 183

198 801 789 CR4W050 185

198 801 790 CR4W060 185

198 801 791 CR4W080 185

198 801 792 CR4W100 187

198 801 793 CR4W120 187

198 801 794 BR4B025 183

198 801 795 BR4B030 183

198 801 796 BR4B040 183

198 801 797 BR4B050 184

198 801 798 BR4B060 184

198 801 799 BR4B080 184

198 801 800 BR4B100 187

198 801 801 BR4B120 187

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Fittings

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Fittings198 840 501 P526-2005 188

198 840 502 P526-2007 188

198 840 503 P526-2010 188

198 840 506 P526-2015 188

Accessories and Replacement Parts

159 000 014 3-2100.390 29, 198

159 000 015 3-2100.390-1L 29, 198

159 000 016 3-2100.390-1H 29, 198

159 000 017 3-2100.390-2L 29, 198

159 000 018 3-2100.390-2H 29, 198

159 000 019 1220-0018 29, 199

159 000 020 1224-0018 29, 199

159 000 184 3-8050 65, 101, 121, 135, 137, 133,

195

159 000 186 3-8050.395 65, 101, 121, 123, 133,135,

137, 147, 195

159 000 187 3-8051 65, 195

159 000 188 3-8052 69, 121, 127, 135, 137, 141

159 000 235 1222-0439 35, 199

159 000 236 1223-0151 43, 199

159 000 239 1500-0101 35, 37, 198

159 000 248 3-2000.390 31, 197

159 000 254 3-2507.080-2 33, 197

159 000 255 3-2507.080-3 33, 199

159 000 256 3-2507.080-5 33, 198

159 000 269 3-2517.567 25, 198

159 000 272 3-2536.320-2 19, 197

159 000 273 3-2536.320-3 19, 197

159 000 296 3-2550.355 35, 197

159 000 323 3-5000.390 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, 118,

120, 195

159 000 325 3-5000.396 56, 58

159 000 326 3-5000.397 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100, 118,

120, 196

159 000 334 3-5090.390 56, 196

159 000 339 3-5091 .611 58, 196

159 000 347 3-5500.390 54, 60, 62, 118, 196

159 000 392 5523-0222 27, 31, 149, 151, 153, 201

159 000 393 5523-3222 23, 198

159 000 459 P31515-0V200 79, 83, 200

159 000 464 P31542-3 19, 198

159 000 474 P51547-3 15, 197

159 000 563 3-7000.390-01 43, 199

159 000 564 3-7000.390-02 43, 199

159 000 565 3-7000.390-03 43, 199

159 000 566 3-7000.390-04 43, 199

159 000 567 3-7000.390-05 43, 199

159 000 568 3-7000.390-06 43, 199

159 000 569 3-7000.390-07 43, 199

159 000 570 3-7000.390-08 43, 199

Page 247: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

249

Part N

o. Cross

Reference

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Accessories and Replacement Parts

159 000 571 3-7000.390-09 43, 199

159 000 572 3-7000.390-10 43, 199

159 000 573 3-7000.390-11 43, 199

159 000 574 3-7000.390-12 43, 199

159 000 575 3-7000.390-13 43, 199

159 000 576 3-7000.390-14 43, 199

159 000 577 3-7000.390-15 43, 199

159 000 578 3-7000.390-16 43, 199

159 000 579 3-7000.390-17 43, 199

159 000 580 3-7000.390-18 43, 199

159 000 617 3-8050.396 65, 101, 121, 133, 135,157, 196

159 000 618 3-0000.393 43, 47, 198

159 000 628 3-2830 107, 111, 201

159 000 629 3-8055 43, 198

159 000 630 P31515-0P200 79, 83, 200

159 000 631 P31515-0C200 79, 83, 20

159 000 636 5523-0624 79, 97, 200

159 000 640 3-8050.392 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100,118, 120, 147, 195

159 000 641 3-0000.596 195

159 000 646 3-5000.398 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100,118, 120, 196

159 000 647 6400-0020 35, 198

159 000 648 3-2540.520 27, 197

159 000 649 P31536-2 15, 19, 198

159 000 687 7300-7524 155

159 000 688 7300-1524 155

159 000 689 7300-3024 155

159 000 690 7300-5024 155

159 000 691 7300-1024 155

159 000 692 3-7002.391 47, 198

159 000 753 3-8050-1 65, 101, 121, 133, 135,157, 199

159 000 754 3-8050-2 97, 201

159 000 761 5523-0322 23, 198

159 000 762 3-2759 79, 83, 87, 91, 200

159 000 764 3-2759.391 83, 87, 91, 200

159 000 770 3-8059-2 147, 151

159 000 771 3-8059-2AC 147, 151

159 000 772 3-8059-4 147, 151

159 000 773 3-8059-4AC 147, 151

159 000 802 3-8050-2CR 115, 201

159 000 803 3-8052-2CR 115, 201

159 000 849 3-2541 .260-1 27, 198

159 000 850 3-2541 .260-2 27, 198

159 000 852 1220-0121 25, 27, 199

159 000 854 1220-0114 93, 201

159 000 855 3-3719.390 93, 201

159 000 858 6205-0002 149, 151, 153, 201

159 000 859 6205-0003 149, 151, 153, 201

159 000 888 3-2831 111, 201

159 000 889 3-8050-1CR 115, 201

159 000 890 3-8052-1CR 115, 201

159 000 892 3-0000.596-1 195

159 000 893 3-0000.596-2 123, 147, 195

159 000 925 3-2842.390 111, 201

159 000 927 1220-9458 93, 201

159 000 966 3-8058-1 149, 196

159 000 967 3-8058-2 149, 196

159 000 972 3-3300.100 51, 199

159 000 973 3-3200.075 51, 199

159 000 975 3-3200.076 51, 199

159 000 976 3-3200.395 51, 199

159 000 977 3-3200.390 51, 199

159 000 978 3-3200.091 51, 199

159 000 979 3-3200.391 51, 199

159 000 980 3-3200.392 51, 199

159 000 981 3-3200.393 51, 199

159 000 982 3-3300.393 51, 199

159 000 983 3-3500.391 51, 199

159 000 984 3-3500.392 51, 199

159 000 985 3-3500.398 51, 199

159 000 986 3-3500.390 51, 199

159 000 987 3-3500.393 51, 199

159 000 988 3-3500.397 51, 199

159 001 009 2120-0015 91, 200

159 001 010 2122-0015 91, 200

198 801 181 M1538-2 15, 197

198 801 182 M1546-1 15, 19, 197

198 801 183 M1546-2 15, 19, 197

198 801 186 1220-0021 15, 119, 199

198 801 500 P52504-1 23, 197

198 801 502 3-2507.081-2 33, 198

198 801 503 3-2507.081-3 33, 198

198 801 558 3-2507.081-4 33, 198

198 801 630 P31542 15, 198

198 820 006 1224-0021 15, 19, 25, 27, 199

198 820 007 1228-0021 15, 19, 27, 199

198 820 008 3-1500.663 25, 27, 198

198 820 013 P52503 23, 25, 197

198 820 014 M1546-3 15, 19, 197

198 820 015 M1546-4 15, 19, 197

198 820 016 P51545 19, 197

198 820 017 3-0515.322-3 15, 197

198 820 018 M1538-4 15, 197

198 820 023 P52504-2 23, 197

198 820 043 P51550-3 15, 197

198 820 049 1220-0029 31, 199

Page 248: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

250

Special order 3-2774-1-C 87

Special order 3-2774-1-HT 87

Special order 3-2774-1-ISO 87

Special order 3-2774-C 87

Special order 3-2774-HT 87

Special order 3-2774-ISO 87

Special order 3-2775-1-C 87

Special order 3-2775-1-HT 87

Special order 3-2775-1-ISO 87

Special order 3-2775-C 87

Special order 3-2775-HT 87

Special order 3-2775-ISO 87

Special order 3-2776-1-C 87

Special order 3-2776-1-HT 87

Special order 3-2776-1-ISO 87

Special order 3-2776-C 87

Special order 3-2776-HT 87

Special order 3-2776-ISO 87

Special order 3-2777-1-C 87

Special order 3-2777-1-HT 87

Special order 3-2777-1-ISO 87

Special order 3-2777-C 87

Special order 3-2777-HT 87

Special order 3-2777-ISO 87

Special order 3-8058-1S 149

Special order 3-8058-1SSC 149

Special order 3-8058-2S 149

Special order 3-8058-2SC 149

Special order 3-8058-2SSC 149

Special order 3-8510-T1 14

Special order 3-8510-V1 14

Special order 3-8512-T1 18

Special order 3-8512-V1 18

Special order P51530-H1 14

Special order P51530-H2 14

Special order P51530-S1 14

Special order P51530-S2 14

Special order P51530-T2 14

Special order 3-8058-1SC 149

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Special Part Numbers with non-standard delivery198 820 051 2450-0620 31, 198

198 820 052 3-2536.320-1 19, 197

198 820 054 3-2536.321 19, 197

198 820 056 3-2536.322-1 19, 197

198 820 057 3-2536.322-2 19, 197

198 820 058 3-2536.322-3 19, 197

198 820 059 3-0515.322-1 15, 197

198 820 060 3-0515.322-2 15, 197

198 829 024 7400-0010 196

198 840 201 P31536 15, 19, 198

198 840 202 P31536-1 15, 19, 198

198 840 221 3-2820.391 107, 201

198 840 222 3-2820.392 107, 201

198 840 224 3-5000.399 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100,118, 120, 147, 195

198 840 225 3-5000.598 195

198 840 226 3-5000.525-1 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100,118, 120, 196

198 840 227 3-5000.395 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 100,118, 120, 195

198 840 228 3-5090.611 56, 196

198 840 230 3-5500.611 54, 60, 62, 118, 196

198 864 403 3-0700.390 79, 83, 87, 91, 200

198 864 920 1203-1121 43, 198

Special Part Numbers for Integral Mount Units assembledat the factory. Instrument and sensor listed (mounting kitincluded).

159 000 479 P52509-1 25, 197

159 000 480 P52509-2 23, 197

159 000 481 P52527 23, 27, 198

159 000 493 P52618 23, 199

159 000 504 P52628 23, 198

198 801 501 P52509 19, 23, 197

Special order 3-2536-T1 18

Special order 3-2536-T2 18

Special order 3-2536-V2 18

Page 249: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

251

Part N

o. Cross

Reference

Part Number Cross ReferenceCode Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Special Part Numbers for Integral Mount Units assembledat the factory. Instrument and sensor listed (mounting kitincluded).

159 001 013 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-2U 69, 127, 141

159 001 014 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-2U 69, 127, 141

159 001 016 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-4H 69, 127, 141

159 001 017 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-4H 69, 127, 141

159 001 019 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-4L 69, 127, 141

159 001 020 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-4L 69, 127, 141

159 001 022 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-4U 69, 127, 141

159 001 023 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-4U 69, 127, 141

159 001 026 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-2H 69, 127, 141

159 001 029 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-2L 69, 127, 141

159 001 032 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-2U 69, 127, 141

159 001 035 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-4H 69, 127, 141

159 001 038 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-4L 69, 127, 141

159 001 041 3-8250-2 w/ 3-2450-4U 69, 127, 141

159 001 043 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2839-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 044 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2840-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 045 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2841-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 046 3-8850-1 w/ 3-2842-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 047 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2839-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 048 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2840-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 049 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2841-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 050 3-8850-2 w/ 3-2842-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 051 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2839-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 052 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2840-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 053 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2841-1 69, 127, 141

159 001 054 3-8850-3 w/ 3-2842-1 69, 127, 141

198 864 800 3-8350-1 w/ 3-2350-2 69, 127, 141

198 864 800 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-P0 69, 127, 141

198 864 801 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-H0 69, 127, 141

198 864 802 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-S0 69, 127, 141

198 864 803 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-V0 69, 127, 141

198 864 804 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-T0 69, 127, 141

198 864 805 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8510-P1 69, 127, 141

198 864 810 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-P0 69, 127, 141

198 864 811 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-H0 69, 127, 141

198 864 812 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-S0 69, 127, 141

198 864 813 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-V0 69, 127, 141

198 864 814 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-T0 69, 127, 141

198 864 815 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8510-P1 69, 127, 141

198 864 830 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-P0 69, 127, 141

198 864 831 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-H0 69, 127, 141

198 864 832 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-S0 69, 127, 141

198 864 833 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-V0 69, 127, 141

198 864 834 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-T0 69, 127, 141

198 864 835 3-8550-1 w/ 3-8512-P1 69, 127, 141

198 864 840 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-P0 69, 127, 141

198 864 841 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-H0 69, 127, 141

198 864 842 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-S0 69, 127, 141

198 864 843 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-V0 69, 127, 141

198 864 844 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-T0 69, 127, 141

198 864 845 3-8550-2 w/ 3-8512-P1 69, 127, 141

198 864 860 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-2H 69, 127, 141

198 864 861 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-2H 69, 127, 141

198 864 870 3-8450-1 w/ 3-2450-2L 69, 127, 141

198 864 871 3-8450-2 w/ 3-2450-2L 69, 127, 141

198 864 881 3-8350-2 w/ 3-2350-2 69, 127, 141

Code Mfr. Part No. Page No.

Special Part Numbers for Integral Mount Units assembledat the factory. Instrument and sensor listed (mounting kitincluded).

Page 250: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

252 www.gfsignet.com

GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index4 - 20 mA Current Output (Blind Output)Instruments:

Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,

Model 5800CR, p116Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,

Model 8850, p120Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,

Model 8860, p122Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor, Model

5900, p118Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,

p134Sensors:

Conductivity Sensor Electronics,Model 2850, p112

Magnetic Flow Sensor, Model 2550 and2560, p34, 36

ORP Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94pH Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128Ultrasonic Flow Monitor System,

Model 3300/3500, p48Vortex Flow Sensor, Models 7001 and

7002, p38, 44

AAC Powered Instruments

Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,

Model 5800CR, p116Conductivity/Resistivity, Dual Channel,

Model 8860, p122Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,

Model 5900, p118Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52

AccessoriesConductivity, p201Flow, p197Instruments, p195pH/ORP, p200

Analog DisplayBatch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor, Model

5800CR, p116Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,

Model 5900, p118

Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor,Model 5090, p54

Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52Analog with Digital Display Instruments

Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor, Model

5800CR, p116Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,

Model 5900, p118Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52

Application Assistance FormFlow, Analytical, Level, p224, 225

BBack Pressure Calculation, p227Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60Battery Power Flowmeter, Model 8150, p62Blind Transmitter

Conductivity Sensor Electronics,Model 2850, p112

ORP Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94pH Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128Vortex Flow Sensors, Models 7001 and

7002, p38, 44

CCable Glands See Liquid Tight ConnectorsConductivity Certification Tools, Models

2830 and 2831, p105, 111, 114, 199Conductivity Controller, Model 8900, p142Conductivity Monitor, Model 5800CR, p116Conductivity Operating Range Graphs,

p106, 114, 214Conductivity Sensor (Electrode)

0.01 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2819and 2839, p104, 108

0.1 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2820 and2840, p104, 108

1 .0 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2821and 2841, p104, 108

10.0 cm-1 cell constant, Models 2822and 2842, p104, 108

20.0 cm-1 cell constant, Model 2823,p104

Conductivity Technical InformationDefinition, p214Installation, p170Installation and Application Tips, p216Principle of operation, p215Maintenance Tips, p217

Conduit adapter kits, p198Conductivity Transmitter

Single Channel, Model 8850, p120Dual Channel, Model 8860, p122

ControllerBatch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142Conversion Factors, p223

Page 251: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

253www.gfsignet.com

Ind

ex

GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index

CPVC Sch. 80 Fittings, p182Current Monitor, Model 5091, p56

DDC Powered Instruments

Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,Model 8850, p120

Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,Model 8860, p122

Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350, p134

Derived Functions, instruments withConductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,

Model 8860, p122Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350, p134

Differential pH/ORP Sensor (Electrode)Comparison to standard electrode,

p89, 211Models 2764-2767, p88Principle of Operation, p210

Digital display instrumentsBatch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600, p60Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,

Model 5800CR, p116Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,

Model 8850, p120Conductivity/Resistivity, Dual Channel,

Model 8860, p122Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136Salinity (Conductivity) Monitor,

Model 5900, p118Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350, p134Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075, p52

Digital output sensors (electrodes)Conductivity Sensor Electronics,

Model 2850, p112ORP Sensor Electronics, Model 2750, p94pH Sensor Electronics, Model 2750 , p94Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128

Digital with Analog Display InstrumentsSee Analog with Digital Display Instruments

Doppler, Ultrasonic Flow Meter,Model 3300, p48

Dry Loc SensorConductivity, Models 2839-2842, p108pH/ORP, Differential, Models 2764-

2767, p88pH/ORP, Models 2754-2757 and

Models 2774-2777, p80, 84

Dual Channel InstrumentsConductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,

Model 8860, p122Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450,

p136Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,

p134

EEasy-Cal Calibration

pH/ORP, Model 2750, p94Conductivity, Model 2850, p112

Electromagnetic Flow MetersSee Magmeters

External Relay Module, Model 8059,p150

FFiberglass Saddles and Tees, p183, 185,

187Fittings

316 SS Tees, p182316 SS Weldolets, p183, 185, 187Brass Brazolet, p187BSP PVC-U Tees and Saddles, p181Carbon Steel Tees, p118Carbon Steel Weldolets, p183, 184,

187Conductivity sensor compatible, p201Copper Tees, p182CPVC Sch. 80, p180Fiberglass Glue-On Saddles, p185,

186Flow sensor compatible

Paddlewheel, Models 515, 2536,p186

Paddlewheel, Model 525, p188Galvanized Iron Tee, p182Iron Strap-on Saddles, p181, 185, 186Metalex Fittings, p188Metric PP Union Tee, p189Metric PP Wafer, p190Metric PVC-U Tee, p189Metric PVC-U Saddles, p190Metric PVDF Union Tee, p189Metric PVDF Wafer, p190pH/ORP Sensor compatible, p180

Page 252: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

254 www.gfsignet.com

GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index

Fittings continued...PP Clamp-On, p186PVC Clamp-On, p180PVC Glue-On, p186PVC Sch. 80, p180Wet-Tap, Model 3519 and 3719

p180, 201Flanged Sensors

Conductivity, Models 2819, 2820, 2821p104

Flow, Models 7000, 7001, p38Flow and Analytical Application

Assistance Form , p222Flow Controller, Model 5600, p60Flow Instrumentation

Batch (Flow) Controller, Model 5600,p60Battery Powered Flow Monitor,

Model 8150, p62Current Monitor, 5091, p56Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor,

Model 5090, p54Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075,

p52Transmitter, Model 8550, p120

Flow MetersBatch (Flow), Model 5600, p60Magnetic, Models 2550 and 2560,

p34, 36Paddlewheel, Models 5075, 5090, 5091,

5500, 5600, 8150, 8550, 8900,p52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66

Ultrasonic Doppler, Model 3300, p48Vortex, p38, 44

Flow MonitorBattery Powered Flow Monitor,

Model 8150, p62Current Monitor, 5091, p56Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58Sensor-Powered Flow Monitor,

Model 5090, p54Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model 5075,

p52Flow Range Charts, p206Flow Sensor

In-line Rotor, Models 2000 and 2507,p30, 32

Magnetic, Models 2550 and 2560,p34, 36

Paddlewheel, Models 515, 525, 2517,2536, 2540, p12, 16, 22, 24, 26

Turbine, Model 2100, p28Ultrasonic Doppler, Model 3300, p48Vortex, Models 7000, 7001, and 7002,

p38, 44Flow Technical Information

Installation, p156, 161, 163Principle of operation, p202Profile, Reynolds Number, p202

Flow Through SensorsFlow, In-Line Rotors, Models 2000 and

2507, p30, 32Flow, Turbine, Model 2100, p28Flow, Vortex, Models 7000, 7001, and

7002, p38, 44Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64FM Approved Products for Explosion-

Proof installationsFlow Sensors, Models 515, 525,2517, p12, 22, 24

French Display Instrument, Model 8900,p142

GGaskets, replacements, p199German Display Instrument, Model 8900,

p142Glossary of Terms, p234

HHot-Tap Sensors, Flow, Models 2517 and2540, p24, 26

IInsertion (In-line) Sensors

Conductivity, Models 2819-2823 and2839-2842, p104, 108

Flow, Magnetic, Models 2550 and 2560,p34, 36

Flow, Paddlewheel, Models 515, 525,2517, 2536, 2540, p12, 16, 22, 24,26

pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757,2764-2767, and 2774-2777 p76, 80,84, 88

Pressure, Model 2450, p130Temperature, Model 2350, p128

Installation FittingsSee Fitting Installation InformationConductivity sensors, instruments, and

wiring, p170, 174, 176Flow sensors, instruments, and wiring,

p156, 173, 175Level instruments and wiring, p177Multiparameter Instruments and Wiring,

p178pH/ORP sensors, instruments, and

wiring, p165, 174, 176Pressure sensor, instruments, and wiring,

p171, 177Temperature sensor, instruments, and

wiring, p172, 177Integral Mount Information, p68, 126, 140Integral Mount Instruments

Battery Powered Flow Monitor,Model 8150, p62

Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,Model 8850, p120

Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132

Page 253: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

255www.gfsignet.com

Ind

ex

GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index

Integral Mount Instruments continued...Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,

p134Integral Mount Sensors

Conductivity, p2839-2842, 108Flow, Models 515 and 2536, p12, 16Pressure, Model 2450, p130Temperature, Model 2350, p128Vortex, Models 7000, 7001, and 7002,

p38, 44Italian Display Instrument, Model 8900,

p142

KK-factors Definition, p156

LLCD Display Instruments See Digital

Display InstrumentsLevel Application Assistance Form, p225Level Sensor See Pressure SensorLevel Transmitter, Model 8250, p132Liquid Tight Connectors, p195Low Flow Sensors, Models 2000, 2100,

2507, p28, 30, 32

MMagmeter, Models 2550 and 2560,

p34, 36Metal Sensors

Metal Flow Sensors, Models 525, 2517,2540, 3300, p22, 24, 26, 48

Conductivity Sensors, Models 2819-2823 and 2839-2842, p104, 108

Metalex Sensor, Model 525, p22Micro-Flow Sensor, Model 2000, p30Mini-Flow Sensor, Model 2507, p32Mounting Angles, p156, 161, 163, 167, 169Mounting Brackets, p195Mounting Information, p156, 161, 163, 165,

170, 171, 172Mounting Instruments, p195Multi-Channel Instruments

Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual Channel,Model 8860, p122

Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250, p132Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,

p134Multi-Language Instrument, Model 8900,

p142Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel

Instrument/Controller, Model8900, p142

OO-rings, replacements, p199Open Collectors, Technical Tips, p217

ORP (REDOX) Electrodes, Models 2715,2717, 2755,2757, 2765, 2767,2775, 2777, p76, 80, 84, 88

ORP Controller, Model 8900, p142ORP Electronic Sensor, Model 2750, p94

ORP Monitor, Model 5700, p98ORP Transmitter, Model 8750, p100ORP/pH Technical Information

See pH/ORP Technical Information

PPaddlewheel Sensors, Models 515, 525,

2517, 2536, 2540, p12,16, 22,24, 26

Part Number Index, p242pH Connector, Model 2760, p94pH Controller, Model 8900, p142pH Electrodes, Models 2714,

2716, 2754, 2756, 2764, 2766,2774, 2776, p76, 80, 84, 88

pH Electronic Sensor, Model 2750, p94pH Monitor, Model 5700, p98pH Transmitter, Model 8750, p100pH/ORP System Tester, Model 2759,

p78, 81, 86, 90pH/ORP Technical Information

Definition, p209Installation, p165Installation and Application Tips, p212Maintenance tips, p213Principal of operation, p210

Portuguese Display Instrument,Model 8900, p142

Power Supply, Model 7300, p152Preamplifier, Model 2720, 2721, 2760

p76, 94Pressure Drop Graphs and Calculations

p228Pressure and Temperature Graphs, p226Pressure Sensors, Installation, p171Pressure Sensor, Model 2450, p130Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450, p136ProcessPro Transmitters, Models 8550,

8750, 8850, 8860, 8350, 8250,8450, p64, 100, 120, 122, 132, 134,136

ProPoint Monitors, Models 5075, 5090,5091, 5500, 5600, 5700, 5800CR,5900, p52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 98,116, 118

RREDOX Electrode See ORP ElectrodesRelays

External, Model 8059, p150Instruments with relays

Batch (Flow) Controller,Model 5600, p60

Conductivity/Resistivity Monitor,Model 5800CR, p116

Page 254: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

256 www.gfsignet.com

Relays continued...Conductivity/Resistivity Transmitter,

Model 8850, p120Conductivity/Resistivity,Dual

Channel, Model 8860, p122Flow Monitor, Model 5500, p58Flow Transmitter, Model 8550, p64Level Transmitter, Model 8250,

p132Multi-Parameter, Multi-Channel,

Model 8900, p142pH/ORP Monitor, Model 5700,

p98pH/ORP Transmitter, Model 8750

p100Pressure Transmitter, Model 8450

p136Temperature Transmitter, Model

8350, p134Totalizing Flow Monitor, Model

5075, p52Resistivity Controller See Conductivity

ControllerResistivity Instrumentation See

Conductivity InstrumentationResistivity Monitor See Conductivity

MonitorResistivity Sensor (Electrode) See

Conductivity Sensor (Electrode)Resistivity Technical Information See

Conductivity Technical InformationResistivity Transmitter See Conductivity

TransmitterRetractable Sensors See Wet-Tap and

Hot-Tap SensorsReynolds Number

Calculation of, p202Definition, p240

Rotor Pins, replacements, p197, 160Rotor shafts, replacements, p197,160Rotors, replacements, p197, 160Rotor-X Flow Sensors, Models 515 and

2536, p12, 16

SS3L Sensors See Digital Output SensorsSalinity (Conductivity) Monitor,

Model 5900, p118Sanitary Sensors, Models 2819, 2820,

2821, p104Sensors

Flow, Models 515, 525, 2536, 2000,2100, 2507, 2517, 2540, 2550,2560, 7000, 7001, 7002, 3300p12, 16, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32,34, 36, 38, 44, 48

pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757, 2764-2767, and 2774-2777p76, 80, 84, 88

GF+ SIGNET Product Catalog Index

Conductivity, Models 2819-2823 and2839-2842, p104, 108

Temperature, Model 2350, p128Pressure, Model 2450, p130Level, Model 2450, p130

Sensor Mounting Positions See Installa-tion Information

Sensor-Powered Flowmeter,Model 5090, p54

Signal converter, Model 8058, p148Spanish Display Instrument, Model 8900,

p142Submersible Sensors

Conductivity, Models 2819-2823 and2839-2842, p104, 108Flow, Model 3300, p48Level, Model 2450, p130pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717, 2754-2757, 2764-2767, and 2774-2777,p76, 80, 84, 88Pressure, Model 2450, p130Temperature, Model 2350, p128

TTemperature and Pressure Graphs, p226Temperature Sensors, Installation, p172Temperature Sensor, Model 2350, p128Temperature Transmitter, Model 8350,

p134Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) See

ConductivityTotalizers, Models 5075, 8150, 8550,

5500, 5090, 5600, p52, 54, 58, 60,62, 64,

Tri-Clamp Sensors, Models 2819, 2820,2821, p104

Turbine Sensor, Model 2100, p28Twist Lock Sensor, Models 2714-2717,

p76

UUltrasonic Doppler Flowmeter,

Model 3300, p48

VVacuum Fluorescent Display,

Model 8900, p142Vortex Sensor, Models 7000, 7001, 7002

p38, 44Back pressure calculation, p229

WWet-Tap Sensor

Flow, Models 515 and 2536, p12, 16pH/ORP, Models 2714-2717 and2754-2757, p76, 80

Wiring informationSensors and Electrodes, p173Instruments, p175

Page 255: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

257www.gfsignet.com

Ind

ex

Notes:

Page 256: +GF+ Katalog Aparatury Kontrolno-Pomiarowej SIGNET

Systems Solutions Total Solutions Capability

www.gfsignet.com

Georg Fischer Corporation is a global leader in providing total system solutions for our customers’ automation needs. Whether you need detailed schematics for customized products, pre-wired system components that save time and money, on-site training or calibration services, our team of automation engineers can deliver unsurpassed quality and efficiency.

Our extensive product offering not only includes the sensors and instruments featured in this catalog, but our reputation is also built on our full line of valves, pipes and fittings. Forover 200 years, Georg Fischer Corporation has been known worldwide for its outstandingcommitment to the highest standard of quality and service. Let us show you why. To find outmore, contact your local George Fischer sales office (see back cover for list of offices.)

2750 pH Sensor

8900 Series Multi-Parameter Controller

Actuated 546 ball Valve

Piping & Fittings

Diaphragm Valve